~ted-m-cox/+junk/mail-xml : contents of serverguide/po/tr.po at revision 246

~ted-m-cox/+junk/mail-xml : (revision 246)
# Turkish translation for serverguide
# Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014
# This file is distributed under the same license as the serverguide package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2014.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: serverguide\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-26 16:01-0800\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-09 18:10+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Volkan Gezer <Unknown>\n"
"Language-Team: Turkish <tr@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2015-03-22 21:33+0000\n"
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17405)\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:11(title)
msgid "Web Servers"
msgstr "Web Sunucuları"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"A Web server is a software responsible for accepting HTTP requests from "
"clients, which are known as Web browsers, and serving them HTTP responses "
"along with optional data contents, which usually are Web pages such as HTML "
"documents and linked objects (images, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Bir Web Sunucusu, Web tarayıcıları olarak bilinen istemcilerdeki HTTP "
"isteklerinin kabul etmeyi sağlayan ve HTTP yanıtlarını, isteğe bağlı veri "
"içerikler (genellikle HTML belgeleri ve bağlı dosyaları (resim, vb.) ile "
"birlikte sunan bir yazılımdır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:17(title)
msgid "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Server"
msgstr "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"Apache is the most commonly used Web Server on Linux systems. Web Servers "
"are used to serve Web Pages requested by client computers. Clients typically "
"request and view Web Pages using Web Browser applications such as "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, "
"<application>Chromium</application>, or <application>Mozilla</application>."
msgstr ""
"Apache, Linux sistemlerinde en çok kullanılan Web Sunucusudur. Web "
"sunucuları, istemci bilgisayarlardan talep edilen Web sayfalarını sunmak "
"için kullanılır. İstemciler genellikle web sayfalarını "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, "
"<application>Chromium</application> veya <application>Mozilla</application> "
"gibi Web Tarayıcısı uygulamalarını kullanarak talep eder ve görüntülerler."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"Users enter a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to point to a Web server by "
"means of its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) and a path to the required "
"resource. For example, to view the home page of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu Web site</ulink> a user will enter only "
"the FQDN:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:29(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "www.ubuntu.com"
msgstr "www.ubuntu.com"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"To view the <ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/community\">community</ulink> "
"sub-page, a user will enter the FQDN followed by a path:"
msgstr ""
"Örneğin <ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/community\">community</ulink> alt "
"sayfasına erişebilmek içini kullanıcı FQDN sonuna bir yol ekleyecektir:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:35(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "www.ubuntu.com/community"
msgstr "www.ubuntu.com/community"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:38(para)
msgid ""
"The most common protocol used to transfer Web pages is the Hyper Text "
"Transfer Protocol (HTTP). Protocols such as Hyper Text Transfer Protocol "
"over Secure Sockets Layer (HTTPS), and File Transfer Protocol (FTP), a "
"protocol for uploading and downloading files, are also supported."
msgstr ""
"Web sayfalarını taşımak için kullanılan en yaygın protokol, Hipermetin "
"Aktarma İletişim Kuralı (HTTP)'dır. Güvenli Hiper Metin Aktarım İletişim "
"Kuralı (HTTPS) ve Dosya Aktarım İletişim Kuralı (FTP) gibi protokollar dosya "
"indirme ve yükleme için desteklenirler."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Web Servers are often used in combination with the "
"<application>MySQL</application> database engine, the HyperText Preprocessor "
"(<application>PHP</application>) scripting language, and other popular "
"scripting languages such as <application>Python</application> and "
"<application>Perl</application>. This configuration is termed LAMP (Linux, "
"Apache, MySQL and Perl/Python/PHP) and forms a powerful and robust platform "
"for the development and deployment of Web-based applications."
msgstr ""
"Apache Web Sunucuları daha çok <application>MySQL</application> veritabanı "
"yapısı, Üstün Yazı İşlemcisi (<application>PHP</application>) betik dili ve "
"<application>Python</application> ve <application>Perl</application> gibi "
"diğer yaygın betik dilleri kullanılır. Bu yapı LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL ve "
"Perl/Python/PHP) olarak adlandırılır ve. Geliştirme ve Web tabanlı uygulama "
"dağıtımları için güçlü ve sağlam platformlar oluşturur."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:81(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:292(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:51(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:690(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:833(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:957(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:61(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2623(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:26(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:84(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:403(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:46(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:234(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:425(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:975(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1089(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:140(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2800(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3272(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:429(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:38(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:490(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:679(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:828(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1318(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:110(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:272(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:408(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:11(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:933(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1214(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:357(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:646(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:21(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:307(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:35(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:134(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:596(title)
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Kurulum"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>Apache2</application> web server is available in Ubuntu "
"Linux. To install Apache2:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Apache2</application> web sunucusu Ubuntu Linux'da kullanılır. "
"Apache2'yi yüklemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:58(para) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:37(para)
msgid "At a terminal prompt enter the following command:"
msgstr "Uçbirime aşağıdaki komutu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:63(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apache2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apache2"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:97(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:309(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:71(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:743(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:844(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:984(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1084(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:421(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:68(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:254(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:400(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:997(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1100(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2887(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3293(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:185(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:455(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:499(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:689(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:911(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1347(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:130(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:299(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:438(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1226(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:370(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:672(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:80(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:323(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:45(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:55(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:146(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:625(title)
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is configured by placing <emphasis>directives</emphasis> in plain "
"text configuration files. These <emphasis>directives</emphasis> are "
"separated between the following files and directories:"
msgstr ""
"Apache2, düz yazı yapılandırma dosyalarında "
"<emphasis>yönergeler</emphasis>'e yerleşerek yapılandırılır. Yapılandırma "
"dosyaları aşağıdaki dosya ve dizinler arasında ayrılır:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> the main Apache2 configuration file. "
"Contains settings that are <emphasis>global</emphasis> to Apache2."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> Apache2 yapılandırma ana dosyası. "
"Apache2'nin <emphasis>global</emphasis> ayarlarını barındırır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> historically the main Apache2 configuration "
"file, named after the <application>httpd</application> daemon. Now the file "
"does not exist. In older versions of Ubuntu the file might be present, but "
"empty, as all configuration options have been moved to the below referenced "
"directories."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> geçmişteki temel Apache2 yapılandırma "
"dosyasıdır ve <application>httpd</application> yardımcısından sonra "
"adlandırılmıştır. Artık dosya mevcut değildir. Ubuntu'nun eski sürümlerinde "
"mevcut olabilir ancak tüm yapılandırma seçenekleri aşağıda referans verilmiş "
"dizinlere taşınmıştır:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>conf-available:</emphasis> this directory contains available "
"configuration files. All files that were previously in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d</filename> should be moved to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf-available</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>conf-enabled:</emphasis> holds <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> to "
"the files in <filename>/etc/apache2/conf-available</filename>. When a "
"configuration file is symlinked, it will be enabled the next time "
"<application>apache2</application> is restarted."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:93(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> file where Apache2 "
"<emphasis>environment</emphasis> variables are set."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> Apache2'nin <emphasis>ortam</emphasis> "
"değişkenlerinin ayarlandığı dosya."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> this directory contains configuration "
"files to both load <emphasis>modules</emphasis> and configure them. Not all "
"modules will have specific configuration files, however."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> bu dizin hem "
"<emphasis>kibler</emphasis>i yükleme hem de onları yapılandırma dosyaları "
"içerir. Bununla birlikte bütün kiblerde belirli yapılandırma dosyaları "
"bulunmaz."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis> holds <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> to "
"the files in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename>. When a module "
"configuration file is symlinked it will be enabled the next time "
"<application>apache2</application> is restarted."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis>  <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
"available</filename> dosyasındaki <emphasis>sembolik bağlantılar</emphasis>ı "
"saklar. Sembolik bağlanan bir kip yapılandırma dosyası "
"<application>apache2</application>'nin sonraki başlamasında etkin olacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> houses the directives that determine which "
"TCP ports Apache2 is listening on."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> Apache2'nin hangi TCP yuvalarını "
"dinlediğini belirleyen yönergelerin bulunduğu yerdir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> this directory has configuration files "
"for Apache2 <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. Virtual Hosts allow Apache2 "
"to be configured for multiple sites that have separate configurations."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> bu dizinde, Apache <emphasis>Sanal Ana "
"Sistemler</emphasis> için yapılandırma vardır. Sanal Ana Sistemler, "
"Apache2'nin farklı yapılandırmalara sahip olan çoklu siteleri "
"yapılandırmasına izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> like mods-enabled, <filename "
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contains symlinks to the "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> directory. Similarly when "
"a configuration file in sites-available is symlinked, the site configured by "
"it will be active once Apache2 is restarted."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> mods-enabled gibidir. <filename "
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename>, <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available</filename> dizinine sembolik bağlantıları içerir. Aynı şekilde "
"sembolik bağlantılı site-available'daki bir yapılandırma dosyası Apache "
"yeniden başladıktan sonra aktif olur.."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>magic:</emphasis> instructions for determining MIME type based on "
"the first few bytes of a file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, other configuration files may be added using the "
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis> directive, and wildcards can be used to include "
"many configuration files. Any directive may be placed in any of these "
"configuration files. Changes to the main configuration files are only "
"recognized by Apache2 when it is started or restarted."
msgstr ""
"Ek olarak diğer yapılandırma dosyaları <emphasis>dahil et</emphasis> "
"yönergesi kullanılarak eklenebilir ve daha çok yapılandırma dosyası dahil "
"etmek için joker karakterleri kullanılabilir. Herhangi bir yönerge bu "
"yapılandırma dosyalarından herhangi birine yerleşebilir. Ana yapılandırma "
"dosyasındaki değişiklikler, sadece başlatıldığında veya yeniden "
"başlatıldığında Apache2 tarafından  teşhis edilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"The server also reads a file containing mime document types; the filename is "
"set by the <emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis> directive, typically via "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/mime.conf</filename>, which might also "
"include additions and overrides, and is <filename>/etc/mime.types</filename> "
"by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:155(title)
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr "Temel Ayarlar"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains Apache2 server essential configuration parameters. "
"Refer to the <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 ships with a virtual-host-friendly default configuration. That is, "
"it is configured with a single default virtual host (using the "
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> directive) which can be modified or used as-"
"is if you have a single site, or used as a template for additional virtual "
"hosts if you have multiple sites. If left alone, the default virtual host "
"will serve as your default site, or the site users will see if the URL they "
"enter does not match the <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of any of "
"your custom sites. To modify the default virtual host, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/000-default.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"The directives set for a virtual host only apply to that particular virtual "
"host. If a directive is set server-wide and not defined within the virtual "
"host settings, the default setting is used. For example, you can define a "
"Webmaster email address and not define individual email addresses for each "
"virtual host."
msgstr ""
"Yönergeler, özel sanal ana sisteme sadece uygulama kurar. Eğer bir yönerge "
"server-wide olarak kurulmuş ve sanal ana sistem içinde tanımlanmamışsa "
"mevcut ayar kullanılır. Örneğin; her sanal ana sistem için bir Webmaster e-"
"posta adresi tanımlayabilirsin. Fakat özel e-posta adresi tanımlayamazsın."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to configure a new virtual host or site, copy that file into the "
"same directory with a name you choose. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer yeni bir sanal ana sistem veya site yapılandırmak istiyorsan dosyayı "
"aynı dizin içine kopyala ve adını istediğin şekilde değiştir. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:204(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/000-default.conf /etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new file to configure the new site using some of the directives "
"described below."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıda açıklanan yönergelerden bazılarını kullanarak yeni siteyi "
"yapılandırmak için düzenleyin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> directive specifies the email address "
"to be advertised for the server's administrator. The default value is "
"webmaster@localhost. This should be changed to an email address that is "
"delivered to you (if you are the server's administrator). If your website "
"has a problem, Apache2 will display an error message containing this email "
"address to report the problem to. Find this directive in your site's "
"configuration file in /etc/apache2/sites-available."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> yönergesi, sunucu yöneticisine e-posta "
"adresini duyurmak için kullanılır. Mevcut değer webmaster@localhost'tur. "
"Bunu eğer sunucu yöneticisi isen, istediğin e-posta adresi ile "
"değiştirebilirsin. Eğer web sitende problem varsa, Apache2 problemi sana "
"göstermek için bu e-posta adresini kullanarak sana hata mesajı gönderecek. "
"Bu yönergeyi /etc/apache2/sites-available dosyasındaki site "
"yapılandırmasında bul."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> directive specifies the port, and optionally "
"the IP address, Apache2 should listen on. If the IP address is not "
"specified, Apache2 will listen on all IP addresses assigned to the machine "
"it runs on. The default value for the Listen directive is 80. Change this to "
"127.0.0.1:80 to cause Apache2 to listen only on your loopback interface so "
"that it will not be available to the Internet, to (for example) 81 to change "
"the port that it listens on, or leave it as is for normal operation. This "
"directive can be found and changed in its own file, "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Dinle</emphasis> yönergesi, Apache2'nin dinleyeceği yuva ve şeçime "
"bağlı IP adresini ifade eder. Eğer IP adresi belirtilmemişse, Apache2, "
"çalışan makineye atanmış olan bütün IP adreslerini dinleyecektir. Dinle "
"yönergesi için mevcut değer 80'dir. Bunu, Apache2'nin sadece senin "
"geridöngünü arayüzünü dinlemesi için 127.0.0.1:80 olarak değiştir. Böylece "
"bu Internet'te kullanılamaz. Örneğin 81 dinlenen yuvayı değiştirmek veya onu "
"normal işleme bırakmak içindir. Bu yönerge kendi dosya olan "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>'de bulunabilir ve "
"değiştirilebilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive is optional and specifies what "
"FQDN your site should answer to. The default virtual host has no ServerName "
"directive specified, so it will respond to all requests that do not match a "
"ServerName directive in another virtual host. If you have just acquired the "
"domain name ubunturocks.com and wish to host it on your Ubuntu server, the "
"value of the ServerName directive in your virtual host configuration file "
"should be ubunturocks.com. Add this directive to the new virtual host file "
"you created earlier (<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite.conf</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want your site to respond to www.ubunturocks.com, since many "
"users will assume the www prefix is appropriate. Use the "
"<emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> directive for this. You may also use "
"wildcards in the ServerAlias directive."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca birçok kullanıcı www önekinin uygun olduğunu varsaydığından sitenizin "
"www.ubunturocks.com'a yanıt vermesini isteyebilirsiniz. Bunu için "
"<emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> yönergesini kullanın. Ayrıca ServerAlias "
"yönergesinde joker karakterleri kullanabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"For example, the following configuration will cause your site to respond to "
"any domain request ending in <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Örneğin, aşağıdaki yapılandırma <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis> ile "
"biten herhangi bir isteğe senin sitenin yanıt vermesine sebep olacak."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:250(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive specifies where Apache2 "
"should look for the files that make up the site. The default value is "
"/var/www/html, as specified in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/000-"
"default.conf</filename>. If desired, change this value in your site's "
"virtual host file, and remember to create that directory if necessary!"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"Enable the new <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> using the "
"<application>a2ensite</application> utility and restart Apache2:"
msgstr ""
"<application>a2ensite</application>'yi kullanarak yeni "
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> etkinleştirin ve Apache'yi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:271(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mynewsite"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite benimyenisitem"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:272(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:290(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:531(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:540(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:599(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:935(command) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:222(command)
msgid "sudo service apache2 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>mynewsite</emphasis> with a more descriptive "
"name for the VirtualHost. One method is to name the file after the "
"<emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of the VirtualHost."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>benimyenisitem</emphasis>'i VirtualHost için daha açıklayıcı "
"şekilde değiştir. Bir yöntem, VirtualHost'un <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> "
"yönergesinden sonra dosyayı adlandırmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:283(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, use the <application>a2dissite</application> utility to disable "
"sites. This is can be useful when troubleshooting configuration problems "
"with multiple VirtualHosts:"
msgstr ""
"Benzer şekilde siteleri devre dışı bırakmak için "
"<application>a2dissite</application> uygulamasını kullanın. Bu, çoklu "
"VirtualHosts yapılandırırken oluşan problemleri çözmede kullanışlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:289(command)
msgid "sudo a2dissite mynewsite"
msgstr "sudo a2dissite benimyenisitem"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:295(title)
msgid "Default Settings"
msgstr "Varsayılan Ayarlar"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains configuration of the Apache2 server default settings. "
"For example, if you add a virtual host, the settings you configure for the "
"virtual host take precedence for that virtual host. For a directive not "
"defined within the virtual host settings, the default value is used."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm Apache2 sunucusunun mevcut yapılandırma ayarlarını açıklar. "
"Örneğin; eğer bir sanal ana sistem eklemişseniz sanal ana sistem için "
"yapılandırdığınız ayarlar bu sanal ana sistemin yerine geçecek. Sanal ana "
"sistem ayarları içinde tanımlanmayan bir yönerge için mevcut değer "
"kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> is the default page served by the "
"server when a user requests an index of a directory by specifying a forward "
"slash (/) at the end of the directory name."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis>, sunucu tarafından sağlanan mevcut "
"sayfadır. Kullanıcı istekleri dizinin içinde, belirtilen dizin adı sonuna "
"slaş (/) ile belirtilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"For example, when a user requests the page "
"http://www.example.com/this_directory/, he or she will get either the "
"DirectoryIndex page if it exists, a server-generated directory list if it "
"does not and the Indexes option is specified, or a Permission Denied page if "
"neither is true. The server will try to find one of the files listed in the "
"DirectoryIndex directive and will return the first one it finds. If it does "
"not find any of these files and if <emphasis>Options Indexes</emphasis> is "
"set for that directory, the server will generate and return a list, in HTML "
"format, of the subdirectories and files in the directory. The default value, "
"found in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/dir.conf</filename> is "
"\"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml index.htm\". Thus, if "
"Apache2 finds a file in a requested directory matching any of these names, "
"the first will be displayed."
msgstr ""
"Örneğin, kullanıcı http://www.ornek.com/bu_dizin/'i çağırdığında, ya eğer "
"varsa DirectoryIndex sayfası, eğer yoksa server-generated dizi listesi ve "
"belirtilmiş Indexes seçeneği ile ya da eğer hiçbiri doğru değilse İzin "
"Reddedildi sayfası ile karşılaşır. Sunucu, DirectoryIndex yönergesinde "
"listelenmiş dosyalardan birini bulmaya çalışacak ve eğer bulursa birincisini "
"çağıracak. Eğer bu dosyalardan hiçbirini bulamazsa ve Options Indexes bu "
"dizin için ayarlanmışsa, sunucu HTML biçiminde bir listeyi dizinin içindeki "
"dosyalar ve alt dizinlerle birlikte oluşturup çağıracak. "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>'de bulunan mevcut değer, \" "
"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml\" dir. Eğer Apache2 "
"istenen dizinde bir dosya bulursa, bu adlardan biriyle eşleşir ve ilk "
"bulunan görüntülenir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> directive allows you to specify a "
"file for Apache2 to use for specific error events. For example, if a user "
"requests a resource that does not exist, a 404 error will occur. By default, "
"Apache2 will simply return a HTTP 404 Return code. Read "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf-available/localized-error-pages.conf</filename> "
"for detailed instructions for using ErrorDocument, including locations of "
"example files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the server writes the transfer log to the file "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. You can change this on a "
"per-site basis in your virtual host configuration files with the "
"<emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis> directive, or omit it to accept the default, "
"specified in <filename> /etc/apache2/conf.d/other-vhosts-access-"
"log</filename>. You may also specify the file to which errors are logged, "
"via the <emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis> directive, whose default is "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. These are kept separate "
"from the transfer logs to aid in troubleshooting problems with your Apache2 "
"server. You may also specify the <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> (the default "
"value is \"warn\") and the <emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (see <filename> "
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> for the default value)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Some options are specified on a per-directory basis rather than per-server. "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> is one of these directives. A Directory stanza "
"is enclosed in XML-like tags, like so:"
msgstr ""
"per-directory tabanında belirtilmiş bazı seçenekler per-server'dan daha "
"iyidir. <emphasis>Seçenekler</emphasis> bu yönergelerden biridir. Bir Dizin "
"sırası XML etiketlerine eklenmiştir. Bunun gibi:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:381(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory /var/www/html/mynewsite&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Options</emphasis> directive within a Directory stanza accepts "
"one or more of the following values (among others), separated by spaces:"
msgstr ""
"Bir Dizin sırasındaki <emphasis>Seçenekler</emphasis> yönergesi, aşağıdaki "
"değerlerden bir veya daha fazlasını diğerlerinin arasından kabul eder. "
"Boşluklarla ayrılmıştır:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"Most files should not be executed as CGI scripts. This would be very "
"dangerous. CGI scripts should kept in a directory separate from and outside "
"your DocumentRoot, and only this directory should have the ExecCGI option "
"set. This is the default, and the default location for CGI scripts is "
"<filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Çoğu dosya CGI betikleri gibi yapılmamıştır. Bu çok tehlikeli olabilir. CGI "
"betikleri, senin DocumentRoot'unu ayrı bir dizinde tutar ve sadece bu dizin "
"ExexCGI seçeneğini ayarlayabilir. Varsayılan budur ve CGI betikleri için "
"varsayılan yer <filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>'dir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:381(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Allow execution of CGI scripts. "
"CGI scripts are not executed if this option is not chosen. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - CGI betiklerinin yapılmasına "
"imkan verir. CGI betikleri, eğer bu seçenek seçilmemişse yapılamaz. "
"<placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Includes</emphasis> - Allow server-side includes. "
"Server-side includes allow an HTML file to <emphasis> include</emphasis> "
"other files. See <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ServerSideIncludes\">Apache SSI "
"documentation (Ubuntu community)</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Allow server-side "
"includes, but disable the <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> commands in CGI scripts."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - server-side içeriklerine "
"izin verir. Fakat CGI betiklerindeki <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> komutları pasiftir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, this should usually not be set, and certainly should "
"not be set on your DocumentRoot directory. Enable this option carefully on a "
"per-directory basis only if you are certain you want users to see the entire "
"contents of the directory."
msgstr ""
"Güvenlik sebepleri için, genellikle bu ayarlanmaz ve kesinlikle senin "
"DocumentRoot dizininde ayarlanmamalıdır. Bu seçeneği sadece kullanıcıların "
"dizindeki tüm içeriği görmelerini istediğinden eminsen per-directory "
"tabanında dikkatlice etkinleştir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Display a formatted list of the "
"directory's contents, if no <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (such as "
"index.html) exists in the requested directory. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Eğer istenen dizinde "
"<emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (index.html gibi) yoksa dizin "
"içeriklerinin liste biçiminde gösterir. <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:441(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - Support content-negotiated "
"multiviews; this option is disabled by default for security reasons. See the "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
"Apache2 documentation on this option</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Only follow "
"symbolic links if the target file or directory has the same owner as the "
"link."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Eğer dosya veya "
"dizin aynı bağlantıya sahipse sadece sembolik bağlantıları takip eder."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:448(title)
msgid "httpd Settings"
msgstr "httpd Ayarları"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains some basic <application>httpd</application> daemon "
"configuration settings."
msgstr ""
"Bu seçenek bazı temel <application>httpd</application> yapılandırma "
"ayarlarını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - The LockFile directive sets "
"the path to the lockfile used when the server is compiled with either "
"USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT or USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. It must be "
"stored on the local disk. It should be left to the default value unless the "
"logs directory is located on an NFS share. If this is the case, the default "
"value should be changed to a location on the local disk and to a directory "
"that is readable only by root."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - LockFile yönergesi, sunucunun "
"ya USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT yada USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT ile "
"derlediği lockfile konumunu ayarlar. Bu sabit diskte depolanmalıdır. Bu "
"kayıtların dizini NFS paylaşımına yerleştirilene kadar mevcut değerde "
"olmalıdır. Eğer böyle olursa, mevcut değer yerel diske konulabilir ve bu "
"dizin sadece yönetici tarafından okunabilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - The PidFile directive sets the "
"file in which the server records its process ID (pid). This file should only "
"be readable by root. In most cases, it should be left to the default value."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - PidFile yönergesi, sunucunun "
"kaydetttiği işlem kimliklerinin bulunduğu dosyayı ayarlar. Bu dosya sadece "
"yönetici tarafından okunabilir. Birçok sebepten dolayı bu, mevcut değerde "
"olmalıdır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - The User directive sets the userid "
"used by the server to answer requests. This setting determines the server's "
"access. Any files inaccessible to this user will also be inaccessible to "
"your website's visitors. The default value for User is \"www-data\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, do not set the User directive to "
"root. Using root as the User will create large security holes for your Web "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Ne yaptığından emin olana kadar Kullanıcı yönergesini yönetici olarak "
"ayarlama."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:482(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis> - The Group directive is similar to "
"the User directive. Group sets the group under which the server will answer "
"requests. The default group is also \"www-data\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:489(title)
msgid "Apache2 Modules"
msgstr "Apache Kipleri"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:491(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is a modular server. This implies that only the most basic "
"functionality is included in the core server. Extended features are "
"available through modules which can be loaded into Apache2. By default, a "
"base set of modules is included in the server at compile-time. If the server "
"is compiled to use dynamically loaded modules, then modules can be compiled "
"separately, and added at any time using the LoadModule directive. Otherwise, "
"Apache2 must be recompiled to add or remove modules."
msgstr ""
"Apache kipsel bir sunucudur. Bu, sadece kutup sunucusuna yerleştirilen çoğu "
"temel işlevselliği belirtir. Genişletilmiş özellikler Apache içine "
"yüklenebilen kipler tarafından kullanılabilir. Normalde, sunucudaki kiplerin "
"temel ayarı derleme zamanında dahil edilmiştir. Eğer sunucu dinamik yüklü "
"kipler kullanılarak derlenmişse, kipler ayrı olarak derlenebilir ve "
"LoadModule yönergesi kullanılarak herhangi bir zamanda yüklenebilir. Diğer "
"taraftan Apache, kiplerin eklenmesi veya kaldırılması için tekrardan "
"derlenmelidir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu compiles Apache2 to allow the dynamic loading of modules. "
"Configuration directives may be conditionally included on the presence of a "
"particular module by enclosing them in an "
"<emphasis>&lt;IfModule&gt;</emphasis> block."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu, Apache2'yi dinamik yüklü kiblere izin verilmesi için derler. "
"Yapılandırma yönergeleri, özel kipde bulunmak şartıyla onları kuşatan bir  "
"<emphasis>&lt;IfKip&gt;</emphasis> bloğunda koşullu olarak dahil edilebilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:510(para)
msgid ""
"You can install additional Apache2 modules and use them with your Web "
"server. For example, run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"install the <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis> module:"
msgstr ""
"Ek Apache kiplerini yükleyebilir ve onları kendi Web sunucunda "
"kullanabilirsiniz. Örneğin; <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis> kipini "
"yüklemek için aşağıdaki komutu uçbirimde çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:517(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:520(para)
msgid ""
"See the <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> directory, for "
"additional modules."
msgstr ""
"Eklenen kipler için <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> "
"dizinine bakınıız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>a2enmod</application> utility to enable a module:"
msgstr ""
"Bir kipi etkinleştirmek için <application>a2enmod</application> uygulamasını "
"kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:530(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:534(para)
msgid "Similarly, <application>a2dismod</application> will disable a module:"
msgstr ""
"Benzer şekilde <application>a2dismod</application>, bir kipi "
"pasifleştirecektir:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:539(command)
msgid "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"
msgstr "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:546(title)
msgid "HTTPS Configuration"
msgstr "HTTPS Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module adds an important feature to "
"the Apache2 server - the ability to encrypt communications. Thus, when your "
"browser is communicating using SSL, the https:// prefix is used at the "
"beginning of the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the browser navigation "
"bar."
msgstr ""
"<application>mod_ssl</application> kipi iletişimleri şifreleyecek önemli bir "
"özelliği Apache2 sunucusuna ekler. Bu, tarayıcının adres çubuğuna Tekdüzen "
"Kaynak Bulucu (URL)'nun başındaki https:// önekini tarayıcının başında "
"kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:557(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module is available in "
"<application>apache2-common</application> package. Execute the following "
"command from a terminal prompt to enable the "
"<application>mod_ssl</application> module:"
msgstr ""
"<application>mod_ssl</application> kipi <application>apache2-"
"common</application> paketinde kullanılabilir. "
"<application>mod_ssl</application> kipini aktifleştirmek için terminale şu "
"komutu girip, çalıştırınız:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:564(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod ssl"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod ssl"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"There is a default HTTPS configuration file in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default-ssl.conf</filename>. In order for "
"<application>Apache2</application> to provide HTTPS, a "
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and <emphasis>key</emphasis> file are also "
"needed. The default HTTPS configuration will use a certificate and key "
"generated by the <application>ssl-cert</application> package. They are good "
"for testing, but the auto-generated certificate and key should be replaced "
"by a certificate specific to the site or server. For information on "
"generating a key and obtaining a certificate see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:577(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Apache2</application> for HTTPS, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"HTTPS için <application>Apache2</application>'yi yapılandırma şu şekilde "
"olur:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:582(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:586(para)
msgid ""
"The directories <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> are the default locations. If you "
"install the certificate and key in another directory make sure to change "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis> appropriately."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> ve <filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> "
"dizinleri mevcut konumlardır. Eğer sertifika ve anahtarı başka bir dizine "
"yüklersen, <emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis>'ı uygun şekilde değiştirdiğinden "
"emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:593(para)
msgid ""
"With Apache2 now configured for HTTPS, restart the service to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""
"Apache2 ile şu an HTTPS yapılandırıldı. Yeni ayarların aktifleşmesi için "
"servisi yeniden başlatınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:604(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on how you obtained your certificate you may need to enter a "
"passphrase when <application>Apache2</application> starts."
msgstr ""
"Sertifikayı nasıl elde ettiğine bağlı olarak "
"<application>Apache2</application>'yi başlattığında bir şifre girmen gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"You can access the secure server pages by typing https://your_hostname/url/ "
"in your browser address bar."
msgstr ""
"Tarayıcının adres çubuğuna https://your_hostname/url/ yazarak güvenli sunucu "
"sayfalarına erişebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:617(title)
msgid "Sharing Write Permission"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:631(para)
msgid ""
"For more than one user to be able to write to the same directory it will be "
"necessary to grant write permission to a group they share in common. The "
"following example grants shared write permission to "
"<filename>/var/www/html</filename> to the group \"webmasters\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:639(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R webmasters /var/www/html"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:640(command)
msgid "sudo find /var/www/html -type d -exec chmod g=rwxs \"{}\" \\;"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:641(command)
msgid "sudo find /var/www/html -type f -exec chmod g=rws \"{}\" \\;"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"If access must be granted to more than one group per directory, enable "
"Access Control Lists (ACLs)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:639(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:789(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:939(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1034(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1256(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:800(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2081(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:538(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:863(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1197(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1611(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1797(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:196(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:762(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:466(title) serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:328(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1035(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1143(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:392(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:528(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:453(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:648(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:800(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1220(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1688(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:244(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:373(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:481(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:305(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:446(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:616(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:803(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:605(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:232(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:105(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:214(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:295(title)
msgid "References"
msgstr "Başvurular"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:656(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> contains in depth information on Apache2 configuration "
"directives. Also, see the <application>apache2-doc</application> package for "
"the official Apache2 docs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:650(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
"Documentation</ulink> site for more SSL related information."
msgstr ""
"SSL hakkında daha fazla güncel bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL Documentation</ulink> sitesine "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:656(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
"Cookbook</ulink> is a good resource for accomplishing specific Apache2 "
"configurations."
msgstr ""
"O'Reilly'in <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
"Cookbook</ulink>'u, özel Apache2 yapılandırmalarını yapabilmek için iyi bir "
"kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:662(para)
msgid ""
"For Ubuntu specific Apache2 questions, ask in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu'ya özgü Apache2 soruları için, <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>'deki <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC kanalına müracaat ediniz."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"Usually integrated with PHP and MySQL the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""
"Genellikle PHP ve MySQL ile tümleşik olan <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> sayfası, iyi bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:679(title)
msgid "PHP5 - Scripting Language"
msgstr "PHP5 - Betikleme Dili"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"PHP is a general-purpose scripting language suited for Web development. The "
"PHP script can be embedded into HTML. This section explains how to install "
"and configure PHP5 in Ubuntu System with Apache2 and MySQL."
msgstr ""
"PHP, Web geliştirmeye uygun, genel amaçlı betikleme dilidir. PHP betiği HTML "
"içine yerleştirilebilir. Bu bölüm, Ubuntu Sisteminde Apache2 ve MySQL ile "
"PHP5'in nasıl yüklenceğini ve yapılandırılacağını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have installed and configured Apache2 Web Server "
"and MySQL Database Server. You can refer to Apache2 section and MySQL "
"sections in this document to install and configure Apache2 and MySQL "
"respectively."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm, Apache2 Web Sunucu ve MySQL Veritabanı Sunucusu yükleyip "
"yapılandırdığını varsayar. Bu belgede, Apache 2 ve MySQL yükleme ve "
"yapılandırması için sırasıyla Apache2 bölümü ve MySQL bölümlerine "
"bakabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:691(para)
msgid ""
"The PHP5 is available in Ubuntu Linux. Unlike python and perl, which are "
"installed in the base system, PHP must be added."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:695(para)
msgid ""
"To install PHP5 you can enter the following command in the terminal prompt: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"PHP5'i yüklemek için terminale şu komutu girebilirsiniz: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:704(para)
msgid ""
"You can run PHP5 scripts from command line. To run PHP5 scripts from command "
"line you should install <application>php5-cli</application> package. To "
"install <application>php5-cli</application> you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"PHP5 betiklerini uçbirimden çalıştırabilirsiniz. PHP betiklerini uçbirimden "
"çalıştırmak için <application>php5-cli</application> paketini "
"yüklemelisiniz. <application>php5-cli</application>'yi yüklemek için şu "
"komutu terminale girebilirsiniz: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:713(para)
msgid ""
"You can also execute PHP5 scripts without installing PHP5 Apache module. To "
"accomplish this, you should install <application>php5-cgi</application> "
"package. You can run the following command in a terminal prompt to install "
"<application>php5-cgi</application> package: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"PHP5 Apache kipini yüklemeden de PHP5 betiklerini çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunu "
"yapabilmek için <application>php5-cgi</application> paketini yüklemeniz "
"gerekir. <application>php5-cgi</application> paketini yüklemek için "
"uçbirimde şu komutu girin: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:723(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>MySQL</application> with PHP5 you should install "
"<application>php5-mysql</application> package. To install <application>php5-"
"mysql</application> you can enter the following command in the terminal "
"prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<application>MySQL</application>'i PHP5 ile kullanmak için <application>php5-"
"mysql</application> paketini yüklemen gerekir <application>php5-"
"mysql</application>'i yüklemek için terminale şu komutu giriniz: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:731(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, to use <application>PostgreSQL</application> with PHP5 you should "
"install <application>php5-pgsql</application> package. To install "
"<application>php5-pgsql</application> you can enter the following command in "
"the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Aynı şekilde, PHP5 ile <application>PostgreSQL</application>'i çalıştırmak "
"için <application>php5-pgsql</application> paketini yükleyebilirsin. "
"<application>php5-pgsql</application>'i yüklemek için terminale aşağıdaki "
"komutu girebilirsin: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:744(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5, you can run PHP5 scripts from your web browser. If "
"you have installed <application>php5-cli</application> package, you can run "
"PHP5 scripts from your command prompt."
msgstr ""
"PHP5'i yükledikten sonra, Web tarayıcısından PHP5 betiklerini "
"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Eğer <application>php5-cli</application> paketini "
"yüklemişseniz, terminalden PHP5 betiklerini çalıştırabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:751(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the Apache 2 Web server is configured to run PHP5 scripts. In "
"other words, the PHP5 module is enabled in Apache2 Web server automatically "
"when you install the module. Please verify if the files "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> exist. If they do "
"not exists, you can enable the module using <command>a2enmod</command> "
"command."
msgstr ""
"Normalde, Apache 2 Web sunucusu PHP5 betikleri çalıştırılarak "
"yapılandırılır. Diğer taraftan, PHP5 kipini yüklediğinde Apache2 Web "
"sunucusundan otomatik olarak etkinleştirilir. Lütfen "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> ve "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> dosyalarının olup "
"olmadığını kontrol ediniz. Eğer yoklarsa <command>a2enmod</command> komutunu "
"kullanarak aktifleştirebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:762(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5 related packages and enabled PHP5 Apache 2 module, you "
"should restart Apache2 Web server to run PHP5 scripts. You can run the "
"following command at a terminal prompt to restart your web server: "
"<screen><command>sudo service apache2 restart</command> </screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:770(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1069(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:314(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1611(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:376(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:182(title)
msgid "Testing"
msgstr "Test etme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:771(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your installation, you can run following PHP5 phpinfo script:"
msgstr ""
"Yüklemeyi onaylamak için, aşağıdaki PHP5 phpinfo betiğini "
"çalıştırabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:774(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"  phpinfo();\n"
"?&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"  phpinfo();\n"
"?&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:779(para)
msgid ""
"You can save the content in a file <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> and "
"place it under <command>DocumentRoot</command> directory of Apache2 Web "
"server. When point your browser to "
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, it would display values of "
"various PHP5 configuration parameters."
msgstr ""
"İçeriği <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> dosyasına kaydedebilir ve onu "
"Apache2 Wen sunucusunun <command>DocumentRoot</command> dizini altına "
"koyabilirsiniz. Eğer tarayıcısın "
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename> şeklindeyse, PHP5 "
"yapılandırma parametrelerinin çeşitli değerlerini gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:793(para)
msgid ""
"For more in depth information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> documentation."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> belgelerine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:798(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of books on PHP. Two good books from O'Reilly are "
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP "
"5</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook Book</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"PHP ile ilgili bol miktarda kitap vardır. O'Reilly tarafından yazlımış olan "
"iki güzel kitap <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP 5</ulink> ve "
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook "
"Book</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:805(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:816(title)
msgid "Squid - Proxy Server"
msgstr "Squid - Proxy Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:830(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is a full-featured web proxy cache server application which provides "
"proxy and cache services for Hyper Text Transport Protocol (HTTP), File "
"Transfer Protocol (FTP), and other popular network protocols. Squid can "
"implement caching and proxying of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) requests and "
"caching of Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups, and perform transparent "
"caching. Squid also supports a wide variety of caching protocols, such as "
"Internet Cache Protocol (ICP), the Hyper Text Caching Protocol (HTCP), the "
"Cache Array Routing Protocol (CARP), and the Web Cache Coordination Protocol "
"(WCCP)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:838(para)
msgid ""
"The Squid proxy cache server is an excellent solution to a variety of proxy "
"and caching server needs, and scales from the branch office to enterprise "
"level networks while providing extensive, granular access control "
"mechanisms, and monitoring of critical parameters via the Simple Network "
"Management Protocol (SNMP). When selecting a computer system for use as a "
"dedicated Squid caching proxy server for many users ensure it is configured "
"with a large amount of physical memory as Squid maintains an in-memory cache "
"for increased performance."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:834(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install the Squid "
"server:"
msgstr "Squid sunucuyu yüklemek için terminale şu komutu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:852(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install squid3"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is configured by editing the directives contained within the "
"<filename>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</filename> configuration file. The "
"following examples illustrate some of the directives which may be modified "
"to affect the behavior of the Squid server. For more in-depth configuration "
"of Squid, see the References section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:864(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to re-use as necessary. Make this copy and "
"protect it from writing using the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:870(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/squid3/squid.conf /etc/squid3/squid.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:871(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid3/squid.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:866(para)
msgid ""
"To set your Squid server to listen on TCP port 8888 instead of the default "
"TCP port 3128, change the http_port directive as such:"
msgstr ""
"Mevcut değeri TCP yuvası 3128 yerine TCP yuvası 8888 olarak dinlemeyi Squid "
"sunucuya ayarlamak için http_port yönergesini şu şekilde değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:870(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_port 8888\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_port 8888\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:875(para)
msgid ""
"Change the visible_hostname directive in order to give the Squid server a "
"specific hostname. This hostname does not necessarily need to be the "
"computer's hostname. In this example it is set to <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"visible_hostname yönergesini Squid sunucuya özel bir ana sistem adı vererek "
"değiştirin. Bu ana sistem adı bilgisayarın ana sistem adı olmak zorunda "
"değildir. Bu örnekte <emphasis>esabuntu</emphasis> olarak ayarlanmıştır"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:879(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"visible_hostname weezie\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"visible_hostname esabuntu\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:884(para)
msgid ""
"Using Squid's access control, you may configure use of Internet services "
"proxied by Squid to be available only users with certain Internet Protocol "
"(IP) addresses. For example, we will illustrate access by users of the "
"192.168.42.0/24 subnetwork only:"
msgstr ""
"Squid'in erişim kontrolunu kullanarak, Squid tarafından saklanan Internet "
"servisleri kullanımını, sadece özel Internet İletişim Kuralı (IP) kullanan "
"kullanıcılar için yapılandırabilirsin. Örneğin: sadece 192.168.42.0/24 alt "
"ağ kullanıcılarının erişimini göstereceğiz:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:901(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"Add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">bottom</emphasis> of the "
"ACL section of your <filename>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:892(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:907(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:928(para)
msgid ""
"Then, add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">top</emphasis> of the "
"http_access section of your <filename>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:899(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:916(para)
msgid ""
"Using the excellent access control features of Squid, you may configure use "
"of Internet services proxied by Squid to be available only during normal "
"business hours. For example, we'll illustrate access by employees of a "
"business which is operating between 9:00AM and 5:00PM, Monday through "
"Friday, and which uses the 10.1.42.0/24 subnetwork:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:912(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 8:00-16:00\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:920(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:939(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</filename> "
"file, save the file and restart the <application>squid</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command entered at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:945(command)
msgid "sudo service squid3 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:941(ulink)
msgid "Squid Website"
msgstr "Squid Websitesi"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:943(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Squid</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Squid</ulink> sayfası."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:950(title)
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr "Ruby on Rails"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:951(para)
msgid ""
"Ruby on Rails is an open source web framework for developing database backed "
"web applications. It is optimized for sustainable productivity of the "
"programmer since it lets the programmer to write code by favouring "
"convention over configuration."
msgstr ""
"Ruby on Rails, veritabanlı web uygulamaları geliştirme sunan açık kaynak web "
"taslağıdır. Programcıların kod yazma performansını arttırabilmeleri için "
"düzenlenir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:958(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Rails</application> you should install "
"<application>Apache</application> and <application>MySQL</application>. To "
"install the <application>Apache</application> package, please refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>. For instructions on installing "
"<application>MySQL</application> refer to <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Rails</application>'i yüklemeden önce "
"<application>Apache</application> ve <application>MySQL</application>'i "
"yüklemelisin. <application>Apache</application> paketini yüklemek için "
"lütfen <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>'ye başvur. <application>MySQL</application> "
"yüklemesindeki açıklamalar için, <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:966(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Apache</application> and "
"<application>MySQL</application> packages installed, you are ready to "
"install <application>Ruby on Rails</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<application>Apache</application> ve <application>MySQL</application> "
"paketlerini yükleyerek zaten <application>Ruby on Rails</application> "
"paketini yüklemeye hazırsın."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:973(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>Ruby</application> base packages and "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Ruby</application> tabanlı paketleri <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application>'i yüklemek için terminale aşağıdaki komutu girebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:979(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install rails"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install rails"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:997(para)
msgid ""
"Modify the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/000-"
"default.conf</filename> configuration file to setup your domains."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:989(para)
msgid ""
"The first thing to change is the <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> yönergesini değiştirmek için ilk şey:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:993(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"Next, change the &lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt; "
"directive:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, &lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt; yönergesini "
"değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1000(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt;\n"
"        Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
"        AllowOverride All\n"
"        Order allow,deny\n"
"        allow from all\n"
"        AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt;\n"
"        Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
"        AllowOverride All\n"
"        Order allow,deny\n"
"        allow from all\n"
"        AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1010(para)
msgid ""
"You should also enable the <application>mod_rewrite</application> module for "
"Apache. To enable <application>mod_rewrite</application> module, please "
"enter the following command in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <application>mod_rewrite</application> kipini Apache için "
"aktifleştirmelisin. <application>mod_rewrite</application> kipini "
"aktifleştirmek için lütfen terminale aşağıdaki komutu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1016(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod rewrite"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod rewrite"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1019(para)
msgid ""
"Finally you will need to change the ownership of the "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> and "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> directories to the user "
"used to run the <application>Apache</application> process:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak <filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> ve "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> dizinlerinin sahipliğini "
"<application>Apache</application> işlemini kullanacaklar için "
"değiştirmelisin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1025(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1026(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1029(para)
msgid ""
"That's it! Now you have your Server ready for your <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application> applications."
msgstr ""
"Hepsi bu kadar! Şu an <application>Ruby on Rails</application> uygulamaların "
"için bir Sunucuya sahipsin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1038(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on Rails</ulink> website "
"for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on "
"Rails</ulink> websitesine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1043(para)
msgid ""
"Also <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-"
"with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> is a great "
"resource."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-"
"with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> harika bir "
"kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1049(para)
msgid ""
"Another place for more information is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için başka bir yer <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Apache Tomcat"
msgstr "Apache Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Tomcat is a web container that allows you to serve Java Servlets and "
"JSP (Java Server Pages) web applications."
msgstr ""
"Apache Tomcat, Java Servlets ve JSP (Java Server Pages) web uygulamaları "
"çalıştırmana izin veren bir web kutusudur."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1075(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu has supported packages for both Tomcat 6 and 7. Tomcat 6 is the "
"legacy version, and Tomcat 7 is the current version where new features are "
"implemented. Both are considered stable. This guide will focus on Tomcat 7, "
"but most configuration details are valid for both versions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1078(para)
msgid ""
"The Tomcat packages in Ubuntu support two different ways of running Tomcat. "
"You can install them as a classic unique system-wide instance, that will be "
"started at boot time will run as the tomcat7 (or tomcat6) unprivileged user. "
"But you can also deploy private instances that will run with your own user "
"rights, and that you should start and stop by yourself. This second way is "
"particularly useful in a development server context where multiple users "
"need to test on their own private Tomcat instances."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1073(title)
msgid "System-wide installation"
msgstr "Kapsamlı sistem yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1074(para)
msgid ""
"To install the Tomcat server, you can enter the following command in the "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1092(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat7"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1079(para)
msgid ""
"This will install a Tomcat server with just a default ROOT webapp that "
"displays a minimal \"It works\" page by default."
msgstr ""
"Bu, bir Tomcat sunucuyu sadece mevcut bir YÖNETİCİ web uygulaması ile "
"yükleyecek. Bu uygulama en az varsayılan olarak \"Çalışır\" sayfası gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat configuration files can be found in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat7</filename>. Only a few common configuration tweaks "
"will be described here, please see <ulink "
"url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-7.0-doc/index.html\">Tomcat 7.0 "
"documentation</ulink> for more."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1091(title)
msgid "Changing default ports"
msgstr "Mevcut yuvaları değiştirme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1107(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat runs a HTTP connector on port 8080 and an AJP connector on "
"port 8009. You might want to change those default ports to avoid conflict "
"with another application on the system. This is done by changing the "
"following lines in <filename>/etc/tomcat7/server.xml</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1097(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
"               connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
"               redirectPort=\"8443\" /&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
"               connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
"               redirectPort=\"8443\" /&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
"/&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1106(title)
msgid "Changing JVM used"
msgstr "Kullanılan JVM'yi değiştirme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1122(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat will run preferably with OpenJDK JVMs, then try the Sun "
"JVMs, then try some other JVMs. You can force Tomcat to use a specific JVM "
"by setting JAVA_HOME in <filename>/etc/default/tomcat7</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1111(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1116(title)
msgid "Declaring users and roles"
msgstr "Kullanıcı ve kuralları reddetme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"Usernames, passwords and roles (groups) can be defined centrally in a "
"Servlet container. This is done in the <filename>/etc/tomcat7/tomcat-"
"users.xml</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1120(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;role rolename=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
"&lt;user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;role rolename=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
"&lt;user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1128(title)
msgid "Using Tomcat standard webapps"
msgstr "Tomcat standart web uygulamalarını kullanma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1129(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is shipped with webapps that you can install for documentation, "
"administration or demo purposes."
msgstr ""
"Tomcat, dökümantasyon, yönetim veya alıştırma amaçlı web uygulamalarını "
"yükleyebililecek geniş bir uygulamaya sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1132(title)
msgid "Tomcat documentation"
msgstr "Tomcat dökümantasyon"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1148(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat7-docs</application> package contains Tomcat "
"documentation, packaged as a webapp that you can access by default at "
"http://yourserver:8080/docs. You can install it by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1153(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat7-docs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1142(title)
msgid "Tomcat administration webapps"
msgstr "Tomcat yönetim web uygulamaları"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1158(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat7-admin</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to administer the Tomcat server using a web interface. You "
"can install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1163(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat7-admin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1150(para)
msgid ""
"The first one is the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> webapp, which you can "
"access by default at http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. It is primarily "
"used to get server status and restart webapps."
msgstr ""
"Birincisi, mevcut  http://yourserver:8080/manager/html'ye erişebileceğin "
"<emphasis>yönetici</emphasis> web uygulamasıdır. Bu, öncelikli olarak sunucu "
"durumlarını alır ve web uygulamalarını yeniden başlatır."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1168(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> application is protected by "
"default: you need to define a user with the role \"manager-gui\" in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat7/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1157(para)
msgid ""
"The second one is the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> webapp, which you "
"can access by default at http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. It can be "
"used to create virtual hosts dynamically."
msgstr ""
"İkincisi normal olarak http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html'e "
"erişebileceğin <emphasis>anasistem-yönetici</emphasis> web uygulamasıdır. "
"Bu, sanal dinamik ana sistemler oluşturmak için kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1176(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> application is also "
"protected by default: you need to define a user with the role \"admin-gui\" "
"in <filename>/etc/tomcat7/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access "
"it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1181(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, the tomcat7 user cannot write to the "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat7</filename> directory by default. Some features in "
"these admin webapps (application deployment, virtual host creation) need "
"write access to that directory. If you want to use these features execute "
"the following, to give users in the tomcat7 group the necessary rights:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1188(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R tomcat7 /etc/tomcat7"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1189(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat7"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1179(title)
msgid "Tomcat examples webapps"
msgstr "Tomcat örnek web uygulamaları"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1195(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat7-examples</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to test or demonstrate Servlets and JSP features, which you "
"can access them by default at http://yourserver:8080/examples. You can "
"install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1201(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat7-examples"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1192(title)
msgid "Using private instances"
msgstr "Özel örnekleri kullanma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1208(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is heavily used in development and testing scenarios where using a "
"single system-wide instance doesn't meet the requirements of multiple users "
"on a single system. The Tomcat packages in Ubuntu come with tools to help "
"deploy your own user-oriented instances, allowing every user on a system to "
"run (without root rights) separate private instances while still using the "
"system-installed libraries."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1200(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to run the system-wide instance and the private instances in "
"parallel, as long as they do not use the same TCP ports."
msgstr ""
"Aynı TCP yuvalarının kullanmayan kapsamlı sistem örneğini ve özel örnekleri "
"eş zamanlı olarak çalıştırmak mümkündür"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1204(title)
msgid "Installing private instance support"
msgstr "Özel örnek desteği yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1205(para)
msgid ""
"You can install everything necessary to run private instances by entering "
"the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Terminale şu komutu girerek özel örnekleri çalıştırmak için gerekli her şeyi "
"yükleyebilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1223(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat7-user"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1212(title)
msgid "Creating a private instance"
msgstr "Özel bir örnek oluşturma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1213(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a private instance directory by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr "Terminale şu komutu girerek özel bir örnek dizini oluşturabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1231(command)
msgid "tomcat7-instance-create my-instance"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1218(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a new <filename>my-instance</filename> directory with all "
"the necessary subdirectories and scripts. You can for example install your "
"common libraries in the <filename>lib/</filename> subdirectory and deploy "
"your webapps in the <filename>webapps/</filename> subdirectory. No webapps "
"are deployed by default."
msgstr ""
"Bu, gereki bütün alt dizinler ve betikler de dahil olmak üzere bir "
"<filename>örneğim</filename> dizini oluşturacaktır. Örneğin, "
"<filename>lib/</filename> alt dizinine temel kitaplıkları yükleyebilir ve "
"<filename>webapps/</filename> alt dizininde web uygulamalarını "
"geliştirebilirsin. Normalde geliştirilmiş hiçbir web uygulaması yoktur."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1226(title)
msgid "Configuring your private instance"
msgstr "Özel örneği yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1227(para)
msgid ""
"You will find the classic Tomcat configuration files for your private "
"instance in the <filename>conf/</filename> subdirectory. You should for "
"example certainly edit the <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> file to "
"change the default ports used by your private Tomcat instance to avoid "
"conflict with other instances that might be running."
msgstr ""
"Özel örnek için klasik Tomcat yapılandırma dosyalarını "
"<filename>conf/</filename> alt dizininde bulabilirsin. Örneğin, özel Tomcat "
"örneğinde kullanılan mevcut yuvaları, çalışan diğer örneklerdekilerle "
"çakışmasını önlemek için kesinlikle <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> "
"dosyasını değiştirmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1235(title)
msgid "Starting/stopping your private instance"
msgstr "Özel örnekleri başlatma/durdurma"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1236(para)
msgid ""
"You can start your private instance by entering the following command in the "
"terminal prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""
"Terminale şu komutu girerek özel örneği başlatabilirsin (örneğinin "
"<filename>örneğim</filename> dizininde olduğunu varsayalım):"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1240(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"
msgstr "örneğim/bin/startup.sh"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1242(para)
msgid ""
"You should check the <filename>logs/</filename> subdirectory for any error. "
"If you have a <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
"use&lt;null&gt;:8080</emphasis> error, it means that the port you're using "
"is already taken and that you should change it."
msgstr ""
"Herhangi bir hata için <filename>logs/</filename> alt dizinini kontrol "
"edebilirsin. Eğer bir <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
"use&lt;null&gt;:8080</emphasis> hatası varsa, bu demektir ki yuva zaten "
"kullanılıyor ve onu değiştirmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1247(para)
msgid ""
"You can stop your instance by entering the following command in the terminal "
"prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""
"Terminale şunu girerek örneğini durdurabilirsin (Örneğinin "
"<filename>örneğim</filename> dizininde olduğunu varsayalım):"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1251(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"
msgstr "örneğim/bin/shutdown.sh"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1260(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache Tomcat</ulink> "
"website for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazlası için <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache "
"Tomcat</ulink> websitesine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596003180.do\">Tomcat: The "
"Definitive Guide</ulink> is a good resource for building web applications "
"with Tomcat."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1271(para)
msgid ""
"For additional books see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> list "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Ek kitaplar için <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> "
"liste sayfasına bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:11(title)
msgid "VPN"
msgstr "VPN"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"OpenVPN is a Virtual Private Networking (VPN) solution provided in the "
"Ubuntu Repositories. It is flexible, reliable and secure. It belongs to the "
"family of SSL/TLS VPN stacks (different from IPSec VPNs). This chapter will "
"cover installing and configuring <application>OpenVPN</application> to "
"create a VPN."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:19(title)
msgid "OpenVPN"
msgstr "OpenVPN"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:21(para)
msgid ""
"If you want more than just pre-shared keys "
"<application>OpenVPN</application> makes it easy to setup and use a Public "
"Key Infrastructure (PKI) to use SSL/TLS certificates for authentication and "
"key exchange between the VPN server and clients. "
"<application>OpenVPN</application> can be used in a routed or bridged VPN "
"mode and can be configured to use either UDP or TCP. The port number can be "
"configured as well, but port 1194 is the official one. And it is only using "
"that single port for all communication. VPN client implementations are "
"available for almost anything including all Linux distributions, OS X, "
"Windows and OpenWRT based WLAN routers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:29(title)
msgid "Server Installation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:31(para)
msgid "To install <application>openvpn</application> in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>openvpn</application>'yi yüklemek için terminale şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:35(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openvpn easy-rsa"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:40(title)
msgid "Public Key Infrastructure Setup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:42(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in building an OpenVPN configuration is to establish a PKI "
"(public key infrastructure). The PKI consists of:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"a separate certificate (also known as a public key) and private key for the "
"server and each client, and"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"a master Certificate Authority (CA) certificate and key which is used to "
"sign each of the server and client certificates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"OpenVPN supports bidirectional authentication based on certificates, meaning "
"that the client must authenticate the server certificate and the server must "
"authenticate the client certificate before mutual trust is established."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"Both server and client will authenticate the other by first verifying that "
"the presented certificate was signed by the master certificate authority "
"(CA), and then by testing information in the now-authenticated certificate "
"header, such as the certificate common name or certificate type (client or "
"server)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:64(title)
msgid "Certificate Authority Setup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"To setup your own Certificate Authority (CA) and generating certificates and "
"keys for an OpenVPN server and multiple clients first copy the "
"<filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. This will ensure that any changes to the "
"scripts will not be lost when the package is updated. From a terminal change "
"to user root and:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:74(command)
msgid "mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:75(command)
msgid "cp -r /usr/share/easy-rsa/* /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:78(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> adjusting the "
"following to your environment:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> ayarını aşağıdaki "
"ortama düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:82(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
"export KEY_ORG=\"Example Company\"\n"
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"steve@example.com\"\n"
"export KEY_CN=MyVPN\n"
"export KEY_NAME=MyVPN\n"
"export KEY_OU=MyVPN\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the following to generate the master Certificate Authority (CA) "
"certificate and key:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:95(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:143(command)
msgid "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:96(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:144(command)
msgid "source vars"
msgstr "source vars"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:97(command)
msgid "./clean-all"
msgstr "./clean-all"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:98(command)
msgid "./build-ca"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:103(title)
msgid "Server Certificates"
msgstr "Sunucu Sertifikaları"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:105(para)
msgid "Next, we will generate a certificate and private key for the server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:110(command)
msgid "./build-key-server myservername"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"As in the previous step, most parameters can be defaulted. Two other queries "
"require positive responses, \"Sign the certificate? [y/n]\" and \"1 out of 1 "
"certificate requests certified, commit? [y/n]\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:117(para)
msgid "Diffie Hellman parameters must be generated for the OpenVPN server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:122(command)
msgid "./build-dh"
msgstr "./build-dh"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"All certificates and keys have been generated in the subdirectory keys/. "
"Common practice is to copy them to /etc/openvpn/:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:129(command)
msgid "cd keys/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:134(command)
msgid "cp myservername.crt myservername.key ca.crt dh2048.pem /etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:135(title)
msgid "Client Certificates"
msgstr "Kullanıcı Sertifikaları"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"The VPN client will also need a certificate to authenticate itself to the "
"server. Usually you create a different certificate for each client. To "
"create the certificate, enter the following in a terminal while being user "
"root:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:145(command)
msgid "./build-key client1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:148(para)
msgid "Copy the following files to the client using a secure method:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:153(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:154(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/client1.crt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:155(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/client1.key"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"As the client certificates and keys are only required on the client machine, "
"you should remove them from the server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:166(title)
msgid "Simple Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"Along with your <application>OpenVPN</application> installation you got "
"these sample config files (and many more if if you check):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:172(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@server:/# ls -l /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/\n"
"total 68\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 3427 2011-07-04 15:09 client.conf\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4141 2011-07-04 15:09 server.conf.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"Start with copying and unpacking server.conf.gz to /etc/openvpn/server.conf."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:183(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
"/etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
"/etc/openvpn/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:184(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> to make sure the "
"following lines are pointing to the certificates and keys you created in the "
"section above."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:194(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ca ca.crt\n"
"cert myservername.crt\n"
"key myservername.key \n"
"dh dh2048.pem\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> and uncomment the following line "
"to enable IP forwarding."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:204(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:207(para)
msgid "Then reload sysctl."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:211(command)
msgid "sudo sysctl -p /etc/sysctl.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:197(para)
msgid ""
"That is the minimum you have to configure to get a working OpenVPN server. "
"You can use all the default settings in the sample server.conf file. Now "
"start the server. You will find logging and error messages in your syslog."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:219(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@server:/etc/openvpn# service openvpn start\n"
" * Starting virtual private network daemon(s)...\n"
"   *   Autostarting VPN 'server'                     [ OK ]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:208(para)
msgid "Now check if OpenVPN created a tun0 interface:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:212(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@server:/etc/openvpn# ifconfig tun0\n"
"tun0      Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-"
"00-00-00  \n"
"          inet addr:10.8.0.1  P-t-P:10.8.0.2  Mask:255.255.255.255\n"
"          UP POINTOPOINT RUNNING NOARP MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
"[...]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:222(title)
msgid "Simple Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:224(para)
msgid ""
"There are various different <application>OpenVPN</application> client "
"implementations with and without GUIs. You can read more about clients in a "
"later section. For now we use the <application>OpenVPN</application> client "
"for Ubuntu which is the same executable as the server. So you have to "
"install the openvpn package again on the client machine:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:35(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:231(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:589(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openvpn"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openvpn"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:234(para)
msgid "This time copy the client.conf sample config file to /etc/openvpn/."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:238(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the client keys and the certificate of the CA you created in the "
"section above to e.g. /etc/openvpn/ and edit "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> to make sure the following "
"lines are pointing to those files. If you have the files in /etc/openvpn/ "
"you can omit the path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:244(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ca ca.crt\n"
"cert client1.crt\n"
"key client1.key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"And you have to at least specify the OpenVPN server name or address. Make "
"sure the keyword client is in the config. That's what enables client mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:256(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"client\n"
"remote vpnserver.example.com 1194\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"Also, make sure you specify the keyfile names you copied from the server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:261(para)
msgid "Now start the OpenVPN client:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:290(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:/etc/openvpn# service openvpn start\n"
" * Starting virtual private network daemon(s)...   \n"
"   *   Autostarting VPN 'client'                          [ OK ] \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:271(para)
msgid "Check if it created a tun0 interface:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:275(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:/etc/openvpn# ifconfig tun0\n"
"tun0      Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-"
"00-00-00  \n"
"          inet addr:10.8.0.6  P-t-P:10.8.0.5  Mask:255.255.255.255\n"
"          UP POINTOPOINT RUNNING NOARP MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:282(para)
msgid "Check if you can ping the OpenVPN server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:285(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:/etc/openvpn# ping 10.8.0.1\n"
"PING 10.8.0.1 (10.8.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 10.8.0.1: icmp_req=1 ttl=64 time=0.920 ms\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenVPN server always uses the first usable IP address in the client "
"network and only that IP is pingable. E.g. if you configured a /24 for the "
"client network mask, the .1 address will be used. The P-t-P address you see "
"in the ifconfig output above is usually not answering ping requests."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:297(para)
msgid "Check out your routes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:300(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:/etc/openvpn# netstat -rn\n"
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
"Destination     Gateway         Genmask         Flags   MSS Window  irtt "
"Iface\n"
"10.8.0.5        0.0.0.0         255.255.255.255 UH        0 0          0 "
"tun0\n"
"10.8.0.1        10.8.0.5        255.255.255.255 UGH       0 0          0 "
"tun0\n"
"192.168.42.0    0.0.0.0         255.255.255.0   U         0 0          0 "
"eth0\n"
"0.0.0.0         192.168.42.1    0.0.0.0         UG        0 0          0 "
"eth0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:312(title)
msgid "First trouble shooting"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:314(para)
msgid "If the above didn't work for you, check this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:319(para)
msgid "Check your syslog, e.g. grep -i vpn /var/log/syslog"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"Check that you have specified the keyfile names correctly in client.conf and "
"server.conf."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"Can the client connect to the server machine? Maybe a firewall is blocking "
"access? Check syslog on server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:325(para)
msgid ""
"Client and server must use same protocol and port, e.g. UDP port 1194, see "
"port and proto config option"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"Client and server must use same config regarding compression, see comp-lzo "
"config option"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:331(para)
msgid ""
"Client and server must use same config regarding bridged vs routed mode, see "
"server vs server-bridge config option"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:168(title)
msgid "Advanced configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:342(title)
msgid "Advanced routed VPN configuration on server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"The above is a very simple working VPN. The client can access services on "
"the VPN server machine through an encrypted tunnel. If you want to reach "
"more servers or anything in other networks, push some routes to the clients. "
"E.g. if your company's network can be summarized to the network "
"192.168.0.0/16, you could push this route to the clients. But you will also "
"have to change the routing for the way back - your servers need to know a "
"route to the VPN client-network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"Or you might push a default gateway to all the clients to send all their "
"internet traffic to the VPN gateway first and from there via the company "
"firewall into the internet. This section shows you some possible options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"Push routes to the client to allow it to reach other private subnets behind "
"the server. Remember that these private subnets will also need to know to "
"route the OpenVPN client address pool (10.8.0.0/24) back to the OpenVPN "
"server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:361(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"push \"route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"If enabled, this directive will configure all clients to redirect their "
"default network gateway through the VPN, causing all IP traffic such as web "
"browsing and DNS lookups to go through the VPN (the OpenVPN server machine "
"or your central firewall may need to NAT the TUN/TAP interface to the "
"internet in order for this to work properly)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:374(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"push \"redirect-gateway def1 bypass-dhcp\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:378(para)
msgid ""
"Configure server mode and supply a VPN subnet for OpenVPN to draw client "
"addresses from. The server will take 10.8.0.1 for itself, the rest will be "
"made available to clients. Each client will be able to reach the server on "
"10.8.0.1. Comment this line out if you are ethernet bridging."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:387(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"Maintain a record of client to virtual IP address associations in this file. "
"If OpenVPN goes down or is restarted, reconnecting clients can be assigned "
"the same virtual IP address from the pool that was previously assigned."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:398(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ifconfig-pool-persist ipp.txt\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:402(para)
msgid "Push DNS servers to the client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:405(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 10.0.0.2\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 10.1.0.2\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:410(para)
msgid "Allow client to client communication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:413(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"client-to-client\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:417(para)
msgid "Enable compression on the VPN link."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:420(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"comp-lzo\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"The keepalive directive causes ping-like messages to be sent back and forth "
"over the link so that each side knows when the other side has gone down. "
"Ping every 1 second, assume that remote peer is down if no ping received "
"during a 3 second time period."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:433(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"keepalive 1 3\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to reduce the OpenVPN daemon's privileges after "
"initialization."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:440(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"user nobody\n"
"group nogroup\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:445(para)
msgid ""
"OpenVPN 2.0 includes a feature that allows the OpenVPN server to securely "
"obtain a username and password from a connecting client, and to use that "
"information as a basis for authenticating the client. To use this "
"authentication method, first add the auth-user-pass directive to the client "
"configuration. It will direct the OpenVPN client to query the user for a "
"username/password, passing it on to the server over the secure TLS channel."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:449(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# client config!\n"
"auth-user-pass\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"This will tell the OpenVPN server to validate the username/password entered "
"by clients using the login PAM module. Useful if you have centralized "
"authentication with e.g. Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:486(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"plugin /usr/lib/openvpn/openvpn-plugin-auth-pam.so login\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"Please read the OpenVPN <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/index.php/open-"
"source/documentation/howto.html#security\">hardening security guide</ulink> "
"for further security advice."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:469(title)
msgid "Advanced bridged VPN configuration on server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"<application>OpenVPN</application> can be setup for either a routed or a "
"bridged VPN mode. Sometimes this is also referred to as OSI layer-2 versus "
"layer-3 VPN. In a bridged VPN all layer-2 frames - e.g. all ethernet frames -"
" are sent to the VPN partners and in a routed VPN only layer-3 packets are "
"sent to VPN partners. In bridged mode all traffic including traffic which "
"was traditionally LAN-local like local network broadcasts, DHCP requests, "
"ARP requests etc. are sent to VPN partners whereas in routed mode this would "
"be filtered."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:477(title)
msgid "Prepare interface config for bridging on server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:479(para)
msgid "Make sure you have the bridge-utils package installed:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:483(command) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2188(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:538(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"Before you setup OpenVPN in bridged mode you need to change your interface "
"configuration. Let's assume your server has an interface eth0 connected to "
"the internet and an interface eth1 connected to the LAN you want to bridge. "
"Your /etc/network/interfaces would like this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:490(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"  address 1.2.3.4\n"
"  netmask 255.255.255.248\n"
"  default 1.2.3.1\n"
"\n"
"auto eth1\n"
"iface eth1 inet static\n"
"  address 10.0.0.4\n"
"  netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"This straight forward interface config needs to be changed into a bridged "
"mode like where the config of interface eth1 moves to the new br0 interface. "
"Plus we configure that br0 should bridge interface eth1. We also need to "
"make sure that interface eth1 is always in promiscuous mode - this tells the "
"interface to forward all ethernet frames to the IP stack."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:507(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"  address 1.2.3.4\n"
"  netmask 255.255.255.248\n"
"  default 1.2.3.1\n"
"\n"
"auto eth1\n"
"iface eth1 inet manual\n"
"  up ip link set $IFACE up promisc on\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"  address 10.0.0.4\n"
"  netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"  bridge_ports eth1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"At this point you need to bring up the bridge. Be prepared that this might "
"not work as expected and that you will lose remote connectivity. Make sure "
"you can solve problems having local access."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:556(command)
msgid "sudo ifdown eth1 &amp;&amp; sudo ifup -a"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:534(title)
msgid "Prepare server config for bridging"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:536(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> changing the following "
"options to:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename>'i aşağıdaki seçenekleri "
"değiştirerek düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:540(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";dev tun\n"
"dev tap\n"
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0 eth1\"\n"
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"server-bridge 10.0.0.4 255.255.255.0 10.0.0.128 10.0.0.254\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a helper script to add the <emphasis>tap</emphasis> interface "
"to the bridge and to ensure that eth1 is promiscuous mode. Create "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:552(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"ETHDEV=$2\n"
"TAPDEV=$3\n"
"\n"
"/sbin/ip link set \"$TAPDEV\" up\n"
"/sbin/ip link set \"$ETHDEV\" promisc on\n"
"/sbin/brctl addif $BR $TAPDEV\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:564(para)
msgid "Then make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:569(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:572(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the server, restart <application>openvpn</application> by "
"entering:"
msgstr ""
"Sunucuyu yapılandırdıktan sonra <application>openvpn</application> yeniden "
"başlatmak için şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:604(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:645(command)
msgid "sudo service openvpn restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:582(title)
msgid "Client Configuration"
msgstr "İstemci Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:584(para)
msgid "First, install <application>openvpn</application> on the client:"
msgstr "Önce, istemcide <application>openvpn</application>'yi yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:592(para)
msgid ""
"Then with the server configured and the client certificates copied to the "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename> directory, create a client configuration "
"file by copying the example. In a terminal on the client machine enter:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra sunucuyu yapılandırarak ve istemci sertifikalarını "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename> dizinine kopyalayarak, yapılandırma "
"dosyası oluşturun.İstemci makinesindeki bir terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:598(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:601(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> changing the "
"following options:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename>'i aşağıdaki seçenekleri "
"değiştirerek düzenleyiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:632(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dev tap\n"
";dev tun\n"
"ca ca.crt\n"
"cert client1.crt\n"
"key client1.key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:610(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>openvpn</application>:"
msgstr "Son olarak <application>openvpn</application>'yi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:618(para)
msgid "You should now be able to connect to the remote LAN through the VPN."
msgstr "Şu an VPN ile uzak LAN bağlantısı yapıyor olman gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:627(title)
msgid "Client software implementations"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:630(title)
msgid "Linux Network-Manager GUI for OpenVPN"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"Many Linux distributions including Ubuntu desktop variants come with Network "
"Manager, a nice GUI to configure your network settings. It also can manage "
"your VPN connections. Make sure you have package network-manager-openvpn "
"installed. Here you see that the installation installs all other required "
"packages as well:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:637(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:~# apt-get install network-manager-openvpn\n"
"Reading package lists... Done\n"
"Building dependency tree       \n"
"Reading state information... Done\n"
"The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
"  liblzo2-2 libpkcs11-helper1 network-manager-openvpn-gnome openvpn\n"
"Suggested packages:\n"
"  resolvconf\n"
"The following NEW packages will be installed:\n"
"  liblzo2-2 libpkcs11-helper1 network-manager-openvpn\n"
"  network-manager-openvpn-gnome openvpn\n"
"0 upgraded, 5 newly installed, 0 to remove and 631 not upgraded.\n"
"Need to get 700 kB of archives.\n"
"After this operation, 3,031 kB of additional disk space will be used.\n"
"Do you want to continue [Y/n]? \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:655(para)
msgid ""
"To inform network-manager about the new installed packages you will have to "
"restart it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:659(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root@client:~# restart network-manager \n"
"network-manager start/running, process 3078\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:694(para)
msgid ""
"Open the Network Manager GUI, select the VPN tab and then the 'Add' button. "
"Select OpenVPN as the VPN type in the opening requester and press 'Create'. "
"In the next window add the OpenVPN's server name as the 'Gateway', set "
"'Type' to 'Certificates (TLS)', point 'User Certificate' to your user "
"certificate, 'CA Certificate' to your CA certificate and 'Private Key' to "
"your private key file. Use the advanced button to enable compression (e.g. "
"comp-lzo), dev tap, or other special settings you set on the server. Now try "
"to establish your VPN."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:676(title)
msgid "OpenVPN with GUI for Mac OS X: Tunnelblick"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"Tunnelblick is an excellent free, open source implementation of a GUI for "
"OpenVPN for OS X. The project's homepage is at <ulink "
"url=\"http://code.google.com/p/tunnelblick/\">http://code.google.com/p/tunnel"
"blick/</ulink>. Download the latest OS X installer from there and install "
"it. Then put your client.ovpn config file together with the certificates and "
"keys in /Users/username/Library/Application "
"Support/Tunnelblick/Configurations/ and lauch Tunnelblick from your "
"Application folder."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:684(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# sample client.ovpn for Tunnelblick\n"
"client\n"
"remote blue.example.com\n"
"port 1194\n"
"proto udp\n"
"dev tun\n"
"dev-type tun\n"
"ns-cert-type server\n"
"reneg-sec 86400\n"
"auth-user-pass\n"
"auth-nocache\n"
"auth-retry interact\n"
"comp-lzo yes\n"
"verb 3\n"
"ca ca.crt\n"
"cert client.crt\n"
"key client.key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:706(title)
msgid "OpenVPN with GUI for Win 7"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:738(para)
msgid ""
"First download and install the latest <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openvpn.net/index.php/open-source/downloads.html\">OpenVPN "
"Windows Installer</ulink>. OpenVPN 2.3.2 was the latest when this was "
"written. As of this writing, the management GUI is included with the Windows "
"binary installer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:714(para)
msgid ""
"You need to start the OpenVPN service. Goto Start &gt; Computer &gt; Manage "
"&gt; Services and Applications &gt; Services. Find the OpenVPN service and "
"start it. Set it's startup type to automatic. When you start the OpenVPN MI "
"GUI the first time you need to run it as an administrator. You have to right "
"click on it and you will see that option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:718(para)
msgid ""
"You will have to write your OpenVPN config in a textfile and place it in C:\\"
"Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\client.ovpn along with the CA certificate. "
"You could put the user certificate in the user's home directory like in the "
"follwing example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:751(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\client.ovpn\n"
"client\n"
"remote server.example.com\n"
"port 1194\n"
"proto udp\n"
"dev tun\n"
"dev-type tun\n"
"ns-cert-type server\n"
"reneg-sec 86400\n"
"auth-user-pass\n"
"auth-retry interact\n"
"comp-lzo yes\n"
"verb 3\n"
"ca ca.crt\n"
"cert \"C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\My Documents\\\\openvpn\\\\client.crt\"\n"
"key \"C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\My Documents\\\\openvpn\\\\client.key\"\n"
"management 127.0.0.1 1194\n"
"management-hold\n"
"management-query-passwords\n"
"auth-retry interact\n"
"; Set the name of the Windows TAP network interface device here\n"
"dev-node MyTAP\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:776(para)
msgid ""
"Note: If you are not using user authentication and/or you want to run the "
"service without user interaction, comment out the following options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:779(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth-user-pass\n"
"auth-retry interact\n"
"management 127.0.0.1 1194\n"
"management-hold\n"
"management-query-passwords\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:786(para)
msgid "You may want to set the Windows service to \"automatic\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:747(title)
msgid "OpenVPN for OpenWRT"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:749(para)
msgid ""
"OpenWRT is described as a Linux distribution for embedded devices like WLAN "
"router. There are certain types of WLAN routers who can be flashed to run "
"OpenWRT. Depending on the available memory on your OpenWRT router you can "
"run software like OpenVPN and you could for example build a small "
"inexpensive branch office router with VPN connectivity to the central "
"office. More info on OpenVPN on OpenWRT is <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/howto/vpn.overview\">here</ulink>. And "
"here is the OpenWRT project's homepage: <ulink "
"url=\"http://openwrt.org\">http://openwrt.org</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:758(para)
msgid "Log into your OpenWRT router and install OpenVPN:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:763(command)
msgid "opkg update"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:764(command)
msgid "opkg install openvpn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:810(para)
msgid ""
"Check out /etc/config/openvpn and put your client config in there. Copy "
"certificates and keys to /etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:772(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"config openvpn client1\n"
"        option enable 1                                  \n"
"        option client 1                                  \n"
"#       option dev tap                                   \n"
"        option dev tun  \n"
"        option proto udp   \n"
"        option ca /etc/openvpn/ca.crt                \n"
"        option cert /etc/openvpn/client.crt\n"
"        option key /etc/openvpn/client.key\n"
"        option comp_lzo 1  \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:785(para)
msgid "Restart OpenVPN:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:833(command)
msgid "service openvpn restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:793(para)
msgid ""
"You will have to see if you need to adjust your router's routing and "
"firewall rules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:803(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> website for "
"additional information."
msgstr ""
"Ek bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> websitesine "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:809(ulink)
msgid "OpenVPN hardening security guide"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:813(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Pakt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> is a good resource."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, Pakt'ın <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink>'u iyi bir "
"kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:11(title)
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr "Sanallaştırma"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Virtualization is being adopted in many different environments and "
"situations. If you are a developer, virtualization can provide you with a "
"contained environment where you can safely do almost any sort of development "
"safe from messing up your main working environment. If you are a systems "
"administrator, you can use virtualization to more easily separate your "
"services and move them around based on demand."
msgstr ""
"Sanallaştırma birçok farklı ortam ve durumlarda kabul edilir. Eğer bir "
"geliştirici isen, sanallaştırma, güvenli geliştirme türlerinin hemen hemen "
"çoğunu yapabileceğin ortamları sana sağlayabilir. Eğer bir sistem yöneticisi "
"isen, servislerini kolayca ayırmak ve onları istenen yerlere taşımak için "
"sanallaştırmayı kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"The default virtualization technology supported in Ubuntu is "
"<application>KVM</application>. KVM requires virtualization extensions built "
"into Intel and AMD hardware. <application>Xen</application> is also "
"supported on Ubuntu. Xen can take advantage of virtualization extensions, "
"when available, but can also be used on hardware without virtualization "
"extensions. <application>Qemu</application> is another popular solution for "
"hardware without virtualization extensions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:26(title)
msgid "libvirt"
msgstr "libvirt"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>libvirt</application> library is used to interface with "
"different virtualization technologies. Before getting started with "
"<application>libvirt</application> it is best to make sure your hardware "
"supports the necessary virtualization extensions for "
"<application>KVM</application>. Enter the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>libvirt</application> kütüphanesi, faklı sanallaştırma "
"teknolojileriyle arayüz oluşturmak için kullanılır. "
"<application>libvirt</application>'e başlamadan önce, donanımının "
"<application>KVM</application> için gerekli sanallaştırma genişlemelerini "
"desteklediğini öğrenmek en iyisidir. Terminalden şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:34(command)
msgid "kvm-ok"
msgstr "kvm-ok"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:36(para)
msgid ""
"A message will be printed informing you if your CPU "
"<emphasis>does</emphasis> or <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support hardware "
"virtualization."
msgstr ""
"İşlemcinin donanımı sanallaştırmayı<emphasis>destekleyip</emphasis> veya "
"<emphasis>desteklemediği</emphasis> bilgisi bir ileti şeklinde ekrana "
"çıkacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"On many computers with processors supporting hardware assisted "
"virtualization, it is necessary to activate an option in the BIOS to enable "
"it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:46(title)
msgid "Virtual Networking"
msgstr "Sanal Bağlanma"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few different ways to allow a virtual machine access to the "
"external network. The default virtual network configuration includes "
"<emphasis>bridging</emphasis> and <emphasis>iptables</emphasis> rules "
"implementing <emphasis>usermode</emphasis> networking, which uses the SLIRP "
"protocol. Traffic is NATed through the host interface to the outside network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"To enable external hosts to directly access services on virtual machines a "
"different type of <emphasis>bridge</emphasis> than the default needs to be "
"configured. This allows the virtual interfaces to connect to the outside "
"network through the physical interface, making them appear as normal hosts "
"to the rest of the network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:62(para)
msgid "To install the necessary packages, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Gerekli paketleri yüklemek için terminale şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:76(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install qemu-kvm libvirt-bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>libvirt-bin</application>, the user used to "
"manage virtual machines will need to be added to the "
"<emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis> group. Doing so will grant the user access to "
"the advanced networking options."
msgstr ""
"<application>libvirt-bin</application>'i yükledikten sonra kullanıcının "
"yönettiği sanal makineler <emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis> grubuna "
"eklenmelidir. Böyle yapmak kullanının gelişmiş ağ seçeneklerine erişmesini "
"sağlayacak."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:72(para)
msgid "In a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Terminale şöyle giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:76(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"
msgstr "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"If the user chosen is the current user, you will need to log out and back in "
"for the new group membership to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Eğer seçilen kullanıcı şu anki kullanıcı ise, yeni grup üyeliğinin "
"etkinleşmesi için çıkıp, tekrar giriş yapman gerekecek."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to install a <emphasis>Guest</emphasis> operating system. "
"Installing a virtual machine follows the same process as installing the "
"operating system directly on the hardware. You either need a way to automate "
"the installation, or a keyboard and monitor will need to be attached to the "
"physical machine."
msgstr ""
"Şu an <emphasis>Misafir</emphasis> işletim sistemi yüklemeye hazırsın. Bir "
"sanal makine yüklemede, donanıma doğrudan bir işletim sistemi yükleme gibi "
"aynı işlemler uygulanır. Ya otomatik yüklemeyi takip etmen gerekir ya da bir "
"klavye ve monitör fiziksel makineye ekleyecek."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"In the case of virtual machines a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is "
"analogous to using a physical keyboard and mouse. Instead of installing a "
"GUI the <application>virt-viewer</application> application can be used to "
"connect to a virtual machine's console using <application>VNC</application>. "
"See <xref linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Sanal makinelerin Grafiksel Kullanıcı Arayüzü (GUI) kullanımı sanki fiziksel "
"klavye ve fare kullanımı gibidir. Sanal makine konsoluna bağlanmak için GUI "
"<application>virt-viewer</application> uygulaması yükleme yerine "
"<application>VNC</application>'yi kullanın. Daha fazla bilgi için <xref "
"linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
"example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"Yet another way to install an Ubuntu virtual machine is to use "
"<application>uvtool</application>. This application, available as of 14.04 "
"allows you to set up specific VM options, execute custom post-install "
"scripts, etc. For details see <xref linkend=\"cloud-images-and-uvtool\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"Libvirt can also be configured work with <application>Xen</application>. For "
"details, see the Xen Ubuntu community page referenced below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:106(title)
msgid "virt-install"
msgstr "virt-install"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"<application>virt-install</application> is part of the "
"<application>virtinst</application> package. To install it, from a terminal "
"prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:111(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virtinst"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available when using <application>virt-"
"install</application>. For example:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-install</application> kullanarak yapabileceğin birkaç "
"seçenek vardır. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:139(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 \\ --disk "
"path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/web_devel.img,bus=virtio,size=4 -c \\ ubuntu-"
"14.04-server-i386.iso --network network=default,model=virtio \\ --graphics "
"vnc,listen=0.0.0.0 --noautoconsole -v"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> the name of the new virtual machine will "
"be <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> in this example."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> bu örnekte <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> "
"olarak adlandırılan yeni sanal makinenin adıdır."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-r 256:</emphasis> specifies the amount of memory the virtual "
"machine will use in megabytes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:134(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--disk "
"path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/web_devel.img,size=4:</emphasis> indicates the "
"path to the virtual disk which can be a file, partition, or logical volume. "
"In this example a file named <filename>web_devel.img</filename> in the "
"/var/lib/libvirt/images/ directory, with a size of 4 gigabytes, and using "
"<emphasis>virtio</emphasis> for the disk bus."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-c ubuntu-14.04-server-i386.iso:</emphasis> file to be used as a "
"virtual CDROM. The file can be either an ISO file or the path to the host's "
"CDROM device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:152(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--network</emphasis> provides details related to the VM's network "
"interface. Here the <emphasis>default</emphasis> network is used, and the "
"interface model is configured for <emphasis>virtio</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--graphics vnc,listen=0.0.0.0:</emphasis> exports the guest's "
"virtual console using VNC and on all host interfaces. Typically servers have "
"no GUI, so another GUI based computer on the Local Area Network (LAN) can "
"connect via VNC to complete the installation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> will not automatically connect to the "
"virtual machine's console."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> sanal makinelerin konsollarına "
"otomatik olarak bağlanamaz."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:168(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> creates a fully virtualized guest."
msgstr "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> tam sanallaştırılmış bir misafir oluşturur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"After launching <application>virt-install</application> you can connect to "
"the virtual machine's console either locally using a GUI (if your server has "
"a GUI), or via a remote VNC client from a GUI based computer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:179(title)
msgid "virt-clone"
msgstr "virt-clone"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-clone</application> application can be used to copy "
"one virtual machine to another. For example:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-clone</application> uygulaması bir sanal makineyi başka "
"bir yere kopyalamak için kullanılabilir. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:184(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
"/path/to/database_devel.img \\ --connect=qemu:///system"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:189(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> original virtual machine."
msgstr "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> özgün (orjinal) sanal makine."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:194(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> name of the new virtual machine."
msgstr "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> yeni sanal makinenin adı."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> path to the file, logical volume, or partition to "
"be used by the new virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> yeni makine tarafından kullanılan dosya, mantıksal "
"birim veya bölümün yolu."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> specifies which hypervisor to connect to."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> hangi misafir işletim sistemine "
"bağlanılacağını belirtir."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"Also, use <emphasis>-d</emphasis> or <emphasis>--debug</emphasis> option to "
"help troubleshoot problems with <application>virt-clone</application>."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <emphasis>-d</emphasis> veya <emphasis>--debug</emphasis> seçeneğini "
"<application>virt-clone</application> ile ilgili problemler için kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> with appropriate virtual machine names."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> ve <emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> yerine "
"uygun sanal makine adları yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:220(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Management"
msgstr "Sanal Makine Yönetimi"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:222(title)
msgid "virsh"
msgstr "virsh"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"There are several utilities available to manage virtual machines and "
"<application>libvirt</application>. The <application>virsh</application> "
"utility can be used from the command line. Some examples:"
msgstr ""
"anal makineleri ve <application>libvirt</application>'i yönetmek için birkaç "
"uygulama vardır. <application>virsh</application> uygulaması uçbirimden "
"kullanılabilir. Bazı örnekler:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:229(para)
msgid "To list running virtual machines:"
msgstr "Çalışan sanal makineleri listelemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:233(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system list"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system list"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:237(para)
msgid "To start a virtual machine:"
msgstr "Bir sanal makine başlatmak için:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:241(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:245(para)
msgid "Similarly, to start a virtual machine at boot:"
msgstr "Benzer şekilde, bir sanal makineyi başlangıçta çalıştırmak için:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:249(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:253(para)
msgid "Reboot a virtual machine with:"
msgstr "Sanal makineyi yeniden başlatmak için:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:257(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:261(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>state</emphasis> of virtual machines can be saved to a file in "
"order to be restored later. The following will save the virtual machine "
"state into a file named according to the date:"
msgstr ""
"Sanal makinelerin <emphasis>durumu</emphasis> sonradan düzenlenebilecek bir "
"dosyada kaydedilir. Aşağıdaki komut, sanal makine durumunu tarihsel olarak "
"adlandırılan bir dosyaya kaydedecek:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:266(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-210110.state"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:268(para)
msgid "Once saved the virtual machine will no longer be running."
msgstr "Sanal makine kaydedilir edilmez hemen çalışacak."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:273(para)
msgid "A saved virtual machine can be restored using:"
msgstr "Kayıtlı bir sanal makine şu komut ile düzenlenebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:277(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-210110.state"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:281(para)
msgid "To shutdown a virtual machine do:"
msgstr "Sanal makineyi kapatmak için:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:285(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:289(para)
msgid "A CDROM device can be mounted in a virtual machine by entering:"
msgstr "Sanal makinedeki bir CDROM aygıtı şu şekilde bağlanabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:293(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"
msgstr ""
"virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"In the above examples replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name, and <filename>web_devel-"
"022708.state</filename> with a descriptive file name."
msgstr ""
"Yukardaki örnekte <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> yerine uygun sanal makine "
"adı ve <filename>web_devel-210110.state</filename> yerine tanımlayıcı dosya "
"adı yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:305(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Manager"
msgstr "Sanal Makine Yöneticisi"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-manager</application> package contains a graphical "
"utility to manage local and remote virtual machines. To install virt-manager "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-manager</application> paketi, yerel ve uzak sanal "
"makineleri yönetmek için bir grafiksel uygulama barındırır. virt-manager'i "
"yüklemek için şöyle giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:311(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"Since <application>virt-manager</application> requires a Graphical User "
"Interface (GUI) environment it is recommended to be installed on a "
"workstation or test machine instead of a production server. To connect to "
"the local <application>libvirt</application> service enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-manager</application> için gerekli olan Grafiksel "
"Kullanıcı Arayüzü (GUI) ortamını ürün sunusucu yerine çalışma istasyonuna "
"veya test makinesine yükleyin. Yerel <application>libvirt</application> "
"servisine bağlanmak için şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:319(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"You can connect to the <application>libvirt</application> service running on "
"another host by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>libvirt</application> servisine, çalışan başka bir ana sistemin "
"terminaline şunu girerek bağlanabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:325(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes that <application>SSH</application> connectivity "
"between the management system and virtnode1.mydomain.com has already been "
"configured, and uses SSH keys for authentication. SSH "
"<emphasis>keys</emphasis> are needed because "
"<application>libvirt</application> sends the password prompt to another "
"process. For details on configuring <application>SSH</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Yukardaki örnekte yönetim sistemi ve virtnode1.mydomain.com arasındaki "
"yapılandırmanın  <application>SSH</application> bağlantısıyla zaten "
"yapıldığı varsayıldı ve güvenli bağlantı için SSH anahtarlama kullanıldı. "
"SSH <emphasis>anahtarları</emphasis> "
"gereklidir.<application>libvirt</application>, şifreyi başka işlem için "
"gönderir.<application>SSH</application> ile ilgili yapılandırma için <xref "
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:338(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Viewer"
msgstr "Sanal Makine Göstericisi"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-viewer</application> application allows you to connect "
"to a virtual machine's console. <application>virt-viewer</application> does "
"require a Graphical User Interface (GUI) to interface with the virtual "
"machine."
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-viewer</application> uygulaması, sanal makinenin konsoluna "
"bağlanmaya izin verir. <application>virt-viewer</application>, sanal makine "
"ile bir Grafiksel Kullanıcı Arayüzü (GUI) gerektirir."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>virt-viewer</application> from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-viewer</application>'i yüklemek için terminale şunu "
"giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:347(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"Once a virtual machine is installed and running you can connect to the "
"virtual machine's console by using:"
msgstr ""
"Sanal makineyi yükleyip, çalıştırdıktan sonra, sanal makinenin konsoluna şu "
"şekilde bağlanabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:353(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>virt-manager</application>, <application>virt-"
"viewer</application> can connect to a remote host using "
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> with key authentication, as well:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-manager</application> ile benzerdir. <application>virt-"
"viewer</application>, anahtar bağlantılı <emphasis>SSH</emphasis>'ı "
"kullanarak uzak ana sisteme şöyle bağlanabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:360(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis>'i uygun sanal makine adıyla "
"değiştirdiğinden emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:415(para)
msgid ""
"If configured to use a <emphasis>bridged</emphasis> network interface you "
"can also setup <application>SSH</application> access to the virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:248(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:347(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:704(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1100(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1299(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:371(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1072(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2482(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4388(title) serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:252(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:374(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:584(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:847(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2133(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2675(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3391(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3944(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:867(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1153(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1361(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:271(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:409(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:864(title)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Kaynaklar"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:425(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.linux-kvm.org/\">KVM</ulink> home page for "
"more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:379(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>libvirt</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">libvirt home page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<application>libvirt</application> ile ilgili fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">libvirt ana sayfası</ulink>na bakınız"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:384(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
"Manager</ulink> site has more information on <application>virt-"
"manager</application> development."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
"Manager</ulink> sitesinde <application>virt-manager</application> "
"geliştirici hakkında daha fazla bilgi vardır."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:390(para)
msgid ""
"Also, stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> to discuss virtualization "
"technology in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, Ubuntu'da sanallaştırma teknolojisi tartışmaları için <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink>'deki <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"virt</emphasis> IRC kanalına katılabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:396(para)
msgid ""
"Another good resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Diğer güzel kaynak <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink> "
"sayfasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"For information on Xen, including using Xen with libvirt, please see the "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Xen\">Ubuntu Wiki Xen</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:464(title)
msgid "Cloud images and uvtool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:23(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:412(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:352(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:18(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:18(title) serverguide/C/introduction.xml:11(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1187(title)
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Giriş"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"With Ubuntu being one of the most used operating systems on most of the "
"cloud platforms, the availability of stable and secure cloud images has "
"become very important. As of 12.04 the utilization of cloud images outside "
"of a cloud infrastructure has been improved. It is now possible to use those "
"images to create a virtual machine without the need of a complete "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:478(title)
msgid "Creating virtual machines using uvtool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:480(para)
msgid ""
"Starting with 14.04 LTS, a tool called uvtool greatly facilitates the task "
"of generating virtual machines (VM) using the cloud images. "
"<application>uvtool</application> provides a simple mechanism to to "
"synchronize cloud-images locally and use them to create new VMs in minutes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:487(title)
msgid "Uvtool packages"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"The following packages and their dependancies will be required in order to "
"use uvtool:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:496(para)
msgid "uvtool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:500(para)
msgid "uvtool-libvirt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:505(para)
msgid ""
"Installation of <application>uvtool</application> is done the same as for "
"any other application by using apt-get:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:507(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ apt-get -y install uvtool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:509(para)
msgid "This will install uvtool's main commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:511(application)
msgid "uvt-simplestreams-libvirt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:512(application)
msgid "uvt-kvm"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:517(title)
msgid ""
"Get the Ubuntu Cloud Image with <application>uvt-simplestreams-"
"libvirt</application>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:519(para)
msgid ""
"This is one of the major simplifications that "
"<application>uvtool</application> brings. It is aware of where to find the "
"cloud images so only one command is required to get a new cloud image. For "
"instance, if you want to synchronize all cloud images for the amd64 "
"architecture, the uvtool command would be:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:524(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-simplestreams-libvirt sync arch=amd64"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:526(para)
msgid ""
"After an amount of time required to download all the images from the "
"internet, you will have a complete set of cloud images stored locally. To "
"see what has been downloaded use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:530(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ uvt-simplestreams-libvirt query\n"
"release=oneiric arch=amd64 label=release (20130509)\n"
"release=precise arch=amd64 label=release (20140227)\n"
"release=quantal arch=amd64 label=release (20140302)\n"
"release=saucy arch=amd64 label=release (20140226)\n"
"release=trusty arch=amd64 label=beta1 (20140226.1)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:538(para)
msgid ""
"In the case where you want to synchronize only one specific cloud-image, you "
"need to use the release= and arch= filters to identify which image needs to "
"be synchronized."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:541(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-simplestreams-libvirt sync release=precise arch=amd64\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:546(title)
msgid "Create the VM using uvt-kvm"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"In order to be able to connect to the virtual machine once it has been "
"created, it is necessary to have a valid SSH key available for the ubuntu "
"user. If your environment does not have a ssh key, you can easily create one "
"using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:552(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ ssh-keygen\n"
"Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n"
"Enter file in which to save the key (/home/ubuntu/.ssh/id_rsa): \n"
"Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): \n"
"Enter same passphrase again: \n"
"Your identification has been saved in /home/ubuntu/.ssh/id_rsa.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /home/ubuntu/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"4d:ba:5d:57:c9:49:ef:b5:ab:71:14:56:6e:2b:ad:9b ubuntu@TrustyS\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[ RSA 2048]----+\n"
"|               ..|\n"
"|              o.=|\n"
"|          .    **|\n"
"|         +    o+=|\n"
"|        S . ...=.|\n"
"|         o . .+ .|\n"
"|        . .  o o |\n"
"|              *  |\n"
"|             E   |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"The creation of a new virtual machine using uvtool is easy. In its simplest "
"form, you only need to do:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:578(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-kvm create firsttest"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a VM named <emphasis role=\"bold\">firsttest</emphasis> "
"using the current LTS cloud image available locally. If you want to specify "
"a release to be used to create the VM, you need to use the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">release=</emphasis> filter"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:583(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-kvm create secondtest release=trusty"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:585(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>uvt-kvm wait {name}</application> can be used to wait until "
"the creation of the VM has completed"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:588(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ uvt-kvm wait secondttest --insecure\n"
"Warning: secure wait for boot-finished not yet implemented; use --insecure.\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:593(title)
msgid "Connect to the running VM"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:594(para)
msgid ""
"Once the virtual machine creation is completed, you can connect to it using "
"ssh:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:597(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-kvm ssh secondtest --insecure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:599(para)
msgid ""
"For the time being, the <emphasis role=\"bold\">--insecure</emphasis> is "
"required so you should be using this mechanism to connect to your VM only if "
"you completely trust your network infrastructure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"You can also connect to your VM using a regular ssh session using the IP "
"address of the VM. The address can be queried using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:605(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ uvt-kvm ip secondtest\n"
"192.168.123.242\n"
"$ ssh -i ~/.ssh/id_rsa ubuntu@192.168.123.242\n"
"The authenticity of host '192.168.123.242 (192.168.123.242)' can't be "
"established.\n"
"ECDSA key fingerprint is 3a:12:08:37:79:24:2f:58:aa:62:d3:9d:c0:99:66:8a.\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes\n"
"Warning: Permanently added '192.168.123.242' (ECDSA) to the list of known "
"hosts.\n"
"Welcome to Ubuntu Trusty Tahr (development branch) (GNU/Linux 3.13.0-12-"
"generic x86_64)\n"
"\n"
" * Documentation:  https://help.ubuntu.com/\n"
"\n"
" System information disabled due to load higher than 1.0\n"
"\n"
"  Get cloud support with Ubuntu Advantage Cloud Guest:\n"
"    http://www.ubuntu.com/business/services/cloud\n"
"\n"
"0 packages can be updated.\n"
"0 updates are security updates.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Last login: Fri Mar 21 13:25:56 2014 from 192.168.123.1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:631(title)
msgid "Get the list of running VMs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:632(para)
msgid "You can get the list of VM running on your system with this command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:634(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ uvt-kvm list\n"
"secondtest\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:639(title)
msgid "Destroy your VM"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:640(para)
msgid "Once you are done with your VM, you can proceed to destroy it with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ uvt-kvm destroy secondtest"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:644(title)
msgid "More uvt-kvm options"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:646(para)
msgid ""
"The following options can be used to change some of the characteristics of "
"the virtual memory that you are creating"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:650(para)
msgid "--memory : Amount of RAM in megabytes. Default: 512"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:651(para)
msgid "--disk : Size of the OS disk in gigabytes. Default: 8"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:652(para)
msgid "--cpu : Number of CPU cores. Default: 1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:655(para)
msgid ""
"Some other parameters will have an impact on the cloud-init configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"--password password : Allow login to the VM using the ubuntu account and "
"this provided password"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:658(para)
msgid ""
"--run-script-once script_file : Run script_file as root on the VM the first "
"time it is booted, but never again."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:659(para)
msgid ""
"--packages package_list : Install the comma-separated packages specified in "
"package_list on first boot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:662(para)
msgid ""
"A complete description of all available modifiers is available in the "
"manpage of uvt-kvm"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1073(para)
msgid ""
"If you are interested in learning more, have questions or suggestions, "
"please contact the Ubuntu Server Team at:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer daha fazla bilgi öğrenmek istersen, soru ve önerilerin varsa, Lütfen "
"Ubuntu Türkiye Takımıyla bağlantıya geç:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1078(para)
msgid "IRC: #ubuntu-server on freenode"
msgstr "Freenode'de IRC: #ubuntu-tr"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1083(para)
msgid ""
"Mailing list: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
"server\">ubuntu-server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Posta listesi: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
"server\">lists.ubuntu.com'da ubuntu-server lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2121(title)
msgid "Ubuntu Cloud"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2122(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Cloud computing</application> is a computing model that allows "
"vast pools of resources to be allocated on-demand. These resources such as "
"storage, computing power, network and software are abstracted and delivered "
"as a service over the Internet anywhere, anytime. These services are billed "
"per time consumed similar to the ones used by public services such as "
"electricity, water and telephony. <application>Ubuntu Cloud "
"Infrastructure</application> uses OpenStack open source software to help "
"build highly scalable, cloud computing for both public and private clouds."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:700(title)
msgid "Installation and Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:702(para)
msgid ""
"Due to the current high rate of development of this complex technology we "
"refer the reader to <ulink url=\"http://docs.openstack.org/havana/install-"
"guide/install/apt/content/\"> upstream documentation</ulink> for all matters "
"concerning installation and configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2452(title)
msgid "Support and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2453(para)
msgid "Community Support"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2457(ulink)
msgid "OpenStack Mailing list"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2462(ulink)
msgid "The OpenStack Wiki search"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2468(ulink)
msgid "Launchpad bugs area"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2472(para)
msgid "Join the IRC channel #openstack on freenode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2486(ulink)
msgid "Cloud Computing - Service models"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2491(ulink)
msgid "OpenStack Compute"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2496(ulink)
msgid "OpenStack Image Service"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2501(ulink)
msgid "OpenStack Object Storage Administration Guide"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2506(ulink)
msgid "Installing OpenStack Object Storage on Ubuntu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2511(ulink)
msgid "http://cloudglossary.com/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2586(title)
msgid "LXC"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:785(para)
msgid ""
"Containers are a lightweight virtualization technology. They are more akin "
"to an enhanced chroot than to full virtualization like Qemu or VMware, both "
"because they do not emulate hardware and because containers share the same "
"operating system as the host. Containers are similar to Solaris zones or BSD "
"jails. Linux-vserver and OpenVZ are two pre-existing, independently "
"developed implementations of containers-like functionality for Linux. In "
"fact, containers came about as a result of the work to upstream the vserver "
"and OpenVZ functionality."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2602(para)
msgid ""
"There are two user-space implementations of containers, each exploiting the "
"same kernel features. Libvirt allows the use of containers through the LXC "
"driver by connecting to 'lxc:///'. This can be very convenient as it "
"supports the same usage as its other drivers. The other implementation, "
"called simply 'LXC', is not compatible with libvirt, but is more flexible "
"with more userspace tools. It is possible to switch between the two, though "
"there are peculiarities which can cause confusion."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"In this document we will mainly describe the <application>lxc</application> "
"package. Use of libvirt-lxc is not generally recommended due to a lack of "
"Apparmor protection for libvirt-lxc containers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2618(para)
msgid "In this document, a container name will be shown as CN, C1, or C2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2624(para)
msgid "The <application>lxc</application> package can be installed using"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2629(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install lxc"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:824(para)
msgid ""
"This will pull in the required and recommended dependencies, as well as set "
"up a network bridge for containers to use. If you wish to use unprivileged "
"containers, you will need to ensure that users have sufficient allocated "
"subuids and subgids, and will likely want to allow users to connect "
"containers to a bridge (see <xref linkend=\"lxc-unpriv\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:834(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:104(title)
msgid "Basic usage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:835(para)
msgid ""
"LXC can be used in two distinct ways - privileged, by running the lxc "
"commands as the root user; or unprivileged, by running the lxc commands as a "
"non-root user. (The starting of unprivileged containers by the root user is "
"possible, but not described here.) Unprivileged containers are more limited, "
"for instance being unable to create device nodes or mount block-backed "
"filesystems. However they are less dangerous to the host, as the root userid "
"in the container is mapped to a non-root userid on the host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:847(title)
msgid "Basic privileged usage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:848(para)
msgid "To create a privileged container, you can simply to"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:852(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-create --template download --name u1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:856(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-create -t download -n u1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:851(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"or, abbreviated\n"
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:860(para)
msgid ""
"This will interactively ask for a container root filesystem type to download "
"- in particular the distribution, release, and architecture. To create the "
"container non-interactively, you can specify these values on the command "
"line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:867(command)
msgid ""
"sudo lxc-create -t download -n u1 -- --dist ubuntu --release trusty --arch "
"amd64"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:871(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-create -t download -n u1 -- -d ubuntu -r trusty -a amd64"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:866(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"or\n"
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"You can now use <command>lxc-ls</command> to list containers, <command>lxc-"
"info</command> to obtain detailed container information, <command>lxc-"
"start</command> to start and <command>lxc-stop</command> to stop the "
"container. <command>lxc-attach</command> and <command>lxc-console</command> "
"allow you to enter a container, if ssh is not an option. <command>lxc-"
"destroy</command> removes the container, including its rootfs. See the "
"manual pages for more information on each command. An example session might "
"look like:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:887(command)
msgid ""
"sudo lxc-ls --fancy sudo lxc-start --name u1 --daemon sudo lxc-info --name "
"u1 sudo lxc-stop --name u1 sudo lxc-destroy --name u1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:899(title)
msgid "User namespaces"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:900(para)
msgid ""
"Unprivileged containers allow users to create and administer containers "
"without having any root privilege. The feature underpinning this is called "
"user namespaces. User namespaces are hierarchical, with privileged tasks in "
"a parent namespace being able to map its ids into child namespaces. By "
"default every task on the host runs in the initial user namespace, where the "
"full range of ids is mapped onto the full range. This can be seen by looking "
"at /proc/self/uid_map and /proc/self/gid_map, which both will show \"0 0 "
"4294967295\" when read from the initial user namespace. As of Ubuntu 14.04, "
"when new users are created they are by default offered a range of userids. "
"The list of assigned ids can be seen in the files "
"<filename>/etc/subuid</filename> and <filename>/etc/subgid</filename> See "
"their respective manpages for more information. Subuids and subgids are by "
"convention started at id 100000 to avoid conflicting with system users."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:918(para)
msgid ""
"If a user was created on an earlier release, it can be granted a range of "
"ids using <command>usermod</command>, as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:923(command)
msgid "sudo usermod -v 100000-200000 -w 100000-200000 user1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:928(para)
msgid ""
"The programs <command>newuidmap</command> and <command> newgidmap</command> "
"are setuid-root programs in the <filename>uidmap</filename> package, which "
"are used internally by lxc to map subuids and subgids from the host into the "
"unprivileged container. They ensure that the user only maps ids which are "
"authorized by the host configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:939(title)
msgid "Basic unprivileged usage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:943(para)
msgid ""
"To create unprivileged containers, a few first steps are needed. You will "
"need to create a default container configuration file, specifying your "
"desired id mappings and network setup, as well as configure the host to "
"allow the unprivileged user to hook into the host network. The example below "
"assumes that your mapped user and group id ranges are 100000-165536."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:952(command)
msgid ""
"mkdir -p ~/.config/lxc echo \"lxc.id_map = u 0 100000 65536\" &gt; "
"~/.config/lxc/default.conf echo \"lxc.id_map = g 0 100000 65536\" &gt;&gt; "
"~/.config/lxc/default.conf echo \"lxc.network.type = veth\" &gt;&gt; "
"~/.config/lxc/default.conf echo \"lxc.network.link = lxcbr0\" &gt;&gt; "
"~/.config/lxc/default.conf echo \"$USER veth lxcbr0 2\" | sudo tee -a "
"/etc/lxc/lxc-usernet"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:962(para)
msgid ""
"After this, you can create unprivileged containers the same way as "
"privileged ones, simply without using sudo."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:967(command)
msgid ""
"lxc-create -t download -n u1 -- -d ubuntu -r trusty -a amd64 lxc-start -n u1 "
"-d lxc-attach -n u1 lxc-stop -n u1 lxc-destroy -n u1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:978(title)
msgid "Nesting"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:979(para)
msgid ""
"In order to run containers inside containers - referred to as nested "
"containers - two lines must be present in the parent container configuration "
"file: <screen>\n"
"lxc.mount.auto = cgroup\n"
"lxc.aa_profile = lxc-container-default-with-nesting\n"
"</screen> The first will cause the cgroup manager socket to be bound into "
"the container, so that lxc inside the container is able to administer "
"cgroups for its nested containers. The second causes the container to run in "
"a looser Apparmor policy which allows the container to do the mounting "
"required for starting containers. Note that this policy, when used with a "
"privileged container, is much less safe than the regular policy or an "
"unprivileged container. See <xref linkend=\"lxc-apparmor\"/> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1001(title)
msgid "Global configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1008(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>lxc.conf</filename> may optionally specify alternate values for "
"several lxc settings, including the lxcpath, the default configuration, "
"cgroups to use, a cgroup creation pattern, and storage backend settings for "
"lvm and zfs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>default.conf</filename> specifies configuration which every newly "
"created container should contain. This usually contains at least a network "
"section, and, for unprivileged users, an id mapping section"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1022(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>lxc-usernet.conf</filename> specifies how unprivileged users may "
"connect their containers to the host-owned network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1002(para)
msgid ""
"The following configuration files are consulted by LXC. For privileged use, "
"they are found under <filename>/etc/lxc</filename>, while for unprivileged "
"use they are under <filename>~/.config/lxc</filename>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1028(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>lxc.conf</filename> and <filename>default.conf</filename> are "
"exist both under <filename>/etc/lxc</filename> and "
"<filename>$HOME/.config/lxc</filename>, while <filename>lxc-"
"usernet.conf</filename> is only host-wide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1033(para)
msgid ""
"By default, containers are located under /var/lib/lxc for the root user, and "
"$HOME/.local/share/lxc otherwise. The location can be specified for all lxc "
"commands using the \"-P|--lxcpath\" argument."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1210(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1272(para) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:11(title)
msgid "Networking"
msgstr "Ağ Kurma"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1043(para)
msgid ""
"By default LXC creates a private network namespace for each container, which "
"includes a layer 2 networking stack. Containers usually connect to the "
"outside world by either having a physical NIC or a veth tunnel endpoint "
"passed into the container. LXC creates a NATed bridge, lxcbr0, at host "
"startup. Containers created using the default configuration will have one "
"veth NIC with the remote end plugged into the lxcbr0 bridge. A NIC can only "
"exist in one namespace at a time, so a physical NIC passed into the "
"container is not usable on the host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1051(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to create a container without a private network namespace. In "
"this case, the container will have access to the host networking like any "
"other application. Note that this is particularly dangerous if the container "
"is running a distribution with upstart, like Ubuntu, since programs which "
"talk to init, like <command>shutdown</command>, will talk over the abstract "
"Unix domain socket to the host's upstart, and shut down the host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1057(para)
msgid ""
"To give containers on lxcbr0 a persistent ip address based on domain name, "
"you can write entries to <filename>/etc/lxc/dnsmasq.conf</filename> like: "
"<screen>\n"
"dhcp-host=lxcmail,10.0.3.100\n"
"dhcp-host=ttrss,10.0.3.101\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1065(para)
msgid ""
"If it is desirable for the container to be publicly accessible, there are a "
"few ways to go about it. One is to use <command>iptables</command> to "
"forward host ports to the container, for instance <screen>\n"
" iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -i eth0 --dport 587 -j DNAT \\\n"
" \t--to-destination 10.0.3.100:587\n"
" </screen> Another is to bridge the host's network interfaces (see the "
"Ubuntu Server Guide's Network Configuration chapter, <xref "
"linkend=\"bridging\"/>). Then, specify the host's bridge in the container "
"configuration file in place of lxcbr0, for instance <screen>\n"
"lxc.network.type = veth\n"
"lxc.network.link = br0\n"
"</screen> Finally, you can ask LXC to use macvlan for the container's NIC. "
"Note that this has limitations and depending on configuration may not allow "
"the container to talk to the host itself. Therefore the other two options "
"are preferred and more commonly used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1086(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to determine the ip address for a container. First, "
"you can use <command>lxc-ls --fancy</command> which will print the ip "
"addresses for all running containers, or <command>lxc-info -i -H -n "
"C1</command> which will print C1's ip address. If dnsmasq is installed on "
"the host, you can also add an entry to "
"<filename>/etc/dnsmasq.conf</filename> as follows <screen>\n"
"server=/lxc/10.0.3.1\n"
"</screen> after which dnsmasq will resolve C1.lxc locally, so that you can "
"do: <screen>\n"
"ping C1\n"
"ssh C1\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1101(para)
msgid ""
"For more information, see the lxc.conf manpage as well as the example "
"network configurations under "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/lxc/examples/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1107(title)
msgid "LXC startup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1109(para)
msgid ""
"LXC does not have a long-running daemon. However it does have three upstart "
"jobs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1115(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/init/lxc-net.conf:</filename> is an optional job which only "
"runs if <filename> /etc/default/lxc-net</filename> specifies USE_LXC_BRIDGE "
"(true by default). It sets up a NATed bridge for containers to use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1123(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/init/lxc.conf</filename> loads the lxc apparmor profiles and "
"optionally starts any autostart containers. The autostart containers will be "
"ignored if LXC_AUTO (true by default) is set to true in "
"<filename>/etc/default/lxc</filename>. See the lxc-autostart manual page for "
"more information on autostarted containers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/init/lxc-instance.conf:</filename> is used by "
"<filename>/etc/init/lxc.conf</filename> to autostart a container."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3232(title)
msgid "Backing Stores"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1143(para)
msgid ""
"LXC supports several backing stores for container root filesystems. The "
"default is a simple directory backing store, because it requires no prior "
"host customization, so long as the underlying filesystem is large enough. It "
"also requires no root privilege to create the backing store, so that it is "
"seamless for unprivileged use. The rootfs for a privileged directory backed "
"container is located (by default) under "
"<filename>/var/lib/lxc/C1/rootfs</filename>, while the rootfs for an "
"unprivileged container is under "
"<filename>~/.local/share/lxc/C1/rootfs</filename>. If a custom lxcpath is "
"specified in lxc.system.com, then the container rootfs will be under "
"<filename>$lxcpath/C1/rootfs</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1157(para)
msgid ""
"A snapshot clone C2 of a directory backed container C1 becomes an overlayfs "
"backed container, with a rootfs called "
"<filename>overlayfs:/var/lib/lxc/C1/rootfs:/var/lib/lxc/C2/delta0</filename>."
" Other backing store types include loop, btrfs, LVM and zfs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1165(para)
msgid ""
"A btrfs backed container mostly looks like a directory backed container, "
"with its root filesystem in the same location. However, the root filesystem "
"comprises a subvolume, so that a snapshot clone is created using a subvolume "
"snapshot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1172(para)
msgid ""
"The root filesystem for an LVM backed container can be any separate LV. The "
"default VG name can be specified in lxc.conf. The filesystem type and size "
"are configurable per-container using lxc-create."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1178(para)
msgid ""
"The rootfs for a zfs backed container is a separate zfs filesystem, mounted "
"under the traditional <filename>/var/lib/lxc/C1/rootfs</filename> location. "
"The zfsroot can be specified at lxc-create, and a default can be specified "
"in lxc.system.conf."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1185(para)
msgid ""
"More information on creating containers with the various backing stores can "
"be found in the lxc-create manual page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1192(title)
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1193(para)
msgid ""
"Creating a container generally involves creating a root filesystem for the "
"container. <command>lxc-create</command> delegates this work to "
"<emphasis>templates</emphasis>, which are generally per-distribution. The "
"lxc templates shipped with lxc can be found under "
"<filename>/usr/share/lxc/templates</filename>, and include templates to "
"create Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Oracle, centos, and gentoo containers among "
"others."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1202(para)
msgid ""
"Creating distribution images in most cases requires the ability to create "
"device nodes, often requires tools which are not available in other "
"distributions, and usually is quite time-consuming. Therefore lxc comes with "
"a special <emphasis>download</emphasis> template, which downloads pre-built "
"container images from a central lxc server. The most important use case is "
"to allow simple creation of unprivileged containers by non-root users, who "
"could not for instance easily run the <command>debootstrap</command> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1212(para)
msgid ""
"When running <command>lxc-create</command>, all options which come after "
"<emphasis>--</emphasis> are passed to the template. In the following "
"command, <emphasis>--name</emphasis>, <emphasis>--template</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>--bdev</emphasis> are passed to <command>lxc-create</command>, "
"while <emphasis>--release</emphasis> is passed to the template: <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"lxc-create --template ubuntu --name c1 --bdev loop -- --release trusty\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1224(para)
msgid ""
"You can obtain help for the options supported by any particular container by "
"passing <emphasis>--help</emphasis> and the template name to <command>lxc-"
"create</command>. For instance, for help with the download template,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1231(command)
msgid "lxc-create --template download --help"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1237(title)
msgid "Autostart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1238(para)
msgid ""
"LXC supports marking containers to be started at system boot. Prior to "
"Ubuntu 14.04, this was done using symbolic links under the directory "
"<filename>/etc/lxc/auto</filename>. Starting with Ubuntu 14.04, it is done "
"through the container configuration files. An entry <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"lxc.start.auto = 1\n"
"lxc.start.delay = 5\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> would mean that the container should be started at boot, and the "
"system should wait 5 seconds before starting the next container. LXC also "
"supports ordering and grouping of containers, as well as reboot and shutdown "
"by autostart groups. See the manual pages for lxc-autostart and "
"lxc.container.conf for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2859(title)
msgid "Apparmor"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1258(para)
msgid ""
"LXC ships with a default Apparmor profile intended to protect the host from "
"accidental misuses of privilege inside the container. For instance, the "
"container will not be able to write to <filename>/proc/sysrq-"
"trigger</filename> or to most <filename>/sys</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2867(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>usr.bin.lxc-start</filename> profile is entered by running "
"<command>lxc-start</command>. This profile mainly prevents <command>lxc-"
"start</command> from mounting new filesystems outside of the container's "
"root filesystem. Before executing the container's <command>init</command>, "
"<command>LXC</command> requests a switch to the container's profile. By "
"default, this profile is the <filename>lxc-container-default</filename> "
"policy which is defined in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/lxc/lxc-"
"default</filename>. This profile prevents the container from accessing many "
"dangerous paths, and from mounting most filesystems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"Programs in a container cannot be further confined - for instance, MySQL "
"runs under the container profile (protecting the host) but will not be able "
"to enter the MySQL profile (to protect the container)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2926(para)
msgid ""
"<command>lxc-execute</command> does not enter an Apparmor profile, but the "
"container it spawns will be confined."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1283(title)
msgid "Customizing container policies"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2879(para)
msgid ""
"If you find that <command>lxc-start</command> is failing due to a legitimate "
"access which is being denied by its Apparmor policy, you can disable the lxc-"
"start profile by doing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2885(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/usr.bin.lxc-start\n"
"sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/usr.bin.lxc-start /etc/apparmor.d/disabled/\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2890(para)
msgid ""
"This will make <command>lxc-start</command> run unconfined, but continue to "
"confine the container itself. If you also wish to disable confinement of the "
"container, then in addition to disabling the <filename>usr.bin.lxc-"
"start</filename> profile, you must add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2897(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"lxc.aa_profile = unconfined\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1302(para)
msgid "to the container's configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1304(para)
msgid ""
"LXC ships with a few alternate policies for containers. If you wish to run "
"containers inside containers (nesting), then you can use the lxc-container-"
"default-with-nesting profile by adding the following line to the container "
"configuration file <screen>\n"
"lxc.aa_profile = lxc-container-default-with-nesting\n"
"\t</screen> If you wish to use libvirt inside containers, then you will need "
"to edit that policy (which is defined in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/lxc/lxc-"
"default-with-nesting</filename>) to uncomment the following line <screen>\n"
"mount fstype=cgroup -&gt; /sys/fs/cgroup/**,\n"
"\t</screen> and re-load the policy."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1321(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the nesting policy with privileged containers is far less safe "
"than the default policy, as it allows containers to re-mount "
"<filename>/sys</filename> and <filename>/proc</filename> in nonstandard "
"locations, bypassing apparmor protections. Unprivileged containers do not "
"have this drawback since the container root cannot write to root-owned "
"<filename>proc</filename> and <filename>sys</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"Another profile shipped with lxc allows containers to mount block filesystem "
"types like ext4. This can be useful in some cases like maas provisioning, "
"but is deemed generally unsafe since the superblock handlers in the kernel "
"have not been audited for safe handling of untrusted input."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1335(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to run a container in a custom profile, you can create a new "
"profile under <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/lxc/</filename>. Its name must start "
"with <filename>lxc-</filename> in order for <command>lxc-start</command> to "
"be allowed to transition to that profile. The <filename>lxc-"
"default</filename> profile includes the re-usable abstractions file "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/abstractions/lxc/container-base</filename>. An "
"easy way to start a new profile therefore is to do the same, then add extra "
"permissions at the bottom of your policy."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1346(para)
msgid "After creating the policy, load it using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2910(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo apparmor_parser -r /etc/apparmor.d/lxc-containers\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2914(para)
msgid ""
"The profile will automatically be loaded after a reboot, because it is "
"sourced by the file <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/lxc-containers</filename>. "
"Finally, to make container <filename>CN</filename> use this new "
"<filename>lxc-CN-profile</filename>, add the following line to its "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2922(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"lxc.aa_profile = lxc-CN-profile\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2934(title)
msgid "Control Groups"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1369(para)
msgid ""
"Control groups (cgroups) are a kernel feature providing hierarchical task "
"grouping and per-cgroup resource accounting and limits. They are used in "
"containers to limit block and character device access and to freeze "
"(suspend) containers. They can be further used to limit memory use and block "
"i/o, guarantee minimum cpu shares, and to lock containers to specific cpus."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1377(para)
msgid ""
"By default, a privileged container CN will be assigned a cgroup called "
"<filename>/lxc/CN</filename>. In the case of name conflicts (which can occur "
"when using custom lxcpaths) a suffix \"-n\", where n is an integer starting "
"at 0, will be appended to the cgroup name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1383(para)
msgid ""
"By default, a privileged container CN will be assigned a cgroup called "
"<filename>CN</filename> under the cgroup of the task which started the "
"container, for instance <filename>/usr/1000.user/1.session/CN</filename>. "
"The container root will be given group ownership of the directory (but not "
"all files) so that it is allowed to create new child cgroups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1390(para)
msgid ""
"As of Ubuntu 14.04, LXC uses the cgroup manager (cgmanager) to administer "
"cgroups. The cgroup manager receives D-Bus requests over the Unix socket "
"<filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/cgmanager/sock</filename>. To fascilitate safe "
"nested containers, the line <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"lxc.mount.auto = cgroup\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> can be added to the container configuration causing the "
"<filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/cgmanager</filename> directory to be bind-mounted "
"into the container. The container in turn should start the cgroup management "
"proxy (done by default if the cgmanager package is installed in the "
"container) which will move the <filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/cgmanager</filename> "
"directory to <filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/cgmanager.lower</filename>, then start "
"listening for requests to proxy on its own socket "
"<filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/cgmanager/sock</filename>. The host cgmanager will "
"ensure that nested containers cannot escape their assigned cgroups or make "
"requests for which they are not authorized."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3262(title)
msgid "Cloning"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1416(para)
msgid ""
"For rapid provisioning, you may wish to customize a canonical container "
"according to your needs and then make multiple copies of it. This can be "
"done with the <command>lxc-clone</command> program."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1420(para)
msgid ""
"Clones are either snapshots or copies of another container. A copy is a new "
"container copied from the original, and takes as much space on the host as "
"the original. A snapshot exploits the underlying backing store's "
"snapshotting ability to make a copy-on-write container referencing the "
"first. Snapshots can be created from btrfs, LVM, zfs, and directory backed "
"containers. Each backing store has its own peculiarities - for instance, LVM "
"containers which are not thinpool-provisioned cannot support snapshots of "
"snapshots; zfs containers with snapshots cannot be removed until all "
"snapshots are released; LVM containers must be more carefully planned as the "
"underlying filesystem may not support growing; btrfs does not suffer any of "
"these shortcomings, but suffers from reduced fsync performance causing dpkg "
"and apt-get to be slower."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1434(para)
msgid ""
"Snapshots of directory-packed containers are created using the overlay "
"filesystem. For instance, a privileged directory-backed container C1 will "
"have its root filesystem under <filename>/var/lib/lxc/C1/rootfs</filename>. "
"A snapshot clone of C1 called C2 will be started with C1's rootfs mounted "
"readonly under <filename>/var/lib/lxc/C2/delta0</filename>. Importantly, in "
"this case C1 should not be allowed to run or be removed while C2 is running. "
"It is advised instead to consider C1 a <emphasis> canonical</emphasis> base "
"container, and to only use its snapshots."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1446(para)
msgid "Given an existing container called C1, a copy can be created using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3274(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-clone -o C1 -n C2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1455(para)
msgid "A snapshot can be created using"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3288(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-clone -s -o C1 -n C2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1461(para)
msgid "See the lxc-clone manpage for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1464(title)
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1465(para)
msgid ""
"To more easily support the use of snapshot clones for iterative container "
"development, LXC supports <emphasis>snapshots</emphasis>. When working on a "
"container C1, before making a potentially dangerous or hard-to-revert "
"change, you can create a snapshot <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"sudo lxc-snapshot -n C1\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> which is a snapshot-clone called 'snap0' under /var/lib/lxcsnaps "
"or $HOME/.local/share/lxcsnaps. The next snapshot will be called 'snap1', "
"etc. Existing snapshots can be listed using <command>lxc-snapshot -L -n "
"C1</command>, and a snapshot can be restored - erasing the current C1 "
"container - using <command>lxc-snapshot -r snap1 -n C1</command>. After the "
"restore command, the snap1 snapshot continues to exist, and the previous C1 "
"is erased and replaced with the snap1 snapshot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1484(para)
msgid ""
"Snapshots are supported for btrfs, lvm, zfs, and overlayfs containers. If "
"lxc-snapshot is called on a directory-backed container, an error will be "
"logged and the snapshot will be created as a copy-clone. The reason for this "
"is that if the user creates an overlayfs snapshot of a directory-backed "
"container and then makes changes to the directory-backed container, then the "
"original container changes will be partially reflected in the snapshot. If "
"snapshots of a directory backed container C1 are desired, then an overlayfs "
"clone of C1 should be created, C1 should not be touched again, and the "
"overlayfs clone can be edited and snapshotted at will, as such <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"lxc-clone -s -o C1 -n C2\n"
"lxc-start -n C2 -d # make some changes\n"
"lxc-stop -n C2\n"
"lxc-snapshot -n C2\n"
"lxc-start -n C2 # etc\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1508(title)
msgid "Ephemeral Containers"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1509(para)
msgid ""
"While snapshots are useful for longer-term incremental development of "
"images, ephemeral containers utilize snapshots for quick, single-use "
"throwaway containers. Given a base container C1, you can start an ephemeral "
"container using <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"lxc-start-ephemeral -o C1\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> The container begins as a snapshot of C1. Instructions for logging "
"into the container will be printed to the console. After shutdown, the "
"ephemeral container will be destroyed. See the lxc-start-ephemeral manual "
"page for more options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1527(title)
msgid "Lifecycle management hooks"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1529(para)
msgid ""
"Beginning with Ubuntu 12.10, it is possible to define hooks to be executed "
"at specific points in a container's lifetime:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1534(para)
msgid ""
"Pre-start hooks are run in the host's namespace before the container ttys, "
"consoles, or mounts are up. If any mounts are done in this hook, they should "
"be cleaned up in the post-stop hook."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1541(para)
msgid ""
"Pre-mount hooks are run in the container's namespaces, but before the root "
"filesystem has been mounted. Mounts done in this hook will be automatically "
"cleaned up when the container shuts down."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1548(para)
msgid ""
"Mount hooks are run after the container filesystems have been mounted, but "
"before the container has called <command>pivot_root</command> to change its "
"root filesystem."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1555(para)
msgid ""
"Start hooks are run immediately before executing the container's init. Since "
"these are executed after pivoting into the container's filesystem, the "
"command to be executed must be copied into the container's filesystem."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1562(para)
msgid "Post-stop hooks are executed after the container has been shut down."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1567(para)
msgid ""
"If any hook returns an error, the container's run will be aborted. Any "
"<emphasis>post-stop</emphasis> hook will still be executed. Any output "
"generated by the script will be logged at the debug priority."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1572(para)
msgid ""
"Please see the lxc.container.conf manual page for the configuration file "
"format with which to specify hooks. Some sample hooks are shipped with the "
"lxc package to serve as an example of how to write and use such hooks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3452(title)
msgid "Consoles"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1581(para)
msgid ""
"Containers have a configurable number of consoles. One always exists on the "
"container's <filename>/dev/console</filename>. This is shown on the terminal "
"from which you ran <command>lxc-start</command>, unless the <emphasis>-"
"d</emphasis> option is specified. The output on "
"<filename>/dev/console</filename> can be redirected to a file using the "
"<emphasis>-c console-file</emphasis> option to <command>lxc-start</command>. "
"The number of extra consoles is specified by the <command>lxc.tty</command> "
"variable, and is usually set to 4. Those consoles are shown on "
"<filename>/dev/ttyN</filename> (for 1 &lt;= N &lt;= 4). To log into console "
"3 from the host, use"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3467(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-console -n container -t 3"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3472(para)
msgid ""
"or if the <emphasis>-t N</emphasis> option is not specified, an unused "
"console will be automatically chosen. To exit the console, use the escape "
"sequence Ctrl-a q. Note that the escape sequence does not work in the "
"console resulting from <command>lxc-start</command> without the <emphasis>-"
"d</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3480(para)
msgid ""
"Each container console is actually a Unix98 pty in the host's (not the "
"guest's) pty mount, bind-mounted over the guest's "
"<filename>/dev/ttyN</filename> and <filename>/dev/console</filename>. "
"Therefore, if the guest unmounts those or otherwise tries to access the "
"actual character device <command>4:N</command>, it will not be serving getty "
"to the LXC consoles. (With the default settings, the container will not be "
"able to access that character device and getty will therefore fail.) This "
"can easily happen when a boot script blindly mounts a new "
"<filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:345(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1640(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:371(title)
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Sorun Giderme"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:787(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:508(title)
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Günlük Raporu"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1620(para)
msgid ""
"If something goes wrong when starting a container, the first step should be "
"to get full logging from LXC: <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"sudo lxc-start -n C1 -l trace -o debug.out\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> This will cause lxc to log at the most verbose level, "
"<filename>trace</filename>, and to output log information to a file called "
"'debug.out'. If the file <filename>debug.out</filename> already exists, the "
"new log information will be appended."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3414(title)
msgid "Monitoring container status"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3416(para)
msgid ""
"Two commands are available to monitor container state changes. <command>lxc-"
"monitor</command> monitors one or more containers for any state changes. It "
"takes a container name as usual with the <emphasis>-n</emphasis> option, but "
"in this case the container name can be a posix regular expression to allow "
"monitoring desirable sets of containers. <command>lxc-monitor</command> "
"continues running as it prints container changes. <command>lxc-"
"wait</command> waits for a specific state change and then exits. For "
"instance,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3429(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-monitor -n cont[0-5]*"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3434(para)
msgid ""
"would print all state changes to any containers matching the listed regular "
"expression, whereas"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3440(command)
msgid "sudo lxc-wait -n cont1 -s 'STOPPED|FROZEN'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3445(para)
msgid ""
"will wait until container cont1 enters state STOPPED or state FROZEN and "
"then exit."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1666(title)
msgid "Attach"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1667(para)
msgid ""
"As of Ubuntu 14.04, it is possible to attach to a container's namespaces. "
"The simplest case is to simply do <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"sudo lxc-attach -n C1\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> which will start a shell attached to C1's namespaces, or, "
"effectively inside the container. The attach functionality is very flexible, "
"allowing attaching to a subset of the container's namespaces and security "
"context. See the manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1683(title)
msgid "Container init verbosity"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1684(para)
msgid ""
"If LXC completes the container startup, but the container init fails to "
"complete (for instance, no login prompt is shown), it can be useful to "
"request additional verbosity from the init process. For an upstart "
"container, this might be: <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"sudo lxc-start -n C1 /sbin/init loglevel=debug\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen> You can also start an entirely different program in place of init, "
"for instance <screen>\n"
"<command>\n"
"sudo lxc-start -n C1 /bin/bash\n"
"sudo lxc-start -n C1 /bin/sleep 100\n"
"sudo lxc-start -n C1 /bin/cat /proc/1/status\n"
"</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1708(title)
msgid "LXC API"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1710(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the LXC functionality can now be accessed through an API exported by "
"<filename>liblxc</filename> for which bindings are available in several "
"languages, including Python, lua, ruby, and go."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1714(para)
msgid ""
"Below is an example using the python bindings (which are available in the "
"<application>python3-lxc</application> package) which creates and starts a "
"container, then waits until it has been shut down:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1720(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# sudo python3\n"
"Python 3.2.3 (default, Aug 28 2012, 08:26:03)\n"
"[GCC 4.7.1 20120814 (prerelease)] on linux2\n"
"Type \"help\", \"copyright\", \"credits\" or \"license\" for more "
"information.\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt; import lxc\n"
"__main__:1: Warning: The python-lxc API isn't yet stable and may change at "
"any p\n"
"oint in the future.\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt; c=lxc.Container(\"C1\")\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt; c.create(\"ubuntu\")\n"
"True\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt; c.start()\n"
"True\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt; c.wait(\"STOPPED\")\n"
"True\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4349(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:11(title)
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Güvenlik"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4351(para)
msgid ""
"A namespace maps ids to resources. By not providing a container any id with "
"which to reference a resource, the resource can be protected. This is the "
"basis of some of the security afforded to container users. For instance, IPC "
"namespaces are completely isolated. Other namespaces, however, have various "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">leaks</emphasis> which allow privilege to be "
"inappropriately exerted from a container into another container or to the "
"host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1751(para)
msgid ""
"By default, LXC containers are started under a Apparmor policy to restrict "
"some actions. The details of AppArmor integration with lxc are in section "
"<xref linkend=\"lxc-apparmor\"/>. Unprivileged containers go further by "
"mapping root in the container to an unprivileged host userid. This prevents "
"access to <filename>/proc</filename> and <filename>/sys</filename> files "
"representing host resources, as well as any other files owned by root on the "
"host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4375(title)
msgid "Exploitable system calls"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1764(para)
msgid ""
"It is a core container feature that containers share a kernel with the host. "
"Therefore if the kernel contains any exploitable system calls the container "
"can exploit these as well. Once the container controls the kernel it can "
"fully control any resource known to the host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1770(para)
msgid ""
"Since Ubuntu 12.10 (Quantal) a container can also be constrained by a "
"seccomp filter. Seccomp is a new kernel feature which filters the system "
"calls which may be used by a task and its children. While improved and "
"simplified policy management is expected in the near future, the current "
"policy consists of a simple whitelist of system call numbers. The policy "
"file begins with a version number (which must be 1) on the first line and a "
"policy type (which must be 'whitelist') on the second line. It is followed "
"by a list of numbers, one per line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1780(para)
msgid ""
"In general to run a full distribution container a large number of system "
"calls will be needed. However for application containers it may be possible "
"to reduce the number of available system calls to only a few. Even for "
"system containers running a full distribution security gains may be had, for "
"instance by removing the 32-bit compatibility system calls in a 64-bit "
"container. See the lxc.container.conf manual page for details of how to "
"configure a container to use seccomp. By default, no seccomp policy is "
"loaded."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4392(para)
msgid ""
"The DeveloperWorks article <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-lxc-"
"containers/\">LXC: Linux container tools</ulink> was an early introduction "
"to the use of containers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4398(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-lxc-"
"security/index.html\"> Secure Containers Cookbook</ulink> demonstrated the "
"use of security modules to make containers more secure."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1810(para) serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:202(para)
msgid "Manual pages referenced above can be found at:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4407(ulink)
msgid "capabilities"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4408(ulink)
msgid "lxc.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1818(para)
msgid ""
"The upstream LXC project is hosted at <ulink "
"url=\"http://linuxcontainers.org\">linuxcontainers.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:4420(para)
msgid ""
"LXC security issues are listed and discussed at <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.ubuntu.com/LxcSecurity\">the LXC Security wiki page</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1829(para)
msgid ""
"For more on namespaces in Linux, see: S. Bhattiprolu, E. W. Biederman, S. E. "
"Hallyn, and D. Lezcano. Virtual Servers and Check- point/Restart in "
"Mainstream Linux. SIGOPS Operating Systems Review, 42(5), 2008."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:11(title)
msgid "Version Control System"
msgstr "Sürüm Kontrol Sistemi"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Version control is the art of managing changes to information. It has long "
"been a critical tool for programmers, who typically spend their time making "
"small changes to software and then undoing those changes the next day. But "
"the usefulness of version control software extends far beyond the bounds of "
"the software development world. Anywhere you can find people using computers "
"to manage information that changes often, there is room for version control."
msgstr ""
"Sürüm kontrol bir bilgi değişim yönetim usülüdür. Bu, yazılıma küçük "
"değişiklikler yapan ve bu değişikleri ertesi gün bozan programcılar için "
"önemli bir araca sahiptir. Fakat kontrol yazılım sürümünün faydası yazılım "
"geliştirme amacının çok ötesindedir. Herhangi yerdeki insanlar "
"bilgisayarlarını kullanarak sık sık bu bilgileri yönetirler. Kontrol sürümü "
"için kuruluş vardır."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:15(title)
msgid "Bazaar"
msgstr "Pazar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar is a new version control system sponsored by Canonical, the "
"commercial company behind Ubuntu. Unlike Subversion and CVS that only "
"support a central repository model, Bazaar also supports "
"<emphasis>distributed version control</emphasis>, giving people the ability "
"to collaborate more efficiently. In particular, Bazaar is designed to "
"maximize the level of community participation in open source projects."
msgstr ""
"Pazar (Bazaar), Ubuntu'nun ticari şirketi olan Canonical'ın desteklenen yeni "
"bir kontrol sistem sürümüdür. Sadece tekbir merkezi depo modelini olan Alt "
"sürüm ve CVS'ye benzemez. Ayrıca Pazar <emphasis>dağıtılmış sürüm "
"kontrolü</emphasis>nü desdekler. İnsanlara daha fazla etkinlik vererek "
"işbirliğini arttırır. Özellikle Pazar, açık kaynak projelerinde "
"toplulukların işbirliklerinin arttırmak için tasarlanmıştır"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>bzr</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<application>bzr</application>'ı yüklemek için terminale\n"
"aşağıdaki komutu girin: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:38(para)
msgid ""
"To introduce yourself to <application>bzr</application>, use the "
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> command like this: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Joe Doe &lt;joe.doe@gmail.com&gt;'</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<application>bzr</application>'da kendini tanıtmak için "
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> komutunu şunun gibi kullan: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Esat Yuce &lt;EsatYuce@ubuntu-tr.org&gt;'</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:47(title)
msgid "Learning Bazaar"
msgstr "Pazarı Öğrenme"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar comes with bundled documentation installed into "
"<application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application> by default. The tutorial "
"is a good place to start. The <application>bzr</application> command also "
"comes with built-in help: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pazar öntanımlı olarak <application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application> "
"içine yüklenmiş şekilde dökümantasyon demeti halinde gelir. Kılavuz başlamak "
"için iyi bir yerdir. <application>bzr</application> komutuyla help de "
"kullanılabilir: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:58(para)
msgid ""
"To learn more about the <emphasis>foo</emphasis> command: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>foo</emphasis> komutu hakkında daha fazlasını öğrenmek için: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:66(title)
msgid "Launchpad Integration"
msgstr "Launchpad Entegrasyonu"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:67(para)
msgid ""
"While highly useful as a stand-alone system, Bazaar has good, optional "
"integration with <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, "
"the collaborative development system used by Canonical and the broader open "
"source community to manage and extend Ubuntu itself. For information on how "
"Bazaar can be used with Launchpad to collaborate on open source projects, "
"see <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> "
"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Bağımsız sistem için olağan üstü bir kullanıma sahip olan Pazar, <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink> ile seçime bağlı, iyi "
"entegrasyona sahiptir. İşbirlikçi geliştirme sistemi Canonical tarafından "
"kullanılır ve Ubuntu'yu geliştirmek ve yönetmek için daha geniş açık kaynak "
"topluluğu vardır. Launchpad'deki açık kaynak projelerinde işbirliği yaparak "
"Pazar'ın nasıl kullanıldığı hakkında bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-"
"vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> http://bazaar-"
"vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:80(title)
msgid "Git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"Git is an open source distributed version control system originally "
"developped by Linus Torvalds to support the development of the linux kernel. "
"Every Git working directory is a full-fledged repository with complete "
"history and full version tracking capabilities, not dependent on network "
"access or a central server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>git</application> version control system is installed with "
"the following command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:92(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"Every git user should first introduce himself to git, by running these two "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:99(command)
msgid "git config --global user.email \"you@example.com\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:100(command)
msgid "git config --global user.name \"Your Name\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:105(para)
msgid ""
"The above is already sufficient to use git in a distributed and secure way, "
"provided users have access to the machine assuming the server role via SSH. "
"On the server machine, creating a new repository can be done with"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:108(command)
msgid "git init --bare /path/to/repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"This creates a bare repository, that cannot be used to edit files directly. "
"If you would rather have a working copy of the contents of the repository on "
"the server, ommit the <emphasis>--bare</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"Any client with ssh access to the machine can from then on clone the "
"repository with"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:113(command)
msgid "git clone username@hostname:/path/to/repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"Once cloned to the client's machine, the client can edit files, then commit "
"and share them with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:119(command)
msgid "cd /path/to/repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:120(command)
msgid "#(edit some files"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:121(command)
msgid ""
"git commit -a # Commit all changes to the local version of the repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:122(command)
msgid ""
"git push origin master # Push changes to the server's version of the "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:127(title)
msgid "Installing a gitolite server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"While the above is sufficient to create, clone and edit repositories, users "
"wanting to install git on a server will most likely want to have git work "
"like a more traditional source control management server, with multiple "
"users and access rights management. The suggested solution is to install "
"<application>gitolite</application> with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:134(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gitolite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:139(title)
msgid "Gitolite configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"Configuration of the <application>gitolite</application> server is a little "
"different that most other servers on Unix-like systems. Instead of the "
"traditional configuration files in /etc/, gitolite stores its configuration "
"in a git repository. The first step to configuring a new installation is "
"therefore to allow access to the configuration repository."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:145(para)
msgid "First of all, let's create a user for gitolite to be accessed as."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:149(command)
msgid ""
"sudo adduser --system --shell /bin/bash --group --disabled-password --home "
"/home/git git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"Now we want to let gitolite know about the repository administrator's public "
"SSH key. This assumes that the current user is the repository administrator. "
"If you have not yet configured an SSH key, refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh-"
"keys\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:156(command)
msgid "cp ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub /tmp/$(whoami).pub"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"Let's switch to the git user and import the administrator's key into "
"gitolite."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:162(command)
msgid "sudo su - git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:163(command)
msgid "gl-setup /tmp/*.pub"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"Gitolite will allow you to make initial changes to its configuration file "
"during the setup process. You can now clone and modify the gitolite "
"configuration repository from your administrator user (the user whose public "
"SSH key you imported). Switch back to that user, then clone the "
"configuration repository:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:169(command)
msgid "exit"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:170(command)
msgid "git clone git@$IP_ADDRESS:gitolite-admin.git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:171(command)
msgid "cd gitolite-admin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"The gitolite-admin contains two subdirectories, \"conf\" and \"keydir\". The "
"configuration files are in the conf dir, and the keydir directory contains "
"the list of user's public SSH keys."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:176(title)
msgid "Managing gitolite users and repositories"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"Adding new users to gitolite is simple: just obtain their public SSH key and "
"add it to the keydir directory as $DESIRED_USER_NAME.pub. Note that the "
"gitolite usernames don't have to match the system usernames - they are only "
"used in the gitolite configuration file to manage access control. Similarly, "
"users are deleted by deleting their public key file. After each change, do "
"not forget to commit the changes to git, and push the changes back to the "
"server with"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:179(command)
msgid "git commit -a"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:180(command)
msgid "git push origin master"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:182(para)
msgid ""
"Repositories are managed by editing the conf/gitolite.conf file. The syntax "
"is space separated, and simply specifies the list of repositories followed "
"by some access rules. The following is a default example"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:183(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"repo    gitolite-admin\n"
"        RW+     =   admin\n"
"        R       =   alice\n"
"\n"
"repo    project1\n"
"        RW+     =   alice\n"
"        RW      =   bob\n"
"        R       =   denise\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:195(title)
msgid "Using your server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"To use the newly created server, users have to have the gitolite admin "
"import their public key into the gitolite configuration repository, they can "
"then access any project they have access to with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:198(command)
msgid "git clone git@$SERVER_IP:$PROJECT_NAME.git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"Or add the server's project as a remote for an existing git repository:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:202(command)
msgid "git remote add gitolite git@$SERVER_IP:$PROJECT_NAME.git"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:79(title)
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr "Bozulma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion is an open source version control system. Using Subversion, you "
"can record the history of source files and documents. It manages files and "
"directories over time. A tree of files is placed into a central repository. "
"The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it "
"remembers every change ever made to files and directories."
msgstr ""
"Bozulma (Subversion) bir açık kaynak kontrol sistem sürümüdür. Bozulma'yı "
"kullanarak kaynak dosya ve belgelerinin geçmişini kaydedebilirsin. Bu, "
"herhangi bir zamanda dosya ve dizinleri yönetir. Dosyanın bir ağacı merkez "
"deposunda bulunur. Depo, dosya ve dizinlerde yapılan her değişikliği "
"hatırlamak haricinde sıradan dosya sunucusuna çok benzer."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"To access Subversion repository using the HTTP protocol, you must install "
"and configure a web server. Apache2 is proven to work with Subversion. "
"Please refer to the HTTP subsection in the Apache2 section to install and "
"configure Apache2. To access the Subversion repository using the HTTPS "
"protocol, you must install and configure a digital certificate in your "
"Apache 2 web server. Please refer to the HTTPS subsection in the Apache2 "
"section to install and configure the digital certificate."
msgstr ""
"HTTP iletişim kuralını kullanarak Bozulma deposuna erişmek için bir web "
"sunucu yüklemeli ve yapılandırmalısın. Apache2'nin Bozulma ile çalışması "
"denenmiştir. Apache2'yi yükleme ve yapılandırma için lütfen Apache2 "
"bölümünün alt bölümlerine baş vurunuz. HTTPS iletişim kuralını kullanarak "
"Bozulma deposuna erişmek için Apache2 web sunucusunda dijital bir sertifika "
"yüklemeli ve yapılandırmalısın. Apache2 bölümünün alt bölümü olan HTTPS'ye "
"baş vurarak dijital sertifika yükleme ve yapılandırmayı öğrenebilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"To install Subversion, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "Bozulma'yı yüklemek için, şu komutu uçbirimde çalıştırınız:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:227(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install subversion apache2 libapache2-svn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:105(title)
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr "Sunucu Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed above mentioned packages on your "
"system. This section explains how to create a Subversion repository and "
"access the project."
msgstr ""
"Bu adım, yukarda bahsedilen paketi sistemine yüklediğini var sayar. Bu bölüm "
"bir Bozulma deposu nasıl oluşturacağını ve projeye erişebileceğini açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:109(title)
msgid "Create Subversion Repository"
msgstr "Bozulma Deposu Oluşturma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"The Subversion repository can be created using the following command from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Bozulma deposunu terminale aşağıdaki komutu girilerek oluşturabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:114(command)
msgid "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:119(title)
msgid "Importing Files"
msgstr "Dosyaları Alma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:120(para)
msgid ""
"Once you create the repository you can <emphasis>import</emphasis> files "
"into the repository. To import a directory, enter the following from a "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>svn import /path/to/import/directory "
"file:///path/to/repos/project</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Depoyu oluşturduktan sonra dosyaları deponun içine "
"<emphasis>al</emphasis>abilirsin. Bir dizin almak için terminale şu komutu "
"girin: <screen>\n"
"<command>svn import /path/to/import/directory "
"file:///path/to/repos/project</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:132(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:137(title)
msgid "Access Methods"
msgstr "Erişme Yöntemleri"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion repositories can be accessed (checked out) through many different "
"methods --on local disk, or through various network protocols. A repository "
"location, however, is always a URL. The table describes how different URL "
"schemes map to the available access methods."
msgstr ""
"Bozulma depolarına yerel diskte veya çeşitli ağ iletişim kurallarıyla "
"erişilebilir. Depo daima bir URL'de bulunur. Tablo, kullanılabilir erişim "
"yöntemleri için farklı URL şema haritasını açıklıyor."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:144(para)
msgid "Schema"
msgstr "Şema"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:145(para)
msgid "Access Method"
msgstr "Erişim Yöntemi"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:150(para)
msgid "file://"
msgstr "file://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:151(para)
msgid "direct repository access (on local disk)"
msgstr "doğrudan depoya erişim (yerel diskte)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:154(para)
msgid "http://"
msgstr "http://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:155(para)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol to Subversion-aware Apache2 web server"
msgstr ""
"WebDAV iletişim kuralı ile Bozulma'ya erişme Apache2 web sunucusu ile olur"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:158(para)
msgid "https://"
msgstr "https://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:159(para)
msgid "Same as http://, but with SSL encryption"
msgstr "http:// ile aynıdır, fakat SSL şifrelemesi vardır"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:162(para)
msgid "svn://"
msgstr "svn://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:163(para)
msgid "Access via custom protocol to an svnserve server"
msgstr "Özel istekli iletişim kuralı ile bir svnserve sunucusuna erişme"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:166(para)
msgid "svn+ssh://"
msgstr "svn+ssh://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:167(para)
msgid "Same as svn://, but through an SSH tunnel"
msgstr "svn:// ile aynı, fakat bir SSH gecitiyle"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will see how to configure Subversion for all these "
"access methods. Here, we cover the basics. For more advanced usage details, "
"refer to the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn book</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümde Bozulma'yı bütün bu yöntemler için nasıl yapılandıracağımızı "
"göreceksin. Burada basitçe ele alınacaktır. Daha fazla kullanışlı ayrıntılar "
"için <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn book</ulink>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:180(title)
msgid "Direct repository access (file://)"
msgstr "Doğrudan depoya erişme (file://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"This is the simplest of all access methods. It does not require any "
"Subversion server process to be running. This access method is used to "
"access Subversion from the same machine. The syntax of the command, entered "
"at a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Bu, bütün erişim yöntemlerinin en basitidir. Çalıştırmak için herhangi bir "
"Bozulma sunucu işlemi gerekmez. Bu erişim yöntemi, Bozulma'ya aynı makineden "
"erişmek için kullanılır. Uçbirime aşağıdaki gibi komut söz dizimi girildi:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:188(command)
msgid "svn co file:///path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svn co file:///path/to/repos/project"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:191(para)
msgid "or"
msgstr "veya"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:194(command)
msgid "svn co file://localhost/path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svn co file://localhost/path/to/repos/project"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"If you do not specify the hostname, there are three forward slashes (///) -- "
"two for the protocol (file, in this case) plus the leading slash in the "
"path. If you specify the hostname, you must use two forward slashes (//)."
msgstr ""
"Eğer ana sistem adını belirtmemişseniz, üç adet bölü (///) vardır. (İletişim "
"kuralı için iki ve bir de konumun başlama bölüsü). Eğer ana sistem adını "
"belirtmişseniz iki bölü (//) kullanmalısınız."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"The repository permissions depend on filesystem permissions. If the user has "
"read/write permission, he can checkout from and commit to the repository."
msgstr ""
"Depo izinleri dosya sistem izinlerine bağlıdır. Eğer kullanıcı okuma/yazma "
"izinine sahipse depoyu kontrol edebilir ve çalıştırabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:203(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol (http://)"
msgstr "WebDAV iletişim kuralı ile erişme (http://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"To access the Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol, you must configure "
"your Apache 2 web server. Add the following snippet between the "
"<emphasis>&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> elements in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/000-default.conf</filename>, or "
"another VirtualHost file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:338(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNParentPath /path/to/repos\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
" &lt;/Location&gt; \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration snippet assumes that Subversion repositories are "
"created under <filename>/path/to/repos</filename> directory using "
"<command>svnadmin</command> command and that the HTTP user has sufficent "
"access rights to the files (see below). They can be accessible using "
"<command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command> url."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"Changing the apache configuration like the above requires to reload the "
"service with the following command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:360(command)
msgid "sudo service apache2 reload"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"To import or commit files to your Subversion repository over HTTP, the "
"repository should be owned by the HTTP user. In Ubuntu systems, the HTTP "
"user is <command>www-data</command>. To change the ownership of the "
"repository files enter the following command from terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:236(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/repos"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/repos"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"By changing the ownership of repository as <command>www-data</command> you "
"will not be able to import or commit files into the repository by running "
"<command>svn import file:///</command> command as any user other than "
"<command>www-data</command>."
msgstr ""
"Depo sahipliğini <command>www-data</command> şeklinde değiştirerek "
"<command>svn import file:///</command> komutunu herhangi bir kullanıcı gibi "
"çalıştırarak deponun içindeki dosyaları alamaz ve işleyemezsin."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:248(para)
msgid ""
"Next, you must create the <filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> file "
"that will contain user authentication details. To create a file issue the "
"following command at a command prompt (which will create the file and add "
"the first user):"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, kullanıcı doğrulaması ayrıntılarını içeren "
"<filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> dosyasını oluşturmalısın. Bir "
"dosya sorun kaydı oluşturmak için uçbirime şunu girin. Bu işlem dosya "
"oluşturacak ve ilk kullanıcıyı ekleyecek:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:254(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:257(para)
msgid ""
"To add additional users omit the <emphasis>\"-c\"</emphasis> option as this "
"option replaces the old file. Instead use this form:"
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla kullanıcı eklemek için eski dosyadaki gibi <emphasis>\"-"
"c\"</emphasis> seçeneği olmadan onun yerine şu formu kullan:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:262(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"This command will prompt you to enter the password. Once you enter the "
"password, the user is added. Now, to access the repository you can run the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Bu komut şifreni girmeni sağlayacak. Şifreyi girdikten sonra kullanıcı "
"eklenir. Şimdi depoya erişmek için şu komutu çalıştırabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:267(command)
msgid "svn co http://servername/svn"
msgstr "svn co http://servername/svn"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"The password is transmitted as plain text. If you are worried about password "
"snooping, you are advised to use SSL encryption. For details, please refer "
"next section."
msgstr ""
"Şifre basit yazı şeklinde iletilir. Eğer şifrenin çalınmasından endişe "
"duyuyorsan SSL şifrelemesini kullanman tavsiye edilir. Ayrıntılan için "
"lütfen sonraki bölüme bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:275(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption (https://)"
msgstr "WebDAV iletişim kuralına SSL şifrelemesi ile erişme (https://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"Accessing Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption "
"(https://) is similar to http:// except that you must install and configure "
"the digital certificate in your Apache2 web server. To use SSL with "
"Subversion add the above Apache2 configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl.conf</filename>. For more "
"information on setting up Apache2 with SSL see <xref linkend=\"https-"
"configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"You can install a digital certificate issued by a signing authority. "
"Alternatively, you can install your own self-signed certificate."
msgstr ""
"İmza yetkisiyle verilen bir dijital sertifikayı yükleyebilirsin. Alternatif "
"olarak kendi imzalı sertifikanı da yükleyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed and configured a digital certificate in "
"your Apache 2 web server. Now, to access the Subversion repository, please "
"refer to the above section! The access methods are exactly the same, except "
"the protocol. You must use https:// to access the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""
"Bu adım, Apache2 web sunucuna bir dijital sertifika yükleyip, "
"yapılandırdığını var sayar. Şimdi, Bozulma deposuna erişmek için lütfen "
"yukardaki bölüme bakınız. Erişim yöntemleri iletişim kuralı haricinde "
"aynıdır. Bozulma deposuna erişmek için https:// kullanmalısın."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:300(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol (svn://)"
msgstr "Özel istekli iletişim kuralıyla erişme (svn://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"Once the Subversion repository is created, you can configure the access "
"control. You can edit the <filename> "
"/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file to configure the "
"access control. For example, to set up authentication, you can uncomment the "
"following lines in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"Bozulma deposu oluşturulduktan sonra, erişim kontrolünü yapılandırabilirsin. "
"Erişim kontrolümü yapılandırmak için <filename> "
"/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> dosyasını "
"düzenleyebilirsin. Örneğin, doğrulamayı ayarlamak için yapılandırma "
"dosyasındaki şu satırlar açıklamasız olabilir."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:308(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [general]\n"
"# password-db = passwd"
msgstr ""
"# [general]\n"
"# password-db = passwd"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above lines, you can maintain the user list in the "
"passwd file. So, edit the file <filename>passwd </filename> in the same "
"directory and add the new user. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Yukardaki satırları açıklamasız bıraktıktan sonra passwd dosyasındaki "
"kullanıcı listesini devam eddirebilirsin. Bunun için aynı dizindeki "
"<filename>passwd </filename> dosyasını yeni kullanıcı ekleyerek düzenleyin. "
"Söz dizimi aşağıdaki gibidir:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:317(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "username = password"
msgstr "kullanıcı adı = şifre"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:318(para)
msgid "For more details, please refer to the file."
msgstr "Daha fazla ayrıntı için lütfen ilgili dosyaya bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"Now, to access Subversion via the svn:// custom protocol, either from the "
"same machine or a different machine, you can run svnserver using svnserve "
"command. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi svn:// özel tanımlı iletişim kuralı ile Bozulma deposuna erişmek için "
"ya aynı makine ya da farklı makineden svnserve komutunu kullanarak "
"svnserver'ı çalıştırabilirsin. Söz dizimi şunun gibidir:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:327(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (useful for debugging)\n"
"# -r -- root of directory to serve\n"
"\n"
"For more usage details, please refer to:\n"
"$ svnserve --help"
msgstr ""
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (hata ayıklama için kullanışlıdır)\n"
"# -r -- bağlanılacak kök dizini\n"
"\n"
"Daha fazla kullanım ayrıntıları için lütfen şöyle yazın:\n"
"$ svnserve --help"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:335(para)
msgid ""
"Once you run this command, Subversion starts listening on default port "
"(3690). To access the project repository, you must run the following command "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Bu komutu çalıştırdıktan sonra Bozulma, mevcut 3690 yuvasında dinlemeye "
"başlar. Proje deposuna erişmek için aşağıdaki komutu bir terminalden "
"çalıştırmalısın:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:338(command)
msgid "svn co svn://hostname/project project --username user_name"
msgstr "svn co svn://hostname/project project --username user_name"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. Once you are "
"authenticated, it checks out the code from Subversion repository. To "
"synchronize the project repository with the local copy, you can run the "
"<command>update</command> sub-command. The syntax of the command, entered at "
"a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Sunucu yapılandırması temelde şifre ister. Doğrulamayı yapıldığında Bozulma "
"deposundan kodu kontrol eder. Proje deposunu yerel kopya ile senkronize "
"etmek için <command>update</command> alt komutunu çalıştırabilirsin. "
"Terminale girilecek komutun söz dizimi şu şekildedir:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:349(command)
msgid "cd project_dir ; svn update"
msgstr "cd project_dir ; svn update"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"For more details about using each Subversion sub-command, you can refer to "
"the manual. For example, to learn more about the co (checkout) command, "
"please run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Bozulmanın her alt komutu kullanımı hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı için "
"kılavuza bakabilirsin. Örneğin, co (checkout) komutu hakkında daha fazla "
"öğrenmek için lütfen terminalden şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:356(command)
msgid "svn co help"
msgstr "svn co help"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:495(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol with SSH encryption (svn+ssh://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration and server process is same as in the svn:// method. For "
"details, please refer to the above section. This step assumes you have "
"followed the above step and started the Subversion server using "
"<application>svnserve</application> command."
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma ve sunucu işlemi svn:// yöntemi ile aynıdır. Ayrıntılar için "
"üstteki bölüme başvurun. Bu adım, üstteki basamağı takip ettiğinizi ve "
"Bozulma sunucusu <application>svnserve</application> komutunu kullanarak "
"başlatıldığını varsayar."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:367(para)
msgid ""
"It is also assumed that the ssh server is running on that machine and that "
"it is allowing incoming connections. To confirm, please try to login to that "
"machine using ssh. If you can login, everything is perfect. If you cannot "
"login, please address it before continuing further."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, ssh sunucunun bu makinede çalıştığını ve gelen bağlantılara da izin "
"verdiğini varsayar. Bu makineye ssh kullanarak girmeye çalışmak için izin "
"verin. Eğer girebiliyorsanız her şey kusursuzdur. Eğer giremiyorsanız devam "
"etmeden önce lütfen bu sorunu halledin."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:373(para)
msgid ""
"The svn+ssh:// protocol is used to access the Subversion repository using "
"SSL encryption. The data transfer is encrypted using this method. To access "
"the project repository (for example with a checkout), you must use the "
"following command syntax:"
msgstr ""
"svn+ssh:// iletişim kuralı SSL şifrelemesini kullanarak Bozulma depolarına "
"erişmek için kullanılır. Veri taşıma işlemi bu yöntem kullanılarak "
"şifrelenir. Örneğin bir checkout ile proje deposuna erişmek için şu komut "
"söz dizimini kullanmalısın:"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:515(command)
msgid "svn co svn+ssh://ssh_username@hostname/path/to/repos/project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:384(para)
msgid ""
"You must use the full path (/path/to/repos/project) to access the Subversion "
"repository using this access method."
msgstr ""
"Bu erişme yöntemini kullanarak Bozulma deposuna erişmek için "
"/path/to/repos/project tam yolunu kullanmalısın."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:387(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. You must enter the "
"password you use to login via ssh. Once you are authenticated, it checks out "
"the code from the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""
"Sunucu yapılandırma temelde şifre gerektirir. ssh ile giriş yapmak için "
"kullandığın şifreyi girmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:539(ulink)
msgid "Bazaar Home Page"
msgstr "Pazar Ana Sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:540(ulink)
msgid "Launchpad"
msgstr "Launchpad"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:547(ulink)
msgid "Git homepage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:552(ulink)
msgid "Gitolite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:541(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Home Page"
msgstr "Bozulma Ana Sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:542(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Book"
msgstr "Bozulma Kitaplığı"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:545(ulink)
msgid "Easy Bazaar Ubuntu Wiki page"
msgstr "Kolay Pazar Ubuntu Wiki sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:546(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki Subversion page"
msgstr "Ubuntu Wiki Altsürüm sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:12(title)
msgid "Ubuntu Server Guide"
msgstr "Ubuntu Sunucu Rehberi"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:3(title)
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr "Hazırlayanlar ve Lisans"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:4(para)
msgid ""
"This document is maintained by the Ubuntu documentation team "
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). A list of contributors is below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:5(para)
msgid ""
"This document is made available under the Creative Commons ShareAlike 3.0 "
"License (CC-BY-SA)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:6(para)
msgid ""
"You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Ubuntu documentation source "
"code under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released "
"under this license."
msgstr ""
"Lisans sözleşmesi kurallarına bağlı kalmak şartıyla, Ubuntu belgelerinin "
"kaynak kodlarını değiştirmek, geliştirmek ve genişletmekte özgürsünüz. "
"Üretilmiş tüm ürünler bu lisans altında kullanıma sunulur."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:8(para)
msgid ""
"This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but "
"WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY "
"or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER."
msgstr ""
"Bu belge faydalı olabileceği umularak dağıtılmaktadır, fakat HİÇBİR "
"GARANTİSİ YOKTUR; hatta BU FERAGATNAMEDE BELİRTİLDİĞİ GİBİ TİCARİ ve ya "
"HERHANGİ BAŞKA BİR AMACA UYGUNLUĞU bile garanti edilemez."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:11(para)
msgid ""
"A copy of the license is available here: <ulink "
"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">Creative Commons "
"ShareAlike License</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Members of the <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-core-doc\">Ubuntu "
"Documentation Project</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Members of the <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-server\">Ubuntu "
"Server Team</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"Contributors to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/\">Community Help Wiki</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"Other contributors can be found in the revision history of the <ulink "
"url=\"https://bazaar.launchpad.net/~ubuntu-core-"
"doc/serverguide/trunk/changes\">serverguide</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"https://bazaar.launchpad.net/~ubuntu-core-doc/ubuntu-"
"docs/trunk/changes\">ubuntu-docs</ulink> bzr branches available on Launchpad."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:12(para)
msgid "Contributors to this document are: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:22(year)
msgid "2014"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:23(holder)
msgid "Contributors to the document"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:26(publishername)
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Project"
msgstr "Ubuntu Dökümantasyon Projesi"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>! It contains "
"information on how to install and configure various server applications on "
"your Ubuntu system to fit your needs. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented "
"guide for configuring and customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ubuntu Sunucu Rehberi</emphasis>'ne Hoş geldiniz! Bu, çeşitli "
"sunucu uygulamalarını Ubuntu sistemine nasıl yükleyip, yapılandıracağın "
"hakkında bilgi içerir. Bu, sistemini yapılandırma ve onarma için adım adım "
"takip edilen ve görev amaçlı bir rehberdir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Security should always be considered when installing, deploying, and using "
"any type of computer system. Although a fresh installation of Ubuntu is "
"relatively safe for immediate use on the Internet, it is important to have a "
"balanced understanding of your systems security posture based on how it will "
"be used after deployment."
msgstr ""
"Yüklenildiğinde, dağıtıldığında ve herhangi bilgisayar sistem türü "
"kullanıldığında güvenlik daima dikkate alınır. Ubuntu'nun yeni bir sürümü, "
"Interneti kullanmak için güvenlidir. Sistemin, geliştirildikten sonra nasıl "
"kullanılacağını tesbit etmek için güvenlik ayarlarına sahip olması önemlidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
"to Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use "
"to protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
"threats."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:19(title)
msgid "User Management"
msgstr "Kullanıcı Yönetimi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"User management is a critical part of maintaining a secure system. "
"Ineffective user and privilege management often lead many systems into being "
"compromised. Therefore, it is important that you understand how you can "
"protect your server through simple and effective user account management "
"techniques."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı yönetimi, güvenlik sistemi korumasının kritik bir parçasıdır. "
"Etkisiz kullanıcı ve ayrıcalıklı yönetim birçok tehlikeli sistemde çalışır. "
"Bu yüzden basit ve etkin kullanıcı hesabının yönetim teknikleriyle sunucunu "
"nasıl koruyacağını bilmek önemlidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:24(title)
msgid "Where is root?"
msgstr "Kök nerededir?"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu developers made a conscientious decision to disable the "
"administrative root account by default in all Ubuntu installations. This "
"does not mean that the root account has been deleted or that it may not be "
"accessed. It merely has been given a password which matches no possible "
"encrypted value, therefore may not log in directly by itself."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu geliştiricileri, yönetim kök hesabını tüm Ubuntu yüklemelerinde "
"öntanımlı olarak pasifleştirmek için dikkatli karar alırlar. Bu, kök "
"hesabının silindiği veya erişilemez olduğu anlamına gelmez. Bu, sadece bir "
"şifre verildiği anlamındadır. Bu yüzden ona doğrudan girilemez."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"Instead, users are encouraged to make use of a tool by the name of "
"<application>sudo</application> to carry out system administrative duties. "
"<application>Sudo</application> allows an authorized user to temporarily "
"elevate their privileges using their own password instead of having to know "
"the password belonging to the root account. This simple yet effective "
"methodology provides accountability for all user actions, and gives the "
"administrator granular control over which actions a user can perform with "
"said privileges."
msgstr ""
"Bunun yerine sistem yönetim görevlerini uygulamak için kullanıcılara, "
"<application>sudo</application> adında bir araç kullanmaları tavsiye edilir. "
"<application>Sudo</application>, onların ayrıcalıklarını geçici olarak "
"arttırmak için kök hesabında verilen, bilindik şifre yerine kendi "
"şifrelerini kullanarak yetkili bir kullanıcı sağlar. Bu basit etkili yöntem "
"bütün kullanıcı eylemleri için sorumlulukları sağlar ve yöneticiye hassas "
"kontrol verir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"If for some reason you wish to enable the root account, simply give it a "
"password:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bazı nedenlerden dolayı kök hesabını aktifleştirmek istersen, basitçe "
"ona bir şifre ver:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:37(para)
msgid "Configurations with root passwords are not supported."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:37(command)
msgid "sudo passwd"
msgstr "sudo passwd"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"Sudo will prompt you for your password, and then ask you to supply a new "
"password for root as shown below:"
msgstr ""
"Sudo şifreni oluşturacak ve aşağıda görüldüğü gibi kök için şifre "
"oluşturmanı isteyecek:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:42(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "[sudo] password for username:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:42(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter your own password)"
msgstr "(kendi şifrenizi giriniz)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:43(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enter new UNIX password:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:43(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter a new password for root)"
msgstr "(kök için yeni bir şifre girin)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Retype new UNIX password:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(repeat new password for root)"
msgstr "(kök için yeni şifreyi tekrarlayın)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:45(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "passwd: password updated successfully"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the root account password, use the following passwd syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:53(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l root"
msgstr "sudo passwd -l root"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"However, to disable the root account itself, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:64(command)
msgid "usermod --expiredate 1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"You should read more on <application>Sudo</application> by checking out it's "
"man page:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Sudo</application>'nun kendi sayfasını gözden geçirerek daha "
"fazlasını okuyabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:61(command)
msgid "man sudo"
msgstr "man sudo"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:76(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the initial user created by the Ubuntu installer is a member of "
"the group \"<emphasis>sudo</emphasis>\" which is added to the file "
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> as an authorized sudo user. If you wish to "
"give any other account full root access through "
"<application>sudo</application>, simply add them to the "
"<emphasis>sudo</emphasis> group."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:71(title)
msgid "Adding and Deleting Users"
msgstr "Kullanıcı Ekleme ve Silme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"The process for managing local users and groups is straight forward and "
"differs very little from most other GNU/Linux operating systems. Ubuntu and "
"other Debian based distributions, encourage the use of the \"adduser\" "
"package for account management."
msgstr ""
"Yerel kullanıcı ve grupların yönetim işlemi devam eder ve çoğu diğer "
"GNU/Linux işletim sistemlerinden çok az farklılık gösterir. Ubuntu ve diğer "
"Debian tabanlı dağıtımlar \"adduser\" paket kullanıcısına hesap yönetimi "
"için tavsiye edilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user account, use the following syntax, and follow the prompts to "
"give the account a password and identifiable characteristics such as a full "
"name, phone number, etc."
msgstr ""
"Bir kullanıcı hesabı eklemek için aşağıdaki söz dizimini kullan ve hesaba "
"bir şifre ve tam ad, telefon numarası vb. gibi tanınabilir karakterler "
"vermek için yönergeleri takip et."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:81(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username"
msgstr "sudo adduser username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a user account and its primary group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı hesabını ve birincil grubu silmek için aşağıdaki söz dizimini "
"kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:89(command)
msgid "sudo deluser username"
msgstr "sudo deluser username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:91(para)
msgid ""
"Deleting an account does not remove their respective home folder. It is up "
"to you whether or not you wish to delete the folder manually or keep it "
"according to your desired retention policies."
msgstr ""
"Bir hesap silerek onun ilgili ev klasörü kaldırılmaz. Bu klasörü elle silip "
"silmek istediğine veya ilkeleri korumak istediğine bağlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"Remember, any user added later on with the same UID/GID as the previous "
"owner will now have access to this folder if you have not taken the "
"necessary precautions."
msgstr ""
"Aynı UID/GID'de önceki sahibi gibi daha sonra eklenecek kullanıcı da eğer "
"gerekli güvenlik önlemlerini almazsan bu klasöre şu an erişebileceğini "
"hatırla."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"You may want to change these UID/GID values to something more appropriate, "
"such as the root account, and perhaps even relocate the folder to avoid "
"future conflicts:"
msgstr ""
"Bu UID/GID değerlerini kök hesabı gibi daha uygun şeylerle "
"değiştirebilirsin. Belkide gelecek çakışmalardan sakınmak için klasörü de "
"taşımak isteyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:101(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R root:root /home/username/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R root:root /home/username/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:102(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:103(command)
msgid "sudo mv /home/username /home/archived_users/"
msgstr "sudo mv /home/username /home/archived_users/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily lock or unlock a user account, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""
"Bir kullanıcı hesabını geçici olarak kilitlemek veya kilidini açmak için "
"aşağıdaki söz dizimini sırayla kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:111(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l username"
msgstr "sudo passwd -l username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:112(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -u username"
msgstr "sudo passwd -u username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"To add or delete a personalized group, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""
"Kişileştirilmiş bir grup eklemek veya silmek için aşağıdaki söz dizimini "
"sırayla kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:120(command)
msgid "sudo addgroup groupname"
msgstr "sudo addgroup groupname"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:121(command)
msgid "sudo delgroup groupname"
msgstr "sudo delgroup groupname"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:125(para)
msgid "To add a user to a group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr "Gruba bir kullanıcı eklemek için aşağıdaki söz dizimini kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:129(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username groupname"
msgstr "sudo adduser username groupname"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:136(title)
msgid "User Profile Security"
msgstr "Kullanıcı Profil Güvenliği"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"When a new user is created, the adduser utility creates a brand new home "
"directory named <filename class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename>, "
"respectively. The default profile is modeled after the contents found in the "
"directory of <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, which "
"includes all profile basics."
msgstr ""
"Yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturulduğunda, adduser uygulaması <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> adında, işaretli yeni bir ev "
"dizini oluşturur. Varsayılan profil bütün profil temellerini içeren "
"<filename class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename> dizinindeki içeriklerden "
"sonra modellenir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"If your server will be home to multiple users, you should pay close "
"attention to the user home directory permissions to ensure confidentiality. "
"By default, user home directories in Ubuntu are created with world "
"read/execute permissions. This means that all users can browse and access "
"the contents of other users home directories. This may not be suitable for "
"your environment."
msgstr ""
"Eğer çoklu kullanıcıda seninki ana sunucu olursa, gizliliği sağlamak için "
"kapalı durumları kullanıcı ev dizin izinlerine açmalısın. Normalde "
"Ubuntu'daki kullanıcı ev dizinleri dünyada okuma/yürütme izinleriyle "
"oluşturulur. Bu, tüm kullanıcıların, diğer kullanıcıların ev dizinlerindeki "
"içerikleri açabileceği ve erişebileceği anlamına gelir. Bu senin ortamın "
"için uygun değildir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your current users home directory permissions, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Mevcut kullanıcılarının ev dizin izinlerini doğrulamak için aşağıdaki söz "
"dizimini kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:149(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:181(command)
msgid "ls -ld /home/username"
msgstr "ls -ld /home/username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"The following output shows that the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> has world readable permissions:"
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki çıktı, <filename class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> "
"dizininin dünyada okunabilir izinlerini gösteriyor:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:154(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-xr-x  2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr "drwxr-xr-x  2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"You can remove the world readable permissions using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Dünya okunabilir izinlerini şu söz dizimini kullanarak kaldırabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:162(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 0750 /home/username"
msgstr "sudo chmod 0750 /home/username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"Some people tend to use the recursive option (-R) indiscriminately which "
"modifies all child folders and files, but this is not necessary, and may "
"yield other undesirable results. The parent directory alone is sufficient "
"for preventing unauthorized access to anything below the parent."
msgstr ""
"Bazı kişilerin bütün küçük klasör ve dosyaları düzenleyen, tekrarlı seçim "
"olan -R'yi gelişi güzel kullanmaya eğilimi vardır. Fakat buna gerek yoktur. "
"Bu diğer istenmeyen sonuçlar doğurabilir. Ana tek dizin aşağıda herhangi bir "
"yerde istenmeyen erişimleri engellemek için yeterlidir"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"A much more efficient approach to the matter would be to modify the "
"<application>adduser</application> global default permissions when creating "
"user home folders. Simply edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> and modify the "
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> variable to something appropriate, so that all "
"new home directories will receive the correct permissions."
msgstr ""
"Daha etkili bir yaklaşım kullanıcı ev klasörleri oluşturduğunda "
"<application>adduser</application> global mevcut izinlerini düzenlemektir. "
"Basitçe <filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> dosyasını ve "
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> değişkenini uygun şekilde düzenle. Böylece tüm "
"yeni ev dizinleri doğru izinleri alacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:172(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"After correcting the directory permissions using any of the previously "
"mentioned techniques, verify the results using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Daha önce bahsedilen yöntemlerden herhangi birini kullanarak dizin "
"izinlerini doğruladıktan sonra, şu söz dizimini kullanarak sonuçları doğrula:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"The results below show that world readable permissions have been removed:"
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki sonuçlar dünyada okunabilir izinlerin kaldırıldığını gösteriyor:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:186(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-x---   2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr "drwxr-x---   2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:193(title)
msgid "Password Policy"
msgstr "Şifre Kuralı"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"A strong password policy is one of the most important aspects of your "
"security posture. Many successful security breaches involve simple brute "
"force and dictionary attacks against weak passwords. If you intend to offer "
"any form of remote access involving your local password system, make sure "
"you adequately address minimum password complexity requirements, maximum "
"password lifetimes, and frequent audits of your authentication systems."
msgstr ""
"Güçlü bir şifre kuralı, güvenlik durumunun çok önemlilerinden biridir. Çok "
"başarılı güvenlik açıklıkları basit kaba kuvvet gerektirir ve zayıf "
"şifrelere karşı kelime üretme saldırıları maruz kalır. Eğer senin yerel "
"sistem şifreni içeren herhangi uzaktan erişimi amaçlıyorsan, şifrenin, "
"karmaşık ihtiyaçların üstesinden gelecek, en büyük kullanım süresini sahip "
"ve sistem doğrulamanın alışılmış denetimi sağlayacağından emin ol."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:198(title)
msgid "Minimum Password Length"
msgstr "En küçük Şifre Uzunluğu"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"By default, Ubuntu requires a minimum password length of 6 characters, as "
"well as some basic entropy checks. These values are controlled in the file "
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, which is outlined below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:213(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password        [success=1 default=ignore]      pam_unix.so obscure sha512\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:205(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to adjust the minimum length to 8 characters, change the "
"appropriate variable to min=8. The modification is outlined below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:219(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password        [success=1 default=ignore]      pam_unix.so obscure sha512 "
"minlen=8\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"Basic password entropy checks and minimum length rules do not apply to the "
"administrator using sudo level commands to setup a new user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:218(title)
msgid "Password Expiration"
msgstr "Şifre Süre Bitimi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"When creating user accounts, you should make it a policy to have a minimum "
"and maximum password age forcing users to change their passwords when they "
"expire."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı hesapları oluşturduğunda, en küçük veya en büyük şifre süresini "
"belirterek, kullanıcıları şifrelerini değiştirmeye zorlayacak bir kural "
"koyabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:224(para)
msgid ""
"To easily view the current status of a user account, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı hesabının mevcut durumunu kolayca görüntülemek için şu söz "
"dizimini kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:228(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:261(command)
msgid "sudo chage -l username"
msgstr "sudo chage -l username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:230(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows interesting facts about the user account, namely that "
"there are no policies applied:"
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki çıktı, kullanıcı hesabı ile ilgili uygulanan herhangi bir kural "
"olmadığı durumunu gösteriyor:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:233(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : never\n"
"Password inactive                                       : never\n"
"Account expires                                         : never\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 0\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 99999\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 7"
msgstr ""
"Son şifre değiştirme                                   : 8 Şubat 2010\n"
"Şifre süre sonu                                            : never\n"
"Şifrenin kullanımı                                        : never\n"
"Hesap süre sonu                                         : never\n"
"Şifre değiştirme arasındaki en az gün sayısı                  : 0\n"
"Şifre değiştirme arasındaki en fazla gün sayısı              : 99999\n"
"Şifre süre sonu bitmeden önce uyarılacak gün sayısı   : 7"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"To set any of these values, simply use the following syntax, and follow the "
"interactive prompts:"
msgstr ""
"Bu değerlerden herhangi birini ayarlamak için basitçe şu söz dizimini "
"kullanın ve etkileşimi takip edin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:247(command)
msgid "sudo chage username"
msgstr "sudo chage username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"The following is also an example of how you can manually change the explicit "
"expiration date (-E) to 01/31/2008, minimum password age (-m) of 5 days, "
"maximum password age (-M) of 90 days, inactivity period (-I) of 5 days after "
"password expiration, and a warning time period (-W) of 14 days before "
"password expiration."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki, açık olarak elle nasıl değiştirebileceğine ait bir örnektir. Süre "
"sonu tarihi (-E): 01/02/2010, en küçük şifre ömrü (-m): 5 gün, en büyük "
"şifre ömrü (-M): 90 gün, şifre süre bitiminden sonraki eylemsizlik periyodu "
"(-I): 5 gün ve şifre süre bitiminden önceki uyarılacak zaman periyodu (-W): "
"14 gün."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:253(command)
msgid "sudo chage -E 01/31/2011 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
msgstr "sudo chage -E 01/31/2011 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:257(para)
msgid "To verify changes, use the same syntax as mentioned previously:"
msgstr ""
"Değişiklikleri onaylamak için daha önce yukarıda bahsedilen söz dizimini "
"kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows the new policies that have been established for the "
"account:"
msgstr "Aşağıdaki çıktı hesap için sağlanan yeni kuralları gösteriyor:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:266(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : Apr 19, 2008\n"
"Password inactive                                       : May 19, 2008\n"
"Account expires                                         : Jan 31, 2008\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 5\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 90\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 14"
msgstr ""
"Son şifre değiştirme                                   : 8 Şubat 2010\n"
"Şifre süre sonu                                            : 19 Nisan 2010\n"
"Şifrenin kullanımı                                        : 19 Mayıs 2010r\n"
"Hesap süre sonu                                         : 31 Ocak 2010\n"
"Şifre değiştirme arasındaki en az gün sayısı                  : 0\n"
"Şifre değiştirme arasındaki en fazla gün sayısı              : 99999\n"
"Şifre süre sonu bitmeden önce uyarılacak gün sayısı   : 7"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:282(title)
msgid "Other Security Considerations"
msgstr "Diğer Güvenlik Hatırlatmaları"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:283(para)
msgid ""
"Many applications use alternate authentication mechanisms that can be easily "
"overlooked by even experienced system administrators. Therefore, it is "
"important to understand and control how users authenticate and gain access "
"to services and applications on your server."
msgstr ""
"Birçok uygulama tecrübeli sistem yöneticileri tarafından bile kolayca gözden "
"kaçırılabilecek alternatif doğrulama mekanizması kullanır. Bu yüzden, hangi "
"kullanıcılara izin verileceğini anlamak ve kontrol etmek, sunucundaki hangi "
"servislere ve uygulamalara erişeceğini ayarlamak önemlidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:288(title)
msgid "SSH Access by Disabled Users"
msgstr "Pasif Kullanıcılar tarafından SSH'a Erişme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"Simply disabling/locking a user account will not prevent a user from logging "
"into your server remotely if they have previously set up RSA public key "
"authentication. They will still be able to gain shell access to the server, "
"without the need for any password. Remember to check the users home "
"directory for files that will allow for this type of authenticated SSH "
"access. e.g. <filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Basit olarak pasif/kilitli bir kullanıcı hesabı, sunucuna uzaktan giriş "
"yapan kullanıcıyı, eğer evvelki RSA genel anahtar doğrulamasına sahipse "
"engellemez. Bunlar herhangi bir şifreye gerek kalmadan hala sunucuna "
"erişebilecektir. Doğrulanmış SSH erişiminin bü türüne izin veren dosyalar "
"için kullanıcı ev dizinini kontrol etmeyi hatırlayın. örn; "
"<filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"Remove or rename the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> in the user's home folder to prevent "
"further SSH authentication capabilities."
msgstr ""
"Diğer SSH doğrulama yeteneklerini engellemek için kullanıcının ev "
"klasöründeki <filename class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> dizinini "
"kaldırın veya yeniden adlandırın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to check for any established SSH connections by the disabled user, "
"as it is possible they may have existing inbound or outbound connections. "
"Kill any that are found."
msgstr ""
"Yayımlanmış herhangi SSH bağlantılarda kullanıcının pasifleştirildiğinden "
"emin olun. Bunların mevcut gelen veya giden bağlantılara sahip olması "
"mümkündür. Bulduklarınızı öldürün. :)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:310(command)
msgid "who |grep username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:311(command)
msgid "sudo pkill -f pts/#"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:309(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>  (to get the pts/# terminal)\n"
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"Restrict SSH access to only user accounts that should have it. For example, "
"you may create a group called \"sshlogin\" and add the group name as the "
"value associated with the <varname>AllowGroups</varname> variable located in "
"the file <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
msgstr ""
"SSH erişimini sadece kullanıcı hesabı olanlar için sınırlayın. Örneğin; "
"\"sshlogin\" adında bir grup oluşturabilir ve grup adını "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> dosyasında bulunan "
"<varname>AllowGroups</varname> değişkeni ile ilgili değer gibi "
"ekleyebilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:301(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"Then add your permitted SSH users to the group \"sshlogin\", and restart the "
"SSH service."
msgstr ""
"Sonra izin verdiğin SSH kullanıcılarını \"sshlogin\" grubuna ekleyin ve SSH "
"servisini yeniden başlatın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:308(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username sshlogin"
msgstr "sudo adduser username sshlogin"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:309(command)
msgid "sudo service ssh restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:313(title)
msgid "External User Database Authentication"
msgstr "Harici Kullanıcı Veritabanı Doğrulaması"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:314(para)
msgid ""
"Most enterprise networks require centralized authentication and access "
"controls for all system resources. If you have configured your server to "
"authenticate users against external databases, be sure to disable the user "
"accounts both externally and locally, this way you ensure that local "
"fallback authentication is not possible."
msgstr ""
"Çoğu işletme ağı tüm sistem kaynakları için merkezi doğrulama ve erişim "
"kontrolleri gerektirir. Eğer sunucunu, kullanıcıların harici veritabanlarına "
"ulaşabilecek şeklide yapılandırmışsan, kullanıcı hesaplarını hem harici hem "
"de yerel olarak pasifleştirdiğinden emin ol. Bu yol sana yerel geri alma "
"doğrulamasının mümkün olmadığını sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:323(title)
msgid "Console Security"
msgstr "Konsol Güvenliği"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"As with any other security barrier you put in place to protect your server, "
"it is pretty tough to defend against untold damage caused by someone with "
"physical access to your environment, for example, theft of hard drives, "
"power or service disruption, and so on. Therefore, console security should "
"be addressed merely as one component of your overall physical security "
"strategy. A locked \"screen door\" may deter a casual criminal, or at the "
"very least slow down a determined one, so it is still advisable to perform "
"basic precautions with regard to console security."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:327(para)
msgid ""
"The following instructions will help defend your server against issues that "
"could otherwise yield very serious consequences."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki yönergeler sunucunu çok ciddi sonuçlara karşı savunmak için yardım "
"edecektir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:332(title)
msgid "Disable Ctrl+Alt+Delete"
msgstr "Ctrl+Alt+Delete'i Pasifleştir"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:333(para)
msgid ""
"First and foremost, anyone that has physical access to the keyboard can "
"simply use the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination to reboot the server without having to log on. "
"Sure, someone could simply unplug the power source, but you should still "
"prevent the use of this key combination on a production server. This forces "
"an attacker to take more drastic measures to reboot the server, and will "
"prevent accidental reboots at the same time."
msgstr ""
"İlk ve en önemlisi, klavyene fiziksel olarak erişebilecek herhangi biri "
"basitçe "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> tuş bileşenini giriş gerekmeksizin sunucunu yeniden başlatmak için "
"kulllanabilir. Birinin güç kaynağını çıkarabileceğini unutma. Fakat hala "
"üretim sunucusundaki bu tuş bileşen kullanımını engelleyebilirsin. Bu, "
"saldırganın sunucuyu yeniden başlatarak daha dramatik sonuçlar doğurmasına "
"ve aynı zamanda kazara yeniden başlatmayı engeller."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the reboot action taken by pressing the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination, comment out the following line in the file "
"<filename>/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Yeniden başlatma eylemini "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> tuş bileşenlerine basmayı pasifleştirmek için aşağıdaki satırı "
"<filename>/etc/event.d/control-alt-delete</filename> dosyasına yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:341(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#exec shutdown -r şimdi \"Control-Alt-Delete basıldı\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:350(title)
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"The Linux kernel includes the <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> subsystem, "
"which is used to manipulate or decide the fate of network traffic headed "
"into or through your server. All modern Linux firewall solutions use this "
"system for packet filtering."
msgstr ""
"Linux çekirdeği, ağ trafik felaketini engellemek veya karar vermek için "
"emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> alt sistemini kullanır. Bütün modern Linux "
"güvenlik duvar çözümleri paket filtrelemek için bu sistemi kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:358(para)
msgid ""
"The kernel's packet filtering system would be of little use to "
"administrators without a userspace interface to manage it. This is the "
"purpose of iptables. When a packet reaches your server, it will be handed "
"off to the Netfilter subsystem for acceptance, manipulation, or rejection "
"based on the rules supplied to it from userspace via iptables. Thus, "
"iptables is all you need to manage your firewall if you're familiar with it, "
"but many frontends are available to simplify the task."
msgstr ""
"Çekirdeğin paket filtreleme sistemi, onu yönetmek için kullanıcı arayüzü "
"olmaksızın yöneticilerin küçük kullanımı olabilir. Bu IP paket filtre "
"yönetiminin amacıdır. Eğer bir paket sunucuna ulaştığında Netfilter alt "
"sistemi kabul etme, engelleme veya dışlama için müdahale edecektir. Bu IP "
"paket filtre yönetimi eğer onunla aşına isen güvenlik duvarını ayarlamanı "
"gerektirir. Fakat çoğu öncelikliler görevi basitleştirmek için "
"kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:368(title)
msgid "ufw - Uncomplicated Firewall"
msgstr "ufw - Açık Güvenlik Duvarı"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"The default firewall configuration tool for Ubuntu is "
"<application>ufw</application>. Developed to ease iptables firewall "
"configuration, <application>ufw</application> provides a user friendly way "
"to create an IPv4 or IPv6 host-based firewall."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu için mevcut güvenlik duvarı aracı <application>ufw</application>'dir. "
"IP paket filtre yönetimi güvenlik duvarı yapılandırmasını hafifletmek için "
"geliştirildi. <application>ufw</application>, kullanıcıya uygun bir IPv4 "
"veya IPv6 sistem tabanlı güvenlik duvarı oluşturma yolunu sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:373(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ufw</application> by default is initially disabled. From the "
"<application>ufw</application> man page:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ufw</application> normalde ilk olarak pasiftir. "
"<application>ufw</application> ana sayfasından:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:377(quote)
msgid ""
"ufw is not intended to provide complete firewall functionality via its "
"command interface, but instead provides an easy way to add or remove simple "
"rules. It is currently mainly used for host-based firewalls."
msgstr ""
"ufw tüm güvenlik duvarı fonksiyonlarını onun komut arayüzünden sağlamak için "
"tasarlanmamıştır. Fakat basit kurallar ekleme veya kaldırmanın kolay yolunu "
"gösterir. Sistem tabanlı güvenlik duvarları için şu anda yaygın kullanım "
"sunar"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:381(para)
msgid ""
"The following are some examples of how to use <application>ufw</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Aşağıda <application>ufw</application> kullanımı ile ilgili birkaç örnek "
"vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"First, <application>ufw</application> needs to be enabled. From a terminal "
"prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <application>ufw</application>'nin aktifleştirilmesi gerekir. "
"Terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:390(command)
msgid "sudo ufw enable"
msgstr "sudo ufw enable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:394(para)
msgid "To open a port (ssh in this example):"
msgstr "Bir yuva açmak için (bu örnekte ssh):"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:398(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:402(para)
msgid "Rules can also be added using a <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca kurallar bir <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> biçimi kullanılarak "
"eklenebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:406(command)
msgid "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"
msgstr "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:410(para)
msgid "Similarly, to close an opened port:"
msgstr "Benzer şekilde açık yuvayı kapatmak için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:414(command)
msgid "sudo ufw deny 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw deny 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:418(para)
msgid "To remove a rule, use delete followed by the rule:"
msgstr "Kuralı kaldırmak için kuralda takip edilen silmeyi kullan"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:422(command)
msgid "sudo ufw delete deny 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw delete deny 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to allow access from specific hosts or networks to a "
"port. The following example allows ssh access from host 192.168.0.2 to any "
"ip address on this host:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca özel ana sistem veya ağdan bir yuvaya erişimi sağlamak mümkündür. "
"Aşağıdaki örnek 192.168.0.2 ana sisteminden bu sistemdeki herhangi bir ip "
"adrese ssh erişimi sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:431(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"Replace 192.168.0.2 with 192.168.0.0/24 to allow ssh access from the entire "
"subnet."
msgstr ""
"192.168.0.2'yi 192.168.0.0/24 ile değiştirerek tüm alt ağlardan ssh erişimi "
"sağlanır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:439(para)
msgid ""
"Adding the <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> option to a "
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> command will output the resulting rules, but not "
"apply them. For example, the following is what would be applied if opening "
"the HTTP port:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> seçeneğini bir <emphasis>ufw</emphasis> "
"komutuna ekleme kuralların sonuçlarını verecektir, fakat onları "
"uygulamayacaktır. Örneğin; aşağıdaki, eğer HTTP yuvası açılırsa neyin "
"uygulanacağını gösteriyor:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:445(command)
msgid "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"
msgstr "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:449(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*filter\n"
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
"### RULES ###\n"
"\n"
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
"\n"
"### END RULES ###\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
"COMMIT\n"
"Rules updated"
msgstr ""
"*filter\n"
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
"### RULES ###\n"
"\n"
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
"\n"
"### END RULES ###\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
"COMMIT\n"
"Kurallar güncellendi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:473(para)
msgid "<application>ufw</application> can be disabled by:"
msgstr "<application>ufw</application> şu şekilde pasifleştirilir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:477(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable"
msgstr "sudo ufw disable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:481(para)
msgid "To see the firewall status, enter:"
msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı durumlarını göstermek için şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:485(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status"
msgstr "sudo ufw status"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:489(para)
msgid "And for more verbose status information use:"
msgstr "Daha fazla ayrıntılı durum bilgisi için şunu kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:493(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status verbose"
msgstr "sudo ufw status verbose"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:497(para)
msgid "To view the <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr "<emphasis>numbered</emphasis> biçimini göstermek için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:501(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status numbered"
msgstr "sudo ufw status numbered"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"If the port you want to open or close is defined in "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, you can use the port name instead of the "
"number. In the above examples, replace <emphasis>22</emphasis> with "
"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Eğer <filename>/etc/services</filename>'de tanımlanmış yuvayı açmak veya "
"kapatmak istersen sayı yerine yuva adını kullanabilirsin. Yukarıdaki örnekte "
"<emphasis>22</emphasis> yerine <emphasis>ssh</emphasis> yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"This is a quick introduction to using <application>ufw</application>. Please "
"refer to the <application>ufw</application> man page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Bu, <application>ufw</application> kullanımının hızlı bir başlangıcıdır. "
"Daha fazla bilgi için lütfen <application>ufw</application> ana sayfasına "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:518(title)
msgid "ufw Application Integration"
msgstr "ufw Uygulama Birleşmesi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:520(para)
msgid ""
"Applications that open ports can include an <application>ufw</application> "
"profile, which details the ports needed for the application to function "
"properly. The profiles are kept in <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>, and can be edited if "
"the default ports have been changed."
msgstr ""
"Açık yuva uygulamaları <application>ufw</application> profili içerebilir. "
"Bu, muhtemel uygulama fonksiyonları için gerekli yuvaları açıklar. Profiller "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>'de saklanır "
"ve eğer mevcut yuvalar değiştirilirse bu düzenlenebilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"To view which applications have installed a profile, enter the following in "
"a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Hangi uygulamalara bir profil yüklendiğini görmek için terminale şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:534(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app list"
msgstr "sudo ufw app list"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:540(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to allowing traffic to a port, using an application profile is "
"accomplished by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Benzer şeklide yuva trafiğine bir uygulama profili kullanarak izin vermek şu "
"şekilde yapılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:545(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow Samba"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:551(para)
msgid "An extended syntax is available as well:"
msgstr "Genişletilmiş söz dizimi şöyle kullanılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:556(command)
msgid "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"
msgstr "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:559(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
"with the application profile you are using and the IP range for your network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis> ve <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis>'ü "
"kullandığın uygulama profili ve apın IP numarası ile değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need to specify the <emphasis>protocol</emphasis> for the "
"application, because that information is detailed in the profile. Also, note "
"that the <emphasis>app</emphasis> name replaces the "
"<emphasis>port</emphasis> number."
msgstr ""
"Uygulama için <emphasis>iletişim kuralı</emphasis> belirtmek gerekmez. Çünkü "
"bilgi profilde açıklanmıştır. Ayrıca, <emphasis>app</emphasis> adının "
"<emphasis>yuva</emphasis> numarası ile değiştirildiğine dikkat edin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:574(para)
msgid ""
"To view details about which ports, protocols, etc are defined for an "
"application, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Bir uygulama için hangi yuvaların, iletişim kurallarının vb. hakkında "
"ayrıntıları gösterildiğini tanımlamak şöyle yapılır:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:579(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app info Samba"
msgstr "sudo ufw app info Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:585(para)
msgid ""
"Not all applications that require opening a network port come with "
"<application>ufw</application> profiles, but if you have profiled an "
"application and want the file to be included with the package, please file a "
"bug against the package in Launchpad."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:591(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug nameofpackage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:597(title)
msgid "IP Masquerading"
msgstr "IP Maskeleme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"The purpose of IP Masquerading is to allow machines with private, non-"
"routable IP addresses on your network to access the Internet through the "
"machine doing the masquerading. Traffic from your private network destined "
"for the Internet must be manipulated for replies to be routable back to the "
"machine that made the request. To do this, the kernel must modify the "
"<emphasis>source</emphasis> IP address of each packet so that replies will "
"be routed back to it, rather than to the private IP address that made the "
"request, which is impossible over the Internet. Linux uses "
"<emphasis>Connection Tracking</emphasis> (conntrack) to keep track of which "
"connections belong to which machines and reroute each return packet "
"accordingly. Traffic leaving your private network is thus \"masqueraded\" as "
"having originated from your Ubuntu gateway machine. This process is referred "
"to in Microsoft documentation as Internet Connection Sharing."
msgstr ""
"IP Maskelemenin amacı, ağındaki özel, yönlendirilemeyen IP adresli "
"makinelerin İnternet'e maskeleme yaparak erişmesini sağlamaktır. İnternet "
"için tanımlanmış özel ağındaki trafik, makinedeki isteklere cevap "
"verebilecek şekilde ayarlanmalıdır. Bunu yapmak için, çekirdek her bir "
"paketin <emphasis>kaynak</emphasis> IP adresini düzenlemelidir. Böylece "
"istekler İnternet'te mümkün olmayan gerekli özel IP adresi yerine ona geri "
"yönlendirilecektir. Linux, hangi bağlantının hangi makineye ait olduğunu "
"saklamak için ve her bir geri dönüş paketini ayarlamak için "
"<emphasis>Bağlama Takibi</emphasis>'ni (conntrack) kullanır. Özel ağından "
"ayrılan trafik, Ubuntu ağ geçit makinenden meydana geliyormuş gibi "
"\"maskelenmiştir\". Bu işlem Microsoft'ta İnternet Bağlantı Paylaşımı olarak "
"bilinir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:614(title)
msgid "ufw Masquerading"
msgstr "ufw Maskeleme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:615(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can be achieved using custom <application>ufw</application> "
"rules. This is possible because the current back-end for "
"<application>ufw</application> is <application>iptables-"
"restore</application> with the rules files located in "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. These files are a great place to add "
"legacy iptables rules used without <application>ufw</application>, and rules "
"that are more network gateway or bridge related."
msgstr ""
"IP Maskeleme, özel tanımlı <application>ufw</application> kuralları "
"kullanılarak gerçekleştirilebilir. Bu, "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>'de bulunan <application>iptables-"
"restore</application> kural dosyaları ile mümkündür."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:621(para)
msgid ""
"The rules are split into two different files, rules that should be executed "
"before <application>ufw</application> command line rules, and rules that are "
"executed after <application>ufw</application> command line rules."
msgstr ""
"Kurallar, <application>ufw</application> komut satırı kurallarından önce "
"yürütülebilir ve <application>ufw</application> komut satırı kurallarından "
"sonra yürütülebilir şeklinde iki farklı dosyaya ayrılır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:627(para)
msgid ""
"First, packet forwarding needs to be enabled in "
"<application>ufw</application>. Two configuration files will need to be "
"adjusted, in <filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> change the "
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> to <quote>ACCEPT</quote>:"
msgstr ""
"Birincisi, paket ilerletmenin <application>ufw</application>'de "
"aktifleştirilmesinin gerektiğidir. "
"<filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename>'deki iki yapılandırma dosyasındaki "
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis>'nin <quote>ACCEPT</quote> "
"şeklinde değiştirilerek ayarlanması gerekir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:631(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:634(para)
msgid "Then edit <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> and uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Ardından <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename>'i açıklamasız olarak "
"düzenle:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:637(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:640(para)
msgid "Similarly, for IPv6 forwarding uncomment:"
msgstr "Benzer şekilde IPv6 için açıklamasız:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:643(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:648(para)
msgid ""
"Now we will add rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename> "
"file. The default rules only configure the <emphasis>filter</emphasis> "
"table, and to enable masquerading the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> table will "
"need to be configured. Add the following to the top of the file just after "
"the header comments:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename> dosyasına kuralları "
"ekleyeceğiz. Mevcut kurallar sadece <emphasis>filtre</emphasis> tablosunu "
"yapılandırır ve maskelemeyi etkinleştirmek için <emphasis>nat</emphasis> "
"tablosunun yapılandırılması gerekir. Sadece başlık açıklamalarından "
"sonrakileri dosyanın başına şu şeklide ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:653(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# nat Table rules\n"
"*nat\n"
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
"\n"
"# Forward traffic from eth1 through eth0.\n"
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these nat table rules won't be "
"processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# nat Tablo kuralları\n"
"*nat\n"
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
"\n"
"# Trafiği eth1'den eth0'a ilerlet.\n"
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
"\n"
"# 'COMMIT' satırını veya bu nat tablo kurallarını silme. Aksi taktirde işlem "
"yapılamaz.\n"
"COMMIT\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:664(para)
msgid ""
"The comments are not strictly necessary, but it is considered good practice "
"to document your configuration. Also, when modifying any of the "
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis> files in <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, make sure these lines are the last "
"line for each table modified:"
msgstr ""
"Yorumlar kesinlikle gereksizdir. Fakat yapılandırmanı belgelemek için iyi "
"bir düşüncedir. Ayrıca <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>'deki <emphasis>kural</emphasis> "
"dosyalarının herbiri düzenlendiğinde, bu satırların düzenlenen her tablonun "
"son satırında şu şeklide olduğundan emin ol:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:670(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these rules won't be processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# 'COMMIT' satırını veya bu nat tablo kurallarını silme. Aksi taktirde işlem "
"yapılamaz.\n"
"COMMIT\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"For each <emphasis>Table</emphasis> a corresponding "
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis> statement is required. In these examples only "
"the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> and <emphasis>filter</emphasis> tables are "
"shown, but you can also add rules for the <emphasis>raw</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>mangle</emphasis> tables."
msgstr ""
"Her bir <emphasis>Tablo</emphasis> için bir eşdeğer "
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis> ifadesi gereklidir. Bu örnekler sadece "
"<emphasis>nat</emphasis> ve <emphasis>filtre</emphasis> tablolarında "
"gösterilir. Fakat ayrıca <emphasis>raw</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>merdane</emphasis> tabloları için kurallar ekleyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:682(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example replace <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate interfaces and IP range for your network."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki örnekte <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, <emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, ve "
"<emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> yerine ağın için uygun arayüzler ve IP "
"numarası kullan."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:690(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, disable and re-enable <application>ufw</application> to apply the "
"changes:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, değişiklikleri uygulamak için <application>ufw</application>'yi "
"pasifleştir ve tekrar aktifleştir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:694(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable &amp;&amp; sudo ufw enable"
msgstr "sudo ufw disable &amp;&amp; sudo ufw enable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:698(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading should now be enabled. You can also add any additional "
"FORWARD rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. It is "
"recommended that these additional rules be added to the <emphasis>ufw-before-"
"forward</emphasis> chain."
msgstr ""
"IP Maskeleme şimdi aktifleştirilecektir. Ayrıca herhangi ek İLERLEME "
"kurallarını <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>'e ekleyebilirsin. Bu "
"ek kuralların <emphasis>ufw-before-forward</emphasis> dizisine eklenmesi "
"tavsiye edilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:705(title)
msgid "iptables Masquerading"
msgstr "IP Paket Filtre Yönetimi Maskelemesi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:706(para)
msgid ""
"<application>iptables</application> can also be used to enable Masquerading."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:711(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>ufw</application>, the first step is to enable IPv4 "
"packet forwarding by editing <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> and "
"uncomment the following line"
msgstr ""
"<application>ufw</application>'ye benzerdir. İlk adım "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>'i düzenleyerek ve aşağıdaki satırı "
"bırakarak IPv4 paket ilerlemesini aktifleştirmektir"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:715(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:718(para)
msgid "If you wish to enable IPv6 forwarding also uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer ayrıca IPv6 ilerlemesini de aktifleştirmek istiyorsan şöyle yapın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:721(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:726(para)
msgid ""
"Next, execute the <application>sysctl</application> command to enable the "
"new settings in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, yapılandırma dosyasındaki yeni ayarları aktifleştirmek için "
"<application>sysctl</application> komutunu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:730(command)
msgid "sudo sysctl -p"
msgstr "sudo sysctl -p"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can now be accomplished with a single iptables rule, which "
"may differ slightly based on your network configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi IP Maskelemesi tek bir IP tablo filtreleme kuralı ile tamamlanabilir. "
"Bu, senin ağ yapılandırmanla çok az farklılık gösterir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:737(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:740(para)
msgid ""
"The above command assumes that your private address space is 192.168.0.0/16 "
"and that your Internet-facing device is ppp0. The syntax is broken down as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki komutta senin özel adresinin 192.168.0.0/16 ve Internet aygıtının "
"ppp0 olduğu var sayılır. Söz dizimi aşağıdaki gibidir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:745(para)
msgid "-t nat -- the rule is to go into the nat table"
msgstr "-t nat -- nat tablosunun içine girmek için gereken kural"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:746(para)
msgid ""
"-A POSTROUTING -- the rule is to be appended (-A) to the POSTROUTING chain"
msgstr "-A POSTROUTING -- POSTROUTING dizisinin sonuna eklenen (-A) kural"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- the rule applies to traffic originating from the "
"specified address space"
msgstr "-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- özel adres alanındaki trafiği oluşturan kural"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:748(para)
msgid ""
"-o ppp0 -- the rule applies to traffic scheduled to be routed through the "
"specified network device"
msgstr "-o ppp0 -- özel ağ aygıtına yönlendirilen trafiği planlayan kural"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"-j MASQUERADE -- traffic matching this rule is to \"jump\" (-j) to the "
"MASQUERADE target to be manipulated as described above"
msgstr ""
"-j MASQUERADE -- bu kuralla eşleşen trafik, MASQUERADE hedefini \"atlamak\" "
"(-j) için yukarıda açıklandığı gibi değiştirilmiştir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:758(para)
msgid ""
"Also, each chain in the filter table (the default table, and where most or "
"all packet filtering occurs) has a default <emphasis>policy</emphasis> of "
"ACCEPT, but if you are creating a firewall in addition to a gateway device, "
"you may have set the policies to DROP or REJECT, in which case your "
"masqueraded traffic needs to be allowed through the FORWARD chain for the "
"above rule to work:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca filtre tablosundaki herbir dizin (mevcut tablo ve çoğu veya tüm paket "
"filtrelemelerinin meydana geldiği yer) mevcut bir KABUL "
"<emphasis>ilke</emphasis>sine sahiptir. Fakat eğer aş gecit aygıtına ek bir "
"güvenlik duvarı oluşturmak istiyorsan FORWARD tarafından yukarıdaki kuralı "
"çalıştırarak maskeleme trafiğine izin veren DROP veya REJECT ilkelerini "
"ayarlamalısın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:765(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state \\\n"
"--state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"The above commands will allow all connections from your local network to the "
"Internet and all traffic related to those connections to return to the "
"machine that initiated them."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki bağlantı yerel makinenden Internete yapılan tüm bağlantılara ve "
"bu bağlantıların ilgili makinelere dönmesini sağlayacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:777(para)
msgid ""
"If you want masquerading to be enabled on reboot, which you probably do, "
"edit <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> and add any commands used above. For "
"example add the first command with no filtering:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bilgisayarı yeniden başlattığında, ki muhtemelen bunu yapacaksın, "
"maskelemeyi aktifleştirmek istiyorsan <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>'i "
"düzenle ve yukarıda kullanılan herhangi bir komutu ekle. Örneğin filtreleme "
"olmadan ilk komutu şöyle ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:781(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:789(title)
msgid "Logs"
msgstr "Kayıtlar"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:790(para)
msgid ""
"Firewall logs are essential for recognizing attacks, troubleshooting your "
"firewall rules, and noticing unusual activity on your network. You must "
"include logging rules in your firewall for them to be generated, though, and "
"logging rules must come before any applicable terminating rule (a rule with "
"a target that decides the fate of the packet, such as ACCEPT, DROP, or "
"REJECT)."
msgstr ""
"Güvenlik duvarı kayıtları, ağındaki saldırıları teşhis etmek, güvenlik "
"duvarı kurallarının sorunlarını çözmek ve olağan dışı aktiviteler için "
"gereklidir. Kayıt kurallarını güvenlik duvarına eklemelisin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:797(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using <application>ufw</application>, you can turn on logging by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer <application>ufw</application> kullanıyorsan terminale aşağıdakini "
"girerek kaydı kapatabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:801(command)
msgid "sudo ufw logging on"
msgstr "sudo ufw logging on"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:803(para)
msgid ""
"To turn logging off in <application>ufw</application>, simply replace "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> with <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> in the above command."
msgstr ""
"<application>ufw</application>'de kaydı açmak için yukarıdaki örnekte "
"basitçe <emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> yerine <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:806(para)
msgid ""
"If using <application>iptables</application> instead of "
"<application>ufw</application>, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer <application>ufw</application> yerine "
"<application>iptables</application> (IP Tablo Filtre Yönetimi) "
"kullanıyorsan, şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:809(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 \\\n"
"-j LOG --log-prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:813(para)
msgid ""
"A request on port 80 from the local machine, then, would generate a log in "
"dmesg that looks like this (single line split into 3 to fit this document):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:832(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00\n"
"SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF "
"PROTO=TCP\n"
"SPT=53981 DPT=80 WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:822(para)
msgid ""
"The above log will also appear in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, and "
"<filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. This behavior can be modified by "
"editing <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> appropriately or by installing "
"and configuring <application>ulogd</application> and using the ULOG target "
"instead of LOG. The <application>ulogd</application> daemon is a userspace "
"server that listens for logging instructions from the kernel specifically "
"for firewalls, and can log to any file you like, or even to a "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> or <application>MySQL</application> "
"database. Making sense of your firewall logs can be simplified by using a "
"log analyzing tool such as <application>logwatch</application>, "
"<application>fwanalog</application>, <application>fwlogwatch</application>, "
"or <application>lire</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:837(title)
msgid "Other Tools"
msgstr "Diğer Araçlar"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:838(para)
msgid ""
"There are many tools available to help you construct a complete firewall "
"without intimate knowledge of iptables. For the GUI-inclined:"
msgstr ""
"Tam bir güvenlki duvarı oluşturmak için Ip tablo filtre yönetimini iyi "
"bilmene gerek kalmadan sana yardım edebilecek birçok araç vardır. GUI için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:844(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> is very powerful "
"and will look familiar to an administrator who has used a commercial "
"firewall utility such as <application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> çok güçlü ve "
"<application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application> gibi ticari güvenlik duvar "
"uygulamasına sahip bir yönetici gibidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"If you prefer a command-line tool with plain-text configuration files:"
msgstr "Eğer düz metin yapılandırma dosyalı bir komut satır aracı istersen:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:855(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> is a very "
"powerful solution to help you configure an advanced firewall for any network."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink>, herhangi ağ için "
"gelişmiş güvenlik duvarı yapılandırmana yardım etmek için güçlü çözümler "
"sunar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:866(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">Ubuntu "
"Firewall</ulink> wiki page contains information on the development of "
"<application>ufw</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:872(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <application>ufw</application> manual page contains some very "
"useful information: <command>man ufw</command>."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <application>ufw</application> kullanma kılavuzu bazı kullanışlı "
"bilgi içerir: <command>man ufw</command>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:877(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-"
"filtering-HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink> for more information "
"on using <application>iptables</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>iptables</application> kullanımı hakkında daha fazla bilgi için "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-filtering-"
"HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink>'ya bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:883(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink> contains further details on masquerading."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink>'da maskeleme hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:889(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
"HowTo</ulink> in the Ubuntu wiki is a great resource."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu wiki'deki <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
"HowTo</ulink> harika bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:897(title)
msgid "AppArmor"
msgstr "AppArmor"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:898(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is a Linux Security Module "
"implementation of name-based mandatory access controls. AppArmor confines "
"individual programs to a set of listed files and posix 1003.1e draft "
"capabilities."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application>, isim tabanlı vekil erişim kontrolünün "
"Linux Güvenlik Kipi uygulamasıdır. AppArmor, bireysel programları, "
"listelenen dosyalara ve posix 1003.1e taslak kapasitesine sınırlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is installed and loaded by default. It "
"uses <emphasis>profiles</emphasis> of an application to determine what files "
"and permissions the application requires. Some packages will install their "
"own profiles, and additional profiles can be found in the "
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application>, normal olarak kurulup, yüklenir. Bu, "
"hangi dosya ve izinlerin uygulanması gerektiğini tanımlayan bir uygulama "
"<emphasis>profil</emphasis>idir. Bazı paketler kendi profillerinde "
"yüklenecektir. Ek profiller <application>apparmor-profiles</application> "
"paketinde bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:907(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> package from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> paketini yüklemek için "
"terminalden şöyle giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:911(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:913(para)
msgid "AppArmor profiles have two modes of execution:"
msgstr "AppArmor profillerinin çalıştırılan iki kipi vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:918(para)
msgid ""
"Complaining/Learning: profile violations are permitted and logged. Useful "
"for testing and developing new profiles."
msgstr ""
"Yakınma/Öğrenme: profil ihlalleri izinli ve kayıtlıdır. Test etme ve yeni "
"profil geliştirme için kullanışlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:923(para)
msgid ""
"Enforced/Confined: enforces profile policy as well as logging the violation."
msgstr ""
"Enforced/Confined: zorlanan profil ilkesi ihlal edilmiş olarak kayıtlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:929(title)
msgid "Using AppArmor"
msgstr "AppArmor Kullanımı"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:945(para)
msgid ""
"This section is plagued by a bug (<ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+bug/1304134\">LP "
"#1304134</ulink>) and instructions will not work as advertised."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:930(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apparmor-utils</application> package contains command line "
"utilities that you can use to change the <application>AppArmor</application> "
"execution mode, find the status of a profile, create new profiles, etc."
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor-utils</application> paketi, "
"<application>AppArmor</application> yürütme kipini değiştirmek, bir profilin "
"durumunu bulmak, yeni profil oluşturma vb için kullanılan komut satırı "
"uygulamasını içerir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:936(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_status</application> is used to view the current "
"status of AppArmor profiles."
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor_status</application>, AppArmor profillerinin mevcut "
"durumlarını göstermek için kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:940(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_status"
msgstr "sudo apparmor_status"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:944(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-complain</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""
"<application>aa-complain</application>, <emphasis>yakınma</emphasis> "
"kipindeki bir profile yerleşir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:948(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:952(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-enforce</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""
"<application>aa-enforce</application>, <emphasis>zorlama</emphasis> "
"kipindeki bir profil yerleştirir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:956(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> directory is where the AppArmor "
"profiles are located. It can be used to manipulate the "
"<emphasis>mode</emphasis> of all profiles."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> dizini, AppArmor profillerinin "
"bulunduğu yerdir. Bütün profillerin <emphasis>kipi</emphasis>ni çalıştırmak "
"için kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:964(para)
msgid "Enter the following to place all profiles into complain mode:"
msgstr "Tüm profilleri yakınma kipinin içine yerleştirmek için şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:968(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:970(para)
msgid "To place all profiles in enforce mode:"
msgstr "Tüm profilleri zorlama kipinin içine yerleştirmek için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:974(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:978(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> is used to load a profile into "
"the kernel. It can also be used to reload a currently loaded profile using "
"the <emphasis>-r</emphasis> option. To load a profile:"
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor_parser</application>, çekirdeğe profil yüklemek için "
"kullanılır. Ayrıca <emphasis>-r</emphasis> seçeneği kullanılarak var olan "
"yüklü bir profil tekrar yüklenebilir. Profil yüklemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:983(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:1015(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:985(para)
msgid "To reload a profile:"
msgstr "Profili tekrar yüklemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:989(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1013(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>service apparmor</filename> can be used to "
"<emphasis>reload</emphasis> all profiles:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:964(command)
msgid "sudo service apparmor reload"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1001(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> directory can be used along "
"with the <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> option to "
"<emphasis>disable</emphasis> a profile."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> dizini, bir profili "
"<emphasis>pasifleştirmek</emphasis> için <application>apparmor_parser -"
"R</application> seçeneği ile birlikte kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1006(command)
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"
msgstr "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1007(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"
msgstr "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1009(para)
msgid ""
"To <emphasis>re-enable</emphasis> a disabled profile remove the symbolic "
"link to the profile in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Then "
"load the profile using the <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"Pasif profili <emphasis>tekrar aktifleştirmek</emphasis> için "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>'deki profilin sembolik "
"bağlantısını kaldır. Ardından <emphasis>-a</emphasis> seçeneğini kullanarak "
"profil yükle."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1014(command)
msgid "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"
msgstr "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1019(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> can be disabled, and the kernel module "
"unloaded by entering the following:"
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> devre dışı bırakılabilir ve şu girilerek "
"çekirdek kipi kaldırılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1043(command)
msgid "sudo service apparmor stop"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1024(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1028(para)
msgid "To re-enable <application>AppArmor</application> enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application>'u tekrar etkinleştirmek içn şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1052(command)
msgid "sudo service apparmor start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1033(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1038(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>profile.name</emphasis> with the name of the profile you "
"want to manipulate. Also, replace <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename> with "
"the actual executable file path. For example for the "
"<application>ping</application> command use <filename>/bin/ping</filename>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>profile.name</emphasis>'i uygulamak istediğin profil adıyla "
"değiştirin. Ayrıca <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename>'i mevcut işlenen dosya "
"yolu ile değiştirin. Örneğin <application>ping</application> komutu için "
"<filename>/bin/ping</filename>'i kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1046(title)
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr "Profiller"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1047(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> profiles are simple text files located "
"in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. The files are named after the full "
"path to the executable they profile replacing the \"/\" with \".\". For "
"example <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> is the AppArmor "
"profile for the <filename>/bin/ping</filename> command."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> profilleri, "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>'de bulunan basit yazı dosyalarıdır. "
"Dosyalar tam yoldan sonra \"/\", \".\" ile değiştirilerek adlandırılır. "
"Örneğin <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>, "
"<filename>/bin/ping</filename> komutu için AppArmor profilidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1053(para)
msgid "There are two main type of rules used in profiles:"
msgstr "Profillerde kullanılan iki tür ana kural vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1058(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Path entries:</emphasis> which detail which files an application "
"can access in the file system."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Yol girişleri:</emphasis> dosya sistemindeki bir uygulamanın hangi "
"dosyalara erişebileceğini açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1063(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Capability entries:</emphasis> determine what privileges a "
"confined process is allowed to use."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Yeterlilik girişleri:</emphasis> tanımlı bir işlemdeki hangi "
"ilkelerin kullanmak için izinli olduğunu açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1068(para)
msgid ""
"As an example take a look at <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Örnek olarak <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> 'e bakalım:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1071(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;\n"
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/base&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/consoles&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/nameservice&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  capability net_raw,\n"
"  capability setuid,\n"
"  network inet raw,\n"
"  \n"
"  /bin/ping mixr,\n"
"  /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;\n"
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/base&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/consoles&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/nameservice&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  capability net_raw,\n"
"  capability setuid,\n"
"  network inet raw,\n"
"  \n"
"  /bin/ping mixr,\n"
"  /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1088(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;:</emphasis> include statements "
"from other files. This allows statements pertaining to multiple applications "
"to be placed in a common file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;:</emphasis> diğer dosyalardaki "
"durumları içerir. Bu, özel bir dosyada bulunan çoklu uygulamalar için "
"ilişkili durumları sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1094(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> path to the profiled "
"program, also setting the mode to <emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(yakınma):</emphasis> profilli program yolu "
"<emphasis>yakınma</emphasis> için kipi ayarlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> allows the application access to "
"the CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e capability."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>yeterlilik net_raw,:</emphasis> uygulamanın CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e "
"yeterliliğine erişmesine izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1105(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> allows the application read and "
"execute access to the file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> uygulamanın dosyayı okumasına ve "
"yürütmesine izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1111(para)
msgid ""
"After editing a profile file the profile must be reloaded. See <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Profil dosyasını düzenledikten sonra tekrar yüklenmesi gerekir. Ayrıntılar "
"için <xref linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/>'e bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1116(title)
msgid "Creating a Profile"
msgstr "Profil Oluşturma"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Design a test plan:</emphasis> Try to think about how the "
"application should be exercised. The test plan should be divided into small "
"test cases. Each test case should have a small description and list the "
"steps to follow."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Test planı tasarlama:</emphasis> Uygulamanın nasıl çalıştırılacağı "
"hakkında fikir yürütür. Test planı küçük test durumlarına bölünebilir. Her "
"test durumunun küçük açıklaması ve devam etmek için adım listesi vardır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1123(para)
msgid "Some standard test cases are:"
msgstr "Bazı standart test durumları:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1128(para)
msgid "Starting the program."
msgstr "Program başlatılıyor."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1133(para)
msgid "Stopping the program."
msgstr "Program durduruluyor."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1138(para)
msgid "Reloading the program."
msgstr "Program tekrar yükleniyor."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1143(para)
msgid "Testing all the commands supported by the init script."
msgstr "init betiği tarafından desteklenen tüm komutların testi."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1150(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Generate the new profile:</emphasis> Use <application>aa-"
"genprof</application> to generate a new profile. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Yeni profil oluştur:</emphasis> Yeni profil oluşturmak için "
"<application>aa-genprof</application> kullanın. Terminalden:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1155(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof executable"
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof executable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1157(para)
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1161(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof slapd"
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof slapd"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1165(para)
msgid ""
"To get your new profile included in the <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application> package, file a bug in <emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> "
"against the <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
"/ulink> package:"
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> paketindeki yeni profilini "
"<emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis>'deki <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
"/ulink> paketinden almak için:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1172(para)
msgid "Include your test plan and test cases."
msgstr "Test plan ve test durumlarını dahil et."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1177(para)
msgid "Attach your new profile to the bug."
msgstr "Yeni profilini hataya bağla"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1186(title)
msgid "Updating Profiles"
msgstr "Profil Güncelleme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1187(para)
msgid ""
"When the program is misbehaving, audit messages are sent to the log files. "
"The program <application>aa-logprof</application> can be used to scan log "
"files for <application>AppArmor</application> audit messages, review them "
"and update the profiles. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer program afalladığında, denetim mesajları kayıt dosyalarına gönderilir. "
"<application>aa-logprof</application> programı, kayıt dosyalarını "
"<application>AppArmor</application> denetim mesajları taramak, tekrar gözden "
"geçirmek ve profilleri güncelleyebilmek için kullanabilir. Terminalden:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1192(command)
msgid "sudo aa-logprof"
msgstr "sudo aa-logprof"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1200(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> for advanced "
"configuration options."
msgstr ""
"Gelişmiş yapılandırma seçenekleri için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Yönetim Rehberi</ulink>'ne bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1207(para)
msgid ""
"For details using AppArmor with other Ubuntu releases see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Diğer Ubuntu sürümlerinde AppArmor kullanımı hakkında ayrıntılar için <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasına bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1215(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:AppArmor_geeks\">OpenSUSE "
"AppArmor</ulink> page is another introduction to AppArmor."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1222(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>AppArmor</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> ve gerekli Ubuntu Sunucu topluluğu "
"yardımı almak için mükemmel bir yer <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>'deki <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC kanalıdır"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1232(title)
msgid "Certificates"
msgstr "Sertifikalar"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1233(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common forms of cryptography today is <emphasis>public-"
"key</emphasis> cryptography. Public-key cryptography utilizes a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and a <emphasis>private key</emphasis>. The "
"system works by <emphasis>encrypting</emphasis> information using the public "
"key. The information can then only be <emphasis>decrypted</emphasis> using "
"the private key."
msgstr ""
"Bugün için en yaygın şifreleme formlarından biri <emphasis>genel "
"anahtar</emphasis> şifrelemesidir. Genel anahtar şifrelemesi, bir "
"<emphasis>genel anahtar</emphasis> ve bir <emphasis>özel anahtar</emphasis> "
"kullanır. Sistem genel anahtarı kullanarak bilgiyi "
"<emphasis>şifreleyerek</emphasis> çalışır. Ardından bilgi sadece özel "
"anahtar kullanılarak <emphasis>çözülür</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1239(para)
msgid ""
"A common use for public-key cryptography is encrypting application traffic "
"using a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) "
"connection. For example, configuring Apache to provide "
"<emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, the HTTP protocol over SSL. This allows a way to "
"encrypt traffic using a protocol that does not itself provide encryption."
msgstr ""
"Yaygın kullanılan genel anahtar şifrelemesi Güvenli Yuva Katmanı (SSL) veya "
"Dönüşüm Katman Güvenliği (TLS) kullanarak uygulama trafiğini şifreler. "
"Örneğin, <emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, SSL üzerinden HTTP iletişim kuralını "
"sağlamak için Apache yapılandırmasıdır. Bu şifrelemenin kendisinin "
"sağlamadığı bir iletişim kuralını kullanarak trafik şifrelemenin bir yolunu "
"sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1244(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Certificate</emphasis> is a method used to distribute a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and other information about a server and the "
"organization who is responsible for it. Certificates can be digitally signed "
"by a <emphasis>Certification Authority</emphasis> or CA. A CA is a trusted "
"third party that has confirmed that the information contained in the "
"certificate is accurate."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Sertifika</emphasis>, <emphasis>genel anahtar</emphasis>ı ve "
"sunucu hakkındaki diğer bilgileri ve sorumlu organizasyonun ne olduğunu "
"belirtmek için kullanılan bir yöntemdir. Sertifikalar sadece "
"<emphasis>Sertifika Yetkilisi</emphasis> veya CA tarafından dijital olarak "
"imzalanabilir. CA, içinde tam sertifika bilgisinin bulunduğu doğrulanmış "
"üçüncü partidir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1251(title)
msgid "Types of Certificates"
msgstr "Sertifika Türleri"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1252(para)
msgid ""
"To set up a secure server using public-key cryptography, in most cases, you "
"send your certificate request (including your public key), proof of your "
"company's identity, and payment to a CA. The CA verifies the certificate "
"request and your identity, and then sends back a certificate for your secure "
"server. Alternatively, you can create your own <emphasis>self-"
"signed</emphasis> certificate."
msgstr ""
"Genel anahtar şifrelemesini kullanarak güvenli bir sunucu ayarlamak için, "
"çoğu durumlarda, genel sertifikanın bulunduğu sertifika isteğini şirketin "
"kimlik denetleyicisine göndererek ve CA'dan alarak sağlarsın. CA sertifika "
"isteğini ve kimliğini doğrular, ardından güvenlik sunucun için sertifikayı "
"sana gönderir. Alternatif olarak <emphasis>kendi imzalı</emphasis> "
"sertifikanı oluşturabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1262(para)
msgid ""
"Note, that self-signed certificates should not be used in most production "
"environments."
msgstr ""
"Kendi imzalı sertifikanın çoğu ürün ortamlarında kullanılamayacağını unutma."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1266(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing the HTTPS example, a CA-signed certificate provides two important "
"capabilities that a self-signed certificate does not:"
msgstr ""
"HTTPS örneğine devam ederek, bir CA imzalı sertifika, biri kendi imzalı "
"olmayan iki önemli yeterlilik sağlar:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1273(para)
msgid ""
"Browsers (usually) automatically recognize the certificate and allow a "
"secure connection to be made without prompting the user."
msgstr ""
"Genellikle tarayıcılar otomatik olarak sertifikayı teşhis eder ve kullanıcı "
"müdahalesi olmaksızın güvenli bağlantıya izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"When a CA issues a signed certificate, it is guaranteeing the identity of "
"the organization that is providing the web pages to the browser."
msgstr ""
"CA imzalı sertifika bildirdiğinde, tarayıcıda web sayfalarının açıldığı "
"organizasyonun kimliğini garantinaya alır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1308(para)
msgid ""
"Most Web browsers, and computers, that support SSL have a list of CAs whose "
"certificates they automatically accept. If a browser encounters a "
"certificate whose authorizing CA is not in the list, the browser asks the "
"user to either accept or decline the connection. Also, other applications "
"may generate an error message when using a self-signed certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1296(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting a certificate from a CA is fairly easy. A quick "
"overview is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"CA'dan sertifika alma oldukça basit bir iştir. Hızlı görünümü şöyledir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1303(para)
msgid "Create a private and public encryption key pair."
msgstr "Özel ve genel şifreleme anahtar çifti oluşturun."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1306(para)
msgid ""
"Create a certificate request based on the public key. The certificate "
"request contains information about your server and the company hosting it."
msgstr "Genel ve özel şifreleme anahtar çifti oluştur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1311(para)
msgid ""
"Send the certificate request, along with documents proving your identity, to "
"a CA. We cannot tell you which certificate authority to choose. Your "
"decision may be based on your past experiences, or on the experiences of "
"your friends or colleagues, or purely on monetary factors."
msgstr ""
"Sertifika isteğini, kimlik bilgilerini de içeren bir belge ile birlikte "
"CA'ya gönder. Hangi sertifika yetkilisini seçeceğini söyleyemeyiz. Geçmiş "
"tecrübelerinden faydalanarak veya tecrübeli arkadaşlarından veya "
"meslektaşlarından ya da sadece maddi faktörleri kullanarak kendi kararını "
"vermelisin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1317(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have decided upon a CA, you need to follow the instructions they "
"provide on how to obtain a certificate from them."
msgstr ""
"Alacağın CA'yı kararlaştırdıktan sonra, sertifikayı onlardan almak için sana "
"verecekleri yönergeleri takip etmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1322(para)
msgid ""
"When the CA is satisfied that you are indeed who you claim to be, they send "
"you a digital certificate."
msgstr ""
"Olmasını istediğin CA'yı belirledikten sonra onlar sana dijital bir "
"sertifika gönderecekler."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1326(para)
msgid ""
"Install this certificate on your secure server, and configure the "
"appropriate applications to use the certificate."
msgstr ""
"Bunu güvenlik sunucuna yükle ve sertifikayı kullanmak için uygun olan "
"uygulamayı yapılandır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1335(title)
msgid "Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
msgstr "Sertifika İmzalı İstek (CSR) Oluşturma"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1337(para)
msgid ""
"Whether you are getting a certificate from a CA or generating your own self-"
"signed certificate, the first step is to generate a key."
msgstr ""
"İster CA'dan aldığın bir sertifika, isterse kendi imzalı oluşturduğun "
"sertifikan olsun ilk adım, bir anahtar oluşturmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1342(para)
msgid ""
"If the certificate will be used by service daemons, such as Apache, Postfix, "
"Dovecot, etc, a key without a passphrase is often appropriate. Not having a "
"passphrase allows the services to start without manual intervention, usually "
"the preferred way to start a daemon."
msgstr ""
"Eğer Apache, Postfix, Dovecot vb servis programları kullanılarak sertifika "
"oluşturulmuşsa şifresiz bir anahtar genellikle uygundur. Servisler kullanım "
"aracısı başlatmaya gerek kalmadan, şifresiz olarak sağlanır. Genellikle "
"tercih edilen yol program başlatmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1348(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover generating a key with a passphrase, and one without. "
"The non-passphrase key will then be used to generate a certificate that can "
"be used with various service daemons."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm şifreli ve şifresiz anahtar oluşturmayı içerir. Ardından şifresiz "
"anahtar çeşitli servis programları ile kullanılabilen sertifika oluşturmak "
"için kullanılacak."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1354(para)
msgid ""
"Running your secure service without a passphrase is convenient because you "
"will not need to enter the passphrase every time you start your secure "
"service. But it is insecure and a compromise of the key means a compromise "
"of the server as well."
msgstr ""
"Güvenlik sunucunu şifresiz çalıştırma uygundur. Çünkü güvenlik sunucunu her "
"başlattığında şifre girmene gerek kalmayacak. Fakat bu güvensizdir ve "
"sunucunu tehlikeye attığı gibi anahtarını da tehlikeye atar."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1361(para)
msgid ""
"To generate the <emphasis>keys</emphasis> for the Certificate Signing "
"Request (CSR) run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Sertifika İmzalı İstek (CSR) için <emphasis>anahtar</emphasis> oluşturmak "
"için terminalden şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1367(command)
msgid "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 2048"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1370(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n"
"..........................++++++\n"
".......++++++\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1378(para)
msgid ""
"You can now enter your passphrase. For best security, it should at least "
"contain eight characters. The minimum length when specifying -des3 is four "
"characters. It should include numbers and/or punctuation and not be a word "
"in a dictionary. Also remember that your passphrase is case-sensitive."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi şifreni girebilirsin. En iyi güvenlik için en az sekiz karakter "
"uzunluğunda olmalıdır. -des3'ü tanımladığında en az uzunluk dört "
"karakterdir. Sayı ve/veya noktalama içermeli ve sözlükteki bir cümle "
"olmamalı. Ayrıca büyük/küçük harfe duyarlı olduğunu da hatırla."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1386(para)
msgid ""
"Re-type the passphrase to verify. Once you have re-typed it correctly, the "
"server key is generated and stored in the <filename>server.key</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Doğrulamak için şifreyi tekrar yazın. Eğer tekrarın doğruysa sunucu "
"anahtarın oluşturulur ve <filename>server.key</filename> dosyasında "
"depolanır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1392(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the insecure key, the one without a passphrase, and shuffle the "
"key names:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi şifre olmadan güvensiz anahtar oluşturun ve anahtar adlarını "
"karıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1398(command)
msgid "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"
msgstr "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1399(command)
msgid "mv server.key server.key.secure"
msgstr "mv server.key server.key.secure"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1400(command)
msgid "mv server.key.insecure server.key"
msgstr "mv server.key.insecure server.key"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1403(para)
msgid ""
"The insecure key is now named <filename>server.key</filename>, and you can "
"use this file to generate the CSR without passphrase."
msgstr ""
"Şu an güvensiz anahtar <filename>server.key</filename> adındadır ve şifresiz "
"olarak SCR oluşturmak için bu dosyayı kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1408(para)
msgid "To create the CSR, run the following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "CSR oluşturmak için terminalden şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1413(command)
msgid "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"
msgstr "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1416(para)
msgid ""
"It will prompt you enter the passphrase. If you enter the correct "
"passphrase, it will prompt you to enter Company Name, Site Name, Email Id, "
"etc. Once you enter all these details, your CSR will be created and it will "
"be stored in the <filename>server.csr</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Parolanızı girmeniz istenecektir. Eğer doğru parolayı girerseniz, Şirket "
"Adı, Site Adı, E-Posta, vb. şeyleri girmeniz istenecektir. tüm bu "
"ayrıntıları girdikten sonra, CSR'niz oluşturulacak "
"<filename>server.csr</filename> dosyasına kaydedilecektir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1424(para)
msgid ""
"You can now submit this CSR file to a CA for processing. The CA will use "
"this CSR file and issue the certificate. On the other hand, you can create "
"self-signed certificate using this CSR."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi bu CSR dosyasını işlenmesi için bir CA'ya arz edebilirsin. CA, bu CSR "
"dosyasını ve sertifikayı kullanacak. Diğer taraftan bu CSR'yi kullanarak "
"kendi imzalı sertifikanı oluşturabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1432(title)
msgid "Creating a Self-Signed Certificate"
msgstr "Kendi İmzalı Sertifika Oluşturma"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1433(para)
msgid ""
"To create the self-signed certificate, run the following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Kendi imzalı sertifikanı oluşturmak için terminalden şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1438(command)
msgid ""
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
"server.crt"
msgstr ""
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
"server.crt"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1441(para)
msgid ""
"The above command will prompt you to enter the passphrase. Once you enter "
"the correct passphrase, your certificate will be created and it will be "
"stored in the <filename>server.crt</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki komut senden bir şifre girmeni isteyecektir. Doğru şifreyi "
"girdikten sonra sertifikan oluşturulacak ve <filename>server.crt</filename> "
"dosyasında depolanacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1446(para)
msgid ""
"If your secure server is to be used in a production environment, you "
"probably need a CA-signed certificate. It is not recommended to use self-"
"signed certificate."
msgstr ""
"Eğer güvenlik sunucun ürün ortamında kullanılırsa, muhtemelen sana bir CA "
"imzalı sertifika gerekecektir. Kendi imzalı sertifikanı kullanman tavsiye "
"edilmez."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1454(title)
msgid "Installing the Certificate"
msgstr "Sertifika Yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"You can install the key file <filename>server.key</filename> and certificate "
"file <filename>server.crt</filename>, or the certificate file issued by your "
"CA, by running following commands at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>server.key</filename> anahtar dosyasını ve "
"<filename>server.crt</filename> sertifika dosyasını veya CA tarafından "
"aktarılan sertifika dosyasını terminalden şu komut çalıştırılarak "
"yükleyebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1462(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1463(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"
msgstr "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1465(para)
msgid ""
"Now simply configure any applications, with the ability to use public-key "
"cryptography, to use the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>key</emphasis> files. For example, "
"<application>Apache</application> can provide HTTPS, "
"<application>Dovecot</application> can provide IMAPS and POP3S, etc."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>Sertifika</emphasis> ve <emphasis>anahtar</emphasis> "
"dosyalarını kullanmak için genel anahtar şifrelemesini kullanarak herhangi "
"uygulamayı yapılandırın. Örneğin, <application>Apache</application> HTTPS'yi "
"temin ederken , <application>Dovecot</application> da IMAPS ve POP3S vb. "
"temin edebilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1472(title)
msgid "Certification Authority"
msgstr "Sertifika Yetkisi"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1474(para)
msgid ""
"If the services on your network require more than a few self-signed "
"certificates it may be worth the additional effort to setup your own "
"internal <emphasis>Certification Authority (CA)</emphasis>. Using "
"certificates signed by your own CA, allows the various services using the "
"certificates to easily trust other services using certificates issued from "
"the same CA."
msgstr ""
"Eğer ağındaki servisler birkaç kendi imzalı sertifikandan başka "
"gerektiriyorsa, kendi dahili <emphasis>Sertifika Yetkisi (CA)</emphasis>ni "
"kurmak için daha fazla gayret gerekir. Kendi CA tarafından oluşturduğun "
"imzalı sertifikalar kullanmayla, diğer servislere  kolayca güvenerek aynı "
"CA'daki sertifikaları kullanarak sağlayabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1484(para)
msgid ""
"First, create the directories to hold the CA certificate and related files:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce CA sertifikasını saklamak için dizin oluşturun ve dosyaları "
"yerleştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1489(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1490(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1496(para)
msgid ""
"The CA needs a few additional files to operate, one to keep track of the "
"last serial number used by the CA, each certificate must have a unique "
"serial number, and another file to record which certificates have been "
"issued:"
msgstr ""
"CA, işlem yapmak için birkaç ek dosyaya ihtiyaç duyar. Biri, CA tarafından "
"kullanılan, her sertifikanın eşsiz seri numarasına sahip olması gereken son "
"seri numaralarının parçalarını tutmak için, diğer dosya da hangi "
"sertifikanın bildirildiğini kayıt etmek içindir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1503(command)
msgid "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' &gt; /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""
msgstr "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' &gt; /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1504(command)
msgid "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"
msgstr "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1510(para)
msgid ""
"The third file is a CA configuration file. Though not strictly necessary, it "
"is very convenient when issuing multiple certificates. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename>, and in the <emphasis>[ CA_default "
"]</emphasis> change:"
msgstr ""
"Üçüncü dosya CA yapılandırma dosyasıdır. Her ne kadar gerekmezse bile, çoklu "
"sertifika bildiriminde çok uygundur. "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename>'yi düzenleyin ve <emphasis>[ "
"CA_default ]</emphasis>'u şöyle değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1516(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dir             = /etc/ssl/             # Where everything is kept\n"
"database        = $dir/CA/index.txt     # database index file.\n"
"certificate     = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # The CA certificate\n"
"serial          = $dir/CA/serial        # The current serial number\n"
"private_key     = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dir             = /etc/ssl/             # Her şeyin saklandığı yer\n"
"database        = $dir/CA/index.txt     # veritabanı içerik dosyası.\n"
"certificate     = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # CA sertifikası\n"
"serial          = $dir/CA/serial        # Mevcut seri numarası\n"
"private_key     = $dir/private/cakey.pem# Özel anahtar\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1547(para)
msgid "Next, create the self-signed root certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1532(command)
msgid ""
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
"days 3650"
msgstr ""
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
"days 3650"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1535(para)
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the details about the certificate."
msgstr "Ardından sertifika ile ilgili ayrıntıları girmeniz istenecektir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1542(para)
msgid "Now install the root certificate and key:"
msgstr "Şimdi kök sertifika ve anahtarı yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1547(command)
msgid "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"
msgstr "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1548(command)
msgid "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"
msgstr "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1554(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to start signing certificates. The first item needed is a "
"Certificate Signing Request (CSR), see <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/> "
"for details. Once you have a CSR, enter the following to generate a "
"certificate signed by the CA:"
msgstr ""
"Şu an sertifikayı başlatmaya hazırsın. Gereken ilk şey Sertifika İmza İsteği "
"(CSR)'dir. Ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/>'ye bakınız. "
"Bir CSR aldıktan sonra CA tarafından imzalanan bir sertifika oluşturmak için "
"şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1561(command)
msgid "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"
msgstr "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1564(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password for the CA key, you will be prompted to sign the "
"certificate, and again to commit the new certificate. You should then see a "
"somewhat large amount of output related to the certificate creation."
msgstr ""
"CA anahtarı için şifreyi girdikten sonra, sertifikayı açabilecek ve yeni "
"sertifika oluşturacaksın. Ardından sertifika oluşturmanın ilgili çıktısının "
"daha büyük miktarını göreceksin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1573(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a new file, "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, containing the same output. "
"Copy and paste everything beginning with the line: <emphasis>-----BEGIN "
"CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> and continuing through the line: <emphasis>----"
"END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> lines to a file named after the hostname of "
"the server where the certificate will be installed. For example "
"<filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, is a nice descriptive name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1581(para)
msgid ""
"Subsequent certificates will be named <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Sonraki sertifikalar <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, vb. şekilde adlandırılacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1586(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>mail.example.com.crt</emphasis> with your own descriptive "
"name."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mail.ubuntu-tr.org.crt</emphasis>'yi kendi açıklayıcı adınla "
"değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1594(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy the new certificate to the host that needs it, and configure "
"the appropriate applications to use it. The default location to install "
"certificates is <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. This "
"enables multiple services to use the same certificate without overly "
"complicated file permissions."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, yeni sertifikayı gerekli olan ana sisteme kopyalayın  ve "
"kullanmak için uygun uygulamayı yapılandırın. Sertifika yüklemek için mevcut "
"yer <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>'dir. Bu, aynı "
"sertifikayı fazla karmaşık dosya izinleri olmadan kullanan çoklu servisleri "
"etkinleştirir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1600(para)
msgid ""
"For applications that can be configured to use a CA certificate, you should "
"also copy the <filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> file to the "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> directory on each "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Bir CA sertifikası kullanılarak yapılandırılabilen uygulamalar için ayrıca "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> dosyasını herbir sunucudaki "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> dizinine kopyalayın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1614(para)
msgid ""
"For more detailed instructions on using cryptography see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
"Certificates HOWTO</ulink> by tldp.org"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1620(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> page has more "
"information regarding HTTPS."
msgstr ""
"Vikipedi'nin <ulink url=\"http://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTPS\">HTTPS</ulink> "
"sayfasında HTTPS hakkında daha fazla bilgi vardır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1625(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL Home Page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL Ana Sayfası</ulink>na bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1630(para)
msgid ""
"Also, O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
"OpenSSL</ulink> is a good in depth reference."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, O'Reilly'in <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">OpenSSL ile Ağ "
"Güvenliği</ulink> sayfasında derin bilgi bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1639(title)
msgid "eCryptfs"
msgstr "eCryptfs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1661(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> is a POSIX-compliant enterprise-class stacked "
"cryptographic filesystem for Linux. Layering on top of the filesystem layer "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> protects files no matter the underlying "
"filesystem, partition type, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1647(para)
msgid ""
"During installation there is an option to encrypt the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> partition. This will automatically "
"configure everything needed to encrypt and mount the partition."
msgstr ""
"Yükleme esnasında <filename role=\"directory\">/home</filename> bölümünü "
"şifrelemek için bir seçenek vardır. Bu, şifrelemek için gerekli olan her "
"şeyi otomatik olarak yapılandıracak ve bölümü birleştirecektir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1652(para)
msgid ""
"As an example, this section will cover configuring <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> to be encrypted using "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1657(title)
msgid "Using eCryptfs"
msgstr "eCryptfs Kullanma"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1659(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "İlk önce gerekli paketleri yükleyin. Terminalden şunu giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1664(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1667(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition to be encrypted:"
msgstr "Şimdi şifreli bölümü birleştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1672(command)
msgid "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1675(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for some details on how "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> should encrypt the data."
msgstr ""
"Ardından <application>ecryptfs</application>'nin nasıl veri şifreleyeceği "
"hakkında bazı ayrıntılar istenecektir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1679(para)
msgid ""
"To test that files placed in <filename>/srv</filename> are indeed encrypted "
"copy the <filename>/etc/default</filename> folder to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/srv</filename>'de bulunan dosyaları test etmek, "
"<filename>/etc/default</filename> klasörü <filename>/srv</filename>'e "
"şifrelemeyle alakalıdır:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1685(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:190(command)
msgid "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"
msgstr "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1688(para)
msgid "Now unmount <filename>/srv</filename>, and try to view a file:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename>/srv</filename>'yi ayırın ve bir dosya göstermesini deneyin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1693(command) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1118(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:198(command)
msgid "sudo umount /srv"
msgstr "sudo umount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1694(command)
msgid "cat /srv/default/cron"
msgstr "cat /srv/default/cron"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1697(para)
msgid ""
"Remounting <filename>/srv</filename> using "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> will make the data viewable once again."
msgstr ""
"<application>ecryptfs</application>'yi kullanarak "
"<filename>/srv</filename>'yi tekrar bağlama veriyi tekrar görülebilir "
"yapacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1703(title)
msgid "Automatically Mounting Encrypted Partitions"
msgstr "Otomatik Bağlamalı Şifreleme Bölümleri"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1705(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of ways to automatically mount an "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> encrypted filesystem at boot. This "
"example will use a <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> file containing "
"mount options, along with a passphrase file residing on a USB key."
msgstr ""
"Bir <application>ecryptfs</application> şifreli dosya sistemini başlangıçta "
"otomatik olarak bağlamak için birkaç yol vardır. Bu örnek, bir USB "
"anahtarında şifreli dosya olarak bulunan bağlama, seçeneklerini içeren bir "
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> dosyası kullanacak."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1711(para)
msgid "First, create <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> containing:"
msgstr "İlk önce <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> içeriğini oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1715(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1725(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> to the signature in "
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis>'i <filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-"
"cache.txt</filename>'deki imza ile ayarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1730(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> passphrase "
"file:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> şifre dosyasını "
"oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1734(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1738(para)
msgid "Now add the necessary lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr "Şimdi gerekli satırları <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>'a ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1742(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /mnt/usb        ext3    ro      0 0\n"
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /mnt/usb        ext3    ro      0 0\n"
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1747(para)
msgid "Make sure the USB drive is mounted before the encrypted partition."
msgstr "Bölümü şifrelemeden önce USB aygıtının bağlandığından emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1751(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, reboot and the <filename>/srv</filename> should be mounted using "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1757(title)
msgid "Other Utilities"
msgstr "Diğer uygulamalar"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1759(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> package includes several other "
"useful utilities:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ecryptfs-utils</application> paketi birkaç diğer kullanışlı "
"uygulama içerir:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1765(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> creates a "
"<filename>~/Private</filename> directory to contain encrypted information. "
"This utility can be run by unprivileged users to keep data private from "
"other users on the system."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> şifreli bilg tutması için "
"<filename>~/Private</filename> dizinini oluşturur. Bu uygulama sistemdeki "
"diğer kullanıcılardaki özel verileri saklaması için ayrıcalıksız "
"kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1772(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private and ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
"will mount and unmount respectively, a users <filename>~/Private</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private and ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
"kullanıcıların <filename>~/Private</filename> dizinini sırasıyla bağlayıp, "
"ayıracaktır."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1778(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> adds a new passphrase to the "
"kernel keyring."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> çekirdek anahtarına yeni bir "
"şifre ekler."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1783(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> manages "
"<application>eCryptfs</application> objects such as keys."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> <application>eCryptfs</application> "
"nesnelerini anahtar gibi yönetir"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1788(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> allows you to view the "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> meta information for a file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> dosyanın "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> içerik bilgisini göstermesine izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1801(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">Launchpad project page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1806(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux Journal</ulink> "
"article covering <emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1831(para)
msgid ""
"Also, for more <application>ecryptfs</application> options and details see "
"the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">ec"
"ryptfs man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:11(title)
msgid "Samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"Computer networks are often comprised of diverse systems, and while "
"operating a network made up entirely of Ubuntu desktop and server computers "
"would certainly be fun, some network environments must consist of both "
"Ubuntu and <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems working together in "
"harmony. This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide introduces "
"principles and tools used in configuring your Ubuntu Server for sharing "
"network resources with Windows computers."
msgstr ""
"Bilgisayar ağları genellikle çok çeşitli sistemlerden oluşur ve sadece "
"Ubuntu masaüstü ve sunucularından oluşan bir ağı yönetmek kesinlikle "
"eğlenceliyken, bazı ağ ortamlarının birbirleriyle uyum içerisinde çalışan "
"Ubuntu ve <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> sistemlerden oluşması gerekir. "
"<phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Sunucu Rehberi'nin bu bölümü, Ubuntu sunucunuzu, "
"Windows bilgisayarlarla ağ kaynaklarını paylaşacak şekilde ayarlamak için "
"kullanılan araçların prensiplerini anlatıyor."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"Successfully networking your Ubuntu system with Windows clients involves "
"providing and integrating with services common to Windows environments. Such "
"services assist the sharing of data and information about the computers and "
"users involved in the network, and may be classified under three major "
"categories of functionality:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu sisteminiz ile Windows istemcileri arasında başarılı bir şekilde ağ "
"oluşturma işlemi, Windows ortamında yaygın olan servislerin sunulması ve bu "
"servislerle bütünlüğün sağlanmasını içerir. Bu servisler, veriler ile "
"birlikte ağa dahil olan bilgisayarlar ve kullanıcılar hakkında bilginin "
"paylaşılmasına yardımcı olur ve işlevselliğine göre üç büyük kategoride "
"sınıflandırılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">File and Printer Sharing Services</emphasis>. Using "
"the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to facilitate the sharing of files, "
"folders, volumes, and the sharing of printers throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dosya ve Yazıcı Paylaşım Servisleri</emphasis>. Ağ "
"üzerinde dosya, klasör, disk bölümleri ve yazıcıların paylaşılmasını "
"sağlamak için Sunucu Mesaj Bloğu(SMB) protokolünü kullanma."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Directory Services</emphasis>. Sharing vital "
"information about the computers and users of the network with such "
"technologies as the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and "
"Microsoft <trademark class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dizin Servisleri</emphasis>. Ağdaki bilgisayarlar ve "
"kullanıcılar hakkındaki önemli bilgilerin, Lightweight Directory Access "
"Protocol (LDAP) ve Microsoft <trademark class=\"registered\">Active "
"Directory</trademark> gibi teknolojilerle paylaşılması."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Authentication and Access</emphasis>. Establishing "
"the identity of a computer or user of the network and determining the "
"information the computer or user is authorized to access using such "
"principles and technologies as file permissions, group policies, and the "
"Kerberos authentication service."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kimlik Doğrulama ve Erişim</emphasis>. Ağdaki "
"bilgisayar ya da kullanıcıların kimliğinin ve erişmeye izinli olduğu "
"bilgilerin, dosya izinleri, grup ilkeleri ve Kerberos kimlik doğrulama "
"servisi gibi temelleri ve teknolojileri kullanarak belirlenmesi."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, your Ubuntu system may provide all such facilities to Windows "
"clients and share network resources among them. One of the principal pieces "
"of software your Ubuntu system includes for Windows networking is the Samba "
"suite of SMB server applications and tools."
msgstr ""
"Neyse ki, Ubuntu sisteminiz bütün bu imkanları Windows istemcilere "
"sağlayabilir ve istemciler arasında ağ kaynaklarını paylaşabilir. Ubuntu "
"sisteminizin içerdiği, Windows ile ağ oluşturmak için gerekli olan temel "
"yazılımlardan biri SMB sunucu uygulamaları ve araçlarından olan Samba "
"suite'dir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide will introduce some "
"of the common Samba use cases, and how to install and configure the "
"necessary packages. Additional detailed documentation and information on "
"Samba can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba "
"website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Sunucu Rehberi'nin bu bölümü, yaygın Samba "
"senaryoları ve gerekli paketlerin nasıl yüklenip ayarlanacağını anlatacak. "
"Samba hakkında detaylandırılmış belgeler ve diğer bilgiler <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba website</ulink>'sinde bulunabilir."

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:68(title)
msgid "File Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:70(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common ways to network Ubuntu and Windows computers is to "
"configure Samba as a File Server. This section covers setting up a "
"<application>Samba</application> server to share files with Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu ve Windows bilgisayarlar arasında ağ oluşturmanın en yaygın "
"yöntemlerinden biri <application>Samba</application>'yı dosya sunucu olarak "
"ayarlamaktır. Bu kısım, Windows istemcilerle dosya paylaşmak için bir Samba "
"sunucunun nasıl kurulacağını anlatıyor."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"The server will be configured to share files with any client on the network "
"without prompting for a password. If your environment requires stricter "
"Access Controls see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Sunucu, ağ üzerindeki herhangi bir istemci ile şifre gerektirmeksizin dosya "
"paylaşımı yapmak için ayarlanacak. Eğer çalışma ortamınız daha sıkı Erişim "
"Kontrolü gerektiriyorsa <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>'ye göz "
"atın."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the <application>samba</application> package. "
"From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"İlk adım <application>Samba</application> paketini kurmaktır. Uçbirim'den "
"şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:88(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:304(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:91(para)
msgid ""
"That's all there is to it; you are now ready to configure Samba to share "
"files."
msgstr ""
"Bütün hepsi bu. Şimdi dosyaları paylaşmak için Samba'yı yapılandırmaya "
"hazırsınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"The main Samba configuration file is located in "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. The default configuration file has "
"a significant amount of comments in order to document various configuration "
"directives."
msgstr ""
"Ana Samba yapılandırma dosyası <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> "
"adresinde yer alır. Varsayılan yapılandırma dosyası, çeşitli yapılandırma "
"yönergeleri için çok sayıda yorum içerir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"Not all the available options are included in the default configuration "
"file. See the <filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application> "
"page or the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/\">Samba HOWTO Collection</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""
"Varsayılan yapılandırma dosyasına bütün yapılandırma seçenekleri dahil "
"edilmemiştir. Daha fazla bilgi için "
"<filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application> veya <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink> sayfalarına bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"First, edit the following key/value pairs in the "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> section of "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Öncelikle, <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'in "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> bölümündeki şu anahtar/değer çiftlerini "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:118(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:316(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:784(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1023(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = user\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = ÖRNEK\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = kullanıcı\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> parameter is farther down in the [global] "
"section, and is commented by default. Also, change "
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> to better match your environment."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security</emphasis> parametresi [global] bölümünde biraz daha "
"aşağıdadır ve varsayılan olarak yorum şeklinde bırakılmıştır. Ayrıca "
"<emphasis>ÖRNEK</emphasis>'i ortamınızla daha iyi eşleşecek şekilde "
"değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:132(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new section at the bottom of the file, or uncomment one of the "
"examples, for the directory to be shared:"
msgstr ""
"Paylaşılacak dizin için dosyanın en alt kısmına yeni bir bölüm oluşturun ya "
"da yorum olarak bırakılmış örneklerden birini seçin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:136(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Ubuntu File Server Share\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/share\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Ubuntu Dosya Sunucu Paylaşımı\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/share\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:148(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> a short description of the share. Adjust to "
"fit your needs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> paylaşımın kısa bir açıklaması. "
"İhtiyaçlarınıza göre ayarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:153(para)
msgid "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> the path to the directory to share."
msgstr "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> paylaşılacak dizinin yolu."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:156(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> because, "
"according to the <emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>, "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is where site-"
"specific data should be served. Technically Samba shares can be placed "
"anywhere on the filesystem as long as the permissions are correct, but "
"adhering to standards is recommended."
msgstr ""
"Bu örnek <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> kullanır çünkü "
"<emphasis>Dosya sistemi Hiyerarşisi Standartı (FHS)</emphasis>'na göre "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> siteye özgü "
"verinin tutulması gereken yerdir. Teknik olarak Samba paylaşımları, dosya "
"sistemi üzerinde izinlerin doğru verildiği herhangi bir yere "
"yerleştirilebilir, fakat standartlara bağlı kalınması önerilir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> enables Windows clients to browse the shared "
"directory using <application>Windows Explorer</application>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> Windows istemcilerinin <application>Windows "
"Explorer</application>'ı kullanarak paylaşılan dizine erişebilmesini sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to the share "
"without supplying a password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> istemcilerin bir şifreye gerek kalmadan "
"paylaşıma bağlanmalarına imkan verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> determines if the share is read only or if "
"write privileges are granted. Write privileges are allowed only when the "
"value is <emphasis>no</emphasis>, as is seen in this example. If the value "
"is <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, then access to the share is read only."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> paylaşımın yalnızca okunabilir mi yoksa "
"yazma haklarına da sahip mi olduğunu belirler. Yazma hakları sadece bu "
"örnekte görüldüğü gibi read only değeri <emphasis>no</emphasis> olduğu zaman "
"verilir. Eğer değer <emphasis>yes</emphasis> ise, paylaşıma erişim yalnızca "
"okumayla sınırlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> determines the permissions new files will "
"have when created."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> yeni oluşturulacak dosyaların alacakları "
"izinleri belirler."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:190(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <application>Samba</application> is configured, the directory needs "
"to be created and the permissions changed. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <application>Samba</application> ayarlandığına göre, dizin "
"oluşturulmalı ve izinler değiştirilmelidir.  Uçbirimden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:196(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:197(command)
msgid "sudo chown nobody:nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-p</emphasis> switch tells mkdir to create the entire "
"directory tree if it doesn't exist."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart the <application>samba</application> services to enable the "
"new configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, yeni yapılandırmayı etkin kılmak için "
"<application>samba</application> servisini yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:214(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:336(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:474(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:574(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:925(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1080(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1187(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2533(command)
msgid "sudo restart smbd"
msgstr "sudo restart smbd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:215(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:337(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:475(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:575(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:926(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1081(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1188(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2534(command)
msgid "sudo restart nmbd"
msgstr "sudo restart nmbd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:222(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, the above configuration gives all access to any client on the "
"local network. For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"fileprint-security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Yinelemek gerekirse, yukarıdaki yapılandırma yerel ağdaki herhangi bir "
"istemciye bütün erişim haklarını verir. Daha güvenli bir yapılandırma için "
"<xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>'ye bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:228(para)
msgid ""
"From a Windows client you should now be able to browse to the Ubuntu file "
"server and see the shared directory. If your client doesn't show your share "
"automatically, try to access your server by its IP address, e.g. \\\\"
"192.168.1.1, in a Windows Explorer window. To check that everything is "
"working try creating a directory from Windows."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"To create additional shares simply create new <emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> "
"sections in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and restart "
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Just make sure that the directory you want to "
"share actually exists and the permissions are correct."
msgstr ""
"Ek paylaşımlar oluşturmak için yeni <emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> bölümlerini "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'de oluşturun ve "
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>'yı yeniden başlatın. Sadece paylaşmak istediğiniz "
"dizinin varolduğundan ve dizine gerekli izinlerin verilmiş olduğundan emin "
"olun."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"The file share named <emphasis>\"[share]\"</emphasis> and the path "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> are just examples. Adjust the share "
"and path names to fit your environment. It is a good idea to name a share "
"after a directory on the file system. Another example would be a share name "
"of <emphasis>[qa]</emphasis> with a path of "
"<filename>/srv/samba/qa</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:252(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:351(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:708(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1104(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth Samba configurations see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Sambanın gelişmiş yapılandırmaları için <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:258(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:357(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:714(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1110(para)
msgid ""
"The guide is also available in <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">printed "
"format</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Kılavuz ayrıca, Amazon'da <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">basılmış "
"olarak</ulink> da bulunmaktadır."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:264(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"another good reference."
msgstr ""
"O'Reilly'nin <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Samba "
"Kullanımı</ulink> iyi kaynaklardan bir diğeridir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:270(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:374(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:739(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1134(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1312(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
"</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
"</ulink> sayfası."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:908(para)
msgid "Print Server"
msgstr "Yazdırma Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:281(para)
msgid ""
"Another common use of Samba is to configure it to share printers installed, "
"either locally or over the network, on an Ubuntu server. Similar to <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> this section will configure Samba to allow "
"any client on the local network to use the installed printers without "
"prompting for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Samba'nın diğer temel kullanımı, bir Ubuntu sunucusunda hem yerel hem de "
"ağdaki yüklü yazıcı paylaşımı yapılandırmadır. <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"fileserver\"/> bölümü Samba'yı yerel ağdaki herhangi bir istemcinin yüklü "
"yazıcıları, kullanıcı adı ve şifreye gerek kalmadan kullanmasına imkan verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla güvenli yapılandırması için <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/>'ye bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing and configuring Samba it is best to already have a working "
"<application>CUPS</application> installation. See <xref linkend=\"cups\"/> "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"Samba'yı kurmadan ve yapılandırmadan önce en iyisi şimdiden "
"<application>CUPS</application> kurulumunu çalıştırmaktır. Detaylar için "
"bakın <xref linkend=\"cups\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:299(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>samba</application> package, from a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>samba</application> paketini kurmak için terminalde girin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:310(para)
msgid ""
"After installing samba edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Change "
"the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> attribute to what is appropriate for your "
"network, and change <emphasis>security</emphasis> to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"In the <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> section change the <emphasis>guest "
"ok</emphasis> option to <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>[yazıcılar]</emphasis> bölümünde <emphasis>misafir "
"erişimi</emphasis> seçeneğini <emphasis role=\"italic\">evet</emphasis> "
"olarak değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:326(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   browsable = yes\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   açılabilir = evet\n"
"   misafir erişimi = evet\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:331(para)
msgid "After editing <filename>smb.conf</filename> restart Samba:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>smb.conf</filename> 'ı düzenledikten sonra Samba'yı tekrar "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"The default Samba configuration will automatically share any printers "
"installed. Simply install the printer locally on your Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"Varsayılan olarak Samba yapılandırması herhangi yüklü yazıcıyı otomatik "
"olarak paylaşır. Basitçe Windows istemcisinde yazıcıyı yerel olarak paylaşın."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink> for "
"more information on configuring CUPS."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca CUPS yapılandırma hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink>'sine bakınız"

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:383(title)
msgid "Securing File and Print Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:386(title)
msgid "Samba Security Modes"
msgstr "Samba Güvenlik Kipleri"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"There are two security levels available to the Common Internet Filesystem "
"(CIFS) network protocol <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> and <emphasis>share-"
"level</emphasis>. Samba's <emphasis>security mode</emphasis> implementation "
"allows more flexibility, providing four ways of implementing user-level "
"security and one way to implement share-level:"
msgstr ""
"Common Internet Filesystem (CIFS) ağ protokolunda <emphasis>kullanıcı-"
"seviyesi</emphasis> ve <emphasis>paylaşım-seviyesi</emphasis> olarak iki "
"güvenlik seviyesi vardır. Samba <emphasis>güvenlik kipi</emphasis> "
"uygulaması daha fazla esnekliğe izin verir ve uygulamayı, kullanıcı-seviyesi "
"güvenliği ve bir yol da paylaşım-seviyesini uygulamak için, toplamda dört "
"yolla sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> requires clients to supply a username "
"and password to connect to shares. Samba user accounts are separate from "
"system accounts, but the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package "
"will sync system users and passwords with the Samba user database."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>güvenlik = kullanıcı:</emphasis> istemcilerin paylaşılanlara "
"bağlanması için kullanıcı adı ve şifre sağlamaları gerekir. Samba kullanıcı "
"hesapları sistem hesaplarından farklıdır. Fakat <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application> paketi, sistem kullanıcı ve şifrelerini Samba "
"kullanıcı veritabanı ile senkronize eder."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:404(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> this mode allows the Samba server to "
"appear to Windows clients as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Backup "
"Domain Controller (BDC), or a Domain Member Server (DMS). See <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>güvenlik = alan:</emphasis> Bu kib, Samba sunucusunun Windows "
"istemcileri tarafından Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Backup Domain "
"Controller (BDC) veya Domain Member Server (DMS) gibi görünmesine izin "
"verir. Daha fazlası için <xref linkend=\"samba-dc\"/>'ye bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> allows the Samba server to join an "
"Active Directory domain as a native member. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ad-"
"integration\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>güvenlik = ADS:</emphasis> Samba sunucusunun bir Active Directory "
"alanına yerli bir üye gibi girmesine izin verir. Ayrıntılar için <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-ad-integration\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:417(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> this mode is left over from before "
"Samba could become a member server, and due to some security issues should "
"not be used. See the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> section "
"of the Samba guide for more details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>güvenlik = sunucu:</emphasis> bu kib, Samba'dan önce var olan bir "
"üye sunucusudur ve bazı güvenlik nedenlerinden dolayı kullanılmaz. Daha "
"fazla ayrıntı için Sambanın <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> bölümüne "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:425(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to shares "
"without supplying a username and password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>güvenlik = paylaşım:</emphasis> istemcilerin herhangi bir "
"kullanıcı adı ve şifreye gerek kalmadan paylaşımlara bağlanmasına izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"The security mode you choose will depend on your environment and what you "
"need the Samba server to accomplish."
msgstr ""
"Seçtiğiniz güvenlik modu ortamınıza bağlı olacaktır ve tamamlamak için Samba "
"sunucusuna ihtiyacınız var."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:438(title)
msgid "Security = User"
msgstr "Güvenlik = Kullanıcı"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:440(para)
msgid ""
"This section will reconfigure the Samba file and print server, from <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> and <xref linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/>, to "
"require authentication."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm kimliklemeyi sağlamak için, Samba dosya ve yazma sunucusunu <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> ve <xref linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/>'dan "
"tekrar yapılandırır"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:445(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package which "
"will sync the system users to the Samba user database:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce, sistem kullanıcılarını Samba kullanıcı veritabanına senkronize "
"edecek olan <application>libpam-smbpass</application> paketini yükle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:451(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"If you chose the <emphasis>Samba Server</emphasis> task during installation "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> is already installed."
msgstr ""
"Eğer <emphasis>Samba Sunucu</emphasis> görevini kurulum sırasında seçerseniz "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> zaten kurulur."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:461(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and in the "
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'u düzenle ve "
"<emphasis>[paylaşım]</emphasis> bölümünü değiştir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:465(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    guest ok = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    misafir erişimi = hayır\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:469(para)
msgid "Finally, restart Samba for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, yeni ayarları etkin kılmak için Samba'yı yeniden başlatın."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:478(para)
msgid ""
"Now when connecting to the shared directories or printers you should be "
"prompted for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi paylaşılmış dizin veya yazıcılara bağlandığında kullanıcı adı ve "
"şifreyi girmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:483(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to map a network drive to the share you can check the "
"<quote>Reconnect at Logon</quote> check box, which will require you to only "
"enter the username and password once, at least until the password changes."
msgstr ""
"Eğer bir ağ sürücüsünü paylaşıma eşleştirmeyi seçersen, en azından şifreyi "
"değiştirene kadar gerekli olan kullanıcı adı ve şifreni <quote>Oturuma "
"Tekrar bağlan</quote> kutusunu kontrol ederek alabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:491(title)
msgid "Share Security"
msgstr "Güvenlik Paylaşımı"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available to increase the security for each "
"individual shared directory. Using the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> example, "
"this section will cover some common options."
msgstr ""
"Her bireysel paylaşım dizinini arttırmak için birkaç seçenek bulunur. "
"Örneğin <emphasis>[paylaşım]</emphasis> seçeneği bazı temel seçenekleri "
"içerir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:499(title)
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Gruplar"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"Groups define a collection of computers or users which have a common level "
"of access to particular network resources and offer a level of granularity "
"in controlling access to such resources. For example, if a group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> is defined and contains the users <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis> and a second group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> is defined and consists of users "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> then certain network resources configured "
"to allow access by the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group will "
"subsequently enable access by freda, danika, and rob, but not jeremy or "
"vincent. Since the user <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> belongs "
"to both the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> groups, she will be able to access "
"resources configured for access by both groups, whereas all other users will "
"have only access to resources explicitly allowing the group they are part of."
msgstr ""
"Gruplar, özel ağ kaynaklarını erişimin özel seviyesine sahip bilgisayar ve "
"kullanıcı topluluğunu tanımlar ve çoğu kaynak erişim kontrolününün "
"seviyesini önerir. Örneğin; eğer bir <emphasis role=\"italic\">ut</emphasis> "
"grubu tanımlanmış ve <emphasis role=\"italic\">esat</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ubuntuki</emphasis> ve <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">hasan</emphasis> kullanıcılarını içeriyorsa ve ikinci "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">destek</emphasis> grubu tanımlanmış ve <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">esat</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">wiper</emphasis> "
"ve <emphasis role=\"italic\">ironic</emphasis> kullanıcılarını içeriyorsa "
"yapılandırılmış belirli ağ kaynakları <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ut</emphasis> grubu tarafından esat, ubuntuki ve hasan "
"tarafında sonraki erişime izin verir. Fakat ne wiper ne de ironic erişemez. "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">esat</emphasis> kullanıcısı hem <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ut</emphasis> hem de <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">destek</emphasis> gruplarına ait olduğundan dolayı, "
"yapılandırılmış kaynaklara her iki grup tarafından erişebilecek. Öte yandan "
"diğer bütün kullanıcılar, paylaşılmış kaynaklara sadece ait olduğu gruptan "
"erişebilecekler."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"By default Samba looks for the local system groups defined in "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> to determine which users belong to which "
"groups. For more information on adding and removing users from groups see "
"<xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Varsayılan olarak Samba tanımlı yerel sistem gruplarına, hangi kullanıcının "
"hangi gruba ait olduğunu belirlemek için <filename>/etc/group</filename> "
"içinde bakar. Gruplara kulllanıcı ekleme veya çıkarma hakkında daha fazla "
"bilgi için <xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:521(para)
msgid ""
"When defining groups in the Samba configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, the recognized syntax is to "
"preface the group name with an \"@\" symbol. For example, if you wished to "
"define a group named <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> in a "
"certain section of the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, you would "
"do so by entering the group name as <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Samba yapılandırma dosyası <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'de grup "
"tanımlanırken, geçerli söz dizimi grup adını \"@\" sembolü ile başlatır. "
"Örneğin; eğer bir grup adını <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> "
"olarak tanımlamışsan <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'in ilgili "
"bölümünde grup adını <emphasis role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis> şeklinde "
"girmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:530(title)
msgid "File Permissions"
msgstr "Dosya İzinleri"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"File Permissions define the explicit rights a computer or user has to a "
"particular directory, file, or set of files. Such permissions may be defined "
"by editing the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file and specifying "
"the explicit permissions of a defined file share."
msgstr ""
"Dosya İzinleri, bilgisayar veya kullanıcının özel dizin, dosya veya dosya "
"ayarına sahip belirgin doğruları tanımlar. Çoğu dizinler, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> dosyası düzenlemeyi ve tanımlı "
"dosya paylaşımının izinlerini belirlemeyi tanımlanabilir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:538(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you have defined a Samba share called "
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> and wish to give <emphasis role=\"italic\">read-"
"only</emphasis> permissions to the group of users known as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, but wanted to allow writing to the share by "
"the group called <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> and the user "
"named <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, then you could edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following entries "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Örneğin; eğer <emphasis>paylaşım</emphasis> olarak adlandırılan bir Samba "
"tanımlamış ve <emphasis role=\"italic\">ut</emphasis> grubu kullanıcılarına "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">yalnız okunabilir</emphasis> izinler vermek "
"istiyorsanız, fakat <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> olarak "
"adlandırılan grubun ve <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> "
"kullanıcısına paylaşıma yazma izni vermişseniz, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> dosyasının "
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> girişi altındakilere şunları ekleyerek dosyayı "
"değiştirebilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:547(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    read list = @qa\n"
"    write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    okuma listesi = @ut\n"
"    yazma listesi = @sysadmin, esat\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"Another possible Samba permission is to declare "
"<emphasis>administrative</emphasis> permissions to a particular shared "
"resource. Users having administrative permissions may read, write, or modify "
"any information contained in the resource the user has been given explicit "
"administrative permissions to."
msgstr ""
"Diğer yapılabilecek Samba izni, <emphasis>yönetici</emphasis> izinlerini "
"özel paylaşılmış kaynaktan reddetmektir. Yönetici izinlerine sahip "
"kullanıcılar, okuyabilir, yazabilir ve açık yönetim izinleri verilmiş "
"kaynaktaki herhangi bilgiyi değiştirebilirler."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:558(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you wanted to give the user <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> administrative permissions to the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis> example, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following line "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Örneğin; <emphasis role=\"italic\">ubuntuki</emphasis> kullanıcısına "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">paylaşım</emphasis> kaynağına erişmek için "
"yönetici izinleri vermek istiyorsan, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> dosyasının "
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> girişi altındaki satıra şunları girip, "
"değiştirmelisin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:565(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    admin users = melissa\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    admin kullanıcılar = ubuntuki\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:569(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, restart Samba for "
"the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenledikten sonra, "
"değişikliklerin uygulanması için Sambayı yeniden başlat."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:579(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>read list</emphasis> and <emphasis>write list</emphasis> "
"to work the Samba security mode must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>okuma listesi</emphasis> ve <emphasis>yazma listesi</emphasis>'nin "
"Samba güvenlik kipinde çalışması için <emphasis role=\"italic\">security = "
"share</emphasis> şeklinde ayarlanmış <emphasis>olmamalı</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:585(para)
msgid ""
"Now that Samba has been configured to limit which groups have access to the "
"shared directory, the filesystem permissions need to be updated."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Sambanın, sınırlı grupların paylaşılan dizine erişimi yapılandırıldı. "
"Dosya sistemi izinlerinin güncellenmesi gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"Traditional Linux file permissions do not map well to Windows NT Access "
"Control Lists (ACLs). Fortunately POSIX ACLs are available on Ubuntu servers "
"providing more fine grained control. For example, to enable ACLs on "
"<filename>/srv</filename> an EXT3 filesystem, edit "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> adding the <emphasis>acl</emphasis> option:"
msgstr ""
"Geleneksel Linux dosya izinleri, Windows NT Erişim Kontrol Listeleri "
"(ACLs)'ne iyi erişim sağlamaz. Neyse ki POSIX ACLs, Ubuntu sunucularda daha "
"iyi kontrol sağlıyor. Örneğin;  <filename>/srv</filename>'de bir EXT3 dosya "
"sistemi kurmak için <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>'i "
"<emphasis>acl</emphasis> seçeneği ekleyerek şöyle düzenle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:597(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv  ext3    noatime,relatime,acl "
"0       1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv ext3 noatime,relatime,acl 0 "
"1\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:601(para)
msgid "Then remount the partition:"
msgstr "Sonra bölümü tekrar bağla:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:606(command)
msgid "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes <filename>/srv</filename> on a separate partition. "
"If <filename>/srv</filename>, or wherever you have configured your share "
"path, is part of the <filename>/</filename> partition a reboot may be "
"required."
msgstr ""
"Yukardaki örnek <filename>/srv</filename>'i farklı bir bölümde varsayar. "
"Eğer <filename>/srv</filename> veya yapılandırdığın paylaşım yolu "
"<filename>/</filename>'ın bir parçası ise yeniden başlatmak gerekebilir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:617(para)
msgid ""
"To match the Samba configuration above the <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> "
"group will be given read, write, and execute permissions to "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, the <emphasis>qa</emphasis> group "
"will be given read and execute permissions, and the files will be owned by "
"the username <emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Samba yapılandırmasını eşleştirmek için yukarıdaki "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> grubuna "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>'ye okuma, yazma ve uygulama izinlerini "
"ve <emphasis>ut</emphasis> grubuna okuma ve uygulama izinleri ve de dosyalar "
"sahipliği <emphasis>esat</emphasis> kullanıcısı vermek için Uçbirime şunları "
"giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:625(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R esat /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:626(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:627(command)
msgid "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:631(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>setfacl</application> command above gives "
"<emphasis>execute</emphasis> permissions to all files in the "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> directory, which you may or may not "
"want."
msgstr ""
"<application>setfacl</application> komutu yukarıdaki "
"<emphasis>uygulama</emphasis> izinlerini istediğin veya istemediğin "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> dizindeki bütün dosyalara verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"Now from a Windows client you should notice the new file permissions are "
"implemented. See the <application>acl</application> and "
"<application>setfacl</application> man pages for more information on POSIX "
"ACLs."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi bir Windows istemcisinden yeni dosya izinlerinin uygulandığını fark "
"edeceksin. POSIX ACLs hakkında daha fazla bilgi için "
"<application>acl</application> ve <application>setfacl</application> man "
"sayfalarına bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:645(title)
msgid "Samba AppArmor Profile"
msgstr "Samba AppArmor Profili"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with the <application>AppArmor</application> security module, "
"which provides mandatory access controls. The default AppArmor profile for "
"Samba will need to be adapted to your configuration. For more details on "
"using AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu, zorunlu güvenlik kontrolu gerektiren "
"<application>AppArmor</application> güvenlik kipiyle gelir. Normalde Samba "
"için AppArmor profili yapılandırmasına uyum sağlamalıdır. AppArmor kullanımı "
"hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı için <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"There are default AppArmor profiles for <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> "
"and <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, the Samba daemon binaries, as part "
"of the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> packages. To install the "
"package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> ve <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename> "
"için mevcut AppArmor profilleri vardır. Bunlar <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application> paketlerin bölümü gibi Samba ikili değerleridir. "
"Paketi indirmek için uçbirimden şunu gir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:660(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles apparmor-utils"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:664(para)
msgid "This package contains profiles for several other binaries."
msgstr "Bu paket diğer birkaç ikili terimler için profiller içerir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:669(para)
msgid ""
"By default the profiles for <application>smbd</application> and "
"<application>nmbd</application> are in <emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode "
"allowing Samba to work without modifying the profile, and only logging "
"errors. To place the <application>smbd</application> profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode, and have Samba work as expected, the "
"profile will need to be modified to reflect any directories that are shared."
msgstr ""
"Normalde <application>smbd</application> ve <application>nmbd</application> "
"için profiller <emphasis>yakınma</emphasis> kipinde Samba, profil "
"düzenlemeden çalışmaya ve sadece giriş hatalarına izin verir. "
"<application>smbd</application> profilini <emphasis>zorlama</emphasis> kipi "
"içine yerleştirmek ve Samba'nın beklenen şekilde çalışması için, profil "
"paylaşılan herhangi dizinlere yansıtılarak düzenlenmelidir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:676(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> adding information "
"for <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> from the file server example:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename>'yi örnekteki dosya "
"sunucusundan <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> bilgilerini ekleyerek düzenle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:681(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:686(para)
msgid ""
"Now place the profile into <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> and reload it:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi profili<emphasis>zorlama</emphasis> içine yerleştir ve onu yenien "
"yükle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:691(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:692(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:695(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to read, write, and execute files in the shared "
"directory as normal, and the <application>smbd</application> binary will "
"have access to only the configured files and directories. Be sure to add "
"entries for each directory you configure Samba to share. Also, any errors "
"will be logged to <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi paylaşılan dizindeki dosyaları normal olarak okuyabilir, yazabilir ve "
"uygulayabilirsin. <application>smbd</application> ikili terimi sadece "
"yapılandırılmış dosya ve dizinlere erişebilecek. Sambayı yapılandırarak "
"herbir dizine erişimi sağlamak için girişleri eklediğinden emin ol. Ayrıca "
"herbir hata <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>'a yazılacak."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:720(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1116(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"also a good reference."
msgstr ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> "
"iyi bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:726(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
"samba.html\">Chapter 18</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection is devoted to "
"security."
msgstr ""
"Samba HOWTO Bölümünün<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/securing-samba.html\">18. Kısmı</ulink> güvenlik için "
"ayrılmıştır."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:732(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on Samba and ACLs see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs page </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Samba ve ACLs hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs sayfası</ulink>na "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:748(title)
msgid "As a Domain Controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"Although it cannot act as an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller "
"(PDC), a Samba server can be configured to appear as a Windows NT4-style "
"domain controller. A major advantage of this configuration is the ability to "
"centralize user and machine credentials. Samba can also use multiple "
"backends to store the user information."
msgstr ""
"Her ne kadar bir Aktif Dizin Birincil Alan kontrolörü (PDC) gibi çalışmazsa "
"bile, Samba sunucu, bir Windows NT sitili alan kontrolörü gibi göstermek "
"için yapılandırılabilir. Bu yapılandırmanın büyük bir avantajı kullanıcı ve "
"makine kimliklerini merkezde toplayabilmesidir. Ayrıca Samba kullanıcı "
"bilgilerini depolamak için çoklu arka uçlar kullanabilir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:757(title)
msgid "Primary Domain Controller"
msgstr "Birincil Alan Kontrolörü"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:759(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Samba as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) "
"using the default smbpasswd backend."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm Samba'yı varsayılan smbpasswd arka uç kullanarak Birincil Alan "
"Kontrolörü (PDC) gibi yapılandırmayı içerir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:766(para)
msgid ""
"First, install Samba, and <application>libpam-smbpass</application> to sync "
"the user accounts, by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"ilk önce Samba'yı yükle ve kullanıcı hesabını <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application> ile senkronize etmek için uçbirime şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:772(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1013(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:778(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure Samba by editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. "
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> mode should be set to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, and the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> "
"should relate to your organization:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'i düzenleyerek Samba'yı "
"yapılandırın <emphasis>güvenlik</emphasis> kipi, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">kullanıcı</emphasis> ve <emphasis>çalışma grubu</emphasis> "
"ile ilgili organizasyonunu ayarla:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:793(para)
msgid ""
"In the commented <quote>Domains</quote> section add or uncomment the "
"following (the last line has been split to fit the format of this document):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:797(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
"   logon drive = H:\n"
"   logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
"   logon script = logon.cmd\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d\n"
"         /var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:808(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to not use <emphasis>Roaming Profiles</emphasis> leave the "
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> and <emphasis>logon path</emphasis> options "
"commented."
msgstr ""
"Eğer <emphasis>Dolaşım Profilleri</emphasis>'ni kullanmak istemiyorsan "
"<emphasis>bağlantı evi</emphasis> ve <emphasis>bağlantı yolu</emphasis> "
"seçeneklerini açıklamalı bırakın."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:816(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> provides the netlogon service causing "
"Samba to act as a domain controller."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>alan bağlantıları:</emphasis> Samba'da bir alan kontrolörü gibi "
"işlem gören ağ bağlantısı servisi sunar."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon path:</emphasis> places the user's Windows profile into "
"their home directory. It is also possible to configure a "
"<emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> share placing all profiles under a single "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>bağlantı yolu:</emphasis> kullanıcıları Windows profilini onların "
"kendi ev dizinine yerleştirir. Ayrıca tek bir dizin altında bütün profilleri "
"<emphasis>[profiller]</emphasis> paylaşım yeri yapılandırmak mümkündür"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon drive:</emphasis> specifies the home directory local path."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>bağlantı sürücüsü:</emphasis> yerel yolun ev dizinini belirtir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:832(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon home:</emphasis> specifies the home directory location."
msgstr "<emphasis>bağlantı evi:</emphasis> yerleşim ev dizinini belirtir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:837(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon script:</emphasis> determines the script to be run locally "
"once a user has logged in. The script needs to be placed in the "
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> share."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>bağlantı betiği:</emphasis> kullanıcının ilk girdiğinde yerel "
"olarak betiği çalıştırır. Betik <emphasis>[ağ bağlantısı]</emphasis> "
"paylaşımında olması gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:843(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>add machine script:</emphasis> a script that will automatically "
"create the <emphasis>Machine Trust Account</emphasis> needed for a "
"workstation to join the domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>makine betiği ekle:</emphasis> alana girmeye yarayan çalışma "
"istasyonu için gereken <emphasis>Makine Koruma Hesabı</emphasis>'nı otomatik "
"oluşturan betik."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:847(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the <emphasis>machines</emphasis> group will need to be "
"created using the <application>addgroup</application> utility see <xref "
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Bu örnekte <emphasis>makineler</emphasis> grubu, "
"<application>addgroup</application> uygulaması kullanılarak "
"oluşturulmalıdır. Ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-"
"users\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"Uncomment the <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> share to allow the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> to be mapped:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">bağlantı evi</emphasis>'nin eşleşmesi için "
"<emphasis>[evler]</emphasis> paylaşımını açıklamasız bırakın:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:863(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[homes]\n"
"   comment = Home Directories\n"
"   browseable = no\n"
"   read only = no\n"
"   create mask = 0700\n"
"   directory mask = 0700\n"
"   valid users = %S\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[evler]\n"
"   açıklama = Ev Dizinleri\n"
"   açılabilir = hayır\n"
"   yalnız okunur = hayır\n"
"   oluşturma maskesi = 0700\n"
"   dizin maskesi = 0700\n"
"   geçerli kullanıcılar = %S\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a domain controller a <emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> "
"share needs to be configured. To enable the share, uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Bir <emphasis>[ağ bağlantısı]</emphasis> paylaşımını alan kontrolörü gibi "
"yapılandırılmalıdır. Paylaşımı aktifleştirmek için açıklamasız:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:881(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[netlogon]\n"
"   comment = Network Logon Service\n"
"   path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
"   read only = yes\n"
"   share modes = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[ağ bağlantısı]\n"
"   açıklama = Ağ Bağlantı Servisi\n"
"   yol = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
"   misafir erişimi = evet\n"
"   yalnız okunur = evet\n"
"   paylaşım kipleri = hayır\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"The original <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> share path is "
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>, but according to the Filesystem "
"Hierarchy Standard (FHS), <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is the correct "
"location for site-specific data provided by the system."
msgstr ""
"Orjinal <emphasis>ağ bağlantısı</emphasis> paylaşım yolu "
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>'dur. Fakat, Dosya sistemi "
"Hiyerarşi Standartı (FHS) kaydı, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> özel site veri "
"sağlama sistem tarafından doğru yerdedir"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename> directory, "
"and an empty (for now) <filename>logon.cmd</filename> script file:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename role=\"directory\">ağ bağlantısı</filename> dizini ve "
"şimdilik boş olan bir <filename>logon.cmd</filename> betik dosyası oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:908(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:909(command)
msgid "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"
msgstr "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:912(para)
msgid ""
"You can enter any normal Windows logon script commands in "
"<filename>logon.cmd</filename> to customize the client's environment."
msgstr ""
"Herhangi normal bir Windows bağlantı betik komutunu istemci ortamlarını "
"düzenlemek için <filename>logon.cmd</filename> dosyasına girebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:920(para)
msgid "Restart Samba to enable the new domain controller:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:932(para)
msgid ""
"Lastly, there are a few additional commands needed to setup the appropriate "
"rights."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:936(para)
msgid ""
"With <emphasis>root</emphasis> being disabled by default, in order to join a "
"workstation to the domain, a system group needs to be mapped to the Windows "
"<emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis> group. Using the "
"<application>net</application> utility, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Normalde pasif olan <emphasis>root</emphasis> ile çalışma istasyonu alanına, "
"Windows <emphasis>Alan Yöneticileri</emphasis> grubu ile eşleşen sistem "
"grubu gerekir. <application>net</application> uygulamasını uçbirimde kullan:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:943(command)
msgid ""
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
"type=d"
msgstr ""
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Alan Yöneticileri\" unixgroup=sysadmin "
"rid=512 type=d"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:947(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> to whichever group you "
"prefer. Also, the user used to join the domain needs to be a member of the "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> group, as well as a member of the system "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group. The <emphasis>admin</emphasis> group "
"allows <application>sudo</application> use."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis>'i istediğin grupla değiştir. "
"Ayrıca, alana girmek için kullanılan kullanıcı hem "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> grubunun hem de <emphasis>admin</emphasis> "
"grubunun bir üyesi olmalıdır. <emphasis>admin</emphasis> grubu "
"<application>sudo</application> kullanımına izin verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:953(para)
msgid ""
"If the user does not have Samba credentials yet, you can add them with the "
"<application>smbpasswd</application> utility, change the "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> username appropriately: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo smbpasswd -a sysadmin</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:963(para)
msgid ""
"Also, rights need to be explicitly provided to the <emphasis>Domain "
"Admins</emphasis> group to allow the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
"(and other admin functions) to work. This is achieved by executing:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> (ve diğer admin "
"fonksiyonlarını) çalıştırmaları için <emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis> "
"grubuna gereken izinler açıkça verilmiş olmalıdır. Bu işlem şu komut "
"çalıştırılarak sağlanır:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:968(command)
msgid ""
"net rpc rights grant -U sysadmin \"EXAMPLE\\Domain Admins\" "
"SeMachineAccountPrivilege \\ SePrintOperatorPrivilege SeAddUsersPrivilege "
"SeDiskOperatorPrivilege \\ SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:976(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to join Windows clients to the Domain in the same "
"manner as joining them to an NT4 domain running on a Windows server."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Windows istemcilerine katılabilirsin. Alan, bir Windows sunucusundaki "
"NT4 alanına giriyormuş gibi aynı davranışı gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:986(title)
msgid "Backup Domain Controller"
msgstr "Yedek Alan Denetimcisi"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:988(para)
msgid ""
"With a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) on the network it is best to have a "
"Backup Domain Controller (BDC) as well. This will allow clients to "
"authenticate in case the PDC becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Ağdaki Birincil Alan Kontrolörü (PDC), Yedek Alan Kontrolörüne sahip "
"olanların en iyisidir. Bu, istemci PDC'lerinin kullanılamaz olmasına izin "
"verir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"When configuring Samba as a BDC you need a way to sync account information "
"with the PDC. There are multiple ways of accomplishing this "
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application>, or by "
"using <application>LDAP</application> as the <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Samba'yı bir BDC gibi yapılandırdığında, PDC hesap bilgisi ile senkronize "
"olacak bir yol gerekir. Bunu yapmanın birçok yolu vardır. Bazıları "
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application> veya "
"<emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis> gibi <application>LDAP</application> "
"kullanmaktır ."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:999(para)
msgid ""
"Using LDAP is the most robust way to sync account information, because both "
"domain controllers can use the same information in real time. However, "
"setting up a LDAP server may be overly complicated for a small number of "
"user and computer accounts. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"LDAP'ı kullanma, hesap bilgisi senkronize etmek için en sağlam yoldur. Çünkü "
"her iki alan kontrolörü gerçekte aynı bilgiyi kullanır. Yine deLDAP sunucu "
"ayarlama, az sayıdaki bilgisayar ve kullanıcılar için aşırı karmaşıktır. "
"Ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1008(para)
msgid ""
"First, install <application>samba</application> and <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application>. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <application>samba</application> ve <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application>'yi yükle. Uçbirime gir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1019(para)
msgid ""
"Now, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> and uncomment the "
"following in the <emphasis>[global]</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>'i düzenle "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis>'da açıklamasız olarak şöyle yaz:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1032(para)
msgid "In the commented <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> uncomment or add:"
msgstr ""
"Açıklamada <emphasis>Alanlar</emphasis>'ı açıklamasız bırak veya ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1036(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   domain master = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   alan bağlantıları = evet\n"
"   master alan = hayır\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1044(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure a user has rights to read the files in "
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. For example, to allow users in the "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group to <application>scp</application> the "
"files, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Bir kullanıcının <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> dosyalarını okumaya "
"hakkı olduğundan emin ol. Örneğin; <emphasis>admin</emphasis> grubundaki "
"kullanıcılara <application>scp</application> dosyalarında  izin vermek için "
"giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1050(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1056(para)
msgid ""
"Next, sync the user accounts, using <application>scp</application> to copy "
"the <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> directory from the PDC:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, kullanıcı hesabına PDC'den <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> dizini "
"kopyalamak için <application>scp</application> kullan:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1062(command)
msgid "sudo scp -r username@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"
msgstr "sudo scp -r kullanıcı@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1066(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a valid username and "
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> with the hostname or IP Address of your actual PDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>kullanıcı</emphasis> ve <emphasis>pdc</emphasis>'yi senin aktif "
"olan alan adı ve IP Adresi ile değiştir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1075(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>samba</application>:"
msgstr "Son olarak, <application>samba</application>'yı yeniden başlat:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1087(para)
msgid ""
"You can test that your Backup Domain controller is working by stopping the "
"Samba daemon on the PDC, then trying to login to a Windows client joined to "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
"Çalışan Yedek Alan kontrolörünü durdurarak test edebilirsin. Sonra Windows "
"istemcisine girmeyi deneyin."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1092(para)
msgid ""
"Another thing to keep in mind is if you have configured the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> option as a directory on the PDC, and the PDC becomes "
"unavailable, access to the user's <emphasis>Home</emphasis> drive will also "
"be unavailable. For this reason it is best to configure the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> to reside on a separate file server from the PDC and BDC."
msgstr ""
"Akılda tutulması gereken diğer şey, <emphasis>bağlantı evi</emphasis> "
"seçeneğinin PDC'de bir dizin gibi yapılandırılıp yapılandırılmadığıdır. PDC "
"ve kullanıcı <emphasis>Ev</emphasis> sürücüsü kullanılamaz olacak. Bu "
"sebepten dolayı PDC ve BDC'den <emphasis>bağlantı evi</emphasis>'ni "
"yapılandırmak en iyisidir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1122(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
"pdc.html\">Chapter 4</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection explains setting "
"up a Primary Domain Controller."
msgstr ""
"Samba HOWTO Koleksiyonu <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/samba-pdc.html\">4. Bölüm</ulink>'ü Birincil Alan "
"Kontrolörü ayarlarını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1128(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">Chapter 5</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection "
"explains setting up a Backup Domain Controller."
msgstr ""
"Samba HOWTO Koleksiyonu <ulink "
"url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
"bdc.html\">5. Bölüm</ulink>'ü Yedek Alan Kontrolörünü açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:1143(title)
msgid "Active Directory Integration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1146(title)
msgid "Accessing a Samba Share"
msgstr "Samba Paylaşıma Erişme"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1148(para)
msgid ""
"Another, use for Samba is to integrate into an existing Windows network. "
"Once part of an Active Directory domain, Samba can provide file and print "
"services to AD users."
msgstr ""
"Diğeri, Samba için varolan Windows ağına birleşmek için kullanma. Aktif "
"Dizin alannın ilk bölümü, Samba'nın dosya ve yazdırma servislerini AD "
"kullanıcılarına sağlayabilir."

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:1153(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way to join an AD domain is to use <application>Likewise-"
"open</application>. For detailed instructions see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.beyondtrust.com/Technical-"
"Support/Downloads/files/pbiso/Manuals/ubuntu-active-directory.html\"> "
"Likewise Open documentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1159(para)
msgid ""
"Once part of the Active Directory domain, enter the following command in the "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1164(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1167(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> değişikliklerini düzenle:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1171(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = ads\n"
"   realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"   ...\n"
"   idmap backend = lwopen\n"
"   idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
"   idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = ÖRNEK\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = ads\n"
"   realm = UBUNTU-TR.ORG\n"
"   ...\n"
"   idmap backend = lwopen\n"
"   idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
"   idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1182(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>samba</application> for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni ayarların etkinleştirilmesi için <application>samba</application> 'yı "
"tekrar başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1191(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to access any <application>Samba</application> shares "
"from a Windows client. However, be sure to give the appropriate AD users or "
"groups access to the share directory. See <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi, herhangi <application>Samba</application> paylaşımına Windows "
"istemciden erişebilirsin. Bununla beraber, paylaşım dizinine erişmek için "
"uygun AD kullanıcı veya grupları verdiğinden emin ol. Daha fazla ayrıntı "
"için <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>'ye bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1199(title)
msgid "Accessing a Windows Share"
msgstr "Windows Paylaşımına Erişim"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the Samba server is part of the Active Directory domain you can "
"access any Windows server shares:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi, Aktif Dizin alanının bölümü olan Samba sunucusu herhangi Windows "
"sunucu paylaşımlarına erişebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1208(para)
msgid ""
"To mount a Windows file share enter the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "Windows dosya paylaşımına bağlanmak için uçbirime şunları gir:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1212(command)
msgid "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"
msgstr "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1215(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to access shares on computers not part of an AD domain, "
"but a username and password will need to be provided."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca AD alanın bölümü olmayan bilgisayarlardan paylaşımlara erişmek "
"mümkündür. Fakat kullanıcı adı ve şifre gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1223(para)
msgid ""
"To mount the share during boot place an entry in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, for example:"
msgstr ""
"Kök'teki <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>'da bulunan paylaşıma bağlanmak "
"için, örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1227(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
"0        0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
"0        0\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1234(para)
msgid ""
"Another way to copy files from a Windows server is to use the "
"<application>smbclient</application> utility. To list the files in a Windows "
"share:"
msgstr ""
"Windows sunucudan dosya kopyalamanın diğer yolu "
"<application>smbclient</application> uygulaması kullanmaktır. Windows "
"paylaşımındaki dosyaları listelemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1240(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1246(para)
msgid "To copy a file from the share, enter:"
msgstr "Paylaşımdaki bir dosyayı kopyalamak için, giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1251(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get file.txt\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get dosya.txt\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1254(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>file.txt</filename> into the current directory."
msgstr ""
"Bu <filename>dosya.txt</filename>'yi mevcut dizin içine kopyalayacak."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1261(para)
msgid "And to copy a file to the share:"
msgstr "Ve dosyayı paylaşıma kopyalamak için:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1266(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1269(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to "
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Bu, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>'u "
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>'e kopyalayacak."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1276(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-c</emphasis> option used above allows you to execute the "
"<application>smbclient</application> command all at once. This is useful for "
"scripting and minor file operations. To enter the <emphasis>smb: \\"
"&gt;</emphasis> prompt, a FTP like prompt where you can execute normal file "
"and directory commands, simply execute:"
msgstr ""
"Yukarıda kullanılan <emphasis>-c</emphasis> seçeneği her şeyden önce "
"<application>smbclient</application> komutunu çalıştırmaya izin verir. Bu, "
"betik ve yansı dosya işlemleri için kullanışlıdır. Normal dosya ve dizin "
"komutlarında çalıştırabileceğiniz FTP gibi <emphasis>smb: \\&gt;</emphasis> "
"iletisini girmek için basitçe şunu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1283(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1290(para)
msgid ""
"Replace all instances of <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>username=steve,password=secret</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>file.txt</emphasis> with your server's IP, hostname, share name, "
"file name, and an actual username and password with rights to the share."
msgstr ""
"Bütün <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>kullanıcı=esat,şifre=gizli</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>dosya.txt</emphasis>'leri sunucu IP, alan adı, paylaşım adı, dosya "
"adı ve aktif kullanıcı ve şifre ile değiştir."

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:1301(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>smbclient</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man smbclient</command>, also available <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">o"
"nline</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/samba.xml:1306(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mount.cifs</application><ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">"
"man page</ulink> is also useful for more detailed information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:11(title)
msgid "Appendix"
msgstr "Ek"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:14(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs in Ubuntu Server Edition"
msgstr "Ubuntu Sunucu Sürümündeki Hataları Raporlama"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Project, and thus Ubuntu Server, uses <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink> as its bugtracker. In order "
"to file a bug, you will need a Launchpad account. <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.launchpad.net/YourAccount/NewAccount\">Create one "
"here</ulink> if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:23(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs With apport-cli"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"The preferred way to report a bug is with the <application>apport-"
"cli</application> command. It must be invoked on the machine affected by the "
"bug because it collects information from the system on which it is being run "
"and publishes it to the bug report on Launchpad. Getting that information to "
"Launchpad can therefore be a challenge if the system is not running a "
"desktop environment in order to use a browser (common with servers) or if it "
"does not have Internet access. The steps to take in these situations are "
"described below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"The commands <application>apport-cli</application> and <application>ubuntu-"
"bug</application> should give the same results on a CLI server. The latter "
"is actually a symlink to <application>apport-bug</application> which is "
"intelligent enough to know whether a desktop environment is in use and will "
"choose <application>apport-cli</application> if not. Since server systems "
"tend to be CLI-only apport-cli was chosen from the outset in this guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"Bug reports in Ubuntu need to be filed against a specific software package, "
"so the name of the package (source package or program name/path) affected by "
"the bug needs to be supplied to apport-cli:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:46(command)
msgid "apport-cli PACKAGENAME"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
"packages in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu'da paketleme hakkında daha fazlası için <xref linkend=\"package-"
"management\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"Once apport-cli has finished gathering information you will be asked what to "
"do with it. For instance, to report a bug in vim:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:61(command)
msgid "apport-cli vim"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:60(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Collecting problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information can be sent to the developers to improve the\n"
"application. This might take a few minutes.\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"\n"
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (2.8 KB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/I/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:83(para)
msgid "The first three options are described below:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Send:</emphasis> submits the collected information "
"to Launchpad as part of the process of filing a new bug report. You will be "
"given the opportunity to describe the bug in your own words."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:114(userinput) serverguide/C/backups.xml:852(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:96(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"*** Uploading problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information is being sent to the bug tracking system.\n"
"This might take a few minutes.\n"
"94%\n"
"\n"
"*** To continue, you must visit the following URL:\n"
"\n"
"  https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/vim/+filebug/09b2495a-e2ab-11e3-"
"879b-68b5996a96c8?\n"
"\n"
"You can launch a browser now, or copy this URL into a browser on another "
"computer.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Choices:\n"
"  1: Launch a browser now\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (1/C):  <placeholder-1/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:117(para)
msgid ""
"The browser that will be used when choosing '1' will be the one known on the "
"system as <application>www-browser</application> via the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/en/man8/update-"
"alternatives.8.html\"> Debian alternatives system</ulink>. Examples of text-"
"based browsers to install include <application>links</application>, "
"<application>elinks</application>, <application>lynx</application>, and "
"<application>w3m</application>. You can also manually point an existing "
"browser at the given URL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">View:</emphasis> displays the collected information "
"on the screen for review. This can be a lot of information. Press 'Enter' to "
"scroll by screenful. Press 'q' to quit and return to the choice menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keep:</emphasis> writes the collected information to "
"disk. The resulting file can be later used to file the bug report, typically "
"after transferring it to another Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:150(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "k"
msgstr "k"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:143(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (2.8 KB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/I/C): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Problem report file: /tmp/apport.vim.1pg92p02.apport\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"To report the bug, get the file onto an internet-enabled Ubuntu system and "
"apply apport-cli to it. This will cause the menu to appear immediately (the "
"information is already collected). You should then press 's' to send:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:161(command)
msgid "apport-cli apport.vim.1pg92p02.apport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"To directly save a report to disk (without menus) you can do: <screen>\n"
"<command>apport-cli vim --save apport.vim.test.apport</command>\n"
"</screen> Report names should end in <emphasis>.apport</emphasis> ."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"If this internet-enabled system is non-Ubuntu/Debian, apport-cli is not "
"available so the bug will need to be created manually. An apport report is "
"also not to be included as an attachment to a bug either so it is completely "
"useless in this scenario."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:189(title)
msgid "Reporting Application Crashes"
msgstr "Uygulama Arızaları Raporlama"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"The software package that provides the apport-cli utility, "
"<application>apport</application>, can be configured to automatically "
"capture the state of a crashed application. This is enabled by default (in "
"<filename>/etc/default/apport</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:197(para)
msgid ""
"After an application crashes, if enabled, apport will store a crash report "
"under <filename>/var/crash</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:201(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-rw-r----- 1 peter    whoopsie 150K Jul 24 16:17 _usr_lib_x86_64-linux-"
"gnu_libmenu-cache2_libexec_menu-cached.1000.crash\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:205(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>apport-cli</application> command without arguments to "
"process any pending crash reports. It will offer to report them one by one."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:211(command)
msgid "apport-cli"
msgstr "apport-cli"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:224(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:210(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"\n"
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (153.0 KB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/I/C): <placeholder-2/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"If you send the report, as was done above, the prompt will be returned "
"immediately and the <filename>/var/crash</filename> directory will then "
"contain 2 extra files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:232(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-rw-r----- 1 peter    whoopsie 150K Jul 24 16:17 _usr_lib_x86_64-linux-"
"gnu_libmenu-cache2_libexec_menu-cached.1000.crash\n"
"-rw-rw-r-- 1 peter    whoopsie    0 Jul 24 16:37 _usr_lib_x86_64-linux-"
"gnu_libmenu-cache2_libexec_menu-cached.1000.upload\n"
"-rw------- 1 whoopsie whoopsie    0 Jul 24 16:37 _usr_lib_x86_64-linux-"
"gnu_libmenu-cache2_libexec_menu-cached.1000.uploaded\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"Sending in a crash report like this will not immediately result in the "
"creation of a new public bug. The report will be made private on Launchpad, "
"meaning that it will be visible to only a limited set of bug triagers. These "
"triagers will then scan the report for possible private data before creating "
"a public bug."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Reporting "
"Bugs</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Reporting "
"Bugs</ulink> Ubuntu wiki sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:262(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> page "
"has some useful information. Though some of it pertains to using a GUI."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> "
"sayfasında biraz kullanışlı bilgi vardır. Onların bazıları GUI kullanımlıyla "
"ilgilidir."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:11(title)
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Uzak Yönetim"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to remotely administer a Linux server. This chapter will "
"cover three of the most popular applications "
"<application>OpenSSH</application>, <application>Puppet</application>, and "
"<application>Zentyal</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:833(para) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:16(title)
msgid "OpenSSH Server"
msgstr "OpenSSH Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the Ubuntu Server Guide introduces a powerful collection of "
"tools for the remote control of, and transfer of data between, networked "
"computers called <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. You will also learn about "
"some of the configuration settings possible with the OpenSSH server "
"application and how to change them on your Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"OpenSSH is a freely available version of the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol "
"family of tools for remotely controlling, or transferring files between, "
"computers. Traditional tools used to accomplish these functions, such as "
"<application>telnet</application> or <application>rcp</application>, are "
"insecure and transmit the user's password in cleartext when used. OpenSSH "
"provides a server daemon and client tools to facilitate secure, encrypted "
"remote control and file transfer operations, effectively replacing the "
"legacy tools."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenSSH server component, <application>sshd</application>, listens "
"continuously for client connections from any of the client tools. When a "
"connection request occurs, <application>sshd</application> sets up the "
"correct connection depending on the type of client tool connecting. For "
"example, if the remote computer is connecting with the "
"<application>ssh</application> client application, the OpenSSH server sets "
"up a remote control session after authentication. If a remote user connects "
"to an OpenSSH server with <application>scp</application>, the OpenSSH server "
"daemon initiates a secure copy of files between the server and client after "
"authentication. OpenSSH can use many authentication methods, including plain "
"password, public key, and <application>Kerberos</application> tickets."
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH sunucu bileşeni, <application>sshd</application>, herhangi bir "
"istemci aracındaki bağlantıları devamlı olarak dinler. Bir istekle "
"karşılaştığında, istemcinin araç bağlantısı türüne bağlı olarak "
"<application>sshd</application> doğru bağlantıyı sağlar. Örneğin, eğer uzak "
"bilgisayar <application>ssh</application> istemci uygulaması ile "
"bağlanıyorsa, OpenSSH sunucu uzak kontrol bölümünü doğruladıktan sonra "
"oluşturur. Eğer uzak kullanıcı OpenSSH sunucuya "
"<application>scp</application> ile bağlanırsa, OpenSSH sunucu programı, "
"sunucu ve istemci arasında bir doğrulama gerçekleştirdikten sonra güvenli "
"bir kopya başlatır. OpenSSH, açık şifre, genel anahtar ve "
"<application>Kerberos</application> etiketi içeren birçok doğrulama yöntemi "
"kullanabilir."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"Installation of the OpenSSH client and server applications is simple. To "
"install the OpenSSH client applications on your Ubuntu system, use this "
"command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH istemci ve sunucu uygulamalarını yüklemek basittir. OpenSSH istemci "
"uygulamalarını Ubuntu sistemine yüklemek için terminalde şu komutu kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:53(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"To install the OpenSSH server application, and related support files, use "
"this command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH sunucu uygulaması ve ilgili destek dosyalarını yüklemek için "
"terminalde şu komutu kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:60(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>openssh-server</application> package can also be selected "
"to install during the Server Edition installation process."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <application>openssh-server</application> paketi, Sunucu Sürümü "
"yükleme işlemi esnasında yüklemek için seçilebilir."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"You may configure the default behavior of the OpenSSH server application, "
"<application>sshd</application>, by editing the file "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. For information about the "
"configuration directives used in this file, you may view the appropriate "
"manual page with the following command, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH sunucu uygulaması <application>sshd</application>'nin mevcut "
"durumunu  <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek "
"yapılandırabilirsin. Bu dosyada kullanılan yapılandırma ynergeleri hakkında "
"bilgi için aşağıdaki komutu kullanarak uygun kullanın sayfasını görebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:77(command)
msgid "man sshd_config"
msgstr "man sshd_config"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"There are many directives in the <application>sshd</application> "
"configuration file controlling such things as communication settings, and "
"authentication modes. The following are examples of configuration directives "
"that can be changed by editing the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Öncelikle yapılandırma dosyasını düzenlemek için  asıl dosya ve projesinin "
"bir kopyasını almalısın. Böylelikle gerektiğinde asıl ayarlara geri "
"dönebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> dosya ve projesini, terminale "
"aşağıdaki komutu yazarak kopyalayın:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:95(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:96(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"The following are examples of configuration directives you may change:"
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma yönergelerinin örneklerini aşağıdaki gibi değiştirmelisin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"To set your OpenSSH to listen on TCP port 2222 instead of the default TCP "
"port 22, change the Port directive as such:"
msgstr ""
"Kendi OpenSSH'ının var olan TCP yuva 22 yerine TCP yuva 2222'yi dinlemesi "
"için yuva yönergesini şu şekilde değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:108(para)
msgid "Port 2222"
msgstr "Yuva 2222"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"To have <application>sshd</application> allow public key-based login "
"credentials, simply add or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"Genel anahtar temelli giriş ehliyetini <application>sshd</application> "
"izinli almak için, basitçe şu satırı ekleyip düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:117(para)
msgid "PubkeyAuthentication yes"
msgstr "PubkeyAuthentication yes"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:120(para)
msgid "If the line is already present, then ensure it is not commented out."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"To make your OpenSSH server display the contents of the "
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> file as a pre-login banner, simply add "
"or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH sunucunun <filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> dosyasındaki "
"içindekileri ön girişli sembol olarak göstermek için basitçe şu satırı "
"ekleyip düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:130(para)
msgid "Banner /etc/issue.net"
msgstr "Banner /etc/issue.net"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:133(para)
msgid "In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file."
msgstr "<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> dosyasındaki."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, "
"save the file, and restart the <application>sshd</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> dosyasındaki değişiklikleri "
"yaptıktan sonra değişikliklerin etkili olması için dosyayı kaydedip "
"<application>sshd</application> sunucu uygulamasını yeniden başlatıni. Bunun "
"için şu komutu kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"Many other configuration directives for <application>sshd</application> are "
"available to change the server application's behavior to fit your needs. Be "
"advised, however, if your only method of access to a server is "
"<application>ssh</application>, and you make a mistake in configuring "
"<application>sshd</application> via the "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, you may find you are locked "
"out of the server upon restarting it. Additionally, if an incorrect "
"configuration directive is supplied, the <application>sshd</application> "
"server may refuse to start, so be extra careful when editing this file on a "
"remote server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:161(title)
msgid "SSH Keys"
msgstr "SSH Anahtarları"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"SSH <emphasis>keys</emphasis> allow authentication between two hosts without "
"the need of a password. SSH key authentication uses two keys, a "
"<emphasis>private</emphasis> key and a <emphasis>public</emphasis> key."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:166(para)
msgid "To generate the keys, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Anahtarları oluşturmak için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:170(command)
msgid "ssh-keygen -t rsa"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"This will generate the keys using the <emphasis>RSA Algorithm</emphasis>. "
"During the process you will be prompted for a password. Simply hit "
"<emphasis>Enter</emphasis> when prompted to create the key."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"By default the <emphasis>public</emphasis> key is saved in the file "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, while "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa</filename> is the <emphasis>private</emphasis> key. "
"Now copy the <filename>id_rsa.pub</filename> file to the remote host and "
"append it to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:182(command)
msgid "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"
msgstr "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, double check the permissions on the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file, only the authenticated user "
"should have read and write permissions. If the permissions are not correct "
"change them by:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak <filename>authorized_keys</filename> dosyasındaki izinleri "
"kontrol edin. Sadece doğrulanan kullanıcı izinleri okuyup yazabilecek. Eğer "
"izinler doğru değilse onları şöyle değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:189(command)
msgid "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to SSH to the host without being prompted for a "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi SSH'ı şifreye gerek kalmaksızın ana sistem olarak kullanabilirsiniz"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Ubuntu Wiki SSH</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Ubuntu Wiki SSH</ulink> "
"sayfası."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:206(ulink)
msgid "OpenSSH Website"
msgstr "OpenSSH Web Sitesi"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:211(ulink)
msgid "Advanced OpenSSH Wiki Page"
msgstr "Gelişmiş OpenSSH Wiki Sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:219(title)
msgid "Puppet"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Puppet</application> is a cross platform framework enabling "
"system administrators to perform common tasks using code. The code can do a "
"variety of tasks from installing new software, to checking file permissions, "
"or updating user accounts. <application>Puppet</application> is great not "
"only during the initial installation of a system, but also throughout the "
"system's entire life cycle. In most circumstances "
"<application>puppet</application> will be used in a client/server "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:228(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover installing and configuring "
"<application>Puppet</application> in a client/server configuration. This "
"simple example will demonstrate how to install "
"<application>Apache</application> using <application>Puppet</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:234(title)
msgid "Preconfiguration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to configuring <application>puppet</application> you may want to add a "
"DNS <emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> record for "
"<emphasis>puppet.example.com</emphasis>, where "
"<emphasis>example.com</emphasis> is your domain. By default "
"<application>Puppet</application> clients check DNS for puppet.example.com "
"as the puppet server name, or <emphasis>Puppet Master</emphasis>. See <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/> for more DNS details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"If you do not wish to use DNS, you can add entries to the server and client "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. For example, in the "
"<application>Puppet</application> server's <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> "
"file add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:248(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost puppet\n"
"192.168.1.17 puppetclient.example.com puppetclient\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:273(para)
msgid ""
"On each <application>Puppet</application> client, add an entry for the "
"server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:257(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"192.168.1.16 puppetmaster.example.com puppetmaster puppet\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Replace the example IP addresses and domain names above with your actual "
"server and client addresses and domain names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>Puppet</application>, in a terminal on the "
"<emphasis>server</emphasis> enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:241(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install puppetmaster"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:244(para)
msgid "On the <emphasis>client</emphasis> machine, or machines, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:249(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install puppet"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:292(para)
msgid "Create a folder path for the apache2 class:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:297(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /etc/puppet/modules/apache2/manifests"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"Now setup some resources for <application>apache2</application>. Create a "
"file <filename>/etc/puppet/modules/apache2/manifests/init.pp</filename> "
"containing the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:306(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"class apache2 {\n"
"  package { 'apache2':\n"
"    ensure =&gt; installed,\n"
"  }\n"
"\n"
"  service { 'apache2':\n"
"    ensure  =&gt; true,\n"
"    enable  =&gt; true,\n"
"    require =&gt; Package['apache2'],\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a node file <filename>/etc/puppet/manifests/site.pp</filename> "
"with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:325(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"node 'puppetclient.example.com' {\n"
"   include apache2\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>puppetclient.example.com</emphasis> with your actual "
"<application>Puppet</application> client's host name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The final step for this simple <application>Puppet</application> server is "
"to restart the daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:342(command)
msgid "sudo service puppetmaster restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:331(para)
msgid ""
"Now everything is configured on the <application>Puppet</application> "
"server, it is time to configure the client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"First, configure the <application>Puppet</application> agent daemon to "
"start. Edit <filename>/etc/default/puppet</filename>, changing "
"<emphasis>START</emphasis> to yes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:340(programlisting) serverguide/C/mail.xml:627(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"START=yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"START=yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:344(para)
msgid "Then start the service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:363(command)
msgid "sudo service puppet start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:366(para)
msgid "View the client cert fingerprint"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:371(command)
msgid "sudo puppet agent --fingerprint"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"Back on the <application>Puppet</application> server, view pending "
"certificate signing requests:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:380(command)
msgid "sudo puppet cert list"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"On the <application>Puppet</application> server, verify the fingerprint of "
"the client and sign puppetclient's cert:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:388(command)
msgid "sudo puppet cert sign puppetclient.example.com"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"On the <application>Puppet</application> client, run the puppet agent "
"manually in the foreground. This step isn't strictly speaking necessary, but "
"it is the best way to test and debug the puppet service."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:397(command)
msgid "sudo puppet agent --test"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:400(para)
msgid ""
"Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> on both hosts for any errors with "
"the configuration. If all goes well the <application>apache2</application> "
"package and it's dependencies will be installed on the "
"<application>Puppet</application> client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:366(para)
msgid ""
"This example is <emphasis>very</emphasis> simple, and does not highlight "
"many of <application>Puppet</application>'s features and benefits. For more "
"information see <xref linkend=\"puppet-resources\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:378(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://docs.puppetlabs.com/\">Official Puppet "
"Documentation</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:423(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://forge.puppetlabs.com/\">Puppet forge</ulink>, "
"online repository of puppet modules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"Also see <ulink url=\"http://www.apress.com/9781430230571\">Pro "
"Puppet</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:397(title)
msgid "Zentyal"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Zentyal</application> is a Linux small business server, that "
"can be configured as a Gateway, Infrastructure Manager, Unified Threat "
"Manager, Office Server, Unified Communication Server or a combination of "
"them. All network services managed by Zentyal are tightly integrated, "
"automating most tasks. This helps to avoid errors in the network "
"configuration and administration and allows to save time. "
"<application>Zentyal</application> is open source, released under the GNU "
"General Public License (GPL) and runs on top of Ubuntu GNU/Linux."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Zentyal</application> consists of a series of packages (usually "
"one for each module) that provide a web interface to configure the different "
"servers or services. The configuration is stored on a key-value "
"<application>Redis</application> database but users, groups and domains "
"related configuration is on <application>OpenLDAP </application>. When you "
"configure any of the available parameters through the web interface, final "
"configuration files are overwritten using the configuration templates "
"provided by the modules. The main advantages of using "
"<application>Zentyal</application> are: unified, graphical user interface to "
"configure all network services and high, out-of-the-box integration between "
"them."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
"Zentyal 2.3 is available on Ubuntu 12.04 Universe repository. The modules "
"available are:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:434(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-core &amp; zentyal-common: the core of the "
"<application>Zentyal</application> interface and the common libraries of the "
"framework. Also include the logs and events modules that give the "
"administrator an interface to view the logs and generate events from them."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:443(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-network: manages the configuration of the network. From the "
"interfaces (supporting static IP, DHCP, VLAN, bridges or PPPoE), to multiple "
"gateways when having more than one Internet connection, load balancing and "
"advanced routing, static routes or dynamic DNS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:491(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-objects &amp; zentyal-services: provide an abstraction level for "
"network addresses (e.g. LAN instead of 192.168.1.0/24) and ports named as "
"services (e.g. HTTP instead of 80/TCP)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-firewall: configures the <application>iptables</application> rules "
"to block forbiden connections, NAT and port redirections."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:464(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-ntp: installs the NTP daemon to keep server on time and allow "
"network clients to synchronize their clocks against the server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:470(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-dhcp: configures <application>ISC DHCP</application> server "
"supporting network ranges, static leases and other advanced options like "
"NTP, WINS, dynamic DNS updates and network boot with PXE."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-dns: brings <application>ISC Bind9</application> DNS server into "
"your server for caching local queries as a forwarder or as an authoritative "
"server for the configured domains. Allows to configure A, CNAME, MX, NS, TXT "
"and SRV records."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-ca: integrates the management of a Certification Authority within "
"Zentyal so users can use certificates to authenticate against the services, "
"like with <application>OpenVPN</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-openvpn: allows to configure multiple VPN servers and clients using "
"<application>OpenVPN</application> with dynamic routing configuration using "
"<application>Quagga</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-users: provides an interface to configure and manage users and "
"groups on <application>OpenLDAP</application>. Other services on Zentyal are "
"authenticated against LDAP having a centralized users and groups management. "
"It is also possible to synchronize users, passwords and groups from a "
"<application>Microsoft Active Directory</application> domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:509(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-squid: configures <application>Squid</application> and "
"<application>Dansguardian</application> for speeding up browsing thanks to "
"the caching capabilities and content filtering."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:516(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-samba: allows <application>Samba</application> configuration and "
"integration with existing LDAP. From the same interface you can define "
"password policies, create shared resources and assign permissions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-printers: integrates <application>CUPS</application> with "
"<application>Samba</application> and allows not only to configure the "
"printers but also give them permissions based on LDAP users and groups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:533(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>Zentyal</application>, in a terminal on the "
"<emphasis>server</emphasis> enter (where &lt;zentyal-module&gt; is any of "
"the modules from the previous list):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:540(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install &lt;zentyal-module&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:544(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Zentyal</application> publishes one major stable release once a "
"year (in September) based on latest Ubuntu LTS release. Stable releases "
"always have even minor numbers (e.g. 2.2, 3.0) and beta releases have odd "
"minor numbers (e.g. 2.1, 2.3). Ubuntu 12.04 comes with "
"<application>Zentyal</application> 2.3 packages. If you want to upgrade to a "
"new stable release published after the release of Ubuntu 12.04 you can use "
"<ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/~zentyal/\">Zentyal Team PPA</ulink>. "
"Upgrading to newer stable releases can provide you minor bugfixes not "
"backported to 2.3 in Precise and newer features."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"If you need more information on how to add packages from a PPA see <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.html\"> Add a "
"Personal Package Archive (PPA)</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:566(para)
msgid ""
"Not present on Ubuntu Universe repositories, but on <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/~zentyal/\">Zentyal Team PPA</ulink> you will "
"find these other modules:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-antivirus: integrates <application>ClamAV</application> antivirus "
"with other modules like the proxy, file sharing or mailfilter."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-asterisk: configures <application>Asterisk</application> to provide "
"a simple PBX with LDAP based authentication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:586(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-bwmonitor: allows to monitor bandwith usage of your LAN clients."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:592(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-captiveportal: integrates a captive portal with the firewall and "
"LDAP users and groups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-ebackup: allows to make scheduled backups of your server using the "
"popular <application>duplicity</application> backup tool."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:604(para)
msgid "zentyal-ftp: configures a FTP server with LDAP based authentication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:609(para)
msgid "zentyal-ids: integrates a network intrusion detection system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:614(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-ipsec: allows to configure IPsec tunnels using "
"<application>OpenSwan</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:620(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-jabber: integrates <application>ejabberd</application> XMPP server "
"with LDAP users and groups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:626(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-thinclients: a <application>LTSP</application> based thin clients "
"solution."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-mail: a full mail stack including <application>Postfix "
"</application> and <application>Dovecot</application> with LDAP backend."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:639(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-mailfilter: configures <application>amavisd</application> with mail "
"stack to filter spam and attached virus."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-monitor: integrates <application>collectd</application> to monitor "
"server performance and running services."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:651(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-pptp: configures a <application>PPTP</application> VPN server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:656(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-radius: integrates <application>FreeRADIUS</application> with LDAP "
"users and groups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:662(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-software: simple interface to manage installed "
"<application>Zentyal</application> modules and system updates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-trafficshaping: configures traffic limiting rules to do bandwidth "
"throttling and improve latency."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:674(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-usercorner: allows users to edit their own LDAP attributes using a "
"web browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-virt: simple interface to create and manage virtual machines based "
"on <application>libvirt</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:686(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-webmail: allows to access your mail using the popular "
"<application>Roundcube</application> webmail."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:692(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-webserver: configures <application>Apache</application> webserver to "
"host different sites on your machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:698(para)
msgid ""
"zentyal-zarafa: integrates <application>Zarafa</application> groupware suite "
"with <application>Zentyal</application> mail stack and LDAP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:710(title)
msgid "First steps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:712(para)
msgid ""
"Any system account belonging to the sudo group is allowed to log into "
"<application>Zentyal</application> web interface. If you are using the user "
"created during the installation, this should be in the sudo group by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:720(para)
msgid "If you need to add another user to the sudo group, just execute:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:725(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username sudo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"To access <application>Zentyal</application> web interface, browse into "
"https://localhost/ (or the IP of your remote server). As Zentyal creates its "
"own self-signed SSL certificate, you will have to accept a security "
"exception on your browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:736(para)
msgid ""
"Once logged in you will see the dashboard with an overview of your server. "
"To configure any of the features of your installed modules, go to the "
"different sections on the left menu. When you make any changes, on the upper "
"right corner appears a red <emphasis>Save changes</emphasis> button that you "
"must click to save all configuration changes. To apply these configuration "
"changes in your server, the module needs to be enabled first, you can do so "
"from the <emphasis>Module Status </emphasis> entry on the left menu. Every "
"time you enable a module, a pop-up will appear asking for a confirmation to "
"perform the necessary actions and changes on your server and configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to customize any configuration file or run certain actions "
"(scripts or commands) to configure features not available on "
"<application>Zentyal</application> place the custom configuration file "
"templates on /etc/zentyal/stubs/&lt;module&gt;/ and the hooks on "
"/etc/zentyal/hooks/&lt;module&gt;.&lt;action&gt;."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:763(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://doc.zentyal.org/\">Zentyal Official Documentation "
"</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:767(para)
msgid ""
"See also <ulink url=\"http://trac.zentyal.org/wiki/Documentation\">Zentyal "
"Community Documentation</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:771(para)
msgid ""
"And don't forget to visit the <ulink url=\"http://forum.zentyal.org/\">forum "
"</ulink> for community support, feedback, feature requests, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:11(title)
msgid "Package Management"
msgstr "Paket Yönetimi"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu features a comprehensive package management system for installing, "
"upgrading, configuring, and removing software. In addition to providing "
"access to an organized base of over 35,000 software packages for your Ubuntu "
"computer, the package management facilities also feature dependency "
"resolution capabilities and software update checking."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Several tools are available for interacting with Ubuntu's package management "
"system, from simple command-line utilities which may be easily automated by "
"system administrators, to a simple graphical interface which is easy to use "
"by those new to Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu paket yönetim sistemiyle, sistem yöneticilerine otomatik bağlanan "
"basit komut satırı uygulamalarından yeni Ubuntu'ları kullanmayı "
"kolaylaştıran basit grafiksel arayüzlere kadar, interaktif olarak sunulan "
"birkaç araç vardır."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu's package management system is derived from the same system used by "
"the Debian GNU/Linux distribution. The package files contain all of the "
"necessary files, meta-data, and instructions to implement a particular "
"functionality or software application on your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu'nun paket yönetim sistemi, Debian GNU/linux dağıtımındaki aynı sistem "
"kullanılarak türetildi. Paket dosyaları Ubuntu bilgisayarında gerekli olan "
"tüm dosya, üst veri ve özel fonksiyon veya yazılım uygulaması için "
"yönergeler içerir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"Debian package files typically have the extension '.deb', and usually exist "
"in <emphasis role=\"italics\">repositories</emphasis> which are collections "
"of packages found on various media, such as CD-ROM discs, or online. "
"Packages are normally in a pre-compiled binary format; thus installation is "
"quick, and requires no compiling of software."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"Many complex packages use the concept of <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">dependencies</emphasis>. Dependencies are additional "
"packages required by the principal package in order to function properly. "
"For example, the speech synthesis package "
"<application>festival</application> depends upon the package "
"<application>libasound2</application>, which is a package supplying the "
"<application>ALSA</application> sound library needed for audio playback. In "
"order for <application>festival</application> to function, it and all of its "
"dependencies must be installed. The software management tools in Ubuntu will "
"do this automatically."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:30(title)
msgid "dpkg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"<application>dpkg</application> is a package manager for "
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis>-based systems. It can install, remove, and build "
"packages, but unlike other package management systems, it cannot "
"automatically download and install packages or their dependencies. This "
"section covers using <application>dpkg</application> to manage locally "
"installed packages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"To list all packages installed on the system, from a terminal prompt type:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:46(command)
msgid "dpkg -l"
msgstr "dpkg -l"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the amount of packages on your system, this can generate a "
"large amount of output. Pipe the output through "
"<application>grep</application> to see if a specific package is installed:"
msgstr ""
"Sistemdeki paketlerin miktarına bağlı olarak büyük bir çıktı oluşturabilir. "
"Yüklü özel paket olduğunu görmek için:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:58(command)
msgid "dpkg -l | grep apache2"
msgstr "dpkg -l | grep apache2"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:61(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> with any package name, part of a "
"package name, or other regular expression."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>apache2</emphasis>'yi herhangi paket adı, paket adı bölümü veya "
"diğer sıradan ifade ile değiştir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"To list the files installed by a package, in this case the "
"<application>ufw</application> package, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Bir paket tarafından kurulan dosyaları görmek için, örneğin "
"<application>ufw</application> paketi, aşağıdaki komutu yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:73(command)
msgid "dpkg -L ufw"
msgstr "dpkg -L ufw"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"If you are not sure which package installed a file, <application>dpkg -"
"S</application> may be able to tell you. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bir dosyanın hangi paket sayesinde kurulduğundan emin olamıyorsanız, "
"<application>dpkg -S</application> size söyleyebilir. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:85(command)
msgid "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:86(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "base-files: /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "base-files: /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:89(para)
msgid ""
"The output shows that the <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> belongs to the "
"<application>base-files</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Çıktı, <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> dosyasının <application>base-"
"files</application> paketine ait olduğunu gösteriyor."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"Many files are automatically generated during the package install process, "
"and even though they are on the filesystem, <command>dpkg -S</command> may "
"not know which package they belong to."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:103(para)
msgid "You can install a local <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> file by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Yerel bir <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> dosyasını aşağıdaki komutu girerek "
"kurabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:108(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -i zip_3.0-4_i386.deb"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>zip_3.0-4_i386.deb</filename> to the actual file name of "
"the local .deb file you wish to install."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:118(para)
msgid "Uninstalling a package can be accomplished by:"
msgstr "Bir paket şu şekilde kaldırılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:123(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -r zip"
msgstr "sudo dpkg -r zip"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"Uninstalling packages using <application>dpkg</application>, in most cases, "
"is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> recommended. It is better to use a package "
"manager that handles dependencies to ensure that the system is in a "
"consistent state. For example using <command>dpkg -r zip</command> will "
"remove the <application>zip</application> package, but any packages that "
"depend on it will still be installed and may no longer function correctly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man dpkg</command>."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla <application>dpkg</application> seçeneği için ana sayfaya "
"bakınız: <command>man dpkg</command>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:144(title)
msgid "Apt-Get"
msgstr "Apt-Get"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apt-get</application> command is a powerful command-line "
"tool, which works with Ubuntu's <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> "
"(APT) performing such functions as installation of new software packages, "
"upgrade of existing software packages, updating of the package list index, "
"and even upgrading the entire Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:148(para)
msgid ""
"Being a simple command-line tool, <application>apt-get</application> has "
"numerous advantages over other package management tools available in Ubuntu "
"for server administrators. Some of these advantages include ease of use over "
"simple terminal connections (SSH), and the ability to be used in system "
"administration scripts, which can in turn be automated by the "
"<application>cron</application> scheduling utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install a Package</emphasis>: Installation of "
"packages using the <application>apt-get</application> tool is quite simple. "
"For example, to install the network scanner <application>nmap</application>, "
"type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove a Package</emphasis>: Removal of a package "
"(or packages) is also straightforward. To remove the package installed in "
"the previous example, type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiple Packages</emphasis>: You may specify "
"multiple packages to be installed or removed, separated by spaces."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Çoklu Paket</emphasis>: Boşlukla ayrılan çoklu "
"paketleri yükleyip kaldırmayı belirleyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"Also, adding the <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> option to <command>apt-get "
"remove</command> will remove the package configuration files as well. This "
"may or may not be the desired effect, so use with caution."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update the Package Index</emphasis>: The APT package "
"index is essentially a database of available packages from the repositories "
"defined in the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file and in the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory. To update the local "
"package index with the latest changes made in the repositories, type the "
"following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: Over time, updated "
"versions of packages currently installed on your computer may become "
"available from the package repositories (for example security updates). To "
"upgrade your system, first update your package index as outlined above, and "
"then type: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketleri Yükselt</emphasis>: Bilgisayarına "
"öntanımlı olarak yüklenen paketlerin güncel sürümü zamanla paket depolarında "
"kullanıma sunulur (örneğin güvenlik güncellemeleri gibi). Sistemini "
"yükseltmek için ilk önce yukarıda açıklandığı gibi paket içeriğini yükseltin "
"sonra şunu yazın: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:193(para)
msgid ""
"For information on upgrading to a new Ubuntu release see <xref "
"linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Yeni Ubuntu sürümü yükseltme hakkında bilgi için <xref linkend=\"installing-"
"upgrading\"/>'e bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"Some examples of popular uses for the <application>apt-get</application> "
"utility: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"<application>apt-get</application> uygulaması kullanımına ait yaygın bazı "
"örnekler: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"Actions of the <application>apt-get</application> command, such as "
"installation and removal of packages, are logged in the /var/log/dpkg.log "
"log file."
msgstr ""
"<application>apt-get</application> komutunun paket yükleme veya kaldırma "
"gibi işlevleri /var/log/dpkg.log kayıt dosyasına yazılır."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:202(para)
msgid ""
"For further information about the use of <application>APT</application>, "
"read the comprehensive <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-"
"manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User Manual</ulink> or type: <screen>\n"
"<command>apt-get help</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:210(title)
msgid "Aptitude"
msgstr "Aptitude"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"Launching <application>Aptitude</application> with no command-line options, "
"will give you a menu-driven, text-based front-end to the <emphasis>Advanced "
"Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) system. Many of the common package "
"management functions, such as installation, removal, and upgrade, can be "
"performed in <application>Aptitude</application> with single-key commands, "
"which are typically lowercase letters."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> is best suited for use in a non-"
"graphical terminal environment to ensure proper functioning of the command "
"keys. You may start the menu-driven interface of "
"<application>Aptitude</application> as a normal user by typing the following "
"command at a terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:220(para)
msgid ""
"When <application>Aptitude</application> starts, you will see a menu bar at "
"the top of the screen and two panes below the menu bar. The top pane "
"contains package categories, such as <emphasis>New Packages</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Not Installed Packages</emphasis>. The bottom pane contains "
"information related to the packages and package categories."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>Aptitude</application> for package management is "
"relatively straightforward, and the user interface makes common tasks simple "
"to perform. The following are examples of common package management "
"functions as performed in <application>Aptitude</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Paket yönetimi için Using <application>Yetenek</application>'i kullanma "
"gerçekten çok kolaydır ve kullanıcı arayüzü temel görevleri yürütür. "
"Aşağıda, <application>Yetenek</application>'te çalıştırılan özel paket "
"yönetim işlevlerinin örnekleri vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Packages</emphasis>: To install a package, "
"locate the package via the <emphasis>Not Installed Packages</emphasis> "
"package category, by using the keyboard arrow keys and the "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> key. Highlight the desired package, then press the "
"<keycap>+</keycap> key. The package entry should turn "
"<emphasis>green</emphasis>, indicating that it has been marked for "
"installation. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> to be presented with a summary of "
"package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and downloading and "
"installation of the package will commence. When finished, press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap>, to return to the menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove Packages</emphasis>: To remove a package, "
"locate the package via the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Installed "
"Packages</emphasis> package category, by using the keyboard arrow keys and "
"the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> key. Highlight the desired package you wish to "
"remove, then press the <keycap>-</keycap> key. The package entry should turn "
"<emphasis role=\"italics\">pink</emphasis>, indicating it has been marked "
"for removal. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> to be presented with a summary of "
"package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and removal of the package "
"will commence. When finished, press <keycap>ENTER</keycap>, to return to the "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:247(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update Package Index</emphasis>: To update the "
"package index, simply press the <keycap>u</keycap> key. Updating of the "
"package index will commence."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: To upgrade packages, "
"perform the update of the package index as detailed above, and then press "
"the <keycap>U</keycap> key to mark all packages with updates. Now press "
"<keycap>g</keycap> whereby you'll be presented with a summary of package "
"actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and the download and installation "
"will commence. When finished, press <keycap>ENTER</keycap>, to return to the "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:246(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Installed package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Paket yüklü"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Package not installed, but package "
"configuration remains on system"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Paket yüklü değil. Fakat "
"yapılandırması sistemde kalır."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:255(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Purged from system"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Paket sistemden kaldırıldı"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:259(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtual package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Sanal paket"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:263(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Broken package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Bozuk paket"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:267(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Unpacked files, but package not yet "
"configured"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Paketsiz dosyalar. Fakat paket henüz "
"yapılandırılmadı"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Half-configured - Configuration failed "
"and requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Yarı yapılandırma - Yapılandırma "
"hatası ve düzeltilmesi gerekir"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:275(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Half-installed - Removal failed and "
"requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Yarı yüklü - Kaldırma hatası ve "
"düzeltilmesi gerekir"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"The first column of information displayed in the package list in the top "
"pane, when actually viewing packages lists the current state of the package, "
"and uses the following key to describe the state of the package: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Üst paneldeki paket bilgi listesinde gözüken ilk sütun, paketlerin listeleri "
"asıl olarak görüldüğünde, paketin mevcut durumunu açıklamak için aşağıdaki "
"anahtar kullanılır: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:281(para)
msgid ""
"To exit Aptitude, simply press the <keycap>q</keycap> key and confirm you "
"wish to exit. Many other functions are available from the Aptitude menu by "
"pressing the <keycap>F10</keycap> key."
msgstr ""
"Uygulamadan çıkmak için <keycap>q</keycap> tuşuna basın ve çıkışı onaylayın. "
"<keycap>F10</keycap> tuşuna basılarak diğer birçok işlem Uygulama menüsünden "
"yapılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:284(title)
msgid "Command Line Aptitude"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use <application>Aptitude</application> as a command-line tool, "
"similar to <application>apt-get</application>. To install the "
"<application>nmap</application> package with all necessary dependencies, as "
"in the <application>apt-get</application> example, you would use the "
"following command: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen> To remove the same package, you would use the command: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen> Consult the <application>man</application> pages for more details "
"of command line options for <application>Aptitude</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:298(title)
msgid "Automatic Updates"
msgstr "Otomatik Güncellemeler"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package can be used to "
"automatically install updated packages, and can be configured to update all "
"packages or just install security updates. First, install the package by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application> paketi, otomatik yüklü "
"güncellenmiş paketlerde kullanılabilir. Bütün paketleri veya sadece güvenlik "
"güncellemelerini yükleyerek  güncelleme yapılandırılabilir. İlk önce "
"terminale şunu girerek paketi yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:306(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> and adjust "
"the following to fit your needs:"
msgstr ""
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application>'i yapılandırmak için "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename>'i düzenleyin "
"ve ihtiyaçlarının için şunu ayarlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:331(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
"        \"Ubuntu trusty-security\";\n"
"//      \"Ubuntu trusty-updates\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"Certain packages can also be <emphasis>blacklisted</emphasis> and therefore "
"will not be automatically updated. To blacklist a package, add it to the "
"list:"
msgstr ""
"Kesin paketler de <emphasis>blacklisted</emphasis> (kara listede) "
"bulunabilir ve otomatik olarak güncellenmezler. Paketi kara listeye "
"göndermek için onu listeye yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:326(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"The double <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> serve as comments, so "
"whatever follows \"//\" will not be evaluated."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> açıklama gibi işlem görür. Bu yüzden "
"\"//\" den sonra ne gelirse gelsin işlem görmeyecek."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"To enable automatic updates, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10periodic</filename> and set the appropriate "
"<application>apt</application> configuration options:"
msgstr ""
"Güncellemeleri otomatik olarak etkinleştirmek için, "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10periodic</filename>'i düzenleyin ve uygun "
"<application>apt</application> yapılandırma seçeneklerini ayarlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration updates the package list, downloads, and installs "
"available upgrades every day. The local download archive is cleaned every "
"week."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki yapılandırma güncellemeleri; paket listesi, indirme ve hergün "
"için kullanılabilir kurulumlar. Yerel indirme arşivi her hafta temizlenir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:358(para)
msgid ""
"You can read more about <application>apt</application> Periodic "
"configuration options in the <filename>/etc/cron.daily/apt</filename> script "
"header."
msgstr ""
"<application>apt</application> Periyodik yapılandırma seçenekleri hakkındaki "
"bilgiyi, <filename>/etc/cron.daily/apt</filename> betik başlığından "
"okuyabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"The results of <application>unattended-upgrades</application> will be logged "
"to <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application>'in sonuçları "
"<filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>'e kayıt edilecektir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:368(title)
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Bildirimler"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> will enable "
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application> to email an administrator "
"detailing any packages that need upgrading or have problems."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename>'deki "
"<emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> yapılandırması, "
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application>'i, bir yöneticinin "
"güncellenmesi gereken veya problemleri olan herhangi paket ayrıntılarını "
"epostalamak için etkinleştirecek."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful package is <application>apticron</application>. "
"<application>apticron</application> will configure a "
"<application>cron</application> job to email an administrator information "
"about any packages on the system that have updates available, as well as a "
"summary of changes in each package."
msgstr ""
"Diğer kullanışlı paket <application>apticron</application>'dir. "
"<application>apticron</application>, yöneticinin, her paketin geçmiş özeti "
"gibi güncelleme gerektiren, sistemdeki herhangi paket hakkındaki bilgileri "
"epostalaması için bir <application>cron</application> işi yapılandıracak."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:381(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apticron</application> package, in a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>apticron</application> paketini yüklemek için terminalden "
"giriniz:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:386(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apticron"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apticron"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed edit "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, to set the email address "
"and other options:"
msgstr ""
"Paket yüklendikten sonra, eposta adresi ve diğer seçenekleri ayarlayarak "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename> dosyası düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:393(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"root@example.com\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"ubuntu@ubuntu-tr.org\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:402(para)
msgid ""
"Configuration of the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) "
"system repositories is stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file and the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory. An example of this "
"file is referenced here, along with information on adding or removing "
"repository references from the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"You may edit the file to enable repositories or disable them. For example, "
"to disable the requirement of inserting the Ubuntu CD-ROM whenever package "
"operations occur, simply comment out the appropriate line for the CD-ROM, "
"which appears at the top of the file:"
msgstr ""
"Depoları aktifleştirmek veya pasifleştirmek için dosyayı düzenleyebilirsin. "
"Örneğin, paket işlemlerinin her ne şeklide meydana gelirse gelsin, Ubuntu CD-"
"ROM yerleştirme gereksinimini pasifleştirmek için, dosyanın üst kısmındaki "
"CD-ROM için uygun satırı devre dışı bırakın:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:429(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
"# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 14.04 _Trusty Tahr_ - Release i386 (20111013.1)]/ trusty "
"main restricted\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:422(title)
msgid "Extra Repositories"
msgstr "Ek Depolar"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:423(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to the officially supported package repositories available for "
"Ubuntu, there exist additional community-maintained repositories which add "
"thousands more packages for potential installation. Two of the most popular "
"are the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"repositories. These repositories are not officially supported by Ubuntu, but "
"because they are maintained by the community they generally provide packages "
"which are safe for use with your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"Packages in the <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repository often have "
"licensing issues that prevent them from being distributed with a free "
"operating system, and they may be illegal in your locality."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> deposundaki paketlerinde, özgür işletim "
"sistemiyle dağıtımlarını engellemek için genellikle lisans sözleşmeleri "
"bulunur. Bunlar yerel kullanımın için yasal olmayabilir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:428(para)
msgid ""
"Be advised that neither the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories contain officially supported "
"packages. In particular, there may not be security updates for these "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"Ne <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> ne de <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"depolarındaki resmi destekli paketler tavsiye edilir.  Özel olarak, bunlarda "
"güvenlik güncellemeleri olmayabilir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Many other package sources are available, sometimes even offering only one "
"package, as in the case of package sources provided by the developer of a "
"single application. You should always be very careful and cautious when "
"using non-standard package sources, however. Research the source and "
"packages carefully before performing any installation, as some package "
"sources and their packages could render your system unstable or non-"
"functional in some respects."
msgstr ""
"Diğer birçok paket kaynakları bulunabilir. Bazen sağlanan paketin "
"kaynağından dolayı  tek bir uygulama geliştirmiş biri tarafından önerilen "
"basit bir paketi bile sağlanabilir. Yine de standart olmayan paket kaynağı "
"kullanırken daima dikkatli ve tedbirli olmalısın. Herhangi bir yükleme "
"yapmadan önce paket ve kaynakları dikkatlice araştırmalısın. Bazı paketler "
"sisteminle uyumlu çalışmayabilir veya bazı işlevleri pasif olabilir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories are enabled but if you would "
"like to disable them edit <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and "
"comment the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Normalde <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"depoları etkindir. Eğer onları pasifleştirmek istersen "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>'i düzenle ve şu satırları ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:455(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty universe multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty universe multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty universe\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty-updates universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty-updates universe\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty multiverse\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty-updates multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty-updates multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty-security universe\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty-security universe\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty-security multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu trusty-security multiverse\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the material covered in this chapter is available in "
"<application>man</application> pages, many of which are available online."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümdeki maddelerin çoğu <application>ana</application> sayfalarda "
"bulunabilir. Bazılarına da çevrimiçi olarak erişilebilinir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">InstallingSoftwa"
"re</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page has more information."
msgstr ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">InstallingSoftwa"
"re</ulink> Ubuntu wiki sayfası daha fazla bilgiye sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
"man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
"HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man8/apt-"
"get.8.html\">apt-get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding "
"<application>apt-get</application> usage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptit"
"ude man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> page contains more details on "
"adding repositories."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> sayfası, depo ekleme hakkında daha "
"fazla ayrıntıya sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:11(title)
msgid "Other Useful Applications"
msgstr "Diğer Kullanışlı Uygulamalar"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"There are many very useful applications developed by the Ubuntu Server Team, "
"and others that are well integrated with Ubuntu Server Edition, that might "
"not be well known. This chapter will showcase some useful applications that "
"can make administering an Ubuntu server, or many Ubuntu servers, that much "
"easier."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu Server Team ve Ubuntu Server Edition ile iyi uyum sağlayan, adları "
"saklı kahramanlardan oluşan diğer takımlar tarafından geliştirilmiş birçok "
"kullanışlı uygulama mevcuttur. Bu bölüm, Ubuntu sunucu yönetebilmek için "
"bazı kullanışlı uygulamaları kolay bir şeklide açıklayacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:21(title)
msgid "pam_motd"
msgstr "pam_motd"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"When logging into an Ubuntu server you may have noticed the informative "
"Message Of The Day (MOTD). This information is obtained and displayed using "
"a couple of packages:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu sunucusuna girdiğinde Günlük Mesaj (MOTD) bilgisine dikkat etmek "
"gerekir. Bu bilgi birkaç paket kullanarak edinilebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> provides the core libraries of "
"<application>landscape-client</application>, which is needed to manage "
"systems with <ulink "
"url=\"http://landscape.canonical.com/\">Landscape</ulink> (proprietary). Yet "
"the package also includes the <application>landscape-sysinfo</application> "
"utility which is responsible for displaying core system data involving cpu, "
"memory, disk space, etc. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:37(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t  System load:  0.0               Processes:           76\n"
"\t  Usage of /:   30.2% of 3.11GB   Users logged in:     1\n"
"\t  Memory usage: 20%               IP address for eth0: 10.153.107.115\n"
"\t  Swap usage:   0%\n"
"\n"
"\t  Graph this data and manage this system at "
"https://landscape.canonical.com/\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:48(para)
msgid "You can run landscape-sysinfo manually at any time."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>update-notifier-common:</emphasis> provides information on "
"available package updates, impending filesystem checks (fsck), and required "
"reboots (e.g.: after a kernel upgrade)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"<application>pam_motd</application> executes the scripts in "
"<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> in order based on the number "
"prepended to the script. The output of the scripts is written to "
"<filename>/var/run/motd</filename>, keeping the numerical order, then "
"concatenated with <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>pam_motd</application>, <filename>/etc/update-"
"motd.d</filename>'deki betikleri başlangıç numarası sırasına göre yürütür. "
"Betiklerin çıktısı <filename>/var/run/motd</filename>'ye yazılır, sayısal "
"sıralamaya göre saklanır, sonra da <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename> ile "
"birleştirilir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"You can add your own dynamic information to the MOTD. For example, to add "
"local weather information:"
msgstr ""
"Kendi dinamik bilgini MOTD'iye yazın. Örneğin her türlü yerel bilgi eklemek "
"için:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:56(para)
msgid "First, install the <application>weather-util</application> package:"
msgstr "İlk önce <application>weather-util</application> paketini yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:61(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install weather-util"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install weather-util"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>weather</application> utility uses METAR data from the "
"National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and forecasts from the "
"National Weather Service. In order to find local information you will need "
"the 4-character ICAO location indicator. This can be determined by browsing "
"to the <ulink url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National "
"Weather Service</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"The <application>weather</application> uygulaması, Ulusal Okyanus ve "
"Atmosfer Dairesi (NOAA)'ndeki  METAR verisini ve Ulusal Hava Servisi "
"(NWS)'ndeki tahminleri kullanır. Yerel bilgi bulmak için dört karakterlik "
"Uluslararası Sivil Havacılık Organizasyonu (ICAO) yerleşim bulucusuna "
"ihtiyacın vardır. Bu, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National Weather "
"Service</ulink> sitesi taranarak tanımlanabilir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"Although the National Weather Service is a United States government agency "
"there are weather stations available world wide. However, local weather "
"information for all locations outside the U.S. may not be available."
msgstr ""
"Her ne kadar Ulusal Hava Servisi bir Birleşik Devletler hükümet ajansı olsa "
"bile dünya çabında hava istasyonları vardır. Bununla birlikte ABD dışındaki "
"yerleşim alanlarındaki tüm yerel hava bilgileri kullanılamayabilir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, a simple shell "
"script to use <application>weather</application> with your local ICAO "
"indicator:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>'ı oluştur. Yerel ICAO "
"yerbulucun ile <application>havacılık</application>'ı kullanmak için basit "
"bir kabuk betiği kullan:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:84(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Prints the local weather information for the MOTD.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
"# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
"\n"
"echo\n"
"weather -i KINT\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# MOTD için yerel hava bilgisini gösterir.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# KINT yerine meteoroloji istasyonunun adını yaz.\n"
"# Yerel istasyonlar burada bulunabilir: "
"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
"\n"
"echo\n"
"weather -i KINT\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:102(para)
msgid "Make the script executable:"
msgstr "Betiği çalıştırılabilir yap:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:107(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a symlink to <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-"
"weather</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather</filename>'a sembolik "
"bağlantı oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:116(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"
msgstr ""
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:120(para)
msgid "Finally, exit the server and re-login to view the new MOTD."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, sunucudan çıkın ve yeni MOTD'yi görmek için tekrar giriş yapın."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:126(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be greeted with some useful information, and some information "
"about the local weather that may not be quite so useful. Hopefully the "
"<application>local-weather</application> example demonstrates the "
"flexibility of <application>pam_motd</application>."
msgstr ""
"Birkaç faydalı bilgi ve fazla kullanışlı olmayan yerel hava bilgisi ile "
"karşılaşacaksın. <application>local-weather</application> örneği "
"<application>pam_motd</application> için esneklik gösterebilir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:156(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man5/update-"
"motd.5.html\">update-motd man page</ulink> for more options available to "
"<application>update-motd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"The Debian Package of the Day <ulink "
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">weather</ulink> article has more "
"details about using the <application>weather</application>utility."
msgstr ""
"Günün Debian Paketi <ulink "
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">havacılık</ulink> konusu "
"<application>havacılık</application>uygulaması hakkında daha fazla ayrıntıya "
"sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:134(title)
msgid "etckeeper"
msgstr "etckeeper"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> allows the contents of <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> to be stored in a Version Control System "
"(VCS) repository. It integrates with <application>APT</application> and "
"automatically commits changes to <filename>/etc</filename> when packages are "
"installed or upgraded. Placing <filename>/etc</filename> under version "
"control is considered an industry best practice, and the goal of "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is to make this process as painless as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"Install <application>etckeeper</application> by entering the following in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Terminale şu komutu girerek <application>etckeeper</application>'ı yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:149(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"The main configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, is fairly simple. The "
"main option is which VCS to use and by default "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is configured to use "
"<application>Bazaar</application>. The repository is automatically "
"initialized (and committed for the first time) during package installation. "
"It is possible to undo this by entering the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:162(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper uninit"
msgstr "sudo etckeeper uninit"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"By default, etckeeper will commit uncommitted changes made to /etc daily. "
"This can be disabled using the AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS configuration option. "
"It will also automatically commit changes before and after package "
"installation. For a more precise tracking of changes, it is recommended to "
"commit your changes manually, together with a commit message, using:"
msgstr ""
"Normalde etckeeper yapılmamış değişiklikleri /etc'ye günlük olarak "
"işleyecek. Bu, AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS yapılandırma seçeneği kullanılarak "
"pasifleştirilebilir. Ayrıca paket yüklemeden önce ve sonra yapılan "
"değişiklikleri de otomatik olarak yapacaktır. Değişiklik parçalarını daha "
"kusursuz yapmak için, değişiklikleri şu mesajı kullanarak elle yapman "
"tavsiye edilir:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:174(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Reason for configuration change..\""
msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Değişiklik yapmanın sebebi..\""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:217(para)
msgid "Using bzr's VCS commands you can view log information:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:182(command)
msgid "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"
msgstr "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"To demonstrate the integration with the package management system (APT), "
"install <application>postfix</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:190(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:43(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postfix"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postfix"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:193(para)
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, all the "
"<application>postfix</application> configuration files should be committed "
"to the repository:"
msgstr ""
"Yükleme bittiğinde tüm <application>postfix</application> yapılandırma "
"dosyaları depoya konulur:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:199(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
"added aliases.db\n"
"modified group\n"
"modified group-\n"
"modified gshadow\n"
"modified gshadow-\n"
"modified passwd\n"
"modified passwd-\n"
"added postfix\n"
"added resolvconf\n"
"added rsyslog.d\n"
"modified shadow\n"
"modified shadow-\n"
"added init.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
"added postfix/post-install\n"
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
"added postfix/sasl\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
"Committed revision 2."
msgstr ""
"Şuraya işleniyor: /etc/\n"
"aliases.db eklendi\n"
"group değiştirildi\n"
"group- değiştirildi\n"
"gshadow değiştirildi\n"
"gshadow- değiştirildi\n"
"passwd değiştirildi\n"
"passwd- değiştirildi\n"
"postfix eklendi\n"
"resolvconf eklendi\n"
"rsyslog.d eklendi\n"
"shadow değiştirildi\n"
"shadow- değiştirildi\n"
"init.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"network/if-down.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"network/if-up.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"postfix/dynamicmaps.cf eklendi\n"
"postfix/main.cf eklendi\n"
"postfix/master.cf eklendi\n"
"postfix/post-install eklendi\n"
"postfix/postfix-files eklendi\n"
"postfix/postfix-script eklendi\n"
"postfix/sasl eklendi\n"
"ppp/ip-down.d eklendi\n"
"ppp/ip-down.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"ppp/ip-up.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"rc0.d/K20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc1.d/K20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc2.d/S20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc3.d/S20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc4.d/S20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc5.d/S20postfix eklendi\n"
"rc6.d/K20postfix eklendi\n"
"resolvconf/update-libc.d eklendi\n"
"resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"rsyslog.d/postfix.conf eklendi\n"
"ufw/applications.d/postfix eklendi\n"
"Düzeltme 2 işlendi."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"For an example of how <application>etckeeper</application> tracks manual "
"changes, add new a host to <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Using "
"<application>bzr</application> you can see which files have been modified:"
msgstr ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> parçalarının elle nasıl "
"değiştirildiğinin bir örneği için <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>'a bir ana "
"sistem ekleyin. <application>bzr</application>'ı kullanarak hangi dosyaların "
"değiştirildiğini görebilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:245(command)
msgid "sudo bzr status /etc/"
msgstr "sudo bzr status /etc/"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:246(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"modified:\n"
"  hosts"
msgstr ""
"düzenlendi:\n"
"  ana sistemler"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:250(para)
msgid "Now commit the changes:"
msgstr "Şimdi değişiklikleri işleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:295(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"added new host\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:258(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>bzr</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<application>bzr</application> hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <xref "
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> site for "
"more details on using <application>etckeeper</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> kullanımı hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı "
"için <ulink "
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> sitesine "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:351(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">etckeeper "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">etckeeper Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfası."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:356(para)
msgid ""
"For the latest news and information about <application>bzr</application> see "
"the <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"<application>bzr</application> hakkında en son haber ve bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> web sitesine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:264(title)
msgid "Byobu"
msgstr "Byobu"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:337(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is an xterm "
"multiplexor such as <application>screen</application> or "
"<application>tmux</application>. It allows for the execution of multiple "
"shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced multiplexor features "
"more user-friendly and provide some useful information about the system, the "
"<application>byobu</application> package was created. It acts as a wrapper "
"to these programs. By default Byobu uses tmux (if installed) but this can be "
"changed by the user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:344(para)
msgid "Invoke it simply with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:349(command)
msgid "byobu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"Now bring up the configuration menu. By default this is done by pressing the "
"<emphasis>F9</emphasis> key. This will allow you to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:279(para)
msgid "View the Help menu"
msgstr "Yardım menüsünü göster"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:280(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's background color"
msgstr "Byobu arkaplan rengini değiştir"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:281(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's foreground color"
msgstr "Byobu önplan rengini değiştir"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:282(para)
msgid "Toggle status notifications"
msgstr "Durum bilgilendirmesini değiştir"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:283(para)
msgid "Change the key binding set"
msgstr "Anahtar bağlama ayarını değiştir"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:284(para)
msgid "Change the escape sequence"
msgstr "Boşluk mesafesini değiştir"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:285(para)
msgid "Create new windows"
msgstr "Yeni pencereler yarat"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:286(para)
msgid "Manage the default windows"
msgstr "Mevcut pencereleri yönet"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:287(para)
msgid "Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle on)"
msgstr "Byobu varsayılan olarak girişte başlamaz (değiştirme etkin)"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>key bindings</emphasis> determine such things as the escape "
"sequence, new window, change window, etc. There are two key binding sets to "
"choose from <emphasis>f-keys</emphasis> and <emphasis>screen-escape-"
"keys</emphasis>. If you wish to use the original key bindings choose the "
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> set."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Tuş yapıştırma</emphasis>, boşluk sıklığı, yeni pencere, pencere "
"değiştirme, vb. gibi çoğu şeyi tanımlar. <emphasis>f-keys</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>screen-escape-keys</emphasis> şeklinde iki tane tuş yapıştırma "
"ayarı vardır. Eğer özgün tuş yapıştırmayı kullanmak istersen "
"<emphasis>hiçbiri</emphasis> ayarını seçin."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"<application>byobu</application> provides a menu which displays the Ubuntu "
"release, processor information, memory information, and the time and date. "
"The effect is similar to a desktop menu."
msgstr ""
"<application>byobu</application>, Ubuntu sürümü, işlemci bilgisi, bellek "
"bilgisi, tarih ve saati gösteren bir menü sunar. Etkisi, masaüstü menüsüne "
"benzerdir."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <emphasis>\"Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle "
"on)\"</emphasis> option will cause <application>byobu</application> to be "
"executed any time a terminal is opened. Changes made to "
"<application>byobu</application> are on a per user basis, and will not "
"affect other users on the system."
msgstr ""
"Using the <emphasis>\"Byobu varsayılan olarak girişte başlamaz (değiştirme "
"etkin)\"</emphasis> seçeneği terminalin açıldığı herhangi bir anda  "
"<application>byobu</application>'nun çalıştırılmasına neden olur. "
"<application>byobu</application>'da yapılan değişiklikler herbir kullanıcıya "
"özeldir ve sistemdeki diğer kullanıcıları etkilemez."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:307(para)
msgid ""
"One difference when using byobu is the <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> mode. "
"Press the <emphasis>F7</emphasis> key to enter scrollback mode. Scrollback "
"mode allows you to navigate past output using <emphasis>vi</emphasis> like "
"commands. Here is a quick list of movement commands:"
msgstr ""
"Byobu kullanımındaki bir fark <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> kipidir. Bu "
"kipe girmek için <emphasis>F7</emphasis> tuşuna basın. Scrollback kipi "
"<emphasis>vi</emphasis>'yi komut gibi kullanarak eski çıktılara dolaşım "
"yapmayı sağlar. Burada hızlı hareket komutlarının bir listesi vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:314(para)
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - Move the cursor left by one character"
msgstr "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - İmleci bir karakter sola taşı"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:315(para)
msgid "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - Move the cursor down by one line"
msgstr "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - İmleci bir satır aşağı taşı"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:316(para)
msgid "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - Move the cursor up by one line"
msgstr "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - İmleci bir satır yukarı taşı"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:317(para)
msgid "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - Move the cursor right by one character"
msgstr "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - İmleci bir karakter sağa taşı"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:318(para)
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Move to the beginning of the current line"
msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Mevcut satırın başına git"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:319(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Move to the end of the current line"
msgstr "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Mevcut satırın sonuna git"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:320(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Moves to the specified line (defaults to the end of "
"the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Belirlenen satıra gider (öntanımlı olan tamponun "
"sonudur)"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:321(para)
msgid "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - Search forward"
msgstr "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - İleridekini arar"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:322(para)
msgid "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Search backward"
msgstr "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Geridekini arar"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - Moves to the next match, either forward or backward"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>screen</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<application>screen</application> hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen web sitesi</ulink>ne "
"bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:366(para)
msgid ""
"And the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"screen</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Ve <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"ekran</ulink> sayfası."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <application>byobu</application><ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">project page</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, daha fazla bilgi için <application>byobu</application><ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">proje sayfası</ulink>na bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Networks consist of two or more devices, such as computer systems, printers, "
"and related equipment which are connected by either physical cabling or "
"wireless links for the purpose of sharing and distributing information among "
"the connected devices."
msgstr ""
"Ağlar, bilgisayar sistemleri, yazıcılar ve ister kablolu ister kablosuz "
"bağlantı olan bağlı  donanımlar gibi iki veya daha fazla aygıttan oluşur. "
"Bunlar bağlı aygıtlara ulaşmak ve bilgi götürmek amacı güderler."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides general and specific information pertaining to "
"networking, including an overview of network concepts and detailed "
"discussion of popular network protocols."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm ağ kurma ile ilgili genel ve özel bilgi içerir. Yaygın ağ iletişim "
"kuralları ile yapılan ayrıntılı fikir alış verişlerini de kaplar."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:3853(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:25(title)
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ağ Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:26(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu ships with a number of graphical utilities to configure your network "
"devices. This document is geared toward server administrators and will focus "
"on managing your network on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu, ağ aygıtlarını yapılandırmak için grafiksel uygulamalar barındırır. "
"Bu belge sunucu yöneticilerine için ayarlanır ve ağını komut satırında "
"yönetmeye odaklanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:33(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr "Eternet Arayüzleri"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"Ethernet interfaces are identified by the system using the naming convention "
"of <emphasis role=\"italix\">ethX</emphasis>, where <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">X</emphasis> represents a numeric value. The first Ethernet "
"interface is typically identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>, the second as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth1</emphasis>, and all others should move up in numerical "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Eternet arayüzleri, geleneksel <emphasis role=\"italix\">ethX</emphasis> "
"adlandırmasını kullanan sistem tarafından tanımlanır. Buradaki <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">X</emphasis> sayısal bir değeri ifade eder. İlk Eternet "
"arayüzü tipik olarak <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> şeklinde, "
"ikincisi <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth1</emphasis> şeklinde ve diğer tümü "
"sayı bir arttırılarak tanımlanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:44(title)
msgid "Identify Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr "Eternet Arayüzlerini Tanımlama"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:45(para)
msgid ""
"To quickly identify all available Ethernet interfaces, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command as shown below."
msgstr ""
"Tüm Eternet arayüzlerini hızlı bir şekilde tanımlamak için, "
"<application>ifconfig</application> komutunu aşağıda gösterildiği şekilde "
"kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:50(command)
msgid "ifconfig -a | grep eth"
msgstr "ifconfig -a | grep eth"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:51(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Another application that can help identify all network interfaces available "
"to your system is the <application>lshw</application> command. In the "
"example below, <application>lshw</application> shows a single Ethernet "
"interface with the logical name of <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> "
"along with bus information, driver details and all supported capabilities."
msgstr ""
"Sisteminde bulunan tüm ağ arayüzlerini tanımlamana yardım edebilecek diğer "
"uygulama <application>lshw</application> komutudur. Aşağıdaki örnekte "
"<application>lshw</application>, mantıksal adı <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> olan tek Eternet arayüzünü, veriyolu "
"bilgisi, sürücü ayrıntıları ve tüm destekledikleri ile birlikte gösteriri."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:60(command)
msgid "sudo lshw -class network"
msgstr "sudo lshw -class network"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:61(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  *-network\n"
"       description: Ethernet interface\n"
"       product: BCM4401-B0 100Base-TX\n"
"       vendor: Broadcom Corporation\n"
"       physical id: 0\n"
"       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
"       logical name: eth0\n"
"       version: 02\n"
"       serial: 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
"       size: 10MB/s\n"
"       capacity: 100MB/s\n"
"       width: 32 bits\n"
"       clock: 33MHz\n"
"       capabilities: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       configuration: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       resources: irq:17 memory:ef9fe000-ef9fffff"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:81(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Logical Names"
msgstr "Eternet Arayüzü Mantıksal Adları"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"Interface logical names are configured in the file "
"<filename>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules.</filename> If you would "
"like control which interface receives a particular logical name, find the "
"line matching the interfaces physical MAC address and modify the value of "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">NAME=ethX</emphasis> to the desired logical name. "
"Reboot the system to commit your changes."
msgstr ""
"Arayüz mantıksal adları <filename>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-"
"net.rules.</filename> dosyasında yapılandırılır. Eğer arayüze özel bir "
"mantıksal ad vermek istiyorsan, arayüzün fiziksel MAC adresi ile eşleşen "
"satırı bulun ve onu istenen mantıksal adın <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">NAME=ethX</emphasis> değeri ile düzenleyin. Değişikliklerin "
"sağlanması için sisteminizi yeniden başlatın."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:93(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Settings"
msgstr "Eternet Arayüz Ayarları"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ethtool</application> is a program that displays and changes "
"Ethernet card settings such as auto-negotiation, port speed, duplex mode, "
"and Wake-on-LAN. It is not installed by default, but is available for "
"installation in the repositories."
msgstr ""
"<application>ethtool</application>, Eternet kartının otomatik tanıma, yuva "
"hızı, çift kipi ve LAN'dan uyandırma gibi ayarlarını gösteren ve değiştiren "
"bir programdır , port speed, duplex mode, and Wake-on-LAN. Öntanımlı olarak "
"yüklenmez, fakat depolardan yüklenebilir.."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:100(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ethtool"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ethtool"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how to view supported features and configured "
"settings of an Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki, Eternet arayüzünün desteklenen özelliklerinin nasıl gösterileceği "
"ve ayarların nasıl yapılandırılacağı hakkında bir örnektir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:107(command)
msgid "sudo ethtool eth0"
msgstr "sudo ethtool eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:108(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Settings for eth0:\n"
"        Supported ports: [ TP ]\n"
"        Supported link modes:   10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Supports auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Advertised link modes:  10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Speed: 1000Mb/s\n"
"        Duplex: Full\n"
"        Port: Twisted Pair\n"
"        PHYAD: 1\n"
"        Transceiver: internal\n"
"        Auto-negotiation: on\n"
"        Supports Wake-on: g\n"
"        Wake-on: d\n"
"        Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)\n"
"        Link detected: yes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"Changes made with the <application>ethtool</application> command are "
"temporary and will be lost after a reboot. If you would like to retain "
"settings, simply add the desired <application>ethtool</application> command "
"to a <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> statement in the interface "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>ethtool</application> komutu ile yapılan değişiklikler "
"geçicidir ve yeniden başlatmadan sonra kaybolur. Eğer ayarları tutmak "
"istiyorsanız, basitçe istenen <application>ethtool</application> komutunu, "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> arayüz yapılandırma "
"dosyasındaki <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> ifadesine ekleyin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how the interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> could be permanently configured with a port "
"speed of 1000Mb/s running in full duplex mode."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki, <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> olarak tanımlanan "
"arayüzün, tam çift kipte, 1000MB/s hızda çalışan bir yuvanın kalıcı olarak "
"nasıl yapılandırılabileceğine bir örnektir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:139(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"pre-up /sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"Although the example above shows the interface configured to use the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method, it actually works with "
"other methods as well, such as DHCP. The example is meant to demonstrate "
"only proper placement of the <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> "
"statement in relation to the rest of the interface configuration."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki örnek her ne kadar <emphasis role=\"italic\">statik</emphasis> "
"yöntemi kullanarak arayüz yapılandırmayı gösterse bile, DHCP gibi diğer "
"yöntemler de çalışır. Örnek, sadece <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-"
"up</emphasis>ifadesinin, arayüz yapılandırmanın geri kalan kısmındaki "
"ilişkinin uygun yerini gösterme anlamına gelir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:157(title)
msgid "IP Addressing"
msgstr "IP Adresleme"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"The following section describes the process of configuring your systems IP "
"address and default gateway needed for communicating on a local area network "
"and the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki bölüm yerel bir ağda ve internette iletişim için gereken, "
"sisteminizin IP adresinin ve öntanımlı ağ geçitinin yapılandırma işlemini "
"açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:165(title)
msgid "Temporary IP Address Assignment"
msgstr "Geçici IP Adres Atama"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:166(para)
msgid ""
"For temporary network configurations, you can use standard commands such as "
"<application>ip</application>, <application>ifconfig</application> and "
"<application>route</application>, which are also found on most other "
"GNU/Linux operating systems. These commands allow you to configure settings "
"which take effect immediately, however they are not persistent and will be "
"lost after a reboot."
msgstr ""
"Geçici ağ yapılandırmaları için, çoğu diğer GNU/Linux işletim sistemlerinde "
"bulunan <application>ip</application>, <application>ifconfig</application> "
"ve <application>route</application> gibi klasik komutları kullanabilirsin. "
"Bu komutlar ani etki yapan ayarları yapılandırmanı sağlar. Bununla beraber, "
"kalıcı değillerdir ve bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra kaybolurlar."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily configure an IP address, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command in the following manner. Just "
"modify the IP address and subnet mask to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""
"Bir IP adresini geçici olarak yapılandırmak için, "
"<application>ifconfig</application> komutunu aşağıdaki şekilde "
"kullanabilirsinin. Sadece IP adresi ve altağ maskesini, kendi ağ "
"ihtiyaçlarınıza uyacak şekilde düzenleyin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:180(command)
msgid "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"
msgstr "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:182(para)
msgid ""
"To verify the IP address configuration of <application>eth0</application>, "
"you can use the <application>ifconfig</application> command in the following "
"manner."
msgstr ""
"<application>eth0</application>'ın IP adres yapılandırmasını doğrulamak "
"için, <application>ifconfig</application> komutunu aşağıdaki şekilde "
"kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:187(command)
msgid "ifconfig eth0"
msgstr "ifconfig eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:188(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a  \n"
"          inet addr:10.0.0.100  Bcast:10.0.0.255  Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
"          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
"          RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB)  TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
"          Interrupt:16"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"To configure a default gateway, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner. Modify the "
"default gateway address to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""
"Öntanımlı bir ağgeçiti yapılandırmak için, <application>route</application> "
"komutunu aşağıdaki şekilde kullanabilirsin. Ağ ihtiyaçlarına uyacak şekilde "
"öntanımlı ağgeçit adresini düzenleyin"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:204(command)
msgid "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"
msgstr "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:206(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your default gateway configuration, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner."
msgstr ""
"Öntanımlı ağgeçit yapılandırmasını doğrulamak için, "
"<application>route</application> komutunu aşağıdaki şeklide kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:211(command)
msgid "route -n"
msgstr "route -n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:212(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
"Destination     Gateway         Genmask         Flags Metric Ref    Use "
"Iface\n"
"10.0.0.0        0.0.0.0         255.255.255.0   U     1      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
"0.0.0.0         10.0.0.1        0.0.0.0         UG    0      0        0 eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:217(para)
msgid ""
"If you require DNS for your temporary network configuration, you can add DNS "
"server IP addresses in the file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. In "
"general, editing <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> directly is not "
"recommanded, but this is a temporary and non-persistent configuration. The "
"example below shows how to enter two DNS servers to "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should be changed to servers "
"appropriate for your network. A more lengthy description of the proper "
"persistent way to do DNS client configuration is in a following section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:224(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:228(para)
msgid ""
"If you no longer need this configuration and wish to purge all IP "
"configuration from an interface, you can use the "
"<application>ip</application> command with the flush option as shown below."
msgstr ""
"Artık bu yapılandırmaya ihtiyacınız yoksa ve bir arayüzdeki tüm IP "
"yapılandırmasını temizlemek istiyorsan, <application>ip</application> "
"komutunu flush seçeneği ile aşağıda görüldüğü şekilde kullanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:234(command)
msgid "ip addr flush eth0"
msgstr "ip addr flush eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"Flushing the IP configuration using the <application>ip</application> "
"command does not clear the contents of "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You must remove or modify those "
"entries manually, or re-boot which should also cause "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which is actually now a symlink to "
"<filename>/run/resolvconf/resolv.conf</filename>, to be re-written."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:245(title)
msgid "Dynamic IP Address Assignment (DHCP Client)"
msgstr "Değişken IP Adres Atama (DHCP İstemci)"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:246(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your server to use DHCP for dynamic address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">dhcp</emphasis> method to the inet address family "
"statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Değişken adres atayıp DHCP kullanarak sunucunuzu yapılandırmak için, "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">dhcp</emphasis> yöntemini inet adres aile "
"ifadesini <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>'deki uygun arayüze "
"ekleyin. Aşağıdaki örnekte ilk Eternet yapılandırma arayüzünüzün <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> şeklinde tanımlayarak yapılandırdığınız "
"varsayılır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:253(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:257(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command which "
"initiates the DHCP process via <application>dhclient</application>."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıda gösterildiği şekilde arayüz yapılandırmasını ekleyerek, DHCP "
"işleminin <application>dhclient</application> tarafından başlatılmasını "
"sağlayan <application>ifup</application> komutuyla arayüzünüzü elle "
"etkinleştirebilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:263(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:298(command)
msgid "sudo ifup eth0"
msgstr "sudo ifup eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command, which in turn will initiate the "
"DHCP release process and shut down the interface."
msgstr ""
"Arayüzü elle pasifleştirmek için, DHCP işlemini başlatıp arayüzü kapatacak "
"olan <application>ifdown</application> komutunu kullanabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:271(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:305(command)
msgid "sudo ifdown eth0"
msgstr "sudo ifdown eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:276(title)
msgid "Static IP Address Assignment"
msgstr "Sabit IP Adresi Atama"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:277(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your system to use a static IP address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method to the inet address "
"family statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>. Change the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">address</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">netmask</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">gateway</emphasis> values to meet the requirements of your "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Sabit IP adresi atayarak sisteminizi yapılandırmak için, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sabit</emphasis> yöntemini "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>'deki uygun arayüze inet adres "
"ailesi ifadesine ekleyin. Aşağıdaki örnekte ilk Eternet arayüzünün <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> olarak kimliklendirerek yapılandırdığınız "
"varsayılır. <emphasis role=\"italic\">Adres</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ağ maskesi</emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"italic\">ağ "
"geçiti</emphasis> değerlerini ağınızın ihtiyaçlarını karşılayacak şekilde "
"değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:286(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"adres 10.0.0.100\n"
"ağ maskesi 255.255.255.0\n"
"ağ geçiti 10.0.0.1\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıda gösterildiği şeklide bir yapılandırma arayüzü ekleyerek, "
"<application>ifup</application> komutu ile arayüzü elle "
"etkinleştirebilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command."
msgstr ""
"Arayüzü elle pasifleştirmek için <application>ifdown</application> komutunu "
"kullanabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:310(title)
msgid "Loopback Interface"
msgstr "Loopback Arayüzü"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"The loopback interface is identified by the system as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">lo</emphasis> and has a default IP address of 127.0.0.1. It "
"can be viewed using the ifconfig command."
msgstr ""
"Loopback arayüzü sistem tarafından <emphasis role=\"italic\">lo</emphasis> "
"olarak kimliklendirilir ve öntanımlı olarak 127.0.0.1 şeklinde IP adresine "
"sahiptir. ifconfig komutu kullanılarak görüntülenebilir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:316(command)
msgid "ifconfig lo"
msgstr "ifconfig lo"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:317(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lo        Link encap:Local Loopback  \n"
"          inet addr:127.0.0.1  Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
"          UP LOOPBACK RUNNING  MTU:16436  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
"          RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)  TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"By default, there should be two lines in "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> responsible for automatically "
"configuring your loopback interface. It is recommended that you keep the "
"default settings unless you have a specific purpose for changing them. An "
"example of the two default lines are shown below."
msgstr ""
"Öntanımlı olarak, Geri Döngü arayüzünü otomatik yapılandırman için "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>'de sorumlu iki satır vardır. "
"Eğer çok özel bir nedenin yoksa bu öntanımlı ayarları tutman tavsiye edilir. "
"Öntanımlı iki satırın bir örneği aşağıda görülüyor."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:332(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:341(title)
msgid "Name Resolution"
msgstr "Ad Kararlılığı"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:342(para)
msgid ""
"Name resolution as it relates to IP networking is the process of mapping IP "
"addresses to hostnames, making it easier to identify resources on a network. "
"The following section will explain how to properly configure your system for "
"name resolution using DNS and static hostname records."
msgstr ""
"IP ağını yükselten ad kararlılığı, IP adresini ana makine adlarıyla "
"eşleştirme, bir ağdaki kaynakları daha kolay tanımlama işlemidir. Aşağıdaki "
"bölüm, DNS ve sabit makine adı kayıtlarını kullanarak ad kararlılığı için "
"sistemini uygun şekilde nasıl yapılandıracağını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:350(title)
msgid "DNS Client Configuration"
msgstr "DNS İstemci Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:362(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/etc/resolv.conf -&gt; ../run/resolvconf/resolv.conf\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"Traditionally, the file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> was a static "
"configuration file that rarely needed to be changed or automatically changed "
"via DCHP client hooks. Nowadays, a computer can switch from one network to "
"another quite often and the <emphasis>resolvconf</emphasis> framework is now "
"being used to track these changes and update the resolver's configuration "
"automatically. It acts as an intermediary between programs that supply "
"nameserver information and applications that need nameserver information. "
"Resolvconf gets populated with information by a set of hook scripts related "
"to network interface configuration. The most notable difference for the user "
"is that any change manually done to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> "
"will be lost as it gets overwritten each time something triggers resolvconf. "
"Instead, resolvconf uses DHCP client hooks, and "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> to generate a list of "
"nameservers and domains to put in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, "
"which is now a symlink: <placeholder-1/> To configure the resolver, add the "
"IP addresses of the nameservers that are appropriate for your network in the "
"file <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. You can also add an "
"optional DNS suffix search-lists to match your network domain names. For "
"each other valid resolv.conf configuration option, you can include, in the "
"stanza, one line beginning with that option name with a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">dns-</emphasis> prefix. The resulting file might look like the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:373(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"    address 192.168.3.3\n"
"    netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"    gateway 192.168.3.1\n"
"    dns-search example.com\n"
"    dns-nameservers 192.168.3.45 192.168.8.10\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"italic\">search</emphasis> option can also be used with "
"multiple domain names so that DNS queries will be appended in the order in "
"which they are entered. For example, your network may have multiple sub-"
"domains to search; a parent domain of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, and two sub-domains, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sales.example.com</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">dev.example.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">search</emphasis> seçeneği çoklu alan adları ile "
"de kullanılabilir. Böylece DNS sorgulamaları girilen sıraya göre eklenir. "
"Örneğin, ağınız aramak için çoklu alt alana sahip olabilir; <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>'un ana alanı ile <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sales.example.com</emphasis> ve <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">dev.example.com</emphasis> şeklinde iki alt alan."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"If you have multiple domains you wish to search, your configuration might "
"look like the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:393(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"    address 192.168.3.3\n"
"    netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"    gateway 192.168.3.1\n"
"    dns-search example.com sales.example.com dev.example.com\n"
"    dns-nameservers 192.168.3.45 192.168.8.10\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:402(para)
msgid ""
"If you try to ping a host with the name of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server1</emphasis>, your system will automatically query DNS "
"for its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) in the following order:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer <emphasis role=\"italic\">sunucu1</emphasis> adında bir makine "
"araştırmayı çalışırsanız, Tam Nitelikli Alan Adı (FQDN) için sisteminiz "
"DNS'yi aşağıdaki şekilde otomatik olarak sorgular:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:409(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "sunucu1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:414(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "sunucu1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:419(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "sunucu1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"If no matches are found, the DNS server will provide a result of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> and the DNS query will fail."
msgstr ""
"Eğer hiçbir eşleşme bulamazsa DNS sunucu <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">bulunamadı</emphasis> şeklinde bir sonuç verir ve DNS "
"sorgusu başarısız olur."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:431(title)
msgid "Static Hostnames"
msgstr "Sabit Makine Adları"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Static hostnames are locally defined hostname-to-IP mappings located in the "
"file <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Entries in the "
"<filename>hosts</filename> file will have precedence over DNS by default. "
"This means that if your system tries to resolve a hostname and it matches an "
"entry in /etc/hosts, it will not attempt to look up the record in DNS. In "
"some configurations, especially when Internet access is not required, "
"servers that communicate with a limited number of resources can be "
"conveniently set to use static hostnames instead of DNS."
msgstr ""
"Sabit makine adları yerel olarak <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> "
"dosyasındaki makine adı IP eşleşmeleri ile tanımlanır. "
"<filename>hosts</filename> dosyasındaki girdiler öntanımlı olarak DNS "
"sırasına göre dizilir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:439(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a <filename>hosts</filename> file where a "
"number of local servers have been identified by simple hostnames, aliases "
"and their equivalent Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN's)."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki <filename>hosts</filename> dosyasındakinin bir örneğidir. Buradaki "
"sayı, basit makine adları, takma adlar ve onların Tam Nitelikli Alan Adları "
"(FQDN) tarafından tanımlanan yerel sunucularıdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:443(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 server1.example.com vpn\n"
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 server2.example.com mail\n"
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 server3.example.com www\n"
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 server4.example.com file\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:452(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example, notice that each of the servers have been given "
"aliases in addition to their proper names and FQDN's. <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Server1</emphasis> has been mapped to the name <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vpn</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">server2</emphasis> "
"is referred to as <emphasis role=\"italic\">mail</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server3</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">www</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server4</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">file</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki örnekte herbir sunucunun adlarına ve FQDN'lerine uygun takma ad "
"verildiğine dikkat edin. <emphasis role=\"italic\">Server1</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">vpn</emphasis> ile eşleştirilirken <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server2</emphasis> de <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">mail</emphasis>'i ifade ediyor. <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Server3</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">www</emphasis>'den ve <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server4</emphasis> de <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">file</emphasis>'den bahsediyor."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:464(title)
msgid "Name Service Switch Configuration"
msgstr "Ad Servis Anahtarı Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:465(para)
msgid ""
"The order in which your system selects a method of resolving hostnames to IP "
"addresses is controlled by the Name Service Switch (NSS) configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>. As mentioned in the previous "
"section, typically static hostnames defined in the systems "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file have precedence over names resolved "
"from DNS. The following is an example of the line responsible for this order "
"of hostname lookups in the file <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Sisteminizin IP adreslerinin makine adlarının çözüm yöntemi olarak hangisini "
"seçeceği, Ad Servis Anahtarı (NSS) yapılandırma dosyası olan "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> tarafından denetlenir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:473(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:479(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> first tries to resolve static "
"hostnames located in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> önce "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>'da bulunan sabit makine adlarını çözümlemeye "
"çalışır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> attempts to resolve the "
"name using Multicast DNS."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis>, çoklu DNS kullanarak adı "
"çözümlemeye çalışır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:490(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">[NOTFOUND=return]</emphasis> means that any response "
"of <emphasis role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> by the preceding <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> process should be treated as "
"authoritative and that the system should not try to continue hunting for an "
"answer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dns</emphasis> represents a legacy unicast DNS query."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dns</emphasis>, bireysel yayın DNS sorguyu ifade "
"eder."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4</emphasis> represents a Multicast DNS query."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4</emphasis>, çoklu yayın DNS sorguyu ifade eder."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:509(para)
msgid ""
"To modify the order of the above mentioned name resolution methods, you can "
"simply change the <emphasis role=\"italic\">hosts:</emphasis> string to the "
"value of your choosing. For example, if you prefer to use legacy Unicast DNS "
"versus Multicast DNS, you can change the string in "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> as shown below."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıda ifade edilen ad önerge yöntemlerinin sırasını düzenlemek için, "
"yalnızca <emphasis role=\"italic\">hosts:</emphasis> betiğinin değerini "
"isteğine göre değiştir. Örneğin, çoklu yayın DNS yerine bireysel yayın DNS "
"kullanmak istiyorsan, <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>'deki betiği "
"aşağıdaki gibi değiştirebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:516(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:694(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:523(title)
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr "Köprüleme"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:525(para)
msgid ""
"Bridging multiple interfaces is a more advanced configuration, but is very "
"useful in multiple scenarios. One scenario is setting up a bridge with "
"multiple network interfaces, then using a firewall to filter traffic between "
"two network segments. Another scenario is using bridge on a system with one "
"interface to allow virtual machines direct access to the outside network. "
"The following example covers the latter scenario."
msgstr ""
"Çoklu arayüz köprüleme çok gelişmiş bir yapılandırmadır. Fakat çoklu "
"senaryolarda çok kullanışlıdır. Senaryo, köprüyü çoklu ağ arayüzleri "
"ileayarlamak sonra iki ağ bölümü arasındaki ağı filtrelemek için bir "
"güvenlik duvarı kullanmaktır. Diğer senaryo, dış ağlara sanal makinelerle "
"doğrudan erişimi sağlamak için bir arayüzlü sistemdeki köprüyü kullanmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"Before configuring a bridge you will need to install the <application>bridge-"
"utils</application> package. To install the package, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Köprü yapılandırmadan önce <application>bridge-utils</application> paketini "
"yüklemelisin. Paketi yüklemek için terminalden şunu giriniz::"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:541(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the bridge by editing "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>'i düzenleyerek köprüyü "
"yapılandırın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:545(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:564(para)
msgid "Enter the appropriate values for your physical interface and network."
msgstr "Fiziksel arayüz ve ağın için uygun değerleri girin."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:573(para)
msgid "Now bring up the bridge:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:578(command)
msgid "sudo ifup br0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:576(para)
msgid ""
"The new bridge interface should now be up and running. The "
"<application>brctl</application> provides useful information about the state "
"of the bridge, controls which interfaces are part of the bridge, etc. See "
"<command>man brctl</command> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi köprü arayüzü tamamlanıp, çalıştırılacak. "
"<application>brctl</application>, köprünün durumu hakkında kullanışlı bilgi "
"sağlar, hangi arayüzün hangi köprünün, vb. bir bölümü olduğunu kontrol eder. "
"Daha fazla bilgi için <command>man brctl</command>'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:592(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Network\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Network page</ulink> has links to articles covering more advanced network "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.ubuntu-"
"tr.org/index.php/%C4%B0nternet_ve_A%C4%9F\">Ubuntu-tr Wiki'deki İnternet ve "
"Ağ</ulink> maddesinde gelişmiş ağ yapılandırması ile ilgili bilgiler var."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/man8/resolvconf.8.html\">resolvconf"
" man page</ulink> has more information on resolvconf."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:604(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/man5/interfaces.5.html\">interfaces"
" man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/man8/dhclient.8.html\">dhclient "
"man page</ulink> has details on more options for configuring DHCP client "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:616(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/man5/resolver.5.html\">resolver "
"man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
"configuration information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl man "
"page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/bridge"
"\">Networking-Bridge</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:635(title)
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr "TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"The Transmission Control Protocol and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is a "
"standard set of protocols developed in the late 1970s by the Defense "
"Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) as a means of communication "
"between different types of computers and computer networks. TCP/IP is the "
"driving force of the Internet, and thus it is the most popular set of "
"network protocols on Earth."
msgstr ""
"Aktarım Kontrol İletişim Kuralı ve Internet İletişim Kuralı (TCP/IP ), 1970 "
"sonlarında, Savunma Bakanlığı İleri Araştırma Projeleri Ajansı (DARPA) "
"tarafından geliştirilen standart bir iletişim kuralıdır. Bu, çeşitli "
"bilgisayar türleri ve ağları arasında iletişim sağlar. Dünyada en yaygın "
"kullanılan ağ iletişim kuralıdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:644(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Introduction"
msgstr "TCP/IP Tanıtım"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"The two protocol components of TCP/IP deal with different aspects of "
"computer networking. <emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis>, the \"IP\" of "
"TCP/IP is a connectionless protocol which deals only with network packet "
"routing using the <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Datagram</emphasis> as the "
"basic unit of networking information. The IP Datagram consists of a header "
"followed by a message. The <emphasis> Transmission Control "
"Protocol</emphasis> is the \"TCP\" of TCP/IP and enables network hosts to "
"establish connections which may be used to exchange data streams. TCP also "
"guarantees that the data between connections is delivered and that it "
"arrives at one network host in the same order as sent from another network "
"host."
msgstr ""
"TCP/IP'nin iki iletişim kuralı parçaları bilgisayar ağının farklı görüş ile "
"alakalıdır. <emphasis>Internet İletişim Kuralı</emphasis> TCP/IP'deki \"IP\" "
"ağ bilgisinin temel birimi olarak sadece <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Veri "
"İletisi</emphasis> kullanan ağ paket yönlendirmeli bağlantısız iletişim "
"kuralıdır. IP Veri İletisi şu şekilde bir başlıktan oluşur.<emphasis> Taşıma "
"Katmanı Kontrol İletişim Kuralı</emphasis> TCP/IP'deki \"TCP\" ve etkin "
"ağlar veri akışını değiştirmek için kullanılan bağlantıyı oluşturması için "
"ana sistem oluşturur. Ayrıca TCP, ağlar arasındaki veriyi ulaştırmayı "
"garantiye alır ve aynı sistemdeki bir ağdan diğerine ulaşır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:658(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Configuration"
msgstr "TCP/IP Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:659(para)
msgid ""
"The TCP/IP protocol configuration consists of several elements which must be "
"set by editing the appropriate configuration files, or deploying solutions "
"such as the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server which in turn, "
"can be configured to provide the proper TCP/IP configuration settings to "
"network clients automatically. These configuration values must be set "
"correctly in order to facilitate the proper network operation of your Ubuntu "
"system."
msgstr ""
"TCP/IP iletişim kuralı yapılandırması, uygun yapılandırma dosyaları "
"düzenlenerek ayarlanan birkaç elemanı içerir. Dinamik İstemci Ayarlama "
"İletişim Kuralı (DHCP) sunucusu, uygun TCP/IP ayarlarını ağ istemcisine "
"otomatik olarak sağlaması için yapılandırılır. Bu yapılandırma değerleri "
"Ubuntu sistemindeki uygun ağ işlemini kolaylaştırması için doğru olarak "
"ayarlanmalıdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:671(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP address</emphasis> The IP address is a unique "
"identifying string expressed as four decimal numbers ranging from zero (0) "
"to two-hundred and fifty-five (255), separated by periods, with each of the "
"four numbers representing eight (8) bits of the address for a total length "
"of thirty-two (32) bits for the whole address. This format is called "
"<emphasis>dotted quad notation</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP adresi</emphasis> IP adresi eşsiz, sıkıştırılmış "
"betik kimliğidir. Sıfır (0)'dan ikiyüz ellibeş (255)'e kadar olan ondalık "
"sayılardan oluşan, periyotlarla ayrılan, 32 bitlik tüm adresin her biri 8 "
"bitlik adrese sahip olan dört sayıyı gösterir. Bu biçim <emphasis>dört "
"noktalı gösterim</emphasis> (dotted dual notation) olarak adlandırılır.."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:681(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Netmask</emphasis> The Subnet Mask (or simply, "
"<emphasis>netmask</emphasis>) is a local bit mask, or set of flags which "
"separate the portions of an IP address significant to the network from the "
"bits significant to the <emphasis>subnetwork</emphasis>. For example, in a "
"Class C network, the standard netmask is 255.255.255.0 which masks the first "
"three bytes of the IP address and allows the last byte of the IP address to "
"remain available for specifying hosts on the subnetwork."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Netmask</emphasis> Alt Ağ Maskesi, (veya sadece "
"<emphasis>netmask</emphasis>) yerel bir bit maskesidir veya IP adres "
"belirtecinin bölümleriyle ayrılan bayrak ayarıdır. Örneğin C sınıf ağda "
"standart ağ maskesi 255.255.255.0 şeklindedir. Bu IP adresinin ilk üç baytı "
"maske ve geri kalan son baytı da alt ağdaki ana sistemleri belirlemek için "
"kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:692(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Address</emphasis> The Network Address "
"represents the bytes comprising the network portion of an IP address. For "
"example, the host 12.128.1.2 in a Class A network would use 12.0.0.0 as the "
"network address, where twelve (12) represents the first byte of the IP "
"address, (the network part) and zeroes (0) in all of the remaining three "
"bytes to represent the potential host values. A network host using the "
"private IP address 192.168.1.100 would in turn use a Network Address of "
"192.168.1.0, which specifies the first three bytes of the Class C 192.168.1 "
"network and a zero (0) for all the possible hosts on the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ Adresi</emphasis>, IP adresinin ağ bölümünün "
"oluştuğu baytı gösterir. Örneğin A Sınıf ağdaki 12.128.1.2 nolu ana sistem "
"ağ adresi olarak 12.0.0.0 kullanabilir. Buradaki oniki (12) IP adresinin ilk "
"baytını belirtir, ağ bölümü ve geri kalan tüm üm baytlık sıfırlar (0) "
"potansiyel sistem değerlerini gösterir. 192.168.1.100 şeklinde özel bir IP "
"adresi kullanan ağ ana sisteminin, 192.168.1 olan ilk üç baytı Sınıf C'nin "
"ağını ve sondaki sıfır ağdaki mümkün olan tüm ana sistemleri gösteren "
"192.168.1.0  şeklinde bir Ağ Adresi kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Address</emphasis> The Broadcast Address "
"is an IP address which allows network data to be sent simultaneously to all "
"hosts on a given subnetwork rather than specifying a particular host. The "
"standard general broadcast address for IP networks is 255.255.255.255, but "
"this broadcast address cannot be used to send a broadcast message to every "
"host on the Internet because routers block it. A more appropriate broadcast "
"address is set to match a specific subnetwork. For example, on the private "
"Class C IP network, 192.168.1.0, the broadcast address is 192.168.1.255. "
"Broadcast messages are typically produced by network protocols such as the "
"Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) and the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayın Adresi</emphasis> Yayın Adresi, bilinen veriyi "
"belirli özel ana sistemden ziyade bir alt ağdaki tüm sistemlere eş zamanlı "
"olarak göndermeyi sağlayan bir IP adresidir. IP ağları için standart genel "
"yayın akışı 255.255.255.255'dir. Fakat bu yayın adresi, yayın mesajını "
"Internetteki her ana sisteme göndermek için, yönlendiricilerin engelinden "
"dolayı kullanılamaz. Daha uygun yayın adresi özel alt ağları eşleştirmek "
"için ayarlar. Örneğin, özel Sınıf C IP ağı, 192.168.1.0, yayın adresi "
"192.168.1.255'dir. Yayın mesajları, Adres Çözümleme İletişim Kuralı (ARP) ve "
"Yönlendirme Bilgisi İletişim Kuralı (RIP) gibi ağ iletişim kuralları "
"tarafından tipik olarak üretilir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:718(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gateway Address</emphasis> A Gateway Address is the "
"IP address through which a particular network, or host on a network, may be "
"reached. If one network host wishes to communicate with another network "
"host, and that host is not located on the same network, then a "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis> must be used. In many cases, the Gateway "
"Address will be that of a router on the same network, which will in turn "
"pass traffic on to other networks or hosts, such as Internet hosts. The "
"value of the Gateway Address setting must be correct, or your system will "
"not be able to reach any hosts beyond those on the same network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ Geçit Adresi</emphasis> Ağ Geçit Adresi, özel ağ, "
"ağdaki bir ana sistem tarafından erişilen bir IP adresidir. Eğer bir ağ ana "
"sistemi diğer ağ ana sistemiyle iletişime geçmek ister ve ana sistem aynı "
"ağda bulunmuyorsa bir <emphasis>ağ geçit</emphasis>i kullanmılmalıdır. "
"Birçok sebepten dolayı Ağ Geçit Adresi, Internet ana sistemleri gibi diğer "
"ağlarda veya ana sistemlerdeki tarafiği düzenlemesi için aynı ağdaki bir "
"yönlendirici olur. Ağ Geçit Adresinin değeri doğru olarak ayarlanmalıdır. "
"Aksi taktirde sistemin, aynı ağdaki herhangi bir ana sisteme ulaşamayacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nameserver Address</emphasis> Nameserver Addresses "
"represent the IP addresses of Domain Name Service (DNS) systems, which "
"resolve network hostnames into IP addresses. There are three levels of "
"Nameserver Addresses, which may be specified in order of precedence: The "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis> Nameserver, the <emphasis>Secondary</emphasis> "
"Nameserver, and the <emphasis>Tertiary</emphasis> Nameserver. In order for "
"your system to be able to resolve network hostnames into their corresponding "
"IP addresses, you must specify valid Nameserver Addresses which you are "
"authorized to use in your system's TCP/IP configuration. In many cases these "
"addresses can and will be provided by your network service provider, but "
"many free and publicly accessible nameservers are available for use, such as "
"the Level3 (Verizon) servers with IP addresses from 4.2.2.1 to 4.2.2.6."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sunucu Adı Adresi</emphasis> Sunucu Adı Adresi, IP "
"adreslerindeki ağ ana sistem adlarını çözümleten Alan Adı Servis (DNS) "
"sisteminin IP adreslerini belirtir. Sunucu Adı Adresinin üç seviyesi vardır. "
"Bunlar şırayla şu şeklide belirtilirler: <emphasis>Birincil</emphasis> "
"Sunucu Adı, <emphasis>İkincil</emphasis> Sunucu Adı ve "
"<emphasis>Üçüncül</emphasis> Sunucu Adı. Ağ ana sistemlerini kendi eş değer "
"IP adresleri içinde çözümlemesi için sistemindeki sırasını, Sunucu Adı "
"adreslerini özel olarak belirtmelisin. Böylece kendi sisteminin TCP/IP "
"yapılandırmasına yetkili olabilirsin. Birçok nedenden dolayı bu adresler, "
"kendi ağ servis sağlayıcısı tarafından sağlanabilir veya sağlanacaktırr."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"The IP address, Netmask, Network Address, Broadcast Address, Gateway "
"Address, and Nameserver Addresses are typically specified via the "
"appropriate directives in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. For more information, view the "
"system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename>, with the following "
"command typed at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"Access the system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>Arayüzler</filename> için sistem kılavuz sayfasına erişmek için "
"aşağıdaki komutu kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:755(command)
msgid "man interfaces"
msgstr "man interfaces"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"The common configuration elements of TCP/IP and their purposes are as "
"follows: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"TCP/IP ve onların gerekli özel yapılandırma elemanları şöyledir: "
"<placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:771(title)
msgid "IP Routing"
msgstr "IP Yönlendirme"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:772(para)
msgid ""
"IP routing is a means of specifying and discovering paths in a TCP/IP "
"network along which network data may be sent. Routing uses a set of "
"<emphasis>routing tables</emphasis> to direct the forwarding of network data "
"packets from their source to the destination, often via many intermediary "
"network nodes known as <emphasis>routers</emphasis>. There are two primary "
"forms of IP routing: <emphasis>Static Routing</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Dynamic Routing.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"IP yönlendirme, TCP/IP ağındaki hangi verinin hangi ağa gönderildiğini "
"belirleme ve bulma anlamına gelir. Yönlendirme, <emphasis>yönlendirme "
"tabloları</emphasis>nın ayarını, veri paketlerini sonraki ağdan kendi hedef "
"kaynaklara doğrudan iletilmesini sağlar. Bunu daha çok "
"<emphasis>yönlendiriciler</emphasis> olarak bilinen ağ düğüm aracılarıyla "
"yapar. IP yönlendirmenin iki birincil formu vardır. Bunlar: "
"<emphasis>Durağan Yönlendirme</emphasis> (Statik) ve <emphasis>Hareketli "
"Yönlendirme</emphasis> (Dinamik)'dir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:781(para)
msgid ""
"Static routing involves manually adding IP routes to the system's routing "
"table, and this is usually done by manipulating the routing table with the "
"<application>route</application> command. Static routing enjoys many "
"advantages over dynamic routing, such as simplicity of implementation on "
"smaller networks, predictability (the routing table is always computed in "
"advance, and thus the route is precisely the same each time it is used), and "
"low overhead on other routers and network links due to the lack of a dynamic "
"routing protocol. However, static routing does present some disadvantages as "
"well. For example, static routing is limited to small networks and does not "
"scale well. Static routing also fails completely to adapt to network outages "
"and failures along the route due to the fixed nature of the route."
msgstr ""
"Durağan yönlendirme, IP yönlendiriciyi sistem yönlendirme tablosuna eklemeyi "
"elle yapar. Bu, genellikle <application>route</application> komutu "
"kullanılarak ve yönlendirme tablosu göz ardı edilerek yapılır. Durağan "
"yönlendirme, küçük ağlardaki uygulama basitliği, tahmin edilebilirlik "
"(yönlendirme tablosu daima öncelikli olarak hesaplanır ve böylece "
"yönlendirme aynı anda kullanılır) ve diğer yönlendiricilerde ve hareketli "
"yönlendirme iletişim kuralı olmadığından dolayı ağ bağlantılarında düşük yük "
"aşırma gibi şeylerle hareketli yönlendirmeden fazla avantaja sahiptir. Fakat "
"yine de durağan yönlendirme kusursuz değildir. Örneğin durağan yönlendirme "
"küçük ağlarla sınırlıdır ve iyi ölçeklendirme yapamaz. Ayrıca durağan "
"yönlendirme ağ kesintilerine tam olarak adapte olmakda yetersiz kalır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:791(para)
msgid ""
"Dynamic routing depends on large networks with multiple possible IP routes "
"from a source to a destination and makes use of special routing protocols, "
"such as the Router Information Protocol (RIP), which handle the automatic "
"adjustments in routing tables that make dynamic routing possible. Dynamic "
"routing has several advantages over static routing, such as superior "
"scalability and the ability to adapt to failures and outages along network "
"routes. Additionally, there is less manual configuration of the routing "
"tables, since routers learn from one another about their existence and "
"available routes. This trait also eliminates the possibility of introducing "
"mistakes in the routing tables via human error. Dynamic routing is not "
"perfect, however, and presents disadvantages such as heightened complexity "
"and additional network overhead from router communications, which does not "
"immediately benefit the end users, but still consumes network bandwidth."
msgstr ""
"Bir kaynaktan hedefe doğru mümkün olan çoklu IP yönlendirmeli büyük "
"ağlardaki hareketli yönlendirme bağlıdır ve hareketli yönlendirmeti mümkün "
"yapan yönlendirme tablosundaki otomatik ayarlamaları düzenleyen Yönlendirici "
"Bilgisi İletişim Kuralı (RIP) gibi özel yönlendirme iletişim kurallarını "
"kullanır. Hareketli yönlendirme, üstün ölçeklendirme, başarısızlıkların "
"üstesinden gelme ve ağ yönlendirici kesintisi gibi özellikleriyle hareketli "
"yönlendirme, durağan yönlendirmeden daha üstün özelliklere sahiptir. Ek "
"olarak yönlendirme tabloları elle yapılandırmaya daha az gereksinim duyar. "
"Bu özellik, yönlendirme tablolarında kişilerin oluşturacağı tanıtım "
"hatalarını daha aza indirgemeyi sağlar. Hareketli yönlendirme mükemmel "
"değildir. Bunula beraber arttırılmış karmaşıklık ve yönlendirme iletişimden "
"ek ağ yük aşırması gibi dez avantajları vardır. Bu son kullanıcıya doğru  "
"güven vermez. Fakat yine de ağ bant genişliği harcar."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:805(title)
msgid "TCP and UDP"
msgstr "TCP ve UDP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:806(para)
msgid ""
"TCP is a connection-based protocol, offering error correction and guaranteed "
"delivery of data via what is known as <emphasis>flow control</emphasis>. "
"Flow control determines when the flow of a data stream needs to be stopped, "
"and previously sent data packets should to be re-sent due to problems such "
"as <emphasis>collisions</emphasis>, for example, thus ensuring complete and "
"accurate delivery of the data. TCP is typically used in the exchange of "
"important information such as database transactions."
msgstr ""
"TCP, hata düzeltmesi sunan, <emphasis>akış kontrolü</emphasis> olarak "
"bilinen yöntemle veri ulaştırması garantineye alan,  bağlantı tabanlı bir "
"iletişim kuralıdır. Akış kontrol, <emphasis>çarpışmalar</emphasis>dan "
"dolayı, veri akışında duraklama olduğunda ve gönderilen önceki veri "
"paketlerinin tekrar gönderilmesini sağlar. Örneğin, bunu yapmak verinin tam "
"ve eksiksiz gönderilmesini sağlar. TCP, veritabanı işlemleri gibi önemli "
"bilgilerin değiştirilmesinde tipik olarak kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:814(para)
msgid ""
"The User Datagram Protocol (UDP), on the other hand, is a "
"<emphasis>connectionless</emphasis> protocol which seldom deals with the "
"transmission of important data because it lacks flow control or any other "
"method to ensure reliable delivery of the data. UDP is commonly used in such "
"applications as audio and video streaming, where it is considerably faster "
"than TCP due to the lack of error correction and flow control, and where the "
"loss of a few packets is not generally catastrophic."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı Veribloğu İletişim Kuralları (UDP), diğer taraftan önemli "
"verilerin <emphasis>bağlantısız</emphasis> olarak iletilmesini sağlayan bir "
"iletişim kuralıdır. Verinin güvenilir olarak iletilmesini sağlamak için akış "
"kontrol ve bazı diğer yöntemlere ihtiyaç duyar. UDP yaygın olarak ses ve  "
"vidyo akışı gibi uygulamalarda kullanılır. Hata düzeltmenin eksikliği, akış "
"kontrol ve birkaç paketin kaybolması gibi sebeplerde UDP, TCP'den daha "
"iyidir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:824(title)
msgid "ICMP"
msgstr "ICMP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:825(para)
msgid ""
"The Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) is an extension to the "
"Internet Protocol (IP) as defined in the Request For Comments (RFC) #792 and "
"supports network packets containing control, error, and informational "
"messages. ICMP is used by such network applications as the "
"<application>ping</application> utility, which can determine the "
"availability of a network host or device. Examples of some error messages "
"returned by ICMP which are useful to both network hosts and devices such as "
"routers, include <emphasis>Destination Unreachable</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Internet Kontrol Mesajlama İletişim Kuralı (ICMP), Yorumlar İçin Talep (RFC) "
"#792'de açıklandığı gibi Internet İletişim Kuralında (IP) genişleyen bir "
"kuraldır. Kontrol, hata, bilgisel mesajları içeren ağ paketlerini destekler. "
"ICMP, ağ ana sistemi veya aygıtının kullanılabilirliğini belirleyebilen "
"<application>ping</application> programı gibi ağ uygulamaları tarafından "
"kullanılır. Bazı hata mesajlarının şablonları, <emphasis>Hedef'e "
"Erililemez</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Zaman Aşıldı</emphasis> dahil, her iki ağ "
"ana sistemleri veya aygıtlarını (yönlendirici) kullanan ICMP tarafından geri "
"döndürülür."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:835(title)
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Daemons"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:836(para)
msgid ""
"Daemons are special system applications which typically execute continuously "
"in the background and await requests for the functions they provide from "
"other applications. Many daemons are network-centric; that is, a large "
"number of daemons executing in the background on an Ubuntu system may "
"provide network-related functionality. Some examples of such network daemons "
"include the <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
"(httpd), which provides web server functionality; the <emphasis>Secure SHell "
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), which provides secure remote login shell and file "
"transfer capabilities; and the <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol "
"Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), which provides E-Mail services."
msgstr ""
"Daemons, tipik olarak artalanda sürekli çalıştırılan ve diğer uygulamalar "
"tarafından sağlanan işlemler için beklenen talepler gibi özel sistem "
"uygulamalarıdır"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:847(para)
msgid ""
"There are man pages for <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</ul"
"ink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
"that contain more useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:857(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink> IBM Redbook."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca IBM Redbook'daki <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink> sayfasına bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:863(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Diğer bir kaynak ise O'Reilly'in <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink> sayfasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:872(title)
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr "Dinamik İstemci Ayarlama İletişim Kuralı"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:873(para)
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a network service that "
"enables host computers to be automatically assigned settings from a server "
"as opposed to manually configuring each network host. Computers configured "
"to be DHCP clients have no control over the settings they receive from the "
"DHCP server, and the configuration is transparent to the computer's user."
msgstr ""
"Dinamik İstemci Ayarlama İletişim Kuralı (DHCP), ana sistem "
"bilgisayarlarının bir servisten otomatik olarak atanan ayarlarından her ağın "
"ana sistemini elle yapılandırmaya kadar olan tüm işleri etkinleştiren bir ağ "
"servisidir. DHCP istemcili yapılandırılmış bilgisayarların DHCP sunucudan "
"alacakları ayar kontrolü yoktur. Yapılandırma işlemi bilgisayar kullanıcısı "
"için şeffaftır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:880(para)
msgid ""
"The most common settings provided by a DHCP server to DHCP clients include:"
msgstr ""
"En yaygın ayarlar DHCP sunucu tarafından DHCP istemcileri kapsayacak şekilde "
"sağlanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:885(para)
msgid "IP address and netmask"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:888(para)
msgid "IP address of the default-gateway to use"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:891(para)
msgid "IP adresses of the DNS servers to use"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:894(para)
msgid ""
"However, a DHCP server can also supply configuration properties such as:"
msgstr ""
"Yine de DHCP sunucu şunun gibi özellikleri yapılandırmayı sağlayabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:899(para)
msgid "Host Name"
msgstr "Makine Adı"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:902(para)
msgid "Domain Name"
msgstr "Alan Adı"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:905(para)
msgid "Time Server"
msgstr "Zaman Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:911(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using DHCP is that changes to the network, for example a "
"change in the address of the DNS server, need only be changed at the DHCP "
"server, and all network hosts will be reconfigured the next time their DHCP "
"clients poll the DHCP server. As an added advantage, it is also easier to "
"integrate new computers into the network, as there is no need to check for "
"the availability of an IP address. Conflicts in IP address allocation are "
"also reduced."
msgstr ""
"DHCP kullanmanın avantajı ağ değişiklikleridir. Örneğin, DNS sunucu "
"adresindeki bir değişiklik sadece DHCP sunucudaki değişikliği gerektirir ve "
"tüm ağ ana sistemleri (makine) daha sonra onların DHCP istemci seçimini "
"tekrar yapılandırılabileceklerdir. Eklenen bir özellik gibi yeni "
"bilgisayarları ağa birleştirmek daha kolaydır.  Bunun için bir IP adresinin "
"kullanılabilirliğini kontrol etmeye gerek yoktur. IP adres paylaşımıyla "
"bağdaşmayanlar da azaltılır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:919(para)
msgid ""
"A DHCP server can provide configuration settings using the following methods:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:924(term)
msgid "Manual allocation (MAC address)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:926(para)
msgid ""
"This method entails using DHCP to identify the unique hardware address of "
"each network card connected to the network and then continually supplying a "
"constant configuration each time the DHCP client makes a request to the DHCP "
"server using that network device. This ensures that a particular address is "
"assigned automatically to that network card, based on it's MAC address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:937(term)
msgid "Dynamic allocation (address pool)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:935(para)
msgid ""
"In this method, the DHCP server will assign an IP address from a pool of "
"addresses (sometimes also called a range or scope) for a period of time or "
"lease, that is configured on the server or until the client informs the "
"server that it doesn't need the address anymore. This way, the clients will "
"be receiving their configuration properties dynamically and on a \"first "
"come, first served\" basis. When a DHCP client is no longer on the network "
"for a specified period, the configuration is expired and released back to "
"the address pool for use by other DHCP Clients. This way, an address can be "
"leased or used for a period of time. After this period, the client has to "
"renegociate the lease with the server to maintain use of the address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:952(term)
msgid "Automatic allocation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:954(para)
msgid ""
"Using this method, the DHCP automatically assigns an IP address permanently "
"to a device, selecting it from a pool of available addresses. Usually DHCP "
"is used to assign a temporary address to a client, but a DHCP server can "
"allow an infinite lease time."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:959(para)
msgid ""
"The last two methods can be considered \"automatic\" because in each case "
"the DHCP server assigns an address with no extra intervention needed. The "
"only difference between them is in how long the IP address is leased, in "
"other words whether a client's address varies over time. Ubuntu is shipped "
"with both DHCP server and client. The server is "
"<application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration protocol "
"daemon). The client provided with Ubuntu is "
"<application>dhclient</application> and should be installed on all computers "
"required to be automatically configured. Both programs are easy to install "
"and configure and will be automatically started at system boot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:976(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dhcpd</application> yüklemek için terminale şu komutu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:981(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install isc-dhcp-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:983(para)
msgid ""
"You will probably need to change the default configuration by editing "
"/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf to suit your needs and particular configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:987(para)
msgid ""
"You also may need to edit /etc/default/isc-dhcp-server to specify the "
"interfaces dhcpd should listen to."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:991(para)
msgid ""
"NOTE: dhcpd's messages are being sent to syslog. Look there for diagnostics "
"messages."
msgstr ""
"NOT: dhcpd's mesajları syslog'a gönderiliyor. Tamlayıcı mesajlar için oraya "
"bak."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:998(para)
msgid ""
"The error message the installation ends with might be a little confusing, "
"but the following steps will help you configure the service:"
msgstr ""
"Yükleme esnasında oluşan hata mesajları biraz kafa karıştırabilir. Fakat "
"sıradaki adımlar servisi yapılandırmana yardımcı olacaktır:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1002(para)
msgid ""
"Most commonly, what you want to do is assign an IP address randomly. This "
"can be done with settings as follows:"
msgstr ""
"En yaygın olan rastgele bir IP adresle ne yapmak istediğindir. Bu, aşağıdaki "
"ayarlarla yapılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1006(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# minimal sample /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf\n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"\n"
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
" range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
" option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
" option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
" option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1018(para)
msgid ""
"This will result in the DHCP server giving clients an IP address from the "
"range 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. It will lease an IP address for 600 "
"seconds if the client doesn't ask for a specific time frame. Otherwise the "
"maximum (allowed) lease will be 7200 seconds. The server will also "
"\"advise\" the client to use 192.168.1.254 as the default-gateway and "
"192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.2 as its DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1026(para)
msgid ""
"After changing the config file you have to restart the "
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1029(command)
msgid "sudo service isc-dhcp-server restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1039(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/dhcp3-server\">dhcp3-"
"server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/dhcp3-server\">dhcp3-server "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfası daha fazla bilgiye sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1042(para)
msgid ""
"For more <filename>/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">"
"dhcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1051(ulink)
msgid "ISC dhcp-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Time Synchronisation with NTP"
msgstr "NTP ile Zaman Senkronizasyonu"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"NTP is a TCP/IP protocol for synchronising time over a network. Basically a "
"client requests the current time from a server, and uses it to set its own "
"clock."
msgstr ""
"NTP, zamanı ağa göre ayarlayan bir TCP/IP iletişim kuralıdır. Temelde "
"istemci mevcut zamanı sunucudan sağlar ve kendi saati olarak onu kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1064(para)
msgid ""
"Behind this simple description, there is a lot of complexity - there are "
"tiers of NTP servers, with the tier one NTP servers connected to atomic "
"clocks, and tier two and three servers spreading the load of actually "
"handling requests across the Internet. Also the client software is a lot "
"more complex than you might think - it has to factor out communication "
"delays, and adjust the time in a way that does not upset all the other "
"processes that run on the server. But luckily all that complexity is hidden "
"from you!"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1067(para)
msgid "Ubuntu uses ntpdate and ntpd."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1072(title)
msgid "ntpdate"
msgstr "ntpdate"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1073(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with ntpdate as standard, and will run it once at boot time to "
"set up your time according to Ubuntu's NTP server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1076(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ntpdate -s ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1082(title)
msgid "ntpd"
msgstr "ntpd"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1083(para)
msgid ""
"The ntp daemon ntpd calculates the drift of your system clock and "
"continuously adjusts it, so there are no large corrections that could lead "
"to inconsistent logs for instance. The cost is a little processing power and "
"memory, but for a modern server this is negligible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1090(para)
msgid "To install ntpd, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2195(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1095(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ntp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1102(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> to add/remove server lines. By "
"default these servers are configured:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1107(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Use servers from the NTP Pool Project. Approved by Ubuntu Technical Board\n"
"# on 2011-02-08 (LP: #104525). See http://www.pool.ntp.org/join.html for\n"
"# more information.\n"
"server 0.ubuntu.pool.ntp.org\n"
"server 1.ubuntu.pool.ntp.org\n"
"server 2.ubuntu.pool.ntp.org\n"
"server 3.ubuntu.pool.ntp.org\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1117(para)
msgid ""
"After changing the config file you have to reload the "
"<application>ntpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1120(command)
msgid "sudo service ntp reload"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1126(title)
msgid "View status"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1125(para)
msgid "Use ntpq to see more info:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1131(command)
msgid "# sudo ntpq -p"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1132(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     remote           refid      st t when poll reach   delay   offset  "
"jitter\n"
"============================================================================="
"=\n"
"+stratum2-2.NTP. 129.70.130.70    2 u    5   64  377   68.461  -44.274 "
"110.334\n"
"+ntp2.m-online.n 212.18.1.106     2 u    5   64  377   54.629  -27.318  "
"78.882\n"
"*145.253.66.170  .DCFa.           1 u   10   64  377   83.607  -30.159  "
"68.343\n"
"+stratum2-3.NTP. 129.70.130.70    2 u    5   64  357   68.795  -68.168 "
"104.612\n"
"+europium.canoni 193.79.237.14    2 u   63   64  337   81.534  -67.968  "
"92.792"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1147(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UbuntuTime\">Ubuntu "
"Time</ulink> wiki page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UbuntuTime\">Ubuntu Time</ulink> "
"wiki sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1153(ulink)
msgid "ntp.org, home of the Network Time Protocol project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:12(title)
msgid "Network Authentication"
msgstr "Network Denetimi"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"This section applies LDAP to network authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:19(title)
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "OpenLDAP Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:21(para)
msgid ""
"The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, or LDAP, is a protocol for "
"querying and modifying a X.500-based directory service running over TCP/IP. "
"The current LDAP version is LDAPv3, as defined in <ulink "
"url=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4510\">RFC4510</ulink>, and the its "
"implementation used in Ubuntu is from OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"So the LDAP protocol accesses LDAP directories. Here are some key concepts "
"and terms:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"A LDAP directory is a tree of data <emphasis>entries</emphasis> that is "
"hierarchical in nature and is called the Directory Information Tree (DIT)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:41(para)
msgid "An entry consists of a set of <emphasis>attributes</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"An attribute has a <emphasis>type</emphasis> (a name/description) and one or "
"more <emphasis>values</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Every attribute must be defined in at least one "
"<emphasis>objectClass</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"Attributes and objectclasses are defined in <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> (an "
"objectclass is actually considered as a special kind of attribute)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"Each entry has a unique identifier: its <emphasis>Distinguished "
"Name</emphasis> (DN or dn). This, in turn, consists of a <emphasis>Relative "
"Distinguished Name</emphasis> (RDN) followed by the parent entry's DN."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"The entry's DN is not an attribute. It is not considered part of the entry "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"The terms <emphasis>object</emphasis>, <emphasis>container</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>node</emphasis> have certain connotations but they all essentially "
"mean the same thing as <emphasis>entry</emphasis>, the technically correct "
"term."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"For example, below we have a single entry consisting of 11 attributes where "
"the following is true:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:94(para)
msgid "DN is \"cn=John Doe,dc=example,dc=com\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:100(para)
msgid "RDN is \"cn=John Doe\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:106(para)
msgid "parent DN is \"dc=example,dc=com\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:113(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" dn: cn=John Doe,dc=example,dc=com\n"
" cn: John Doe\n"
" givenName: John\n"
" sn: Doe\n"
" telephoneNumber: +1 888 555 6789\n"
" telephoneNumber: +1 888 555 1232\n"
" mail: john@example.com\n"
" manager: cn=Larry Smith,dc=example,dc=com\n"
" objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
" objectClass: organizationalPerson\n"
" objectClass: person\n"
" objectClass: top\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"The above entry is in <emphasis>LDIF</emphasis> format (LDAP Data "
"Interchange Format). Any information that you feed into your DIT must also "
"be in such a format. It is defined in <ulink "
"url=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2849\">RFC2849</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"Although this guide will describe how to use it for central authentication, "
"LDAP is good for anything that involves a large number of access requests to "
"a mostly-read, attribute-based (name:value) backend. Examples include an "
"address book, a list of email addresses, and a mail server's configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:142(para)
msgid ""
"Install the OpenLDAP server daemon and the traditional LDAP management "
"utilities. These are found in packages <application>slapd</application> and "
"<application>ldap-utils</application> respectively."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"The installation of slapd will create a working configuration. In "
"particular, it will create a database instance that you can use to store "
"your data. However, the suffix (or base DN) of this instance will be "
"determined from the domain name of the localhost. If you want something "
"different, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> and replace the domain name "
"with one that will give you the suffix you desire. For instance, if you want "
"a suffix of <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> then your file would have "
"a line similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:155(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"127.0.1.1       hostname.example.com\thostname\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:159(para)
msgid "You can revert the change after package installation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"This guide will use a database suffix of "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:169(para)
msgid "Proceed with the install:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:174(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"Since Ubuntu 8.10 slapd is designed to be configured within slapd itself by "
"dedicating a separate DIT for that purpose. This allows one to dynamically "
"configure slapd without the need to restart the service. This configuration "
"database consists of a collection of text-based LDIF files located under "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/slapd.d</filename>. This way of working is known by "
"several names: the slapd-config method, the RTC method (Real Time "
"Configuration), or the cn=config method. You can still use the traditional "
"flat-file method (slapd.conf) but it's not recommended; the functionality "
"will be eventually phased out."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu now uses the <emphasis>slapd-config</emphasis> method for slapd "
"configuration and this guide reflects that."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"During the install you were prompted to define administrative credentials. "
"These are LDAP-based credentials for the <emphasis>rootDN</emphasis> of your "
"database instance. By default, this user's DN is "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>. Also by default, there is "
"no administrative account created for the slapd-config database and you will "
"therefore need to authenticate externally to LDAP in order to access it. We "
"will see how to do this later on."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"Some classical schemas (cosine, nis, inetorgperson) come built-in with slapd "
"nowadays. There is also an included \"core\" schema, a pre-requisite for any "
"schema to work."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:207(title)
msgid "Post-install Inspection"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"The installation process set up 2 DITs. One for slapd-config and one for "
"your own data (dc=example,dc=com). Let's take a look."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:216(para)
msgid ""
"This is what the slapd-config database/DIT looks like. Recall that this "
"database is LDIF-based and lives under "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/slapd.d</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:222(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=module{0}.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/cn={0}core.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/cn={1}cosine.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/cn={2}nis.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/cn={3}inetorgperson.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcBackend={0}hdb.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={0}config.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={-1}frontend.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={1}hdb.ldif\n"
"    /etc/ldap/slapd.d/cn=config.ldif\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"Do not edit the slapd-config database directly. Make changes via the LDAP "
"protocol (utilities)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:250(para)
msgid "This is what the slapd-config DIT looks like via the LDAP protocol:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"On Ubuntu server 14.10, and possibly higher, the following command may not "
"work due to a <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+bug/1392018\">bug</"
"ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:255(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:256(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcBackend={0}hdb,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:281(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:372(para)
msgid "Explanation of entries:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:288(para)
msgid "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>: global settings"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn=module{0},cn=config</emphasis>: a dynamically loaded module"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>: contains hard-coded system-level "
"schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>: the hard-coded core "
"schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>: the cosine schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:318(para)
msgid "<emphasis>cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>: the nis schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>: the "
"inetorgperson schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>olcBackend={0}hdb,cn=config</emphasis>: the 'hdb' backend storage "
"type"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config</emphasis>: frontend database, "
"default settings for other databases"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:342(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config</emphasis>: slapd configuration "
"database (cn=config)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config</emphasis>: your database instance "
"(dc=examle,dc=com)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:359(para)
msgid "This is what the dc=example,dc=com DIT looks like:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:364(command)
msgid "ldapsearch -x -LLL -H ldap:/// -b dc=example,dc=com dn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:365(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:379(para)
msgid "<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>: base of the DIT"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>: administrator (rootDN) for "
"this DIT (set up during package install)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:399(title)
msgid "Modifying/Populating your Database"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"Let's introduce some content to our database. We will add the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:408(para)
msgid "a node called <emphasis>People</emphasis> (to store users)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:414(para)
msgid "a node called <emphasis>Groups</emphasis> (to store groups)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:420(para)
msgid "a group called <emphasis>miners</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:426(para)
msgid "a user called <emphasis>john</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"Create the following LDIF file and call it "
"<filename>add_content.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:437(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: People\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: Groups\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=miners,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
"cn: miners\n"
"gidNumber: 5000\n"
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
"uid: john\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"displayName: John Doe\n"
"uidNumber: 10000\n"
"gidNumber: 5000\n"
"userPassword: johnldap\n"
"gecos: John Doe\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"It's important that uid and gid values in your directory do not collide with "
"local values. Use high number ranges, such as starting at 5000. By setting "
"the uid and gid values in ldap high, you also allow for easier control of "
"what can be done with a local user vs a ldap one. More on that later."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:477(para)
msgid "Add the content:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:482(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f add_content.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:484(application)
msgid "********"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:483(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Enter LDAP Password: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"adding new entry \"ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"cn=miners,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"uid=john,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:495(para)
msgid ""
"We can check that the information has been correctly added with the "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:500(command)
msgid "ldapsearch -x -LLL -b dc=example,dc=com 'uid=john' cn gidNumber"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:501(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"gidNumber: 5000\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:508(para)
msgid "Explanation of switches:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> \"simple\" binding; will not use the default SASL "
"method"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:521(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> disable printing extraneous information"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:527(para)
msgid "<emphasis>uid=john:</emphasis> a \"filter\" to find the john user"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:533(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cn gidNumber:</emphasis> requests certain attributes to be "
"displayed (the default is to show all attributes)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:543(title)
msgid "Modifying the slapd Configuration Database"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:545(para)
msgid ""
"The slapd-config DIT can also be queried and modified. Here are a few "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>ldapmodify</application> to add an \"Index\" (DbIndex "
"attribute) to your <application>{1}hdb,cn=config</application> database "
"(dc=example,dc=com). Create a file, call it "
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>, with the following contents:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:557(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:563(para)
msgid "Then issue the command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:568(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:569(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:574(para)
msgid "You can confirm the change in this way:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:579(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=config "
"'(olcDatabase={1}hdb)' olcDbIndex"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:581(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:591(para)
msgid ""
"Let's add a schema. It will first need to be converted to LDIF format. You "
"can find unconverted schemas in addition to converted ones in the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:599(para)
msgid ""
"It is not trivial to remove a schema from the slapd-config database. "
"Practice adding schemas on a test system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"Before adding any schema, you should check which schemas are already "
"installed (shown is a default, out-of-the-box output):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:611(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=schema,cn=config dn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:613(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:630(para)
msgid "In the following example we'll add the CORBA schema."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"Create the conversion configuration file "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ldapns.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/pmi.schema\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:662(para)
msgid "Create the output directory <filename>ldif_output</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:668(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2317(para)
msgid "Determine the index of the schema:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:673(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F ldif_output -n 0 | grep corba,cn=schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:674(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"cn={1}corba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:685(para)
msgid ""
"When slapd ingests objects with the same parent DN it will create an "
"<emphasis>index</emphasis> for that object. An index is contained within "
"braces: <application>{X}</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:689(para)
msgid "Use <application>slapcat</application> to perform the conversion:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:694(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F ldif_output -n0 -H \\ "
"ldap:///cn={1}corba,cn=schema,cn=config -l cn=corba.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:698(para)
msgid "The converted schema is now in <filename>cn=corba.ldif</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:704(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>cn=corba.ldif</filename> to arrive at the following "
"attributes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:708(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=corba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: corba\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:714(para)
msgid "Also remove the following lines from the bottom:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:718(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 52109a02-66ab-1030-8be2-bbf166230478\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20110829165435Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20110829165435.935248Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20110829165435Z\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:728(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2367(para)
msgid "Your attribute values will vary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, use <application>ldapadd</application> to add the new schema to the "
"slapd-config DIT:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:739(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f cn\\=corba.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:740(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"adding new entry \"cn=corba,cn=schema,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:748(para)
msgid "Confirm currently loaded schemas:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:753(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=schema,cn=config dn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:754(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={4}corba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:778(para)
msgid ""
"For external applications and clients to authenticate using LDAP they will "
"each need to be specifically configured to do so. Refer to the appropriate "
"client-side documentation for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:789(para)
msgid ""
"Activity logging for slapd is indispensible when implementing an OpenLDAP-"
"based solution yet it must be manually enabled after software installation. "
"Otherwise, only rudimentary messages will appear in the logs. Logging, like "
"any other slapd configuration, is enabled via the slapd-config database."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:795(para)
msgid ""
"OpenLDAP comes with multiple logging subsystems (levels) with each one "
"containing the lower one (additive). A good level to try is "
"<emphasis>stats</emphasis>. The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/en/man5/slapd-"
"config.5.html\">slapd-config</ulink> man page has more to say on the "
"different subsystems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:801(para)
msgid ""
"Create the file <filename>logging.ldif</filename> with the following "
"contents:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:805(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"replace: olcLogLevel\n"
"olcLogLevel: stats\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:812(para)
msgid "Implement the change:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:817(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f logging.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:820(para)
msgid ""
"This will produce a significant amount of logging and you will want to "
"throttle back to a less verbose level once your system is in production. "
"While in this verbose mode your host's syslog engine (rsyslog) may have a "
"hard time keeping up and may drop messages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:826(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"rsyslogd-2177: imuxsock lost 228 messages from pid 2547 due to rate-"
"limiting\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:830(para)
msgid ""
"You may consider a change to rsyslog's configuration. In "
"<filename>/etc/rsyslog.conf</filename>, put:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:834(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Disable rate limiting\n"
"# (default is 200 messages in 5 seconds; below we make the 5 become 0)\n"
"$SystemLogRateLimitInterval 0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:840(para)
msgid "And then restart the rsyslog daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:845(command)
msgid "sudo service rsyslog restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:851(title)
msgid "Replication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:853(para)
msgid ""
"The LDAP service becomes increasingly important as more networked systems "
"begin to depend on it. In such an environment, it is standard practice to "
"build redundancy (high availability) into LDAP to prevent havoc should the "
"LDAP server become unresponsive. This is done through <emphasis>LDAP "
"replication</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"Replication is achieved via the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. This "
"allows changes to be synchronized using a <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> - "
"<emphasis>Provider</emphasis> model. The specific kind of replication we "
"will implement in this guide is a combination of the following modes: "
"<emphasis>refreshAndPersist</emphasis> and <emphasis>delta-"
"syncrepl</emphasis>. This has the Provider push changed entries to the "
"Consumer as soon as they're made but, in addition, only actual changes will "
"be sent, not entire entries."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:868(title)
msgid "Provider Configuration"
msgstr "Sağlayıcı Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:870(para)
msgid "Begin by configuring the <emphasis>Provider</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:877(para)
msgid ""
"Create an LDIF file with the following contents and name it "
"<filename>provider_sync.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:881(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Add indexes to the frontend db.\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"\n"
"#Load the syncprov and accesslog modules.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog database definitions\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# syncrepl Provider for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# accesslog overlay definitions for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
"# scan the accesslog DB every day, and purge entries older than 7 days\n"
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# İçerikleri ön uç (frontend) veritabanına ekleyin.\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"\n"
"#syncprov ve accesslog modülleri yükleyin.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog veritabanı tanımlamaları\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# Birincil veritabanı için syncrepl sağlayıcı\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# birincil veritabanı için accesslog ek tanımlamaları\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
"# accesslog VT (veritabanı) hergün tara ve 7 günden eski girdileri kaldır\n"
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:940(para)
msgid ""
"Change the rootDN in the LDIF file to match the one you have for your "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:947(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apparmor</application> profile for slapd will not need to "
"be adjusted for the accesslog database location since "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/local/usr.sbin.slapd</filename> contains:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:952(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/var/lib/ldap/ r,\n"
"/var/lib/ldap/** rwk,\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:957(para)
msgid ""
"Create a directory, set up a databse config file, and reload the apparmor "
"profile:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:962(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
msgstr "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:963(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap cp /var/lib/ldap/DB_CONFIG /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:970(para)
msgid ""
"Add the new content and, due to the apparmor change, restart the daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:975(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:976(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1498(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1683(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3912(command)
msgid "sudo service slapd restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:983(para)
msgid "The Provider is now configured."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:990(title)
msgid "Consumer Configuration"
msgstr "İstemci Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:992(para)
msgid "And now configure the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:999(para)
msgid ""
"Install the software by going through <xref linkend=\"openldap-server-"
"installation\"/>. Make sure the slapd-config databse is identical to the "
"Provider's. In particular, make sure schemas and the databse suffix are the "
"same."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1006(para)
msgid ""
"Create an LDIF file with the following contents and name it "
"<filename>consumer_sync.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1010(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
" logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
"schemachecking=on \n"
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1031(para)
msgid "Ensure the following attributes have the correct values:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1036(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>provider</emphasis> (Provider server's hostname -- "
"ldap01.example.com in this example -- or IP address)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1037(para)
msgid "<emphasis>binddn</emphasis> (the admin DN you're using)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1038(para)
msgid "<emphasis>credentials</emphasis> (the admin DN password you're using)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1039(para)
msgid "<emphasis>searchbase</emphasis> (the database suffix you're using)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1040(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>olcUpdateRef</emphasis> (Provider server's hostname or IP address)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1041(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rid</emphasis> (Replica ID, an unique 3-digit that identifies the "
"replica. Each consumer should have at least one rid)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1050(para)
msgid "Add the new content:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1055(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"You're done. The two databases (suffix: dc=example,dc=com) should now be "
"synchronizing."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1071(para)
msgid "Once replication starts, you can monitor it by running"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1081(command)
msgid ""
"ldapsearch -z1 -LLLQY EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -s base -b dc=example,dc=com "
"contextCSN"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1077(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"contextCSN: 20120201193408.178454Z#000000#000#000000\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1083(para)
msgid ""
"on both the provider and the consumer. Once the output "
"(<computeroutput>20120201193408.178454Z#000000#000#000000</computeroutput> "
"in the above example) for both machines match, you have replication. Every "
"time a change is done in the provider, this value will change and so should "
"the one in the consumer(s)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1092(para)
msgid ""
"If your connection is slow and/or your ldap database large, it might take a "
"while for the consumer's <emphasis>contextCSN</emphasis> match the "
"provider's. But, you will know it is progressing since the consumer's "
"<emphasis>contextCSN</emphasis> will be steadly increasing."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"If the consumer's <emphasis>contextCSN</emphasis> is missing or does not "
"match the provider, you should stop and figure out the issue before "
"continuing. Try checking the slapd (syslog) and the auth log files in the "
"provider to see if the consumer's authentication requests were successful or "
"its requests to retrieve data (they look like a lot of ldapsearch "
"statements) return no errors."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1109(para)
msgid ""
"To test if it worked simply query, on the Consumer, the DNs in the database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1114(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b dc=example,dc=com dn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1117(para)
msgid ""
"You should see the user 'john' and the group 'miners' as well as the nodes "
"'People' and 'Groups'."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1126(title)
msgid "Access Control"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1128(para)
msgid ""
"The management of what type of access (read, write, etc) users should be "
"granted to resources is known as <emphasis>access control</emphasis>. The "
"configuration directives involved are called <emphasis>access control "
"lists</emphasis> or ACL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"When we installed the slapd package various ACL were set up automatically. "
"We will look at a few important consequences of those defaults and, in so "
"doing, we'll get an idea of how ACLs work and how they're configured."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1138(para)
msgid ""
"To get the effective ACL for an LDAP query we need to look at the ACL "
"entries of the database being queried as well as those of the special "
"frontend database instance. The ACLs belonging to the latter act as defaults "
"in case those of the former do not match. The frontend database is the "
"second to be consulted and the ACL to be applied is the first to match "
"(\"first match wins\") among these 2 ACL sources. The following commands "
"will give, respectively, the ACLs of the hdb database "
"(\"dc=example,dc=com\") and those of the frontend database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1147(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=config "
"'(olcDatabase={1}hdb)' olcAccess"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1149(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by self write by "
"anonymous\n"
"              auth by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to * by self write by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
"by *\n"
"  read\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1160(para)
msgid ""
"The rootDN always has full rights to its database. Including it in an ACL "
"does provide an explicit configuration but it also causes slapd to incur a "
"performance penalty."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1167(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=config "
"'(olcDatabase={-1}frontend)' olcAccess"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1169(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to * by dn.exact=gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,\n"
"              cn=external,cn=auth manage by * break\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.exact=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to dn.base=\"cn=Subschema\" by * read\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1178(para)
msgid "The very first ACL is crucial:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1182(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by self write by "
"anonymous\n"
"              auth by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * none\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1187(para)
msgid "This can be represented differently for easier digestion:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1191(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"to attrs=userPassword\n"
"\tby self write\n"
"\tby anonymous auth\n"
"\tby dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write\n"
"\tby * none\n"
"\n"
"to attrs=shadowLastChange\n"
"\tby self write\n"
"\tby anonymous auth\n"
"\tby dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write\n"
"\tby * none\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1205(para)
msgid "This compound ACL (there are 2) enforces the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1212(para)
msgid ""
"Anonymous 'auth' access is provided to the <emphasis>userPassword</emphasis> "
"attribute for the initial connection to occur. Perhaps counter-intuitively, "
"'by anonymous auth' is needed even when anonymous access to the DIT is "
"unwanted. Once the remote end is connected, howerver, authentication can "
"occur (see next point)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1220(para)
msgid ""
"Authentication can happen because all users have 'read' (due to 'by self "
"write') access to the <emphasis>userPassword</emphasis> attribute."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1226(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>userPassword</emphasis> attribute is otherwise unaccessible by "
"all other users, with the exception of the rootDN, who has complete access "
"to it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1233(para)
msgid ""
"In order for users to change their own password, using "
"<command>passwd</command> or other utilities, the "
"<emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> attribute needs to be accessible once "
"a user has authenticated."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1241(para)
msgid ""
"This DIT can be searched anonymously because of 'by * read' in this ACL:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1245(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"to *\n"
"\tby self write\n"
"\tby dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write\n"
"\tby * read\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1252(para)
msgid ""
"If this is unwanted then you need to change the ACLs. To force "
"authentication during a bind request you can alternatively (or in "
"combination with the modified ACL) use the 'olcRequire: authc' directive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1257(para)
msgid ""
"As previously mentioned, there is no administrative account created for the "
"slapd-config database. There is, however, a SASL identity that is granted "
"full access to it. It represents the localhost's superuser (root/sudo). Here "
"it is:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1262(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn.exact=gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1266(para)
msgid ""
"The following command will display the ACLs of the slapd-config database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1271(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=config "
"'(olcDatabase={0}config)' olcAccess"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1273(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to * by dn.exact=gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,\n"
"              cn=external,cn=auth manage by * break\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"Since this is a SASL identity we need to use a SASL "
"<emphasis>mechanism</emphasis> when invoking the LDAP utility in question "
"and we have seen it plenty of times in this guide. It is the EXTERNAL "
"mechanism. See the previous command for an example. Note that:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1288(para)
msgid ""
"You must use <emphasis>sudo</emphasis> to become the root identity in order "
"for the ACL to match."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1294(para)
msgid ""
"The EXTERNAL mechanism works via <emphasis>IPC</emphasis> (UNIX domain "
"sockets). This means you must use the <emphasis>ldapi</emphasis> URI format."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1302(para)
msgid "A succinct way to get all the ACLs is like this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1307(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b \\ cn=config "
"'(olcAccess=*)' olcAccess olcSuffix"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1311(para)
msgid ""
"There is much to say on the topic of access control. See the man page for "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/en/man5/slapd.access.5.html\">slapd"
".access</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1319(title)
msgid "TLS"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1321(para)
msgid ""
"When authenticating to an OpenLDAP server it is best to do so using an "
"encrypted session. This can be accomplished using Transport Layer Security "
"(TLS)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1326(para)
msgid ""
"Here, we will be our own <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> and then "
"create and sign our LDAP server certificate as that CA. Since "
"<application>slapd</application> is compiled using the "
"<application>gnutls</application> library, we will use the "
"<application>certtool</application> utility to complete these tasks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1335(para)
msgid ""
"Install the <application>gnutls-bin</application> and <application>ssl-"
"cert</application> packages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1340(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin ssl-cert"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1346(para)
msgid "Create a private key for the Certificate Authority:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1351(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1357(para)
msgid ""
"Create the template/file <filename>/etc/ssl/ca.info</filename> to define the "
"CA:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1361(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"cn = Example Company\n"
"ca\n"
"cert_signing_key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"cn = Örnek Şirketi\n"
"ca\n"
"cert_signing_key\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1370(para)
msgid "Create the self-signed CA certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1375(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed \\ --load-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info \\ --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1384(para)
msgid "Make a private key for the server:"
msgstr "Sunucu için özel bir anahtar yapın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1389(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-privkey \\ --bits 1024 \\ --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1395(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>ldap01</emphasis> in the filename with your server's "
"hostname. Naming the certificate and key for the host and service that will "
"be using them will help keep things clear."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1404(para)
msgid ""
"Create the <filename>/etc/ssl/ldap01.info</filename> info file containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1408(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap01.example.com\n"
"tls_www_server\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
"expiration_days = 3650\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1417(para)
msgid "The above certificate is good for 10 years. Adjust accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1423(para)
msgid "Create the server's certificate:"
msgstr "Sunucunun sertifikasını oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1428(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate \\ --load-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate "
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem \\ --load-ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ "
"--template /etc/ssl/ldap01.info \\ --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1440(para)
msgid ""
"Create the file <filename>certinfo.ldif</filename> with the following "
"contents (adjust accordingly, our example assumes we created certs using "
"https://www.cacert.org):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1444(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>ldapmodify</application> command to tell slapd about "
"our TLS work via the slapd-config database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1461(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ssl/certinfo.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1464(para)
msgid ""
"Contratry to popular belief, you do not need <emphasis>ldaps://</emphasis> "
"in <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> in order to use encryption. You "
"should have just:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1469(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:///\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1474(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP over TLS/SSL (ldaps://) is deprecated in favour of "
"<emphasis>StartTLS</emphasis>. The latter refers to an existing LDAP session "
"(listening on TCP port 389) becoming protected by TLS/SSL whereas LDAPS, "
"like HTTPS, is a distinct encrypted-from-the-start protocol that operates "
"over TCP port 636."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1482(para)
msgid "Tighten up ownership and permissions:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1487(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1604(command)
msgid "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"
msgstr "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1488(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1489(command)
msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1490(command)
msgid "sudo chmod o-r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1493(para)
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1501(para)
msgid ""
"Check your host's logs (/var/log/syslog) to see if the server has started "
"properly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1508(title)
msgid "Replication and TLS"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1510(para)
msgid ""
"If you have set up replication between servers, it is common practice to "
"encrypt (StartTLS) the replication traffic to prevent evesdropping. This is "
"distinct from using encryption with authentication as we did above. In this "
"section we will build on that TLS-authentication work."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1516(para)
msgid ""
"The assumption here is that you have set up replication between Provider and "
"Consumer according to <xref linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/> and "
"have configured TLS for authentication on the Provider by following <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1521(para)
msgid ""
"As previously stated, the objective (for us) with replication is high "
"availablity for the LDAP service. Since we have TLS for authentication on "
"the Provider we will require the same on the Consumer. In addition to this, "
"however, we want to encrypt replication traffic. What remains to be done is "
"to create a key and certificate for the Consumer and then configure "
"accordingly. We will generate the key/certificate on the Provider, to avoid "
"having to create another CA certificate, and then transfer the necessary "
"material over to the Consumer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1532(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1689(para)
msgid "On the Provider,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1536(para)
msgid ""
"Create a holding directory (which will be used for the eventual transfer) "
"and then the Consumer's private key:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1541(command)
msgid "mkdir ldap02-ssl"
msgstr "mkdir ldap02-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1542(command)
msgid "cd ldap02-ssl"
msgstr "cd ldap02-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1543(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-privkey \\ --bits 1024 \\ --outfile "
"ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1548(para)
msgid ""
"Create an info file, <filename>ldap02.info</filename>, for the Consumer "
"server, adjusting its values accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1552(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap02.example.com\n"
"tls_www_server\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
"expiration_days = 3650\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1561(para)
msgid "Create the Consumer's certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1566(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate \\ --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem "
"\\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem \\ --load-ca-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info \\ --outfile "
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1574(para)
msgid "Get a copy of the CA certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1579(command)
msgid "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1582(para)
msgid ""
"We're done. Now transfer the <filename>ldap02-ssl</filename> directory to "
"the Consumer. Here we use scp (adjust accordingly):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1587(command)
msgid "cd .."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1588(command)
msgid "scp -r ldap02-ssl user@consumer:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1594(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1642(para)
msgid "On the Consumer,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1598(para)
msgid "Configure TLS authentication:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1603(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ssl-cert"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1605(command)
msgid "sudo cp ldap02_slapd_cert.pem cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1606(command)
msgid "sudo cp ldap02_slapd_key.pem /etc/ssl/private"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1607(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1608(command)
msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1609(command)
msgid "sudo chmod o-r /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1612(para)
msgid ""
"Create the file <filename>/etc/ssl/certinfo.ldif</filename> with the "
"following contents (adjust accordingly):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1616(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1628(para)
msgid "Configure the slapd-config database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1633(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f certinfo.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1636(para)
msgid ""
"Configure <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> as on the Provider "
"(SLAPD_SERVICES)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1646(para)
msgid ""
"Configure TLS for Consumer-side replication. Modify the existing "
"<emphasis>olcSyncrepl</emphasis> attribute by tacking on some TLS options. "
"In so doing, we will see, for the first time, how to change an attribute's "
"value(s)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1651(para)
msgid ""
"Create the file <filename>consumer_sync_tls.ldif</filename> with the "
"following contents:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1660(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcSyncRepl\n"
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple\n"
" binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" credentials=secret "
"searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
" logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" "
"logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\"\n"
" schemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
" starttls=critical tls_reqcert=demand\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1665(para)
msgid ""
"The extra options specify, respectively, that the consumer must use StartTLS "
"and that the CA certificate is required to verify the Provider's identity. "
"Also note the LDIF syntax for changing the values of an attribute "
"('replace')."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1670(para)
msgid "Implement these changes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1675(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync_tls.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1678(para)
msgid "And restart slapd:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1693(para)
msgid ""
"Check to see that a TLS session has been established. In "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, providing you have 'conns'-level "
"logging set up, you should see messages similar to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1698(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 fd=20 ACCEPT from IP=10.153.107.229:57922 "
"(IP=0.0.0.0:389)\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=0 EXT oid=1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.20037\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=0 STARTTLS\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=0 RESULT oid= err=0 text=\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 fd=20 TLS established tls_ssf=128 ssf=128\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=1 BIND dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" "
"method=128\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=1 BIND dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" "
"mech=SIMPLE ssf=0\n"
"slapd[3620]: conn=1047 op=1 RESULT tag=97 err=0 text\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1716(title)
msgid "LDAP Authentication"
msgstr "LDAP Kimlik Doğrulama"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1723(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a working LDAP server, you will need to install libraries on "
"the client that will know how and when to contact it. On Ubuntu, this has "
"been traditionally accomplished by installing the <application>libnss-"
"ldap</application> package. This package will bring in other tools that will "
"assist you in the configuration step. Install this package now:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1725(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1728(para)
msgid ""
"You will be prompted for details of your LDAP server. If you make a mistake "
"you can try again using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1733(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1736(para)
msgid ""
"The results of the dialog can be seen in "
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. If your server requires options not "
"covered in the menu edit this file accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Diyaloğun sonuçları <filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>'de görülebilir. Eğer "
"sunucun için gerekli seçimler menüde yoksa, bu dosyayı düzenleyin."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1741(para)
msgid "Now configure the LDAP profile for NSS:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1746(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1749(para)
msgid "Configure the system to use LDAP for authentication:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1754(command)
msgid "sudo pam-auth-update"
msgstr "sudo pam-auth-update"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1757(para)
msgid ""
"From the menu, choose LDAP and any other authentication mechanisms you need."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1761(para)
msgid "You should now be able to log in using LDAP-based credentials."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1765(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP clients will need to refer to multiple servers if replication is in "
"use. In <filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename> you would have something like:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1770(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"uri ldap://ldap01.example.com ldap://ldap02.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1774(para)
msgid ""
"The request will time out and the Consumer (ldap02) will attempt to be "
"reached if the Provider (ldap01) becomes unresponsive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1778(para)
msgid ""
"If you are going to use LDAP to store Samba users you will need to configure "
"the Samba server to authenticate using LDAP. See <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"ldap\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1784(para)
msgid ""
"An alternative to the <application>libnss-ldap</application> package is the "
"<application>libnss-ldapd</application> package. This, however, will bring "
"in the <application>nscd</application> package which is problably not "
"wanted. Simply remove it afterwards."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1794(title)
msgid "User and Group Management"
msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Grup Yönetimi"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1796(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldap-utils</application> package comes with enough "
"utilities to manage the directory but the long string of options needed can "
"make them a burden to use. The <application>ldapscripts</application> "
"package contains wrapper scripts to these utilities that some people find "
"easier to use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1802(para)
msgid "Install the package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1807(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1810(para)
msgid ""
"Then edit the file <filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> to "
"arrive at something similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1814(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1827(para)
msgid ""
"Now, create the <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> file to allow rootDN "
"access to the directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1832(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'gizli' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1833(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"
msgstr "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1837(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <quote>secret</quote> with the actual password for your database's "
"rootDN user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1842(para)
msgid ""
"The scripts are now ready to help manage your directory. Here are some "
"examples of how to use them:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1849(para)
msgid "Create a new user:"
msgstr "Yeni kullanıcı oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1854(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadduser george example"
msgstr "sudo ldapadduser yusuf tayfa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1857(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a user with uid <emphasis role=\"italic\">george</emphasis> "
"and set the user's primary group (gid) to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Bu <emphasis role=\"italic\">yusuf</emphasis> kullanıcısı (uid) oluşturacak "
"ve kullanıcının birincil grubunu (gid) <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">tayfa</emphasis> olarak ayarlayacak."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1864(para)
msgid "Change a user's password:"
msgstr "Kullanıcı'nın şifresini değiştir:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1869(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsetpasswd george"
msgstr "sudo ldapsetpasswd yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1870(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing password for user uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı için şifreyi değiştirme uid=yusuf,ou=People,dc=tayfa,dc=com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1871(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password: "
msgstr "Yeni Şifre: "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1872(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password (verify): "
msgstr "Yeni Şifre (onayla): "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1878(para)
msgid "Delete a user:"
msgstr "Kullanıcı sil:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1883(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuser yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1889(para)
msgid "Add a group:"
msgstr "Grup ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1894(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddgroup ey"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1900(para)
msgid "Delete a group:"
msgstr "Grup sil:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1905(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeletegroup ey"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1911(para)
msgid "Add a user to a group:"
msgstr "Gruba kullanıcı ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1916(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddusertogroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddusertogroup yusuf ey"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1919(para)
msgid ""
"You should now see a <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute for the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group with a value of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Şu an <emphasis role=\"italic\">yusuf</emphasis> değerine sahip <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ey</emphasis> grubu için bir <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> "
"özelliği görüyorsun."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1926(para)
msgid "Remove a user from a group:"
msgstr "Gruptan kullanıcı çıkart:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1931(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup yusuf ey"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1934(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute should now be removed from the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> özelliğini <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ey</emphasis> grubundan kaldırabilirsiniz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1941(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> script allows you to add, "
"remove, or replace a user's attributes. The script uses the same syntax as "
"the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ldapmodifyuser</application> betiği, kullanıcı ekleme, kaldırma "
"veya yer değiştirmeye izin verir. Betik, "
"<application>ldapmodify</application> uygulamasındaki aynı söz dizimini "
"kullanır. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1947(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodifyuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodifyuser yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1948(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: george\n"
"uid: george\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/george\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: george\n"
"description: User account\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"# Aşağıdaki girişleri düzenleme hakkında :\n"
"dn: uid=yusuf,ou=People,dc=tayfa,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: yusuf\n"
"uid: yusuf\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/yusuf\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: yusuf\n"
"description: Kullanıcı hesabı\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Düzenlemeni buraya gir, CTRL-D ile sonlandır.\n"
"dn: uid=yusuf,ou=People,dc=tayfa,dc=com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1964(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"replace: gecos\n"
"gecos: George Carlin"
msgstr ""
"replace: Yucuc\n"
"gecos: Yusuf Yuce"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1968(para)
msgid ""
"The user's <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> should now be <quote>George "
"Carlin</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcının <emphasis>yucuc</emphasis> değeri şimdi <quote>Yusuf "
"Yuce</quote> oldu."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1979(para)
msgid ""
"A nice feature of <application>ldapscripts</application> is the template "
"system. Templates allow you to customize the attributes of user, group, and "
"machine objects. For example, to enable the <emphasis>user</emphasis> "
"template edit <filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> "
"changing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1980(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1984(para)
msgid ""
"There are <emphasis role=\"italic\">sample</emphasis> templates in the "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ldapscripts/examples</filename> directory. Copy or "
"rename the <filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1991(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/ldapscripts/examples/ldapadduser.template.sample \\ "
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1995(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new template to add the desired attributes. The following will "
"create new users with an objectClass of inetOrgPerson:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2000(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"gecos: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"description: User account\n"
"title: Employee\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"yucuc: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"açıklama: Kullanıcı hesabı\n"
"başlık: İşçi\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2016(para)
msgid ""
"Notice the <emphasis>&lt;ask&gt;</emphasis> option used for the "
"<emphasis>sn</emphasis> attribute. This will make "
"<application>ldapadduser</application> prompt you for its value."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2024(para)
msgid ""
"There are utilities in the package that were not covered here. Here is a "
"complete list:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2029(ulink)
msgid "ldaprenamemachine"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2030(ulink)
msgid "ldapadduser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2031(ulink)
msgid "ldapdeleteuserfromgroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2032(ulink)
msgid "ldapfinger"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2033(ulink)
msgid "ldapid"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2034(ulink)
msgid "ldapgid"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2035(ulink)
msgid "ldapmodifyuser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2036(ulink)
msgid "ldaprenameuser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2037(ulink)
msgid "lsldap"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2038(ulink)
msgid "ldapaddusertogroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2039(ulink)
msgid "ldapsetpasswd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2040(ulink)
msgid "ldapinit"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2041(ulink)
msgid "ldapaddgroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2042(ulink)
msgid "ldapdeletegroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2043(ulink)
msgid "ldapmodifygroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2044(ulink)
msgid "ldapdeletemachine"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2045(ulink)
msgid "ldaprenamegroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2046(ulink)
msgid "ldapaddmachine"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2047(ulink)
msgid "ldapmodifymachine"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2048(ulink)
msgid "ldapsetprimarygroup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2049(ulink)
msgid "ldapdeleteuser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2055(title)
msgid "Backup and Restore"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2057(para)
msgid ""
"Now we have ldap running just the way we want, it is time to ensure we can "
"save all of our work and restore it as needed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2062(para)
msgid ""
"What we need is a way to backup the ldap database(s), specifically the "
"backend (cn=config) and frontend (dc=example,dc=com). If we are going to "
"backup those databases into, say, <filename>/export/backup</filename>, we "
"could use <application>slapcat</application> as shown in the following "
"script, called <filename>/usr/local/bin/ldapbackup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2072(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"BACKUP_PATH=/export/backup\n"
"SLAPCAT=/usr/sbin/slapcat\n"
"\n"
"nice ${SLAPCAT} -n 0 &gt; ${BACKUP_PATH}/config.ldif\n"
"nice ${SLAPCAT} -n 1 &gt; ${BACKUP_PATH}/example.com.ldif\n"
"nice ${SLAPCAT} -n 2 &gt; ${BACKUP_PATH}/access.ldif\n"
"chmod 640 ${BACKUP_PATH}/*.ldif\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2085(para)
msgid ""
"These files are uncompressed text files containing everything in your ldap "
"databases including the tree layout, usernames, and every password. So, you "
"might want to consider making <filename>/export/backup</filename> an "
"encrypted partition and even having the script encrypt those files as it "
"creates them. Ideally you should do both, but that depends on your security "
"requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2096(para)
msgid ""
"Then, it is just a matter of having a cron script to run this program as "
"often as we feel comfortable with. For many, once a day suffices. For "
"others, more often is required. Here is an example of a cron script called "
"<filename>/etc/cron.d/ldapbackup</filename> that is run every night at "
"22:45h:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2104(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"MAILTO=backup-emails@domain.com\n"
"45 22 * * *  root    /usr/local/bin/ldapbackup\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2109(para)
msgid "Now the files are created, they should be copied to a backup server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2114(para)
msgid ""
"Assuming we did a fresh reinstall of ldap, the restore process could be "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2120(command)
msgid "sudo service slapd stop"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2121(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2122(command)
msgid "sudo slapadd -F /etc/ldap/slapd.d -n 0 -l /export/backup/config.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2123(command)
msgid ""
"sudo slapadd -F /etc/ldap/slapd.d -n 1 -l /export/backup/domain.com.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2124(command)
msgid "sudo slapadd -F /etc/ldap/slapd.d -n 2 -l /export/backup/access.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2125(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/slapd.d/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2126(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R openldap:openldap /var/lib/ldap/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2127(command)
msgid "sudo service slapd start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2138(para)
msgid ""
"The primary resource is the upstream documentation: <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">www.openldap.org</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2144(para)
msgid ""
"There are many man pages that come with the slapd package. Here are some "
"important ones, especially considering the material presented in this guide:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2150(ulink)
msgid "slapd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2151(ulink)
msgid "slapd-config"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2152(ulink)
msgid "slapd.access"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2153(ulink)
msgid "slapo-syncprov"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2159(para)
msgid "Other man pages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2164(ulink)
msgid "auth-client-config"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2165(ulink)
msgid "pam-auth-update"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2171(para)
msgid ""
"Zytrax's <ulink url=\"http://www.zytrax.com/books/ldap/\">LDAP for Rocket "
"Scientists</ulink>; a less pedantic but comprehensive treatment of LDAP"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2177(para)
msgid ""
"A Ubuntu community <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenLDAPServer\">OpenLDAP "
"wiki</ulink> page has a collection of notes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2183(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
"Administration</ulink> (textbook; 2003)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2189(para)
msgid ""
"Packt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-Server-Open-"
"Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink> (textbook; 2007)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2200(title)
msgid "Samba and LDAP"
msgstr "Samba ve LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2202(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers the integration of Samba with LDAP. The Samba server's "
"role will be that of a \"standalone\" server and the LDAP directory will "
"provide the authentication layer in addition to containing the user, group, "
"and machine account information that Samba requires in order to function (in "
"any of its 3 possible roles). The pre-requisite is an OpenLDAP server "
"configured with a directory that can accept authentication requests. See "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/> for details on fulfilling this "
"requirement. Once this section is completed, you will need to decide what "
"specifically you want Samba to do for you and then configure it accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2211(title)
msgid "Software Installation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2213(para)
msgid ""
"There are three packages needed when integrating Samba with LDAP: "
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application>, and "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> packages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2223(para)
msgid ""
"Strictly speaking, the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package "
"isn't needed, but unless you have some other way to manage the various Samba "
"entities (users, groups, computers) in an LDAP context then you should "
"install it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2223(para)
msgid "Install these packages now:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2228(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2234(title)
msgid "LDAP Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2236(para)
msgid ""
"We will now configure the LDAP server so that it can accomodate Samba data. "
"We will perform three tasks in this section:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2243(para)
msgid "Import a schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2247(para)
msgid "Index some entries"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2251(para)
msgid "Add objects"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2257(title)
msgid "Samba schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2259(para)
msgid ""
"In order for OpenLDAP to be used as a backend for Samba, logically, the DIT "
"will need to use attributes that can properly describe Samba data. Such "
"attributes can be obtained by introducing a Samba LDAP schema. Let's do this "
"now."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2265(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on schemas and their installation see <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2273(para)
msgid ""
"The schema is found in the now-installed <application>samba-"
"doc</application> package. It needs to be unzipped and copied to the "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename> directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2279(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
"/etc/ldap/schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2280(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2286(para)
msgid ""
"Have the configuration file <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> that "
"contains the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2290(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ldapns.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/pmi.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2311(para)
msgid "Have the directory <filename>ldif_output</filename> hold output."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2322(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F ldif_output -n 0 | grep samba,cn=schema"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2323(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn={14}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2331(para)
msgid "Convert the schema to LDIF format:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2336(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F ldif_output -n0 -H \\ "
"ldap:///cn={14}samba,cn=schema,cn=config -l cn=samba.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2343(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>cn=samba.ldif</filename> file by removing index "
"information to arrive at:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2347(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2353(para)
msgid "Remove the bottom lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2357(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2373(para)
msgid "Add the new schema:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2378(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f cn\\=samba.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2381(para)
msgid "To query and view this new schema:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2386(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=schema,cn=config "
"'cn=*samba*'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2396(title)
msgid "Samba indices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2398(para)
msgid ""
"Now that slapd knows about the Samba attributes, we can set up some indices "
"based on them. Indexing entries is a way to improve performance when a "
"client performs a filtered search on the DIT."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2403(para)
msgid ""
"Create the file <filename>samba_indices.ldif</filename> with the following "
"contents:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2407(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2425(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility load the new indices:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2430(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Q -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f samba_indices.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2433(para)
msgid ""
"If all went well you should see the new indices using "
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2438(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapsearch -Q -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H \\ ldapi:/// -b cn=config "
"olcDatabase={1}hdb olcDbIndex"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2445(title)
msgid "Adding Samba LDAP objects"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2452(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package to "
"match your environment. The package is supposed to come with a configuration "
"helper script (smbldap-config.pl, formerly configure.pl) that will ask "
"questions about the needed options but there is a <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/serverguide/+bug/997172\">bug</ulink> "
"whereby it is not installed (but found in the source code; 'apt-get source "
"smbldap-tools')."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2459(para)
msgid ""
"To manually configure the package, you need to create and edit the files "
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2464(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>smbldap-populate</application> script will then add the "
"LDAP objects required for Samba. It is a good idea to first make a backup of "
"your DIT using <application>slapcat</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2473(command)
msgid "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"
msgstr "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2476(para)
msgid "Once you have a backup proceed to populate your directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2481(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-populate"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-populate"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2484(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a LDIF file containing the new Samba objects by executing "
"<command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. This allows you to "
"look over the changes making sure everything is correct. If it is, rerun the "
"script without the '-e' switch. Alternatively, you can take the LDIF file "
"and import its data per usual."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2490(para)
msgid ""
"Your LDAP directory now has the necessary information to authenticate Samba "
"users."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2499(title)
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Samba Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2498(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways to configure Samba. For details on some common "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"samba\"/>. To configure Samba to use "
"LDAP, edit its configuration file <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> "
"commenting out the default <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis> parameter and "
"adding some ldap-related ones:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2507(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# LDAP Settings\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# LDAP Settings\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2524(para)
msgid "Change the values to match your environment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2528(para)
msgid "Restart <application>samba</application> to enable the new settings:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni ayarların etkinleşmesi için <application>samba</application>'yı yeniden "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2537(para)
msgid ""
"Now inform Samba about the rootDN user's password (the one set during the "
"installation of the slapd package):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2542(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -w password"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2545(para)
msgid ""
"If you have existing LDAP users that you want to include in your new LDAP-"
"backed Samba they will, of course, also need to be given some of the extra "
"attributes. The <application>smbpasswd</application> utility can do this as "
"well (your host will need to be able to see (enumerate) those users via NSS; "
"install and configure either <application>libnss-ldapd</application> or "
"<application>libnss-ldap</application>):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2553(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -a username"
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -a username"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2556(para)
msgid ""
"You will prompted to enter a password. It will be considered as the new "
"password for that user. Making it the same as before is reasonable."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2560(para)
msgid ""
"To manage user, group, and machine accounts use the utilities provided by "
"the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package. Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2568(para)
msgid "To add a new user:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2573(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P kullanıcıadı"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2576(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option adds the Samba attributes, and the "
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> option calls the <application>smbldap-"
"passwd</application> utility after the user is created allowing you to enter "
"a password for the user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2583(para)
msgid "To remove a user:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2588(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-userdel username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-userdel username"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2591(para)
msgid ""
"In the above command, use the <emphasis>-r</emphasis> option to remove the "
"user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2597(para)
msgid "To add a group:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2602(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a grupadı"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2605(para)
msgid ""
"As for <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, the <emphasis>-"
"a</emphasis> adds the Samba attributes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2611(para)
msgid "To make an existing user a member of a group:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2616(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m username groupname"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2619(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-m</emphasis> option can add more than one user at a time by "
"listing them in comma-separated format."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2625(para)
msgid "To remove a user from a group:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2630(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x username groupname"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2636(para)
msgid "To add a Samba machine account:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2641(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w kullanıcıadı"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2644(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with the name of the workstation. The "
"<emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> option creates the machine account without a "
"delay, while the <emphasis>-w</emphasis> option specifies the user as a "
"machine account. Also, note the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
"parameter in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> was changed to use "
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2653(para)
msgid ""
"There are utilities in the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package "
"that were not covered here. Here is a complete list:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2658(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-groupadd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2659(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-groupdel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2660(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-groupmod"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2661(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-groupshow"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2662(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2663(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-populate"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2664(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-useradd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2665(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-userdel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2666(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-userinfo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2667(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-userlist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2668(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-usermod"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2669(ulink)
msgid "smbldap-usershow"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2677(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on installing and configuring Samba see <xref "
"linkend=\"samba\"/> of this Ubuntu Server Guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2686(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple places where LDAP and Samba is documented in the upstream "
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba "
"HOWTO Collection</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2693(para)
msgid ""
"Regarding the above, see specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/passdb.html\">passdb section</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2699(para)
msgid ""
"Although dated (2007), the <ulink url=\"http://download.gna.org/smbldap-"
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Linux Samba-OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink> contains "
"valuable notes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2705(para)
msgid ""
"The main page of the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba#samba-ldap\">Samba Ubuntu "
"community documentation</ulink> has a plethora of links to articles that may "
"prove useful."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2718(title)
msgid "Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2720(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication system based "
"on the principal of a trusted third party. The other two parties being the "
"user and the service the user wishes to authenticate to. Not all services "
"and applications can use Kerberos, but for those that can, it brings the "
"network environment one step closer to being Single Sign On (SSO)."
msgstr ""
"<application>Kerberos</application>, güvenli üçüncü partinin başlıca kimlik "
"doğrulama sistem tabanlı bir ağıdır. Diğer iki parti kimlik doğrulamayı "
"isteyen  kullanıcı ve servistir. Tüm servis ve uygulamalar Kerberos'da "
"kullanılamaz. Fakat bunlardan biri ağ ortamını bir adım yaklaştırarak Single "
"Sign On (SSO) olur."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2726(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers installation and configuration of a Kerberos server, and "
"some example client configurations."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm bir Kerberos sunucu yükleme ve yapılandırmayı ayrıca bazı şablon "
"istemci yapılandırmalarını içerir."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1099(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2132(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2731(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:13(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:15(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:903(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:62(title) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:135(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:15(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:545(title)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Genel Bakış"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2733(para)
msgid ""
"If you are new to Kerberos there are a few terms that are good to understand "
"before setting up a Kerberos server. Most of the terms will relate to things "
"you may be familiar with in other environments:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer Kerberos'da yeni isen, Kerberos sunucu kurmadan önce birkaç terimi iyi "
"anlaman gerekir. Terimlerin çoğu diğer ortamlarda kullanılanlarla yakından "
"ilgilidir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2740(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Principal:</emphasis> any users, computers, and services provided "
"by servers need to be defined as Kerberos Principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Prensip:</emphasis> herhangi kullanıcı, bilgisayar ve servislerden "
"Kerberos Prensipleri gibi tanımlanması gerekenler sunucular tarafından "
"sağlanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2745(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Instances:</emphasis> are used for service principals and special "
"administrative principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Örnekler:</emphasis> servis prensiplleri ve özel yönetim "
"prensipleri için kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2750(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Realms:</emphasis> the unique realm of control provided by the "
"Kerberos installation. Think of it as the domain or group your hosts and "
"users belong to. Convention dictates the realm should be in uppercase. By "
"default, ubuntu will use the DNS domain converted to uppercase (EXAMPLE.COM) "
"as the realm."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2759(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center:</emphasis> (KDC) consist of three parts, "
"a database of all principals, the authentication server, and the ticket "
"granting server. For each realm there must be at least one KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Anahtar Dağıtım Merkezi:</emphasis> (KDC), bütün prensip kimlik "
"doğrulama sunucusu ve bilet  verme sunucusunun veritabanı olan üç parçadan "
"oluşur. Her bölge için en az bir KDC olmalıdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2765(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket:</emphasis> issued by the Authentication "
"Server (AS), the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is encrypted in the user's "
"password which is known only to the user and the KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bilet Verme Bileti:</emphasis> Kimlik Doğrulama Sunucusu (AS) "
"tarafından bildirilir. Bilet Verme Bileti (TGT) sadece kullanıcı ve KDC'nin "
"bildiği kullanıcı parolası şifrelenmiştir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2771(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server:</emphasis> (TGS) issues service tickets to "
"clients upon request."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bilet Verme Sunucusu:</emphasis> (TGS) servis biletlerini "
"istemcilerden gelen isteklere bildirir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2776(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Tickets:</emphasis> confirm the identity of the two principals. "
"One principal being a user and the other a service requested by the user. "
"Tickets establish an encryption key used for secure communication during the "
"authenticated session."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Biletler:</emphasis> iki prensibin kimliğini doğrular. Bir prensip "
"kullanıcı, diğeri ise kullanıcının servis isteği olur. Biletler kimlik "
"doğrulama bölümü esnasında güvenli iletişim için şifreli bir anahtar "
"kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2782(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Keytab Files:</emphasis> are files extracted from the KDC "
"principal database and contain the encryption key for a service or host."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Keytab Dosyaları:</emphasis> KDC prensip veritabanındaki "
"sıkıştırılmış dosyalardır. Servis ve makine için şifre anahtarını içerir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2789(para)
msgid ""
"To put the pieces together, a Realm has at least one KDC, preferably more "
"for redundancy, which contains a database of Principals. When a user "
"principal logs into a workstation that is configured for Kerberos "
"authentication, the KDC issues a Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). If the user "
"supplied credentials match, the user is authenticated and can then request "
"tickets for Kerberized services from the Ticket Granting Server (TGS). The "
"service tickets allow the user to authenticate to the service without "
"entering another username and password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2798(title)
msgid "Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Kerberos Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2802(para)
msgid ""
"For this discussion, we will create a MIT Kerberos domain with the following "
"features (edit them to fit your needs):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2809(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Realm:</emphasis> EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2814(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Primary KDC:</emphasis> kdc01.example.com (192.168.0.1)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2819(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Secondary KDC:</emphasis> kdc02.example.com (192.168.0.2)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2824(para)
msgid "<emphasis>User principal:</emphasis> steve"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2829(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Admin principal:</emphasis> steve/admin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2836(para)
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> recommended that your network-"
"authenticated users have their uid in a different range (say, starting at "
"5000) than that of your local users."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2842(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing the Kerberos server a properly configured DNS server is "
"needed for your domain. Since the Kerberos Realm by convention matches the "
"domain name, this section uses the <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> domain "
"configured in <xref linkend=\"dns-primarymaster-configuration\"/> of the DNS "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2848(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Kerberos is a time sensitive protocol. So if the local system time "
"between a client machine and the server differs by more than five minutes "
"(by default), the workstation will not be able to authenticate. To correct "
"the problem all hosts should have their time synchronized using the same "
"<emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis> server. For details on "
"setting up NTP see <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2856(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in creating a Kerberos Realm is to install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> and <application>krb5-admin-"
"server</application> packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2862(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3069(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2865(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked at the end of the install to supply the hostname for the "
"Kerberos and Admin servers, which may or may not be the same server, for the "
"realm."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2872(para)
msgid "By default the realm is created from the KDC's domain name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2877(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the new realm with the <application>kdb5_newrealm</application> "
"utility:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <application>kdb5_newrealm</application> uygulaması ile yeni bölge "
"oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2882(command)
msgid "sudo krb5_newrealm"
msgstr "sudo krb5_newrealm"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2889(para)
msgid ""
"The questions asked during installation are used to configure the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file. If you need to adjust the Key "
"Distribution Center (KDC) settings simply edit the file and restart the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon. If you need to reconfigure "
"Kerberos from scratch, perhaps to change the realm name, you can do so by "
"typing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2896(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-kdc"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2902(para)
msgid ""
"Once the KDC is properly running, an admin user -- the <emphasis>admin "
"principal</emphasis> -- is needed. It is recommended to use a different "
"username from your everyday username. Using the "
"<application>kadmin.local</application> utility in a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2910(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3780(command)
msgid "sudo kadmin.local"
msgstr "sudo kadmin.local"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2911(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"Prensip olarak root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM'u şifreli doğrulama.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2912(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " addprinc steve/admin"
msgstr " addprinc yusuf/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2913(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
"policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"UYARI: yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM için özel belirtilmiş kural yoktur. Öntanımlı "
"olarak kural bile yoktur\n"
"\"yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" prensibi için şifre girin: \n"
"\"yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" prensibi için şifreyi tekrar girin : \n"
"Principal \"yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" oluşturuldu.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2917(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " quit"
msgstr " çık"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2920(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example <emphasis role=\"italic\">steve</emphasis> is the "
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> "
"is an <emphasis>Instance</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> signifies the realm. The <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">\"every day\"</emphasis> Principal, a.k.a. the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user principal</emphasis>, would be "
"<emphasis>steve@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, and should have only normal user "
"rights."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2930(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> and <emphasis>steve</emphasis> with "
"your Realm and admin username."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> ve <emphasis>yusuf</emphasis> yerine Bölge "
"ve yönetim kullanıcı adınızı yazın"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2938(para)
msgid ""
"Next, the new admin user needs to have the appropriate Access Control List "
"(ACL) permissions. The permissions are configured in the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, yeni yönetim kullanıcısının uygun Erişim Kontrol Listesi (ACL) "
"izinlerine sahip olması gerekir. İzinler "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> dosyasında yapılandırılır:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2943(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM        *\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM        *\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2947(para)
msgid ""
"This entry grants <emphasis>steve/admin</emphasis> the ability to perform "
"any operation on all principals in the realm. You can configure principals "
"with more restrictive privileges, which is convenient if you need an admin "
"principal that junior staff can use in Kerberos clients. Please see the "
"<emphasis>kadm5.acl</emphasis> man page for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2959(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the <application>krb5-admin-server</application> for the new ACL "
"to take affect:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni ACL'nin etkinleşmesi için şimdi <application>krb5-admin-"
"server</application>'ı yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2961(command)
msgid "sudo service krb5-admin-server restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2970(para)
msgid ""
"The new user principal can be tested using the <application>kinit "
"utility</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni kullanıcı prensibi <application>kinit utility</application> "
"kullanılarak test edilebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2975(command)
msgid "kinit steve/admin"
msgstr "kinit yusuf/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2976(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM's Password:"
msgstr "yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM'un Şifresi:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2979(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password, use the <application>klist</application> "
"utility to view information about the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT):"
msgstr ""
"Şifreyi girdikten sonra Bilet Verme Bileti (TGT) hakkındaki bilgileri görmek "
"için <application>klist</application> uygulamasını kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2985(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3362(command)
msgid "klist"
msgstr "klist"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2986(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"  Issued           Expires          Principal\n"
"Jul 13 17:53:34  Jul 14 03:53:34  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr ""
"Kimlik Bilgileri belleği: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Prensip: yusuf/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"  Verildi                    Süre Sonu                    Prensip\n"
"2 Mart 11:53:34  3 Mart 03:53:34  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2993(para)
msgid ""
"Where the cache filename <filename>krb5cc_1000</filename> is composed of the "
"prefix <filename>krb5cc_</filename> and the user id (uid), which in this "
"case is <filename>1000</filename>. You may need to add an entry into the "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> for the KDC so the client can find the KDC. "
"For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3002(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.example.com       kdc01\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.example.com       kdc01\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3006(para)
msgid ""
"Replacing <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> with the IP address of your KDC. "
"This usually happens when you have a Kerberos realm encompassing different "
"networks separated by routers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3015(para)
msgid ""
"The best way to allow clients to automatically determine the KDC for the "
"Realm is using DNS SRV records. Add the following to "
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3021(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3031(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> with your domain name, primary KDC, and secondary "
"KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> yerine kendi alan adı, birincil KDC ve ikincil "
"KDC'nizi yazın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3037(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for detailed instructions on setting up DNS."
msgstr ""
"DNS kurulum yönergeleri hakkında ayrıntı için <xref linkend=\"dns\"/>'ye "
"bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3044(para)
msgid "Your new Kerberos Realm is now ready to authenticate clients."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi  yeni Kerberos Bölgesi istemcilerin kimlik doğrulaması için hazırdır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3051(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC"
msgstr "İkincil KDC"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3053(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have one Key Distribution Center (KDC) on your network, it is good "
"practice to have a Secondary KDC in case the primary becomes unavailable. "
"Also, if you have Kerberos clients that are in different networks (possibly "
"separated by routers using NAT), it is wise to place a secondary KDC in each "
"of those networks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3064(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the packages, and when asked for the Kerberos and Admin "
"server names enter the name of the Primary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce, paketleri yükleyin. Kerberos ve Yönetim sunucu adları sorulduğunda "
"Birincil KDC adını yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3075(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have the packages installed, create the Secondary KDC's host "
"principal. From a terminal prompt, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Paketleri yükledikten sonra, İkincil KDC'nin ana prensibini oluşturun. "
"Terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3080(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3084(para)
msgid ""
"After, issuing any <application>kadmin</application> commands you will be "
"prompted for your <emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> principal "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Herhangi <application>kadmin</application> komutlarını çalıştırdıktan sonra "
"<emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> için prensip şifren "
"sorulacak."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3093(para)
msgid "Extract the <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file:"
msgstr "<emphasis>keytab</emphasis> dosyasını açın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3098(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -norandkey -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3104(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> in the current "
"directory, move the file to <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi mevcut dizinde bir <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> olacak. Dosyayı "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>'a taşıyın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3110(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3114(para)
msgid ""
"If the path to the <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> file is different "
"adjust accordingly."
msgstr ""
"<filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> dosyasının parçası farklıysa uygun olarak "
"ayarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3119(para)
msgid ""
"Also, you can list the principals in a Keytab file, which can be useful when "
"troubleshooting, using the <application>klist</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca Keytab dosyasındaki prensipleri listeleyebilirsin. Bu, sorun "
"oluştuğunda kullanılabilir. <application>klist</application> uygulamasını "
"kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3125(command)
msgid "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3128(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>-k</application> option indicates the file is a keytab file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3135(para)
msgid ""
"Next, there needs to be a <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> file on each KDC "
"that lists all KDCs for the Realm. For example, on both primary and "
"secondary KDC, create <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, Bölgenin tüm KDC'lerini listelemesi için her KDC'de bir "
"<filename>kpropd.acl</filename> dosyası olmalıdır. Örneğin, hem birincil hem "
"de ikincil KDC'de <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename>'yi oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3140(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3148(para)
msgid "Create an empty database on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis>İkincil KDC</emphasis>'de boş bir veritabanı oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3153(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util -s create"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util -s create"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3159(para)
msgid ""
"Now start the <application>kpropd</application> daemon, which listens for "
"connections from the <application>kprop</application> utility. "
"<application>kprop</application> is used to transfer dump files:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <application>kprop</application> programındaki bağlantıları dinleyen "
"<application>kpropd</application> uygulamasını başlatın. "
"<application>kprop</application>, atık dosyaları taşımak için kullanılır:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3166(command)
msgid "sudo kpropd -S"
msgstr "sudo kpropd -S"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3172(para)
msgid ""
"From a terminal on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis>, create a dump file "
"of the principal database:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Birincil KDC</emphasis>'deki bir terminalden prensip veritabanının "
"atık bir dosyasını oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3177(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3183(para)
msgid ""
"Extract the Primary KDC's <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file and copy it to "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Birincil KDC'nin <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> dosyasını açın ve onu "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>'a kopyalayın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3188(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3189(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3193(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure there is a <emphasis>host</emphasis> for "
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> before extracting the Keytab."
msgstr ""
"Keytab dosyasını açmadan önce <emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> için "
"bir <emphasis>makine</emphasis> olduğundan emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3201(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>kprop</application> utility push the database to the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"<application>kprop</application> uygulamasını kullanarak veritabanı İkincil "
"KDC'ye koyun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3206(command)
msgid "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"
msgstr "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3210(para)
msgid ""
"There should be a <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis> message if the propagation "
"worked. If there is an error message check "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> on the secondary KDC for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Eğer yayılım çalışırsa <emphasis>BAŞARILI</emphasis> mesajı alacaksın. Eğer "
"bir hata mesajı varsa daha fazla bilgi için ikincil KDC'deki "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>'u kontrol edin."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3216(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to create a <application>cron</application> job to "
"periodically update the database on the Secondary KDC. For example, the "
"following will push the database every hour (note the long line has been "
"split to fit the format of this document):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3221(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h  dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump &amp;&amp; \n"
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3230(para)
msgid ""
"Back on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>, create a "
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis> file to hold the Kerberos master key:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>İkincil KDC</emphasis>'ye dön, Kerberos master anahtarını "
"saklaması için bir <emphasis>stash</emphasis> dosyası oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3236(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util stash"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util stash"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3242(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon on the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak İkincil KDC'deki <application>krb5-kdc</application> uygulamasını "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3244(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3920(command)
msgid "sudo service krb5-kdc start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3253(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis> should now be able to issue tickets "
"for the Realm. You can test this by stopping the <application>krb5-"
"kdc</application> daemon on the Primary KDC, then by using "
"<application>kinit</application> to request a ticket. If all goes well you "
"should receive a ticket from the Secondary KDC. Otherwise, check "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> and "
"<filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> in the Secondary KDC."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3264(title)
msgid "Kerberos Linux Client"
msgstr "Kerberos Linux İstemci"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3266(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring a Linux system as a "
"<application>Kerberos</application> client. This will allow access to any "
"kerberized services once a user has successfully logged into the system."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm <application>Kerberos</application> istemci gibi bir Linux sistem "
"yapılandırma ile ilgilidir. Bu, bir kullanıcı sisteme başarılı olarak "
"girerse, herhangi kerberized servislere erişimi sağlayacak."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3274(para)
msgid ""
"In order to authenticate to a Kerberos Realm, the <application>krb5-"
"user</application> and <application>libpam-krb5</application> packages are "
"needed, along with a few others that are not strictly necessary but make "
"life easier. To install the packages enter the following in a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Kerberos Bölgesine kimlki doğrulamak için <application>krb5-"
"user</application> ve <application>libpam-krb5</application> paketleri ile "
"diğer nadiren gerekli fakat yaşamı kolaylaştıran bazı paketler gerekir. "
"Paketleri yüklemek için terminale şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3281(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"
msgstr ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3284(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>auth-client-config</application> package allows simple "
"configuration of PAM for authentication from multiple sources, and the "
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> will cache authentication "
"credentials allowing you to login in case the Key Distribution Center (KDC) "
"is unavailable. This package is also useful for laptops that may "
"authenticate using Kerberos while on the corporate network, but will need to "
"be accessed off the network as well."
msgstr ""
"<application>auth-client-config</application> paketi çoklu kaynaklardaki "
"kimlik doğrulama için PAM'ın basit yapılandırmasını sağlar. "
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application>, kimlik doğrulama bilgilerini "
"belleklemeyi sağlayarak Anahtar Dağıtım Merkezi (KDC) kullanılamaz olduğunda "
"giriş yapmana izin verir. Ayrıca bu paket şirket ağında iken Kerberos "
"sayesinde laptoplarda da kullanılabilir. Fakat ağ erişiminin kapalı olması "
"gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3295(para)
msgid "To configure the client in a terminal enter:"
msgstr "İstemciyi yapılandırmak için terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3300(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3303(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted to enter the name of the Kerberos Realm. Also, if "
"you don't have DNS configured with Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis> "
"records, the menu will prompt you for the hostname of the Key Distribution "
"Center (KDC) and Realm Administration server."
msgstr ""
"Sonra Kerberos Bölgesinin adını girmen istenecek. Ayrıca, eğer Kerberos "
"<emphasis>SRV</emphasis> kayıtlarıyla yapılandırılan bir DNS'ye sahip "
"değilsen, menü, Anahtar Dağıtım Merkezi (KDC) ve Bölge Yönetim sunucusunun "
"makine adını soracak."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3309(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> adds entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file for your Realm. You should have "
"entries similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dpkg-reconfigure</application>, Bölgen için girişleri "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> dosyasına ekler. Şunlara benzer "
"girişlere sahip olabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3311(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"...\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = 192.168.0.1\n"
"                admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3326(para)
msgid ""
"If you set the uid of each of your network-authenticated users to start at "
"5000, as suggested in <xref linkend=\"kerberos-server-installation\"/>, you "
"can then tell pam to only try to authenticate using Kerberos users with uid "
"&gt; 5000:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3334(command)
msgid ""
"# Kerberos should only be applied to ldap/kerberos users, not local ones. "
"for i in common-auth common-session common-account common-password; do sudo "
"sed -i -r \\ -e 's/pam_krb5.so minimum_uid=1000/pam_krb5.so "
"minimum_uid=5000/' \\ /etc/pam.d/$i done"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3341(para)
msgid ""
"This will avoid being asked for the (non-existent) Kerberos password of a "
"locally authenticated user when changing its password using "
"<command>passwd</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3348(para)
msgid ""
"You can test the configuration by requesting a ticket using the "
"<application>kinit</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"<application>kinit</application> uygulamasını kullanarak gerekli biletin "
"yapılandırmasını test edebilirsin. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3353(command)
msgid "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr "kinit yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3354(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Password for steve@EXAMPLE.COM:"
msgstr "yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM için şifre:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3357(para)
msgid ""
"When a ticket has been granted, the details can be viewed using "
"<application>klist</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Bir bilet verildiğinde <application>klist</application>'i kullanarak "
"ayrıntılara görebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3363(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"Default principal: steve@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"Valid starting     Expires            Service principal\n"
"07/24/08 05:18:56  07/24/08 15:18:56  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"        renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
"klist: You have no tickets cached"
msgstr ""
"Bilet belleği: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"Var olan prensip: yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"Başlama değeri          Süre sonu                      Servis prensibi\n"
"03/20/10 14:18:56  03/02/10 23:18:56  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"        03/21/10 14:18:57'ye kadar tekrarla\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Kerberos 4 bilet belleği: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
"klist: Belleklenen hiç bilet yok"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3375(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>auth-client-config</application> to configure the "
"<application>libpam-krb5</application> module to request a ticket during "
"login:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra giriş esnasında bir bilet alarak <application>libpam-"
"krb5</application> modülünü yapılandırmak için <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3381(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3384(para)
msgid ""
"You will should now receive a ticket upon successful login authentication."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi başarılı kimlik doğrulayarak girişten sonra bir bilet alacaksın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3395(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on MIT's version of Kerberos, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink> site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3400(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Kerberos</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Kerberos</ulink> sayfasında daha fazla ayrıntı var."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3405(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Guide</ulink> is a great reference when setting up Kerberos."
msgstr ""
"O'Reilly'in <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Rehberi</ulink> Kerberos kurmak için mükemmel bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3411(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#kerberos</emphasis> IRC channels on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> if you have Kerberos questions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3423(title)
msgid "Kerberos and LDAP"
msgstr "Kerberos ve LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3425(para)
msgid ""
"Most people will not use Kerberos by itself; once an user is authenticated "
"(Kerberos), we need to figure out what this user can do (authorization). And "
"that would be the job of programs such as <application>LDAP</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3432(para)
msgid ""
"Replicating a Kerberos principal database between two servers can be "
"complicated, and adds an additional user database to your network. "
"Fortunately, MIT Kerberos can be configured to use an "
"<application>LDAP</application> directory as a principal database. This "
"section covers configuring a primary and secondary kerberos server to use "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> for the principal database."
msgstr ""
"Kerberos prensip veritabanını iki sunucu arasında tekrarlama "
"çalıştırılabilir ve Ağına ek bir kullanıcı veritabanı ilave eder. Neyse ki, "
"MIT Kerberos bir <application>LDAP</application> dizini kullanılarak prensip "
"veritabanı gibi yapılandırılır. Bu bölüm, prensip veritabanı için "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> kullanarak birincil ve ikincil kerberos "
"sunucu yapılandırma ile ilgilidir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3440(para)
msgid ""
"The examples presented here assume <application>MIT Kerberos</application> "
"and <application>OpenLDAP</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3448(title)
msgid "Configuring OpenLDAP"
msgstr "OpenLDAP Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3450(para)
msgid ""
"First, the necessary <emphasis>schema</emphasis> needs to be loaded on an "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> server that has network connectivity to "
"the Primary and Secondary KDCs. The rest of this section assumes that you "
"also have LDAP replication configured between at least two servers. For "
"information on setting up OpenLDAP see <xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>."
msgstr ""
"İlk önce, gereken <emphasis>şema</emphasis>, Birincil ve İkincil KDC'lere ağ "
"bağlantısı sağlayan <application>OpenLDAP</application> sunucusuna "
"yüklenmelidir. Bu bölümün geri kalan kısmı en az iki sunucu arasında LDAP "
"çoğalma yapısı olduğunu varsayar. OpenLDAP kurulumu hakkında bilgi için "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3456(para)
msgid ""
"It is also required to configure OpenLDAP for TLS and SSL connections, so "
"that traffic between the KDC and LDAP server is encrypted. See <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca TLS ve SSL bağlantıları için OpenDAP'ı yapılandırmak gerekir. Böylece "
"KDC ve LDAP sunucuları arasındaki trafik şifrelenir. Ayrıntılar için <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3462(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>cn=admin,cn=config</filename> is a user we created with rights to "
"edit the ldap database. Many times it is the RootDN. Change its value to "
"reflect your setup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3471(para)
msgid ""
"To load the schema into LDAP, on the LDAP server install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application> package. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"LDAP içine şema yüklemek için, LDAP sunucuda <application>krb5-kdc-"
"ldap</application> paketi yükleyin. Terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3477(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3482(para)
msgid "Next, extract the <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> file:"
msgstr "Sonra <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> dosyasını açın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3487(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3488(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3494(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>kerberos</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Kerberos</emphasis> şeması <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> ağacına "
"eklenmelidir. Ayrıca <application>slapd</application>'a yeni şema ekleme "
"yöntemi <xref linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>'da açıklanmıştır."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3502(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a configuration file named "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, or a similar descriptive name, "
"containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce aşağıdaki satırlara sahip, <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> "
"adında veya buna benzer adda bir yapılandırma dosyası oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3507(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3527(para)
msgid "Create a temporary directory to hold the LDIF files:"
msgstr "LDIF dosyalarını tutması için geçici bir dizin oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3531(command)
msgid "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"
msgstr "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3537(para)
msgid ""
"Now use <application>slapcat</application> to convert the schema files:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi şema dosyalarını dönüştürmek için <application>slapcat</application>'i "
"kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3542(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s \\ "
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3546(para)
msgid ""
"Change the above file and path names to match your own if they are different."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki dosya ve konumu, eğer seninkinden farklıysa, kendininkiyle "
"eşleştir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3553(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> file, "
"changing the following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Oluşan <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> dosyasını düzenleyin, "
"aşağıdaki özellikleri değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3557(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3563(para)
msgid "And remove the following lines from the end of the file:"
msgstr "Ve dosyanın sonundaki aşağıdaki satırları kaldırın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3567(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3577(para)
msgid ""
"The attribute values will vary, just be sure the attributes are removed."
msgstr ""
"Özellik değişkenleri değişecek. Sadece özelliklerin kaldırıldığından emin "
"olun."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3584(para)
msgid "Load the new schema with <application>ldapadd</application>:"
msgstr "<application>ldapadd</application> ile yeni şema ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3589(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3595(para)
msgid ""
"Add an index for the <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> özelliği için bir içerik ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3600(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3617(command)
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3602(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3601(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""
msgstr ""
"LDAP Şifresi Girin:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3612(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Access Control Lists (ACL):"
msgstr "Son olarak, Erişim Kontrol Listeleri (ACL)'ni güncelleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3619(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by\n"
" dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by "
"* none\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3618(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"LDAP Şifresi Girin: \n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3639(para)
msgid ""
"That's it, your LDAP directory is now ready to serve as a Kerberos principal "
"database."
msgstr ""
"Bu, LDAP dizininin Kerberos prensip veritabanı gibi bağlanacak şeklide şu an "
"hazır olduğu anlamına gelir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3645(title)
msgid "Primary KDC Configuration"
msgstr "Birincil KDS Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3647(para)
msgid ""
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> configured it is time to configure "
"the KDC."
msgstr ""
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> ile KDC'yi yapılandırma zamanı geldi."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3653(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr "İlk önce gerekli paketleri terminalden yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3658(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3817(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3664(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> adding the following options to "
"under the appropriate sections:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi uygun bölümün altına aşağıdaki seçenekleri ekleyerek "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>'i düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3668(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3713(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to the appropriate domain, LDAP "
"object, and LDAP server for your network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis>'u ağına uygun alan, LDAP objesi ve "
"LDAP sunucusu ile değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3722(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> utility to create "
"the realm:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra bölge oluşturmak için <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> "
"uygulamasını kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3727(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees \\ "
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3734(para)
msgid ""
"Create a stash of the password used to bind to the LDAP server. This "
"password is used by the <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> options in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"LDAP sunucuya bağlamak için gizli bir şifre oluşturun. Bu şifre "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>'deki <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> seçenekleri tarafından kullanılır:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3740(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3879(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f \\ "
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3747(para)
msgid "Copy the CA certificate from the LDAP server:"
msgstr "LDAP sunucudan bir CA sertifikası kopyalayın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3752(command)
msgid "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3753(command)
msgid "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3756(para)
msgid ""
"And edit <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> to use the certificate:"
msgstr ""
"Ve sertifikayı kullanmak için <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename>'i "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3760(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3765(para)
msgid ""
"The certificate will also need to be copied to the Secondary KDC, to allow "
"the connection to the LDAP servers using LDAPS."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca sertifikanın, LDAPS kullanarak sunuculara bağlanması için İkincil "
"KDC'ye de kopyalanması gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3774(para)
msgid ""
"You can now add Kerberos principals to the LDAP database, and they will be "
"copied to any other LDAP servers configured for replication. To add a "
"principal using the <application>kadmin.local</application> utility enter:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Kerberos prensiplerini LDAP veritabanına ekleyebilirsin ve onlar da "
"çoğaltma için diğer yapılı LDAP sunuculara kopyalanacak. "
"<application>kadmin.local</application> uygulamasını kullanarak bir prensip "
"eklemek için girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3782(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"
msgstr "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=yusuf,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3781(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."
msgstr ""
"Şifreli root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM prensibi gibi kimlik doğrulama.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"UYARI: yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM için belirtilmiş kural yoktur. Normalde hiçbir "
"kural yoktur.\n"
" \"yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM\" prensibi için şifre girin: \n"
"\"yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM\" prensibi için şifreyi tekrar girin: \n"
"\"yusuf@EXAMPLE.COM\" prensibi oluşturuldu."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3789(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, and "
"krbExtraData attributes added to the "
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> user object. Use "
"the <application>kinit</application> and <application>klist</application> "
"utilities to test that the user is indeed issued a ticket."
msgstr ""
"Şu an krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange ve krbExtraData "
"özelliklerinin <emphasis>uid=yusuf,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> "
"kullanıcı objesine eklenmiş olması gerekir. Gereçekten bir biletin "
"alındığını test etmek için <application>kinit</application> ve "
"<application>klist</application> uygulamalarını kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3796(para)
msgid ""
"If the user object is already created the <emphasis>-x dn=\"...\"</emphasis> "
"option is needed to add the Kerberos attributes. Otherwise a new "
"<emphasis>principal</emphasis> object will be created in the realm subtree."
msgstr ""
"Eğer kullanıcı objesi zaten oluşturulmuşsa <emphasis>-x "
"dn=\"...\"</emphasis> seçeneğinin Kerberos özelliklerine eklenmesi gerekir. "
"Diğer taraftan yeni bir <emphasis>prensip</emphasis> objesi bölgenin alt "
"ağacında oluşturulur."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3804(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC Configuration"
msgstr "İkincil KDC Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3806(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring a Secondary KDC using the LDAP backend is similar to configuring "
"one using the normal Kerberos database."
msgstr ""
"LDAP sonun bitimi kullanarak İkincil bir KDC yapılandırma normal Kerberos "
"veritabanı kullanarak yapılandırma ile benzerdir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3812(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr "İlk önce, gerekli paketleri yüklemek için terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3823(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> to use the LDAP backend:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, LDAP sonun bitimini kullanmak için "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>'i düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3827(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # bu objenin bölge taşıyıcı, prensip taşıyıcı ve bölge\n"
"                # alt ağaçlarında doğru olarak okunması gerekir\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                 # bu objenin bölge taşıyıcı, prensip taşıyıcı ve bölge alt\n"
"                # ağaçlarında doğru olarak okunması ve yazılması gerekir\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3874(para)
msgid "Create the stash for the LDAP bind password:"
msgstr "Gizli LDAP bağlama şifresi oluştur:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3886(para)
msgid ""
"Now, on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis> copy the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>Master "
"Key</emphasis> stash to the Secondary KDC. Be sure to copy the file over an "
"encrypted connection such as <application>scp</application>, or on physical "
"media."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>Birincil KDC</emphasis>'de "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>Master "
"Anahtarı</emphasis> İkincil KDC'ye kopyala. Dosyayı "
"<application>scp</application> veya fiziksel medya gibi şifreli bağlantı ile "
"kopyaladığından emin ol."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3893(command)
msgid "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"
msgstr "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM yusuf@kdc02.example.com:~"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3894(command)
msgid "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"
msgstr "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3898(para)
msgid ""
"Again, replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> with your actual realm."
msgstr ""
"Tekrar <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>'u gerçek bölgen ile değiştir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3906(para)
msgid ""
"Back on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>, (re)start the ldap server "
"only,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3918(para)
msgid "Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon:"
msgstr "Son olarak <application>krb5-kdc</application> programını başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3929(para)
msgid "Verify the two ldap servers (and kerberos by extension) are in sync."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3936(para)
msgid ""
"You now have redundant KDCs on your network, and with redundant LDAP servers "
"you should be able to continue to authenticate users if one LDAP server, one "
"Kerberos server, or one LDAP and one Kerberos server become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Şu an ağında gereksiz KDC'ler vardır. Gereksiz LDAP sunucularla, eğer bir "
"LDAP sunucu, bir Kerberos sunucu veya bir LDAP ve Kerberos sunucu "
"kullanılamaz olursa kullanıcı kimlik doğrulamasına devam edebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3948(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
"Guide</ulink> has some additional details."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
"Rehberi</ulink> bazı ek ayrıntılara sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3951(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
"5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.htm"
"l\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3959(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful link is the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">k"
"rb5.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3967(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos#kerberos-ldap\">Kerberos "
"and LDAP</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos#kerberos-"
"ldap\">Kerberos and LDAP</ulink> Ubuntu wiki sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3973(title)
msgid "SSSD and Active Directory"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3974(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes the use of sssd to authenticate user logins against "
"an Active Directory via using sssd's \"ad\" provider. In previous versions "
"of sssd, it was possible to authenticate using the \"ldap\" provider. "
"However, when authenticating against a Microsoft Windows AD Domain "
"Controller, it was generally necessary to install the POSIX AD extensions on "
"the Domain Controller. The \"ad\" provider simplifies the configuration and "
"requires no modifications to the AD structure."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3978(title)
msgid "Prerequisites, Assumptions, and Requirements"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3981(para)
msgid ""
"This guide does not explain Active Directory, how it works, how to set one "
"up, or how to maintain it. It may not provide “best practices” for your "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3983(para)
msgid ""
"This guide assumes that a working Active Directory domain is already "
"configured."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3985(para)
msgid ""
"The domain controller is acting as an authoritative DNS server for the "
"domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3987(para)
msgid ""
"The domain controller is the primary DNS resolver as specified in "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3990(para)
msgid ""
"The appropriate <emphasis>_kerberos</emphasis>, <emphasis>_ldap</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>_kpasswd</emphasis>, etc. entries are configured in the DNS zone "
"(see Resources section for external links)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3992(para)
msgid ""
"System time is synchronized on the domain controller (necessary for "
"Kerberos)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3994(para)
msgid ""
"The domain used in this example is <emphasis>myubuntu.example.com</emphasis> "
"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3999(para)
msgid ""
"The following packages are needed: <emphasis>krb5-user</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>samba</emphasis>, <emphasis>sssd</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>ntp</emphasis>. Samba needs to be installed, even if the system is "
"not exporting shares. The Kerberos realm and FQDN or IP of the domain "
"controllers are needed for this step."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4000(para)
msgid "Install these packages now."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4002(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-user samba sssd ntp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4003(para)
msgid ""
"See the next section for the answers to the questions asked by the "
"<emphasis>krb5-user</emphasis> postinstall script."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4006(title)
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4007(para)
msgid ""
"The installation of <emphasis>krb5-user</emphasis> will prompt for the realm "
"name (in ALL UPPERCASE), the kdc server (i.e. domain controller) and admin "
"server (also the domain controller in this example.) This will write the "
"[realm] and [domain_realm] sections in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. "
"These sections may not be necessary if domain autodiscovery is working. If "
"not, then both are needed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4008(para)
msgid ""
"If the domain is <emphasis>myubuntu.example.com</emphasis>, enter the realm "
"as <emphasis>MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4011(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally, edit <emphasis>/etc/krb5.conf</emphasis> with a few additional "
"settings to specify Kerberos ticket lifetime (these values are safe to use "
"as defaults):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4012(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"\n"
"default_realm = MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"ticket_lifetime = 24h #\n"
"renew_lifetime = 7d\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4020(para)
msgid ""
"If default_realm is not specified, it may be necessary to log in with "
"“username@domain” instead of “username”."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4022(para)
msgid ""
"The system time on the Active Directory member needs to be consistent with "
"that of the domain controller, or Kerberos authentication may fail. Ideally, "
"the domain controller server itself will provide the NTP service. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4024(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"server dc.myubuntu.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4031(para)
msgid ""
"Samba will be used to perform netbios/nmbd services related to Active "
"Directory authentication, even if no file shares are exported. Edit the file "
"/etc/samba/smb.conf and add the following to the "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> section:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4033(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[global]\n"
"\n"
"workgroup = MYUBUNTU\n"
"client signing = yes\n"
"client use spnego = yes\n"
"kerberos method = secrets and keytab\n"
"realm = MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"security = ads\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4044(para)
msgid ""
"Some guides specify that \"password server\" should be specified and pointed "
"to the domain controller. This is only necessary if DNS is not properly set "
"up to find the DC. By default, Samba will display a warning if \"password "
"server\" is specified with \"security = ads\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4049(title)
msgid "SSSD Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4051(para)
msgid ""
"There is no default/example config file for "
"<filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> included in the sssd package. It is "
"necessary to create one. This is a minimal working config file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4053(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[sssd]\n"
"services = nss, pam\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"domains = MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"[domain/MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM]\n"
"id_provider = ad\n"
"access_provider = ad\n"
"\n"
"# Use this if users are being logged in at /.\n"
"# This example specifies /home/DOMAIN-FQDN/user as $HOME.  Use with "
"pam_mkhomedir.so\n"
"override_homedir = /home/%d/%u\n"
"\n"
"# Uncomment if the client machine hostname doesn't match the computer object "
"on the DC.\n"
"# ad_hostname = mymachine.myubuntu.example.com\n"
"\n"
"# Uncomment if DNS SRV resolution is not working\n"
"# ad_server = dc.mydomain.example.com\n"
"\n"
"# Uncomment if the AD domain is named differently than the Samba domain\n"
"# ad_domain = MYUBUNTU.EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"# Enumeration is discouraged for performance reasons.\n"
"# enumerate = true\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4080(para)
msgid ""
"After saving this file, set the ownership to root and the file permissions "
"to 600:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4081(command)
msgid "sudo chown root:root /etc/sssd/sssd.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4082(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 600 /etc/sssd/sssd.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4084(para)
msgid ""
"If the ownership or permissions are not correct, sssd will refuse to start."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4088(title)
msgid "Verify nsswitch.conf Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4089(para)
msgid ""
"The post-install script for the sssd package makes some modifications to "
"/etc/nsswitch.conf automatically. It should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4091(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"passwd:         compat sss\n"
"group:          compat sss\n"
"...\n"
"netgroup:       nis sss\n"
"sudoers:        files sss\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4101(title)
msgid "Modify /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4102(para)
msgid ""
"Add an alias to the localhost entry in /etc/hosts specifying the FQDN. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "192.168.1.10 myserver myserver.myubuntu.example.com"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4105(para)
msgid "This is useful in conjunction with dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4109(title)
msgid "Join the Active Directory"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4110(para)
msgid "Now, restart ntp and samba and start sssd."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2208(command)
msgid "sudo service ntp restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4114(command)
msgid "sudo start sssd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4116(para)
msgid "Test the configuration by obtaining a Kerberos ticket:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4118(command)
msgid "sudo kinit Administrator"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4120(para)
msgid "Verify the ticket with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4121(command)
msgid "sudo klist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4123(para)
msgid ""
"If there is a ticket with an expiration date listed, then it is time to join "
"the domain:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4125(command)
msgid "sudo net ads join -k"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4127(para)
msgid ""
"A warning about \"No DNS domain configured. Unable to perform DNS Update.\" "
"probably means that there is no (correct) alias in "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>, and the system could not provide its own "
"FQDN as part of the Active Directory update. This is needed for dynamic DNS "
"updates. Verify the alias in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> described in "
"\"Modify /etc/hosts\" above."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4129(para)
msgid ""
"(The message \"NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL\" indicates the domain join failed and "
"something is incorrect. Review the prior steps before proceeding)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4131(para)
msgid ""
"Here are a couple of (optional) checks to verify that the domain join was "
"successful. Note that if the domain was successfully joined but one or both "
"of these steps fail, it may be necessary to wait 1-2 minutes and try again. "
"Some of the changes appear to be asynchronous."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4133(para)
msgid "Verification option #1:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4134(para)
msgid ""
"Check the default Organizational Unit for computer accounts in the Active "
"Directory to verify that the computer account was created. (Organizational "
"Units in Active Directory is a topic outside the scope of this guide)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4136(para)
msgid "Verification option #2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4137(para)
msgid "Execute this command for a specific AD user (e.g. administrator)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4138(command)
msgid "getent passwd username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4140(para)
msgid ""
"If <emphasis>enumerate = true</emphasis> is set in "
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename>, <emphasis>getent passwd</emphasis> with no "
"username argument will list all domain users. This may be useful for "
"testing, but is slow and not recommended for production."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4144(title)
msgid "Test Authentication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4145(para)
msgid ""
"It should now be possible to authenticate using an Active Directory User's "
"credentials:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4147(command)
msgid "su - username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4149(para)
msgid ""
"If this works, then other login methods (getty, ssh) should also work."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4151(para)
msgid ""
"If the computer account was created, indicating that the system was "
"\"joined\" to the domain, but authentication is unsuccessful, it may be "
"helpful to review <filename>/etc/pam.d</filename> and "
"<filename>nssswitch.conf</filename> as well as the file changes described "
"earlier in this guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4155(title)
msgid "Home directories with pam_mkhomedir (optional)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4156(para)
msgid ""
"When logging in using an Active Directory user account, it is likely that "
"user has no home directory. This can be fixed with pam_mkdhomedir.so, which "
"will create the user’s home directory on login. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-session</filename>, and add this line directly "
"after <emphasis>session required pam_unix.so:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4157(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"session    required    pam_mkhomedir.so skel=/etc/skel/ umask=0022\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4161(para)
msgid ""
"This may also need <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> in "
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> to function correctly, so make sure that’s "
"set."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4165(title)
msgid "Desktop Ubuntu Authentication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4166(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to also authenticate logins to Ubuntu Desktop using Active "
"Directory accounts. The AD accounts will not show up in the pick list with "
"local users, so lightdm will need to be modified. Edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-unity-greeter.conf</filename> and "
"append the following two lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4168(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"greeter-show-manual-login=true\n"
"greeter-hide-users=true\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4173(para)
msgid ""
"Reboot to restart lightdm. It should now be possible to log in using a "
"domain account using either <emphasis>username</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>username/username@domain</emphasis> format."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4179(ulink)
msgid "SSSD Project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4180(ulink)
msgid "DNS Server Configuration guidelines"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4181(ulink)
msgid "Active Directory DNS Zone Entries"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:4182(ulink)
msgid "Kerberos config options"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:2(title)
msgid "Device Attributes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:8(entry) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:12(entry) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:8(entry)
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:9(entry) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:14(entry) serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:12(entry) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:9(entry) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1624(entry)
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:15(emphasis)
msgid "vendor"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:17(emphasis)
msgid "COMPAQ"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:17(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the vendor name of the storage device to which the device "
"attributes apply, for example <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:21(emphasis)
msgid "product"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:23(emphasis)
msgid "HSV110 (C)COMPAQ"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:23(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the product name of the storage device to which the device "
"attributes apply, for example <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:27(emphasis)
msgid "revision"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:29(entry)
msgid "Specifies the product revision identifier of the storage device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:33(emphasis)
msgid "product_blacklist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:35(entry)
msgid "Specifies a regular expression used to blacklist devices by product."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:39(emphasis)
msgid "hardware_handler"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies a module that will be used to perform hardware specific actions "
"when switching path groups or handling I/O errors. Possible values include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1 emc</emphasis>: hardware handler for EMC storage "
"arrays"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1 alua</emphasis>: hardware handler for SCSI-3 ALUA "
"arrays."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1 hp_sw</emphasis>: hardware handler for Compaq/HP "
"controllers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-device-attributes-table.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1 rdac</emphasis>: hardware handler for the "
"LSI/Engenio RDAC controllers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:3(title)
msgid "Multipath Configuration Defaults"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:21(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:26(emphasis)
msgid "polling_interval"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:27(emphasis)
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:24(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the interval between two path checks in seconds. For properly "
"functioning paths, the interval between checks will gradually increase to (4 "
"* <placeholder-1/>). The default value is <placeholder-2/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:32(emphasis)
msgid "udev_dir"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:35(entry)
msgid ""
"The directory where udev device nodes are created. The default value is /dev."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:41(emphasis)
msgid "multipath_dir"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:46(filename)
msgid "/lib/multipath"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:44(entry)
msgid ""
"The directory where the dynamic shared objects are stored. The default value "
"is system dependent, commonly <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:51(emphasis)
msgid "verbosity"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:54(entry)
msgid ""
"The default verbosity. Higher values increase the verbosity level. Valid "
"levels are between 0 and 6. The default value is 2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:61(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:323(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1050(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1205(parameter)
msgid "path_selector"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies the default algorithm to use in determining what path to use for "
"the next I/O operation. Possible values include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">round-robin 0</emphasis>: Loop through every path in "
"the path group, sending the same amount of I/O to each."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">queue-length 0</emphasis>: Send the next bunch of "
"I/O down the path with the least number of outstanding I/O requests."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">service-time 0</emphasis>: Send the next bunch of "
"I/O down the path with the shortest estimated service time, which is "
"determined by dividing the total size of the outstanding I/O to each path by "
"its relative throughput."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:91(para)
msgid ""
"The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">round-robin 0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:98(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1045(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1195(parameter)
msgid "path_grouping_policy"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies the default path grouping policy to apply to unspecified "
"multipaths. Possible values include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">failover</emphasis> = 1 path per priority group"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">multibus</emphasis> = all valid paths in 1 priority "
"group"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:117(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">group_by_serial</emphasis> = 1 priority group per "
"detected serial number"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:122(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">group_by_prio</emphasis> = 1 priority group per path "
"priority value"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">group_by_node_name</emphasis> = 1 priority group per "
"target node name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:132(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">failover.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:139(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1200(parameter)
msgid "getuid_callout"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">/lib/udev/scsi_id --whitelisted "
"--device=/dev/%n.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:142(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the default program and arguments to call out to obtain a unique "
"path identifier. An absolute path is required. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:150(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1059(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1224(parameter)
msgid "prio"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies the default function to call to obtain a path priority value. For "
"example, the ALUA bits in SPC-3 provide an exploitable prio value. Possible "
"values include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:160(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">const</emphasis>: Set a priority of 1 to all paths."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">emc</emphasis>: Generate the path priority for EMC "
"arrays."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">alua</emphasis>: Generate the path priority based on "
"the SCSI-3 ALUA settings."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netapp</emphasis>: Generate the path priority for "
"NetApp arrays."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rdac</emphasis>: Generate the path priority for "
"LSI/Engenio RDAC controller."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hp_sw</emphasis>: Generate the path priority for "
"Compaq/HP controller in active/standby mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:190(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hds</emphasis>: Generate the path priority for "
"Hitachi HDS Modular storage arrays."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:195(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">const</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:202(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1064(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1229(parameter)
msgid "prio_args"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:206(para)
msgid ""
"The arguments string passed to the prio function Most prio functions do not "
"need arguments. The datacore prioritizer need one. Example, <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">\"timeout=1000 preferredsds=foo\"</emphasis>. The default "
"value is (null) <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:216(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1215(parameter)
msgid "features"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:220(emphasis)
msgid "queue_if_no_path"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:221(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:334(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1069(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1234(parameter)
msgid "no_path_retry"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:222(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:341(emphasis)
msgid "queue"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:223(link)
msgid "\"Issues with queue_if_no_path feature\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:219(entry)
msgid ""
"The extra features of multipath devices. The only existing feature is "
"<placeholder-1/>, which is the same as setting <placeholder-2/> to "
"<placeholder-3/>. For information on issues that may arise when using this "
"feature, see Section, <placeholder-4/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:228(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1210(parameter)
msgid "path_checker"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies the default method used to determine the state of the paths. "
"Possible values include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">readsector0</emphasis>: Read the first sector of the "
"device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tur</emphasis>: Issue a TEST UNIT READY to the "
"device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:247(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">emc_clariion</emphasis>: Query the EMC Clariion "
"specific EVPD page 0xC0 to determine the path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:253(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hp_sw</emphasis>: Check the path state for HP "
"storage arrays with Active/Standby firmware."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:258(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rdac</emphasis>: Check the path status for "
"LSI/Engenio RDAC storage controller."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">directio</emphasis>: Read the first sector with "
"direct I/O."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:268(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">directio</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:275(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1055(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1220(parameter)
msgid "failback"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:279(para)
msgid "Manages path group failback."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:283(para)
msgid ""
"A value of <emphasis role=\"bold\">immediate</emphasis> specifies immediate "
"failback to the highest priority path group that contains active paths."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"A value of <emphasis role=\"bold\">manual</emphasis> specifies that there "
"should not be immediate failback but that failback can happen only with "
"operator intervention."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"A numeric value greater than zero specifies deferred failback, expressed in "
"seconds."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:300(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">manual</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:307(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:321(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:325(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1074(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1239(parameter)
msgid "rr_min_io"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:311(para)
msgid "The default value is <literal>1000</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:310(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the number of I/O requests to route to a path before switching to "
"the next path in the current path group.<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:317(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1079(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1244(parameter)
msgid "rr_weight"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:320(emphasis)
msgid "priorities"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:327(emphasis)
msgid "uniform"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:327(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">uniform</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:320(entry)
msgid ""
"If set to <placeholder-1/>, then instead of sending <placeholder-2/> "
"requests to a path before calling <placeholder-3/> to choose the next path, "
"the number of requests to send is determined by <placeholder-4/> times the "
"path's priority, as determined by the prio function. If set to <placeholder-"
"5/>, all path weights are equal. <placeholder-6/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:340(emphasis)
msgid "immediate"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:342(para)
msgid "The default value is <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:337(entry)
msgid ""
"A numeric value for this attribute specifies the number of times the system "
"should attempt to use a failed path before disabling queueing. A value of "
"fail indicates <placeholder-1/> failure, without queueing. A value of "
"<placeholder-2/> indicates that queueing should not stop until the path is "
"fixed. <placeholder-3/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:348(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:30(emphasis)
msgid "user_friendly_names"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:352(filename)
msgid "/etc/multipath/bindings"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:353(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:356(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:25(emphasis)
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:354(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:357(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:379(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:391(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:31(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:44(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:18(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:19(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:28(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:29(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:765(emphasis)
msgid "multipath"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:359(para) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:381(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">no</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:351(entry)
msgid ""
"If set to yes, specifies that the system should use the <placeholder-1/> "
"file to assign a persistent and unique <placeholder-2/> to the <placeholder-"
"3/>, in the form of mpathn. If set to no, specifies that the system should "
"use the WWID as the <placeholder-4/> for the <placeholder-5/>. In either "
"case, what is specified here will be overridden by any device-specific "
"aliases you specify in the multipaths section of the configuration file. "
"<placeholder-6/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:365(emphasis)
msgid "queue_without_daemon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:368(emphasis) serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:392(emphasis)
msgid "multipathd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:370(para)
msgid "The default value is <emphasis role=\"bold\">yes</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:368(entry)
msgid ""
"If set to no, the <placeholder-1/> daemon will disable queueing for all "
"devices when it is shut down. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:376(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1084(parameter) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1259(parameter)
msgid "flush_on_last_del"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:379(entry)
msgid ""
"If set to yes, then <placeholder-1/> will disable queueing when the last "
"path to a device has been deleted. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:387(emphasis)
msgid "max_fds"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:394(filename)
msgid "/proc/sys/fs/nr_open"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:390(entry)
msgid ""
"Sets the maximum number of open file descriptors that can be opened by "
"<placeholder-1/> and the <placeholder-2/> daemon. This is equivalent to the "
"ulimit -n command. A value of max will set this to the system limit from "
"<placeholder-3/>. If this is not set, the maximum number of open file "
"descriptors is taken from the calling process; it is usually 1024. To be "
"safe, this should be set to the maximum number of paths plus 32, if that "
"number is greater than 1024."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:402(emphasis)
msgid "checker_timer"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"The default value is taken from "
"<filename>/sys/block/sdx/device/timeout</filename>, which is "
"<literal>30</literal> seconds as of 12.04 LTS"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:405(entry)
msgid ""
"The timeout to use for path checkers that issue SCSI commands with an "
"explicit timeout, in seconds. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:413(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1249(parameter)
msgid "fast_io_fail_tmo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:419(para)
msgid "The default value is determined by the OS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:416(entry)
msgid ""
"The number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a problem has been "
"detected on an FC remote port before failing I/O to devices on that remote "
"port. This value should be smaller than the value of dev_loss_tmo. Setting "
"this to off will disable the timeout. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:425(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1254(parameter)
msgid "dev_loss_tmo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-config-defaults-table.xml:428(entry)
msgid ""
"The number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a problem has been "
"detected on an FC remote port before removing it from the system. Setting "
"this to infinity will set this to 2147483647 seconds, or 68 years. The "
"default value is determined by the OS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:3(title)
msgid "DM-Multipath Components"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:11(entry)
msgid "Component"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:19(emphasis)
msgid "dm_multipath kernel module"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:23(emphasis)
msgid "failover"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:22(entry)
msgid "Reroutes I/O and supports <placeholder-1/> for paths and path groups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:28(emphasis)
msgid "multipath command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:32(filename)
msgid "/etc/rc.sysinit"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:31(entry)
msgid ""
"Lists and configures <placeholder-1/> devices. Normally started up with "
"<placeholder-2/>, it can also be started up by a udev program whenever a "
"block device is added or it can be run by the initramfs file system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:39(emphasis)
msgid "multipathd daemon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:45(filename)
msgid "/etc/multipath.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:42(entry)
msgid ""
"Monitors paths; as paths fail and come back, it may initiate path group "
"switches. Provides for interactive changes to <placeholder-1/> devices. This "
"daemon must be restarted for any changes to the <placeholder-2/> file to "
"take effect."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:50(emphasis)
msgid "kpartx command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:56(emphasis)
msgid "multipath-tools"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-components-table.xml:53(entry)
msgid ""
"Creates device mapper devices for the partitions on a device It is necessary "
"to use this command for DOS-based partitions with DM-Multipath. The kpartx "
"is provided in its own package, but the <placeholder-1/> package depends on "
"it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:2(title)
msgid "Multipath Attributes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:15(emphasis)
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:21(filename)
msgid "multipath.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:17(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the WWID of the <placeholder-1/> device to which the <placeholder-"
"2/> attributes apply. This parameter is mandatory for this section of the "
"<placeholder-3/> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/multipath-attributes-table.xml:27(entry)
msgid ""
"Specifies the symbolic name for the <placeholder-1/> device to which the "
"<placeholder-2/> attributes apply. If you are using <placeholder-3/>, do not "
"set this value to mpathn; this may conflict with an automatically assigned "
"user friendly name and give you incorrect device node names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:11(title)
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr "Gösterim"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"The monitoring of essential servers and services is an important part of "
"system administration. Most network services are monitored for performance, "
"availability, or both. This section will cover installation and "
"configuration of <application>Nagios</application> for availability "
"monitoring, and <application>Munin</application> for performance monitoring."
msgstr ""
"Asıl sunucu ve servis gösterimi sistem yönetimi için önemli bir parçadır. "
"Çoğu ağ servisleri, performans, kullanılabilirlik veya her ikisi için "
"gösterilir. Bu bölüm, kullanılabilirliği göstermesi için "
"<application>Nagios</application> ve performans göstermesi için "
"<application>Munin</application>'in kurulumu ve yapılandırması ile ilgilidir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section will use two servers with hostnames "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> will be configured with "
"<application>Nagios</application> to monitor services on itself and "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Server01 will also be setup with the "
"<application>munin</application> package to gather information from the "
"network. Using the <application>munin-node</application> package, "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> will be configured to send information to "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümdeki örneklerde iki sunucu kullanılacak. Bunlar: "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> ve <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> servisleri kendisinde ve "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>'de göstermesi için "
"<application>Nagios</application> ile yapılandıracak. Ayrıca Server01 ağdan "
"daha fazla bilgi alması için <application>munin</application> paketi ile "
"kurulacak. <application>munin-node</application> paketi kullanarak "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>, <emphasis>server01</emphasis>'e bilgi "
"göndermek için yapılandırılacak"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:31(para)
msgid ""
"Hopefully these simple examples will allow you to monitor additional servers "
"and services on your network."
msgstr ""
"Bu basit örneklerin ağındaki ek sunucu ve servisleri görebilmen için faydalı "
"olacağı ümit edilir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:37(title)
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:42(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install the "
"<application>nagios</application> package. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <emphasis>server01</emphasis>'de <application>nagios</application> "
"paketini yüklemek için terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:48(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:51(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked to enter a password for the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> user. The user's credentials are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>. To change the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> password, or add additional users to the "
"Nagios CGI scripts, use the <application>htpasswd</application> that is part "
"of the <application>apache2-utils</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> kullanıcısı için şifre girmen istenecek. "
"Kullanıcının kimlik bilgileri "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>'da depolanır. "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> şifresini değiştirmen veya Nagios CGI "
"betiklerine ek kullanıcı ilave etmek için <application>apache2-"
"utils</application> paketinin bir parçası olan "
"<application>htpasswd</application> kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:58(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to change the password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> "
"user enter:"
msgstr ""
"Örneğin <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> kullanıcı şifresini değiştirmek "
"için girin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:63(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:66(para)
msgid "To add a user:"
msgstr "Bir kullanıcı eklemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:71(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>nagios-nrpe-"
"server</application> package. From a terminal on server02 enter:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'de <application>nagios-nrpe-"
"server</application> paketi yükleyin. Server02'de bulunan bir terminalden:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:80(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"<application>NRPE</application> allows you to execute local checks on remote "
"hosts. There are other ways of accomplishing this through other Nagios "
"plugins as well as other checks."
msgstr ""
"<application>NRPE</application>, uzak makinelerde yerel kontroller yürütmeni "
"sağlar. Nagios eklentilerinden başka bunu yapmanın başka yolları da vardır."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:92(title)
msgid "Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Görünüm Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of directories containing "
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration and check files."
msgstr ""
"<application>Nagios</application> yapılandırma ve kontrol dosyalarını içeren "
"birkaç dizin vardır."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: contains configuration files for the "
"operation of the <application>nagios</application> daemon, CGI files, hosts, "
"etc."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: <application>nagios</application> "
"programı, CGI dosyaları, makineler, vb. işlemler için yapılandırma "
"dosyalarını içerir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: houses configuration files for the "
"service checks."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: servis kontrolleri için "
"yapılandırma dosyalarını barındırır."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: on the remote host contains the "
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application> configuration files."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: uzak makinedeki <application>nagios-nrpe-"
"server</application> yapılandırma dosyalarını içerir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: where the check binaries are "
"stored. To see the options of a check use the <emphasis>-h</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: ikili verilerin depolandığı "
"yer. Kontrol seçimini görmek için <emphasis>-h</emphasis> seçeneğini "
"kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:121(para)
msgid "For example: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"
msgstr "Örneğin: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of checks <application>Nagios</application> can be "
"configured to execute for any given host. For this example Nagios will be "
"configured to check disk space, DNS, and a MySQL hostgroup. The DNS check "
"will be on <emphasis>server02</emphasis>, and the MySQL hostgroup will "
"include both <emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Bol miktarda bulunan <application>Nagios</application> kontrolleri verilen "
"herhangi makineyi yürütmek için yapılandırılabilir. Bu örnek için Nagios, "
"disk alanı, DNS, ve MySQL makine grubunu kontrol etmek için yapılandırılır. "
"DNS kontrolü <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'de olacak ve MySQL makine grubu "
"hem <emphasis>server01</emphasis> hem de <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'yi "
"içerecek."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:134(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> for details on setting up Apache, <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/> for DNS, and <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for MySQL."
msgstr ""
"Apache kurulum ayrıntıları için <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>, DNS için <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/> ve MySQL için <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>'e bakın"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:139(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, there are some terms that once explained will hopefully make "
"understanding Nagios configuration easier:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca Nagios yapılandırmayı daha kolay yapmak için daha önce açıklandığı "
"gibi bazı terimler vardır."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host</emphasis>: a server, workstation, network device, etc that "
"is being monitored."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Makine</emphasis>: bir sunucu, çalışma istasyonu, ağ aygıtı, vb. "
"ifade eder."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host Group</emphasis>: a group of similar hosts. For example, you "
"could group all web servers, file server, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Makine Grubu</emphasis>: makinelere benzer bir gruptur. Örneğin "
"tüm web sunucuları, dosya sunucuları, vb. gruplandırabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service</emphasis>: the service being monitored on the host. Such "
"as HTTP, DNS, NFS, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Servis</emphasis>: servis makinede gösterilir. HTTP, DNS, NFS, vb. "
"gibi."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:160(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service Group</emphasis>: allows you to group multiple services "
"together. This is useful for grouping multiple HTTP for example."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Servis Grubu</emphasis>: çok servisli grup oluşturmayı sağlar. "
"Örneğin bu çoklu HTTP gruplandırmada kullanışlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:166(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Contact</emphasis>: person to be notified when an event takes "
"place. Nagios can be configured to send emails, SMS messages, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bağlantı</emphasis>: bir olay meydana geldiğinde kişi "
"bilgilendirilir. Nagios, eposta, SMS mesaj, vb. göndermeyi yapılandırabilir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"By default Nagios is configured to check HTTP, disk space, SSH, current "
"users, processes, and load on the <emphasis>localhost</emphasis>. Nagios "
"will also <application>ping</application> check the "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Normalde Nagios, <emphasis>localhost</emphasis>'ta HTTP, disk alanı, SSH, "
"mevcut kullanıcılar, işlemleri kontrol etmek için yapılandırılır. Ayrıca "
"Nagios <application>ping</application> <emphasis>aç gecitini</emphasis> "
"kontrol eder."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"Large Nagios installations can be quite complex to configure. It is usually "
"best to start small, one or two hosts, get things configured the way you "
"like then expand."
msgstr ""
"Büyük Nagios yüklemesini yapılandırmak oldukça karmaşıktır. Bu genellikle "
"küçük bir veya iki makine başlatmak için en iyisidir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a <emphasis>host</emphasis> configuration file for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Unless otherwise specified, run all these "
"commands on <emphasis>server01</emphasis>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:199(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg \\ "
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"In the above and following command examples, replace "
"<emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the host names and IP addresses of "
"your servers."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıda ve aşağıdaki örnek komutlarda <emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> yerine sunucularının makine adlarını ve "
"IP adresleri yazınız."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:213(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>'yi düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:217(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"define host{\n"
"        use                     generic-host  ; Name of host template to "
"use\n"
"        host_name               server02\n"
"        alias                   Server 02\n"
"        address                 172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"# check DNS service.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             DNS\n"
"        check_command                   check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"Restart the <application>nagios</application> daemon to enable the new "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Nagios</application> programını yeni yapılandırmanın etkili "
"olması için yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:242(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:309(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:376(command)
msgid "sudo service nagios3 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a service definition for the MySQL check by adding the following to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi aşağıdakileri "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>'e koyarak "
"MySQL kontrolü için servis açıklaması ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:256(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# check MySQL servers.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        hostgroup_name        mysql-servers\n"
"        service_description   MySQL\n"
"        check_command         "
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
"        use                   generic-service\n"
"        notification_interval 0 ; set &gt; 0 if you want to be renotified\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:270(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup now needs to be defined. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:275(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# MySQL hostgroup.\n"
"define hostgroup {\n"
"        hostgroup_name  mysql-servers\n"
"                alias           MySQL servers\n"
"                members         localhost, server02\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# MySQL makine grubu.\n"
"define hostgroup {\n"
"        hostgroup_name  mysql-servers\n"
"                alias           MySQL servers\n"
"                members         localhost, server02\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"The Nagios check needs to authenticate to MySQL. To add a "
"<emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user to MySQL enter:"
msgstr ""
"Nagios kontrolü MySQL kimlik doğrulaması yapmalıdır. MySQL'e "
"<emphasis>nagios</emphasis> kullanıcısı eklemek için girin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:292(command)
msgid "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""
msgstr "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user will need to be added all hosts in the "
"<emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Nagios</emphasis> kullanıcısı <emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> "
"makine grubundaki tüm makinelere eklenmelidir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>nagios</application> to start checking the MySQL "
"servers."
msgstr ""
"MySQL sunucularının kontorünü başlatmak için "
"<application>nagios</application>'u yeniden başlatın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:319(para)
msgid ""
"Lastly configure NRPE to check the disk space on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Server02</emphasis>'deki disk alanını kontrol etmesi için son "
"olarak NRPE'yi yapılandırın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> add the service check to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis>'de servis kontrolünü "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>'ye ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:328(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# NRPE disk check.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                     generic-service\n"
"        host_name               server02\n"
"        service_description     nrpe-disk\n"
"        check_command           "
"check_nrpe_1arg!check_all_disks!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> edit "
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'de "
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> değişikliklerini düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:349(para)
msgid "And below in the command definition area add:"
msgstr "Ve aşağıdaki komut tanımlama alanını ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:353(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
"e\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
"e\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:360(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>'ı yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:365(command)
msgid "sudo service nagios-nrpe-server restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"Also, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> restart "
"<application>nagios</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <emphasis>server01</emphasis>'deki "
"<application>nagios</application>'u yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:384(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to see the host and service checks in the Nagios CGI "
"files. To access them point a browser to http://server01/nagios3. You will "
"then be prompted for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> username and "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Nagios CGI dosyalarındaki makine ve servis kontrolllerini "
"görebilmelisin. Onlara erişmek için web tarayıcısına http://server01/nagios3 "
"yazın. Ardından <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> kullanıcı adı ve şifresi "
"istenecektir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:394(para)
msgid ""
"This section has just scratched the surface of Nagios' features. The "
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> and <application>nagios-snmp-"
"plugins</application> contain many more service checks."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm Nagios'un özelliklerini sadece yüzeysel olarak işler. "
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> ve <application>nagios-snmp-"
"plugins</application> çok daha fazla servis içerir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink> website."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink> "
"sitesine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Online Documentation</ulink> "
"site."
msgstr ""
"Özellikle <ulink url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Online "
"Documentation</ulink> sitesi."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a list of <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">books</ulink> related to "
"Nagios and network monitoring:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">books</ulink>'un bir listesi "
"Nagios ve ağ gösterime aittir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:417(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Nagios3\">Nagios Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:426(title)
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:431(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Munin</application> on "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis><application>apache2</application> will need to "
"be installed. The default configuration is fine for running a "
"<application>munin</application> server. For more information see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Munin</application>'i <emphasis>server01</emphasis>'e "
"yüklemeden önce <application>apache2</application>'nin yüklenmesi gerekir. "
"Öntanımlı yapılandırma bir <application>munin</application> sunucu çalışması "
"için iyidir. Daha fazla bilgi için <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install "
"<application>munin</application>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <emphasis>server01</emphasis>'de <application>munin</application>'i "
"yüklemek için terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:442(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:445(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>munin-"
"node</application> package:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'de <application>munin-node</application> "
"paketini yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:450(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-node"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-node"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:457(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> edit the "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> adding the IP address for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis>'deki "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> dosyasını IP adresini "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>'ye ekleyerek düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:462(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"## First our \"normal\" host.\n"
"[server02]\n"
"       address 172.18.100.101\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"## İlk \"normal\" makinemiz.\n"
"[server02]\n"
"       address 172.18.100.101\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>server02</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the actual hostname and IP address "
"for your server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Server02</emphasis> ve <emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> yerine "
"sunucun için uygun olan makine adı ve IP adresi yazın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Edit <filename>/etc/munin/munin-"
"node.conf</filename> to allow access by <emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'deki <application>munin-"
"node</application>'yi yapılandırın. <emphasis>Server01</emphasis>'in "
"erişebilmesi için <filename>/etc/munin/munin-node.conf</filename>'i "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:480(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> with IP address for your "
"<application>munin</application> server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> yerine "
"<application>munin</application> sunucunun IP adresini yazın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:490(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi değişikliklerin etkili olması için <emphasis>server02</emphasis>'daki "
"<application>munin-node</application>'yi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:495(command)
msgid "sudo service munin-node restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, in a browser go to <emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis>, and "
"you should see links to nice graphs displaying information from the standard "
"<emphasis>munin-plugins</emphasis> for disk, network, processes, and system."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak bir tarayıcıda <emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis>'e gidin "
"ve disk, ağ, işlemciler ve sistem için standart <emphasis>munin-"
"plugins</emphasis>'den grafiksel olarak güzel bilgiler göreceksiniz."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:504(para)
msgid ""
"Since this is a new install it may take some time for the graphs to display "
"anything useful."
msgstr ""
"Bunu yeni yükleme olduğundan dolayı grafiksel olarak görünmesi için biraz "
"zaman geçmesi gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:511(title)
msgid "Additional Plugins"
msgstr "Fazla Eklentiler"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:513(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>munin-plugins-extra</application> package contains "
"performance checks additional services such as DNS, DHCP, Samba, etc. To "
"install the package, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>munin-plugins-extra</application> paketi, DNS, DHCP, Samba, vb. "
"gibi performans kontrol ek servislerini içerir. Paketi terminalden yüklemek "
"için girin:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:519(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:522(para)
msgid "Be sure to install the package on both the server and node machines."
msgstr ""
"Paketi hem sunucuya hem de düğüm makinelerine yüklediğinizden emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> "
"website for more details."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla ayrıntı için <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> websitesine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:537(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin "
"Documentation</ulink> page includes information on additional plugins, "
"writing plugins, etc."
msgstr ""
"Özellikle <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin "
"Documentation</ulink> sayfası fazla eklenti, yazım eklentisi, vb. hakkında "
"bilgi içerir."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:543(para)
msgid ""
"Also, there is a book in German by Open Source Press: <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&amp;backPID=178&amp;tt_prod"
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca Almanca olan Açık Kaynak Baskı kitabı vardır: <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&amp;backPID=178&amp;tt_prod"
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:11(title)
msgid "Email Services"
msgstr "EPosta Servisleri"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting an email from one person to another over a network or "
"the Internet involves many systems working together. Each of these systems "
"must be correctly configured for the process to work. The sender uses a "
"<emphasis>Mail User Agent</emphasis> (MUA), or email client, to send the "
"message through one or more <emphasis>Mail Transfer Agents</emphasis> (MTA), "
"the last of which will hand it off to a <emphasis>Mail Delivery "
"Agent</emphasis> (MDA) for delivery to the recipient's mailbox, from which "
"it will be retrieved by the recipient's email client, usually via a POP3 or "
"IMAP server."
msgstr ""
"Bir kişiden diğerine ağdan veya Internet eposta gönderme işlem birlikte "
"çalışan birçok sistem içerir. İşlemin çalışması için bu sistemlerin "
"herbirini doğru olarak yapılandırılması gerekir. Gönderici, mesajı bir veya "
"daha fazla  <emphasis>Posta Taşıma Aracı</emphasis> (MTA) ile göndermesi "
"için bir <emphasis>Posta Kullanıcı Aracı</emphasis> (MUA) veya eposta "
"istemci kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:22(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:837(application) serverguide/C/mail.xml:869(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:947(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1519(title)
msgid "Postfix"
msgstr "Postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"in Ubuntu. It attempts to be fast and easy to administer and secure. It is "
"compatible with the MTA <application>sendmail</application>. This section "
"explains how to install and configure <application>postfix</application>. It "
"also explains how to set it up as an SMTP server using a secure connection "
"(for sending emails securely)."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application>, Ubuntu'da öntanımlı Posta Taşıma Aracı "
"(MTA)'dır. Yönetim ve güvenlik için hızlı ve kolay işlem yapar. MTA "
"<application>sendmail</application> ile uyumludur. Bu "
"bölüm,<application>postfix</application>'in yüklenmesi ve yapılandırması ile "
"ilgilidir. Ayrıca onu, güvenli bağlantı kullanarak SMTP sunucu gibi nasıl "
"kuracağını açıklar. (Epostayı güvenli göndermek için)."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"This guide does not cover setting up Postfix <emphasis>Virtual "
"Domains</emphasis>, for information on Virtual Domains and other advanced "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm Postfix <emphasis>Sanal Alanlar</emphasis> ayarı ile ilgili "
"değildir. Sanal Alanlar ve diğer gelişmiş yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi "
"için <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>postfix</application> run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application>'i yüklemek için aşağıdaki komutu "
"çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:45(para)
msgid ""
"Simply press return when the installation process asks questions, the "
"configuration will be done in greater detail in the next stage."
msgstr ""
"Yükleme işlemi soru sorduğunda dön'e basın. Sonraki aşamada yapılandırma "
"büyük ayrıntılarla yapılacak."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:50(title)
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr "Temel Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:51(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>postfix</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application>'i yapılandırmak için şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:55(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:61(para)
msgid "Internet Site"
msgstr "Internet Sitesi"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:62(para)
msgid "mail.example.com"
msgstr "mail.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:63(para)
msgid "steve"
msgstr "yusuf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:64(para)
msgid "mail.example.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"
msgstr "mail.example.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:65(para)
msgid "No"
msgstr "Hayır"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:66(para)
msgid "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"
msgstr "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:67(para)
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:68(para)
msgid "+"
msgstr "+"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:69(para)
msgid "all"
msgstr "hepsi"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. On each screen, select the following "
"values: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı arayüzü görülecek. Her ekranda aşağıdaki değerleri seçin: "
"<placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"Replace mail.example.com with the domain for which you'll accept email, "
"192.168.0.0/24 with the actual network and class range of your mail server, "
"and steve with the appropriate username."
msgstr ""
"mail.example.com yerine eposta alacağın alanı, 192.168.0.0/24 yerine de var "
"olan ağı yazın. Ayrıca posta sunucu değeri and yusuf yerine de uygun "
"kullanıcı adı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"Now is a good time to decide which mailbox format you want to use. By "
"default Postfix will use <emphasis role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> for the "
"mailbox format. Rather than editing the configuration file directly, you can "
"use the <command>postconf</command> command to configure all "
"<application>postfix</application> parameters. The configuration parameters "
"will be stored in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> file. Later if "
"you wish to re-configure a particular parameter, you can either run the "
"command or change it manually in the file."
msgstr ""
"Şu an hangi posta kutusu biçimini kullanmaya karar vermenin tam zamanıdır. "
"Normalde Postfix, posta kutusu biçimi için <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> kullanır. Yapılandırma dosyasını doğrudan "
"düzenleme yerine, tüm <application>postfix</application> parametrelerini "
"yapılandırmak için, <command>postconf</command> komutunu kullanabilirsin. "
"Yapılandırma parametreleri <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> "
"dosyasında depolanır. Daha sonra eğer bir parametreyi özel olarak tekrar "
"yapılandırmak istersen ya komutu çalıştırın ya da dosyayı elle değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"To configure the mailbox format for <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Posta kutusu biçimini <emphasis role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis> için "
"yapılandırmak şu şekil olur:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:95(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:98(para)
msgid ""
"This will place new mail in /home/<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">username</emphasis>/Maildir so you will need to configure "
"your Mail Delivery Agent (MDA) to use the same path."
msgstr ""
"Bu,  /home/<emphasis role=\"italic\">kullanıcı adı</emphasis>/Maildir içinde "
"yeni bir posta oluşturacak. Böylece aynı konumu kullanmak için kendi Posta "
"Dağıtım Aracı (MDA) 'nı yapılandırmalısın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:106(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:550(title)
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr "SMTP Kimlik Doğrulama"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH allows a client to identify itself through an authentication "
"mechanism (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) should be used to encrypt "
"the authentication process. Once authenticated the SMTP server will allow "
"the client to relay mail."
msgstr ""
"SMTP-AUTH, istemciye, kimlik doğrulama mekanizması (SASL)'nı kullanarak "
"kendi kimlik doğrulaması yapmasını sağlar. Taşıma Katman Güvenliği (TLS) "
"kimlki doğrulama işlemini şifrelemesi için kullanılabilir. Kimlik "
"doğrulamadan önce SMTP sunucu, istemcinin posta göndermesini sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:115(para)
msgid "Configure Postfix for SMTP-AUTH using SASL (Dovecot SASL):"
msgstr ""
"SMTP-AUTH için SASL (Dovecot SASL) kullanarak Postfix'i Yapılandırma :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:118(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = \\\n"
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> configuration is a path relative to "
"the Postfix queue directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> yapılandırması Postfix sıra dizininin "
"göreceli konumudur."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Next, generate or obtain a digital certificate for TLS. See <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> for details. This example also uses "
"a Certificate Authority (CA). For information on generating a CA certificate "
"see <xref linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"MUAs connecting to your mail server via TLS will need to recognize the "
"certificate used for TLS. This can either be done using a certificate from a "
"commercial CA or with a self-signed certificate that users manually "
"install/accept. For MTA to MTA TLS certficates are never validated without "
"advance agreement from the affected organizations. For MTA to MTA TLS, "
"unless local policy requires it, there is no reason not to use a self-signed "
"certificate. Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-signed-certificate\"/> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a certificate, configure Postfix to provide TLS encryption for "
"both incoming and outgoing mail:"
msgstr ""
"Sertifika aldıktan sonra, hem gelen hem de giden postalar için TLS "
"şifrelemesini sağlaması için Postfix'i yapılandırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:154(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_security_level = may'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_security_level = may'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:166(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using your own <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> to sign "
"the certificate enter:"
msgstr ""
"Sertifikayı imzalamak için eğer kendiniz <emphasis>Sertifika "
"Sahibi</emphasis> iseniz şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:170(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"Again, for more details about certificates see <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
"and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Sertifikalar hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı için tekrar <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"After running all the commands, <application>Postfix</application> is "
"configured for SMTP-AUTH and a self-signed certificate has been created for "
"TLS encryption."
msgstr ""
"Bütün komutları çalıştırdıktan sonra SMTP-AUTH için "
"<application>Postfix</application> yapılandırılır ve TLS şifreleme için "
"kendi imzalı sertifika oluşturuldu."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Now, the file <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> should look like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:187(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# See /usr/share/postfix/main.cf.dist for a commented, more complete\n"
"# version\n"
"\n"
"smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name (Ubuntu)\n"
"biff = no\n"
"\n"
"# appending .domain is the MUA's job.\n"
"append_dot_mydomain = no\n"
"\n"
"# Uncomment the next line to generate \"delayed mail\" warnings\n"
"#delay_warning_time = 4h\n"
"\n"
"myhostname = server1.example.com\n"
"alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases\n"
"alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases\n"
"myorigin = /etc/mailname\n"
"mydestination = server1.example.com, localhost.example.com, localhost\n"
"relayhost =\n"
"mynetworks = 127.0.0.0/8\n"
"mailbox_command = procmail -a \"$EXTENSION\"\n"
"mailbox_size_limit = 0\n"
"recipient_delimiter = +\n"
"inet_interfaces = all\n"
"smtpd_sasl_local_domain =\n"
"smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes\n"
"smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous\n"
"broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes\n"
"smtpd_recipient_restrictions =\n"
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject _unauth_destination\n"
"smtpd_tls_auth_only = no\n"
"smtp_tls_security_level = may\n"
"smtpd_tls_security_level = may\n"
"smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/smtpd.key\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/smtpd.crt\n"
"smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1\n"
"smtpd_tls_received_header = yes\n"
"smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s\n"
"tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:188(para)
msgid ""
"The postfix initial configuration is complete. Run the following command to "
"restart the postfix daemon:"
msgstr ""
"Postfix'in ilk yapılandırması tamamlandı. Postfix programını yeniden "
"başlatmak için şu komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:235(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:354(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:417(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1046(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1628(command)
msgid "sudo service postfix restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:197(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> supports SMTP-AUTH as defined in <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. It is based on "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. However it "
"is still necessary to set up SASL authentication before you can use SMTP-"
"AUTH."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:207(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:614(title)
msgid "Configuring SASL"
msgstr "SASL'i Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"Postfix supports two SASL implementations Cyrus SASL and Dovecot SASL. To "
"enable Dovecot SASL the <application>dovecot-common</application> package "
"will need to be installed. From a terminal prompt enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"Postfix, Cyrus SASL ve Dovecot SASL adında iki uygulamayı destekler. Dovecot "
"SASL'ı etkinleştirmek için <application>dovecot-common</application> "
"paketinin yüklenmesi gerekir. Terminalen şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:214(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:257(para)
msgid ""
"Next you will need to edit <filename>/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-"
"master.conf</filename>. Change the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:260(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"service auth {\n"
"  # auth_socket_path points to this userdb socket by default. It's "
"typically\n"
"  # used by dovecot-lda, doveadm, possibly imap process, etc. Its default\n"
"  # permissions make it readable only by root, but you may need to relax "
"these\n"
"  # permissions. Users that have access to this socket are able to get a "
"list\n"
"  # of all usernames and get results of everyone's userdb lookups.\n"
"  unix_listener auth-userdb {\n"
"    #mode = 0600\n"
"    #user = \n"
"    #group = \n"
"  }\n"
"\n"
"  # Postfix smtp-auth\n"
"  unix_listener /var/spool/postfix/private/auth {\n"
"    mode = 0660\n"
"    user = postfix\n"
"    group = postfix\n"
"  }\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:281(para)
msgid ""
"In order to let <application>Outlook</application> clients use SMTP-AUTH, in "
"the <emphasis>authentication mechanisms</emphasis> section of "
"/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-auth.conf change this line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:286(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth_mechanisms = plain\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:290(para)
msgid "To this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:294(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth_mechanisms = plain login\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:253(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Dovecot</application> configured restart it with:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Dovecot</application> yapılandırmadan önce onu şununla yeniden "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:302(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:798(command)
msgid "sudo service dovecot restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:262(title)
msgid "Mail-Stack Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:264(para)
msgid ""
"Another option for configuring <application>Postfix</application> for SMTP-"
"AUTH is using the <application>mail-stack-delivery</application> package "
"(previously packaged as dovecot-postfix). This package will install "
"<application>Dovecot</application> and configure "
"<application>Postfix</application> to use it for both SASL authentication "
"and as a Mail Delivery Agent (MDA). The package also configures "
"<application>Dovecot</application> for IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, and POP3S."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"You may or may not want to run IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, or POP3S on your mail "
"server. For example, if you are configuring your server to be a mail "
"gateway, spam/virus filter, etc. If this is the case it may be easier to use "
"the above commands to configure Postfix for SMTP-AUTH."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:281(para)
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Paketi yüklemek için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:286(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mail-stack-delivery"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"You should now have a working mail server, but there are a few options that "
"you may wish to further customize. For example, the package uses the "
"certificate and key from the <application>ssl-cert</application> package, "
"and in a production environment you should use a certificate and key "
"generated for the host. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Şu an çalışan bir posta sunucun var. Fakat onu daha iyileştirmek istiyorsan "
"birkaç seçenek vardır. Örneğin, paket sertifika ve anahtarı, "
"<application>ssl-cert</application> paketinden kullanır ve ürün ortamında "
"makine için oluşturulan bir sertifika ve anahtar kullanabilirsin. Daha fazla "
"ayrıntı için <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a customized certificate and key for the host, change the "
"following options in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Makine için serfitika ve anahtarını düzenledikten sonra "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>'deki aşağıdaki seçenekleri "
"değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:299(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:304(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix:"
msgstr "Sonra Postfix'i yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:315(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH configuration is complete. Now it is time to test the setup."
msgstr ""
"SMTP-AUTH yapılandırması tamamlandı. Şimdi kurulumu test etme vaktidir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:318(para)
msgid "To see if SMTP-AUTH and TLS work properly, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"SMTP-AUTH ve TLS'nin düzgün çalışıp, çalışmadığını görmek için aşağıdaki "
"komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:323(command)
msgid "telnet mail.example.com 25"
msgstr "telnet mail.example.com 25"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:325(para)
msgid ""
"After you have established the connection to the postfix mail server, type:"
msgstr "Postfix posta sunucusuna bağlandıktan sonra şunu yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:329(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"If you see the following lines among others, then everything is working "
"perfectly. Type <command>quit</command> to exit."
msgstr ""
"Eğer diğerlerinden faklı olarak şöyle satır görürseniz her şey mükemmel "
"çalışıyor demektir. Çıkmak için <command>quit</command> yazın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:336(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250 8BITMIME\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250 8BITMIME\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:346(para)
msgid ""
"This section introduces some common ways to determine the cause if problems "
"arise."
msgstr ""
"Bo bölüm, problemlerin nedenlerini tanımlamak için birkaç temel yol gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:350(title)
msgid "Escaping chroot"
msgstr "chroot kaçışı"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:351(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu <application>postfix</application> package will by default "
"install into a <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> environment for security reasons. "
"This can add greater complexity when troubleshooting problems."
msgstr ""
"Normalde güvenlik sebeplerinden dolayı Ubuntu "
"<application>postfix</application> paketi bir <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> "
"ortamı içine yüklenir. Bu, problem oluştuğunda daha karmaşık olarak "
"ekleyebilir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"To turn off the chroot operation locate for the following line in the "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"chroot işlemini iptal etmek için aşağıdaki satırları "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> yapılandırma dosyasına "
"yerleştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:359(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:362(para)
msgid "and modify it as follows:"
msgstr "ve şu şekilde onu düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:365(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       n       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       n       -       -       smtpd\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"You will then need to restart Postfix to use the new configuration. From a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ardından yeni yapılandırmayı kullanmak için Postfix'i yeniden başlatmanız "
"gerekir. Terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:421(title)
msgid "Smtps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:422(para)
msgid ""
"If you need smtps, edit <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> and "
"uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:425(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtps     inet  n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
"  -o smtpd_tls_wrappermode=yes\n"
"  -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes\n"
"  -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject\n"
"  -o milter_macro_daemon_name=ORIGINATING\n"
"\t  "
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:376(title)
msgid "Log Files"
msgstr "Kaydı Dosyaları"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> sends all log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. However error and warning messages "
"can sometimes get lost in the normal log output so they are also logged to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> and "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename> respectively."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> tüm kayıt mesajlarının "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>'a gönderir. Yine de hata ve uyarı "
"mesajları bazen normal kayıttan kaybolabilir. Bu yüzden ayrıca sırasıyla "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> ve "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename>'a da kaydedilirler."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"To see messages entered into the logs in real time you can use the "
"<application>tail -f</application> command:"
msgstr ""
"Gerçek zamanda kayıtların içindeki mesajları görmek için <application>tail -"
"f</application> komutunu kullanabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:387(command)
msgid "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"
msgstr "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"The amount of detail that is recorded in the logs can be increased. Below "
"are some configuration options for increasing the log level for some of the "
"areas covered above."
msgstr ""
"Kayıtların içindeki ayrıntıların miktarı artabilir. Yukarıda bahsedilen "
"alanların bazılarının artışı için birkaç yapılandırma seçeneği aşağıda "
"bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:395(para)
msgid ""
"To increase <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> activity logging set the "
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> option to a value from 1 to 4."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>TLS</emphasis> aktif kaydını arttırmak için "
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> seçeneğini 1'den 4'e kadar bir "
"değerle ayarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:399(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:403(para)
msgid ""
"If you are having trouble sending or receiving mail from a specific domain "
"you can add the domain to the <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis> parameter."
msgstr ""
"Özel bir alanda posta gönderme ve alma ile ilgili endişelerin varsa, alanı "
"<emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis> parametresine ekleyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:408(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:412(para)
msgid ""
"You can increase the verbosity of any <application>Postfix</application> "
"daemon process by editing the <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> "
"and adding a <emphasis>-v</emphasis> after the entry. For example edit the "
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Herhangi <application>Postfix</application> program işleminden gereksiz "
"olanları arttırmak için <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>'yi "
"düzenleyin ve girişten sonra bir <emphasis>-v</emphasis> ekleyin. Örneğin "
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> girişini düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:416(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      unix  -       -       -       -       -       smtp -v\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp      unix  -       -       -       -       -       smtp -v\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:480(para)
msgid ""
"It is important to note that after making one of the logging changes above "
"the <application>Postfix</application> process will need to be reloaded in "
"order to recognize the new configuration: <command>sudo service postfix "
"reload</command>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:487(para)
msgid ""
"To increase the amount of information logged when troubleshooting "
"<emphasis>SASL</emphasis> issues you can set the following options in "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-logging.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:433(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth_debug=yes\n"
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auth_debug=yes\n"
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"Just like <application>Postfix</application> if you change a "
"<application>Dovecot</application> configuration the process will need to be "
"reloaded: <command>sudo service dovecot reload</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"Some of the options above can drastically increase the amount of information "
"sent to the log files. Remember to return the log level back to normal after "
"you have corrected the problem. Then reload the appropriate daemon for the "
"new configuration to take affect."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki seçeneklerin bazıları zorlayıcı bir şekilde arttırılabilir. Bilgi "
"miktarı kayıt dosyalarına gönderilir. Problemi düzelttikten sonra kayıt "
"seviyesini normal haline geri döndürmeyi unutma. Ardından yeni "
"yapılandırmanın etkili olması için uygun programı tekrar yükle."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"Administering a <application>Postfix</application> server can be a very "
"complicated task. At some point you may need to turn to the Ubuntu community "
"for more experienced help."
msgstr ""
"Bir <application>Postfix</application> sunucu yönetme çok karmaşık bir görev "
"olabilir. Bazı noktalarda daha tecrübeli Ubuntu topluluklarıyla iletişime "
"geçmen gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>Postfix</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. You can also post a message to "
"one of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/community/webforums\">Web Forums</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> yardım alma için mükemmel bir yer <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>'de <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"tr</emphasis> IRC kanalındaki Ubuntu Türkiye topluluğudur. Ayrıca <ulink "
"url=\"http://forum.ubuntu-tr.org/index.php\">Ubuntu Türkiye Forum</ulink>'a "
"bir ileti gönderebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth <application>Postfix</application> information Ubuntu "
"developers highly recommend: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The "
"Book of Postfix</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Derin <application>Postfix</application> bilgisi için Ubuntu geliştiricileri "
"şunu tavsiye eder: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The Book of "
"Postfix</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> website "
"also has great documentation on all the different configuration options "
"available."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> websitesi "
"kullanılabilir tüm farklı yapılandırma seçimleri için müthiş bir belgeye "
"sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Postfix\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Postfix</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:479(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:875(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:991(title)
msgid "Exim4"
msgstr "Exim4"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:480(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is another Message Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"developed at the University of Cambridge for use on Unix systems connected "
"to the Internet. Exim can be installed in place of "
"<application>sendmail</application>, although the configuration of "
"<application>exim</application> is quite different to that of "
"<application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application>, Cambridge Üniversitesi tarafından, Unix "
"sistemlerde Internete bağlanmak için geliştirilen diğer Posta Taşıma Aracı "
"(MTA)'dır. Exim <application>sendmail</application>'e yüklenebilir. "
"<application>Exim</application>'in yapısı "
"<application>sendmail</application>'inkinden oldukça farklıdır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:491(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>exim4</application>, run the following command: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application>'ü yüklemek için aşağıdaki komutu "
"çalıştırın:<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:500(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Exim4</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application>'ü yapılandırmak için aşağıdakileri "
"çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:504(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. The user interface lets you configure "
"many parameters. For example, In <application>Exim4</application> the "
"configuration files are split among multiple files. If you wish to have them "
"in one file you can configure accordingly in this user interface."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı arayüzü görüntülenecek. Bu arayüz birçok parametreyi "
"yapılandırmanı sağlar. Örneğin <application>Exim4</application>'deki "
"yapılandırma dosyaları çoklu dosyalara bölünür. Eğer onları bir dosyada "
"almak istiyorsan bu arayüzde düzenli olarak yapılandırabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:514(para)
msgid ""
"All the parameters you configure in the user interface are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> file. If you wish to re-"
"configure, either you re-run the configuration wizard or manually edit this "
"file using your favorite editor. Once you configure, you can run the "
"following command to generate the master configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:525(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:609(command)
msgid "sudo update-exim4.conf"
msgstr "sudo update-exim4.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"The master configuration file, is generated and it is stored in "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ana (master) yapılandırma dosyası oluşturulup "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>'da depolanır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:533(para)
msgid ""
"At any time, you should not edit the master configuration file, "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename> manually. It is "
"updated automatically every time you run <command>update-exim4.conf</command>"
msgstr ""
"Her hangi bir zamanda ana yapılandırma dosyası "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>'ı elle "
"düzenleyemezsin. Bu dosya, <command>update-exim4.conf</command>'i "
"çalıştırdığın zaman otomatik olarak güncellenir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:541(para)
msgid ""
"You can run the following command to start <application>Exim4</application> "
"daemon."
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application> programını başlatmak için aşağıdaki komutu "
"çalıştırabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:604(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1056(command)
msgid "sudo service exim4 start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:551(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Exim4 to use SMTP-AUTH with TLS and SASL."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm SMTP-AUTH'i TLS ve SASL ile kullanarak Exim4'ü yapılandırmayı "
"kapsar."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:554(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to create a certificate for use with TLS. Enter the "
"following into a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"İlk adım TLS kullanarak bir sertifika oluşturmaktır. Aşağıdakini bir "
"terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:558(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"
msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:560(para)
msgid ""
"Now Exim4 needs to be configured for TLS by editing "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename> add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Exim4'ün <filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-"
"config_tlsoptions</filename>'ye aşağıdaki eklenip, düzenlenerek TLS için "
"yapılandırılması gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:564(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:567(para)
msgid ""
"Next you need to configure <application>Exim4</application> to use the "
"<application>saslauthd</application> for authentication. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename> and "
"uncomment the <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> sections:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra kimlik doğrulama için <application>saslauthd</application>'e "
"kullanarak <application>Exim4</application>'ü yapılandırman gerekir. "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename>'ı "
"düzenleyin ve <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> bölümlerini açıklamasız bırakın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:572(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = PLAIN\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth2\n"
"   server_prompts = :\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
"#\n"
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = LOGIN\n"
"   server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
"   # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth1\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = PLAIN\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth2\n"
"   server_prompts = :\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
"#\n"
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = LOGIN\n"
"   server_prompts = \"Kullanıcı Adı: : Şifre::\"\n"
"   # şifresiz bağlantılar üzerinden sistem şifrenizi göndermeyin\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth1\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:594(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, in order for outside mail client to be able to connect to new "
"exim server, new user needs to be added into exim by using the following "
"commands."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:656(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-adduser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:600(para)
msgid ""
"Users should protect the new exim password files with the following commands."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:602(command)
msgid "sudo chown root:Debian-exim /etc/exim4/passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:603(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 640 /etc/exim4/passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:605(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Exim4 configuration and restart the service:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, Exim4 yapılandırmasını güncelleyin ve servisi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:668(command)
msgid "sudo service exim4 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:615(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides details on configuring the saslauthd to provide "
"authentication for <application>Exim4</application>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm saslauthd yapılandırmasındaki <application>Exim4</application> "
"kimlik doğrulamayı sağlaması için ayrıntıkları içerir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:618(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the sasl2-bin package. From a terminal prompt "
"enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"İlk adım sasl2-bin paketi yüklemektir. Terminalden aşağıdakini girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:622(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:624(para)
msgid ""
"To configure saslauthd edit the /etc/default/saslauthd configuration file "
"and set START=no to:"
msgstr ""
"saslauthd'i yapılandırmak için /etc/default/saslauthd yapılandırma dosyasını "
"düzenleyin ve START=no yu şöyle ayarlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:630(para)
msgid ""
"Next the <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> user needs to be part of the "
"<emphasis>sasl</emphasis> group in order for Exim4 to use the saslauthd "
"service:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> kullanıcısının, Exim4'ün saslauthd "
"servisini kullandığı müddetçe, <emphasis>sasl</emphasis> grubunun bir "
"parçası olması gerekir:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:635(command)
msgid "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"
msgstr "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:637(para)
msgid "Now start the <application>saslauthd</application> service:"
msgstr "Şimdi <application>saslauthd</application> servisini başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:699(command)
msgid "sudo service saslauthd start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:643(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is now configured with SMTP-AUTH using TLS "
"and SASL authentication."
msgstr ""
"Şu an <application>Exim4</application>, SMTP-AUTH'i TLS ve SASL kimlik "
"doğrulaması ile kullanarak yapılandırıldı."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:652(para)
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> "
"'a bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"There is also an <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-mail-"
"server\">Exim4 Book</ulink> available."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca kullanılabilir bir <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-"
"smtp-mail-server\">Exim4 Book</ulink>'u vardır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:662(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Exim4\">Exim4 Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Diğer kaynak <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Exim4\">Exim4 "
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> sayfasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:671(title)
msgid "Dovecot Server"
msgstr "Dovecot Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:672(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Dovecot</application> is a Mail Delivery Agent, written with "
"security primarily in mind. It supports the major mailbox formats: mbox or "
"Maildir. This section explain how to set it up as an imap or pop3 server."
msgstr ""
"<application>Dovecot</application>, belleğinde öncelikle güvenlikli yazılan "
"bir Posta Dağıtım Aracı (MDA)'dır. Bu, büyük posta kutusu biçimlerini "
"destekler: mbox veya Maildir. Bu bölüm onun bir imap veya pop3 sunucu olarak "
"nasıl kurulacağını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>dovecot</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Dovecot</application>'u yüklemek için komut satırına "
"aşağıdakini yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:685(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:690(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application>, you can edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. You can choose the protocol "
"you use. It could be pop3, pop3s (pop3 secure), imap and imaps (imap "
"secure). A description of these protocols is beyond the scope of this guide. "
"For further information, refer to the Wikipedia articles on <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
"link>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Dovecot</application>'u yapılandırmak için "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyebilirsin. "
"Kullanacağın iletişim kuralını seçebilirsin. O, pop3, pop3s (pop3 güvenlik), "
"imap ve imaps (imap güvenlik) olabilir. Bu iletişim kurallarının açıklaması "
"bu kılavuz kapsamının dışındadır. Daha fazla bilgi için Vikipedi'deki <ulink "
"url=\"http://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> ve <ulink "
"url=\"http://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imap\">IMAP</ulink> maddelerine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:700(para)
msgid ""
"IMAPS and POP3S are more secure that the simple IMAP and POP3 because they "
"use SSL encryption to connect. Once you have chosen the protocol, amend the "
"following line in the file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"IMAPS ve POP3S, basit IMAP ve POP3'ün daha güvenli biçimidir. Çünkü bunlar "
"bağlantı için SSL şifrelemesi kullanır. İletişim kuralını seçtikten sonra, "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> dosyasındaki aşağıdaki satırı "
"değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:706(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:767(para)
msgid ""
"Next, choose the mailbox you would like to use. "
"<application>Dovecot</application> supports <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> formats. These are the most commonly used "
"mailbox formats. They both have their own benefits and are discussed on "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki2.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">the Dovecot web "
"site</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:775(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen your mailbox type, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-mail.conf</filename> and change the "
"following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:722(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (for maildir)\n"
"or\n"
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (for mbox)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (maildir için)\n"
"or\n"
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (mbox için)\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:728(para)
msgid ""
"You should configure your Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to transfer the "
"incoming mail to this type of mailbox if it is different from the one you "
"have configured."
msgstr ""
"Gelen postaları, eğer yapılandırdığından farklı ise, posta kutusunun bu "
"türüne taşıması için Posta Taşıma Aracı (MTA)'nı yapılandırabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured dovecot, restart the "
"<application>dovecot</application> daemon in order to test your setup:"
msgstr ""
"Dovecot'u yapılandırdıktan sonra, kurulumunu test etmek için "
"<application>dovecot</application> programını yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:743(para)
msgid ""
"If you have enabled imap, or pop3, you can also try to log in with the "
"commands <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> or <command>telnet "
"localhost imap2</command>. If you see something like the following, the "
"installation has been successful:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer imap veya pop3'ü aktifleştirdiyseniz, ayrıca <command>telnet localhost "
"pop3</command> veya <command>telnet localhost imap2</command> komutlarıyla "
"giriş yapmaya çalışabilirsiniz. Aşağıdaki gibi bir şey görürseniz yükleme "
"başarılı olmuştur:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:750(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
"127.0.0.1... deneniyor\n"
"localhost.localdomain'e bağlandı.\n"
"Escape karakteri '^]' dir.\n"
"+OK Dovecot hazır.\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:759(title)
msgid "Dovecot SSL Configuration"
msgstr "Dovecot SSL Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:818(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application> to use SSL, you can edit the "
"file <filename>/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-ssl.conf</filename> and amend "
"following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:830(para)
msgid ""
"You can get the SSL certificate from a Certificate Issuing Authority or you "
"can create self signed SSL certificate. The latter is a good option for "
"email, because SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
"certificates\". Please refer to <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
"security\"/> for details about how to create self signed SSL certificate. "
"Once you create the certificate, you will have a key file and a certificate "
"file. Please copy them to the location pointed in the "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-ssl.conf</filename> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:786(title)
msgid "Firewall Configuration for an Email Server"
msgstr "Eposta Sunucu için Ateş Çemberi Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:792(para)
msgid "IMAP - 143"
msgstr "IMAP - 143"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:793(para)
msgid "IMAPS - 993"
msgstr "IMAPS - 993"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:794(para)
msgid "POP3 - 110"
msgstr "POP3 - 110"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:795(para)
msgid "POP3S - 995"
msgstr "POP3S - 995"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:787(para)
msgid ""
"To access your mail server from another computer, you must configure your "
"firewall to allow connections to the server on the necessary ports. "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Diğer bilgisayardan kendi posta sunucuna erişebilmek için gerekli "
"yuvalardaki sunucu bağlantılarını sağlamak için ateş çemberini "
"yapılandırmalısın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot website</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot "
"websitesine</ulink> bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:809(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Dovecot\">Dovecot "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Dovecot\">Dovecot "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfasında daha fazla ayrıntı bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:818(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:893(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1116(title)
msgid "Mailman"
msgstr "Mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:819(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman is an open source program for managing electronic mail discussions "
"and e-newsletter lists. Many open source mailing lists (including all the "
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu mailing lists</ulink>) use "
"Mailman as their mailing list software. It is powerful and easy to install "
"and maintain."
msgstr ""
"Mailman, elektronik posta düzenini yöneten açık kaynaklı bir programdır. "
"Birçok açık kaynak posta listeleri (tüm <ulink "
"url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\"> Ubuntu posta listeleri</ulink> dahil) "
"Mailman'ı kendi posta liste yazılımı gibi kullanır. Kullanımı yüklemesi "
"kolay ve güçlüdür. and maintain."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:829(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web interface for the administrators and users, using an "
"external mail server to send and receive emails. It works perfectly with the "
"following mail servers:"
msgstr ""
"Mailman yönetici ve kullanıcılar için, e-postalar göndermek ve almak için "
"harici posta sunucu kullanarak bir web arayüzü sağlar. Aşağıdaki posta "
"sunucularında mükemmel olarak çalışır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:840(application)
msgid "Exim"
msgstr "Exim"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:843(application)
msgid "Sendmail"
msgstr "Sendmail"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:846(application)
msgid "Qmail"
msgstr "Qmail"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:851(para)
msgid ""
"We will see how to install and configure Mailman with, the Apache web "
"server, and either the Postfix or Exim mail server. If you wish to install "
"Mailman with a different mail server, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""
"Apache web sunucu ve hem Postfix hem de Exim posta sunucu ile Mailman'ın "
"nasıl yüklenip, yapılandırıldığını göreceğiz. Eğer Mailman'ı farklı bir "
"posta sunucu ile yüklemek istersen, lütfen tercihler seçeneğine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"You only need to install one mail server and "
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Ubuntu Mail Transfer Agent."
msgstr ""
"Sadece bir posta sunucu yüklemen gerekir ve "
"<application>Postfix</application>, öntanımlı Ubuntu Posta Taşıma Aracıdır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:863(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:920(title)
msgid "Apache2"
msgstr "Apache2"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:864(para)
msgid ""
"To install apache2 you refer to <xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> for "
"details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:870(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on installing and configuring Postfix refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Postfix ile ilgili yükleme ve yapılandırma yönergeleri için <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:876(para)
msgid "To install Exim4 refer to <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."
msgstr "Exim4'ü yüklemek için <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:879(para)
msgid ""
"Once exim4 is installed, the configuration files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory. In Ubuntu, by default, the exim4 "
"configuration files are split across different files. You can change this "
"behavior by changing the following variable in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:886(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dc_use_split_config='true'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:894(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>Mailman</application>, run following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Mailman</application>'i yüklemek için terminalden aşağıdakini "
"çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:898(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mailman"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:900(para)
msgid ""
"It copies the installation files in "
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application> directory. It installs the CGI "
"scripts in <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> directory. It "
"creates <emphasis>list</emphasis> linux user. It creates the "
"<emphasis>list</emphasis> linux group. The mailman process will be owned by "
"this user."
msgstr ""
"Bu, <application>/var/lib/mailman</application> dizinindeki dosyaları "
"kopyalar. CGI betiklerini <application>/usr/lib/cgi-"
"bin/mailman</application> dizinine yükler. Linux kullanıcı "
"<emphasis>listesini</emphasis> oluşturur. Linux gruplarının "
"<emphasis>listesini</emphasis> oluşturur. Mailman işlemi bu kullanıcı "
"tarafından sahiplenir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:912(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have successfully installed "
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application>, and "
"<application>postfix</application> or <application>exim4</application>. Now "
"you just need to configure them."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm <application>mailman</application>, "
"<application>apache2</application>, <application>postfix</application> veya "
"<application>exim4</application>'ü başarılı bir şekilde yüklediğini "
"varsayar. Şimdi sadece onları yapılandırman gerekir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"An example Apache configuration file comes with "
"<application>Mailman</application> and is placed in "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. In order for Apache to use "
"the config file it needs to be copied to <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Örnek bir yapılandırma dosyası <application>Mailman</application> ile gelir "
"ve <filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>'de bulunur. Apache'nin bu "
"dosyayı kullanması için onun <filename>/etc/apache2/sites- "
"available</filename>'e kopyalanması gerekir:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:927(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:929(para)
msgid ""
"This will setup a new Apache <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> for the "
"Mailman administration site. Now enable the new configuration and restart "
"Apache:"
msgstr ""
"Bu, Mailman yönetim sitesi için yeni bir Apache <emphasis>Sanal Makine "
"</emphasis> kuracak. Şimdi Apache'yi yeniden başlatarak yeni yapılandırmayı "
"etkinleştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:934(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:937(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman uses apache2 to render its CGI scripts. The mailman CGI scripts are "
"installed in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> "
"directory. So, the mailman url will be http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/. You "
"can make changes to the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mailman.conf</filename> file if you wish to change this behavior."
msgstr ""
"Mailman, Apache2'yi CGI betiklerini açıklaması için kullanır. Mailman CGI "
"betikleri <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> dizinine "
"yüklenir. Bu yüzden mailman url'si http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/ olur. Bu "
"durumu değiştirmek istiyorsan <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mailman.conf</filename> dosyasında değişiklik yapabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:948(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, we will associate the "
"domain lists.example.com with the mailing lists. Please replace "
"<emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> with the domain of your choosing."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> eşleşmesi için, lists.example.com alanı "
"ile işbirliği yapacağız. Lütfen <emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> "
"yerine istediğin alanı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:952(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the postconf command to add the necessary configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Gerekli yapılandırmayı <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>'ye eklemek "
"için postconf komutunu kullanabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:956(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:957(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:958(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> double check that you have "
"the following transport:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>'de aşağıdaki dönüşümlere sahip "
"olduğunu anlamak için iki kez kontrol edin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:963(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mailman   unix  -       n       n       -       -       pipe\n"
"  flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
"  ${nexthop} ${user}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"mailman   unix  -       n       n       -       -       pipe\n"
"  flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
"  ${nexthop} ${user}\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"It calls the <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> script when a mail "
"is delivered to a list."
msgstr ""
"Bu, bir posta listeye iletildiğinde <emphasis>postfix-to-"
"mailman.py</emphasis> betiğini çağırır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:971(para)
msgid ""
"Associate the domain lists.example.com to the Mailman transport with the "
"transport map. Edit the file <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"lists.example.com alanının Mailman'e dönüşüm haritası ile dönüşmesi için "
"onunla işbirliği yap. <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename> dosyasını "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:974(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"lists.example.com      mailman:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"lists.example.com      mailman:\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:977(para)
msgid ""
"Now have <application>Postfix</application> build the transport map by "
"entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi terminaldeç şunu girerek <application>Postfix</application> dönüşüm "
"haritasını oluşturur:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:981(command)
msgid "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"
msgstr "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:983(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix to enable the new configurations:"
msgstr ""
"Ardından yeni yapılandırmanın etkinleşmesi için Postfix'i yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:992(para)
msgid ""
"Once Exim4 is installed, you can start the Exim server using the following "
"command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Exim4 yüklendikten sonra terminalden aşağıdaki komutu kullanarak Exim'i "
"başlatabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1008(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1023(title)
msgid "Main"
msgstr "Ana"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1011(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1063(title)
msgid "Transport"
msgstr "Dönüşüm"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1014(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1086(title)
msgid "Router"
msgstr "Yönlendirici"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:999(para)
msgid ""
"In order to make mailman work with Exim4, you need to configure Exim4. As "
"mentioned earlier, by default, Exim4 uses multiple configuration files of "
"different types. For details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink> web site. To run mailman, we should "
"add new a configuration file to the following configuration types: "
"<placeholder-1/> Exim creates a master configuration file by sorting all "
"these mini configuration files. So, the order of these configuration files "
"is very important."
msgstr ""
"Mailman işini Exim4 ile yapmak için, Exim4'ü yapılandırmalısın. Daha önce "
"bahsedildiği gibi, normalde Exim4, farklı türlerde çoklu yapılandırma "
"dosyaları kullanır. Ayrıntılar için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink> web sitesine bakınız. Mailman'i "
"çalıştırmak için aşağıdaki yapılandırma türlerine yeni bir yapılandırma "
"dosyası ekleyeceğiz: <placeholder-1/> Exim, bütün bu küçük yapılandırma "
"dosyalarını alarak ana bir yapılandırma dosyası oluşturur. Bu yüzden bu "
"yapılandırma dosyaları çok önemlidir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1030(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# start\n"
"# Home dir for your Mailman installation -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
"# directory.\n"
"# On Ubuntu this should be \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
"# This is normally the same as ~mailman\n"
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# User and group for Mailman, should match your --with-mail-gid\n"
"# switch to Mailman's configure script.  Value is normally \"mailman\"\n"
"MM_UID=list\n"
"MM_GID=list\n"
"#\n"
"# Domains that your lists are in - colon separated list\n"
"# you may wish to add these into local_domains as well\n"
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
"#\n"
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
"#\n"
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
"# end\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Mailma\n"
"# yükleme için ev dizinini başlatın -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
"# directory.\n"
"# Ubuntuda bu \"/var/lib/mailman\" olabilir\n"
"# Bu, ~mailman gibi normaldir\n"
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# Mailman için kullanıcı ve grup, senin --with-mail-gid ile eşleşebilir\n"
"# Mailman'in yapılandırma betiğini çalıştırın.  Değer normalde \"mailman "
"dir\"\n"
"MM_UID=list\n"
"MM_GID=list\n"
"#\n"
"# Alanlar listelenir - parantezle ayrılır\n"
"# bunları local_domains içine ekleyebilirsin\n"
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
"#\n"
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
"#\n"
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
"# end\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1024(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to the main type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file, named <filename>04_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Ana türe ait olan tüm yapılandırma dosyaları "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename> dizininde depolanır. Aşağıdaki "
"içerikleri <filename>04_exim4-config_mailman</filename> adında yeni bir "
"dosyaya ekleyebilirsiniz: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1070(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_transport:\n"
"   driver = pipe\n"
"   command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
"               '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
"                     {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
"\\\n"
"                     {post}}' \\\n"
"               $local_part\n"
"    current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    user = MM_UID\n"
"    group = MM_GID\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  mailman_transport:\n"
"   driver = pipe\n"
"   command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
"               '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
"                     {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
"\\\n"
"                     {post}}' \\\n"
"               $local_part\n"
"    current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    user = MM_UID\n"
"    group = MM_GID\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1064(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to transport type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file named <filename> 40_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Ulaşım türene ait olan tüm yapılandırma dosyaları "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename> dizininde depolanır. "
"Aşağıdaki içerikleri <filename>40_exim4-config_mailman</filename> adında "
"yeni bir dosyaya ekleyebilirsiniz: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1091(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_router:\n"
"   driver = accept\n"
"   require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
"   local_part_suffix_optional\n"
"   local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
"                       -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
"                       -owner : -request : -admin\n"
"   transport = mailman_transport\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  mailman_router:\n"
"   driver = accept\n"
"   require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
"   local_part_suffix_optional\n"
"   local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
"                       -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
"                       -owner : -request : -admin\n"
"   transport = mailman_transport\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1087(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to router type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content in to a new file named <filename>101_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Yönlendirici türe ait olan tüm yapılandırma dosyaları "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename> dizininde depolanır. "
"Aşağıdaki içerikleri <filename>101_exim4-config_mailman</filename> adında "
"yeni bir dosyaya ekleyebilirsiniz: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1104(para)
msgid ""
"The order of main and transport configuration files can be in any order. "
"But, the order of router configuration files must be the same. This "
"particular file must appear before the <application>200_exim4-"
"config_primary</application> file. These two configuration files contain "
"same type of information. The first file takes the precedence. For more "
"details, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""
"Ana ve ulaşım yapılandırma dosyaları herhangi sırada olabilir. Fakat, "
"yönlendirici yapılandırma dosyaları aynı olmalıdır. Bu özel dosya, "
"<application>200_exim4-config_primary</application> dosyasından önce ortaya "
"çıkmalıdır. Bu iki yapılandırma dosyaları aynı bilgi türünü içerir. İlk "
"dosya öncelik sırasını belirler. Daha fazla bilgi için lütfen kaynaklar "
"bölümüne bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1117(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you can run it using the following command:"
msgstr ""
"mailman yüklendiktan sonra, aşağıdaki komutu kullanarak onu "
"çalıştırabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1180(command)
msgid "sudo service mailman start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1123(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you should create the default mailing list. Run "
"the following command to create the mailing list:"
msgstr ""
"mailman yüklendikten sonra, mevcut posta listesini oluşturun. Posta "
"listesini oluşturmak için aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1129(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"
msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1132(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  Enter the email address of the person running the list: bhuvan at "
"ubuntu.com\n"
"  Initial mailman password:\n"
"  To finish creating your mailing list, you must edit your "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (or\n"
"  equivalent) file by adding the following lines, and possibly running the\n"
"  `newaliases' program:\n"
"\n"
"  ## mailman mailing list\n"
"  mailman:              \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-admin:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-bounces:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-confirm:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-join:         \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-leave:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-owner:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-request:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-subscribe:    \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-unsubscribe:  \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"\n"
"  Hit enter to notify mailman owner...\n"
"\n"
"  # \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  Listede çalışan kişinin e-posta adresinin girin: bhuvan at ubuntu.com\n"
"  İlk mailman şifresi:\n"
"  Posta listenin oluşturmayı bitirmek içint, "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (veya eşdeğer) dosyayı,\n"
"  aşağıdaki satırları ekleyerek düzenlemeli ve `newaliases' programını "
"çalıştırmalısın:\n"
"\n"
"  ## mailman posta listesi\n"
"  mailman:              \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-admin:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-bounces:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-confirm:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-join:         \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-leave:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-owner:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-request:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-subscribe:    \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-unsubscribe:  \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"\n"
"  mailman sahibine bildirmek için enter'a bas...\n"
"\n"
"  # \n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1155(para)
msgid ""
"We have configured either Postfix or Exim4 to recognize all emails from "
"mailman. So, it is not mandatory to make any new entries in "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. If you have made any changes to the "
"configuration files, please ensure that you restart those services before "
"continuing to next section."
msgstr ""
"mailman'daki tüm e-postaları tanımak için hem Postfix hem de Exim4'ü "
"yapılandırdık. Böylece <filename>/etc/aliases</filename> dosyasına yeni "
"giriş yapmak gerekmez. Eğer yapılandırma dosyasına herhangi değişiklik "
"yaparsan, sonraki bölüme geçmeden önce bu servisleri yeniden başlattığından "
"emin ol."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1163(para)
msgid ""
"The Exim4 does not use the above aliases to forward mails to Mailman, as it "
"uses a <emphasis>discover</emphasis> approach. To suppress the aliases while "
"creating the list, you can add <emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> line in Mailman "
"configuration file, <filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Exim4, postaları Mailman'e göndermesi için yukarıdakileri, bir "
"<emphasis>bulucu</emphasis> yaklaşımı kullanıyormuş gibi kullanmaz. Liste "
"oluştururken diğer isimleri önlemek için, Mailman yapılandırma dosyası "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>'ye <emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> "
"satırını ekleyebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1174(title)
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Yönetim"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1175(para)
msgid ""
"We assume you have a default installation. The mailman cgi scripts are still "
"in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application> directory. "
"Mailman provides a web based administration facility. To access this page, "
"point your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""
"Mevcut bir yüklemenin var olduğunu sayıyoruz. Mailman cgi betikleri hala "
"<application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application> dizinindedir. Mailman, "
"web tabanlı yönetim imkanı sağlar. Bu sayfaya erişmek için, web tarayıcına "
"aşağıdaki url'yi girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1183(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"
msgstr "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1187(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will ask for your "
"authentication password. If you enter the correct password, you will be able "
"to change administrative settings of this mailing list. You can create a new "
"mailing list using the command line utility "
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>). Alternatively, you can create a new "
"mailing list using the web interface."
msgstr ""
"Mevcut posta listesi, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, bu ekranda gözükecek. "
"Eğer posta listesine tıklarsan, kimlik doğrulama şifresini soracak. Eğer "
"doğru şifre girersen, bu posta listesinin yönetim ayarlarını "
"değiştirebileceksin. Komut satırı uygulamasını "
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>) kullanarak yeni bir posta listesi "
"oluşturabilirsin. Alternatif olarak web arayüzünü kullanarak ta yeni bir "
"posta listesi oluşturabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1200(title)
msgid "Users"
msgstr "Kullanıcılar"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web based interface for users. To access this page, point "
"your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""
"Mailman, kullanıcılar için web tabanlı bir arayüz sağlar. Bu sayfaya erişmek "
"için, web tarayıcına aşağıdaki url'yi girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1206(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"
msgstr "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1210(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will display the subscription "
"form. You can enter your email address, name (optional), and password to "
"subscribe. An email invitation will be sent to you. You can follow the "
"instructions in the email to subscribe."
msgstr ""
"Mevcut posta listesi, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, bu ekranda gözükecek. "
"Eğer mailman posta listesi adına tıklarsan, onaylama formunu gösterecek. "
"Katılmak için e-posta adresini, adını (isteğe bağlı) ve şifreni "
"girebilirsin. Bir e-posta onayı sana gönderilecek. Katılmak için e-"
"posta'daki yönergeleri takip edebilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1222(ulink)
msgid "GNU Mailman - Installation Manual"
msgstr "GNU Mailman - Yükleme Kılavuzu"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1226(ulink)
msgid "HOWTO - Using Exim 4 and Mailman 2.1 together"
msgstr "NASIL - Exim 4 ve Mailman 2.1'i birlikte kullanma"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1229(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Mailman\">Mailman Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Mailman\">Mailman "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1235(title)
msgid "Mail Filtering"
msgstr "Posta Filtreleme"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1236(para)
msgid ""
"One of the largest issues with email today is the problem of Unsolicited "
"Bulk Email (UBE). Also known as SPAM, such messages may also carry viruses "
"and other forms of malware. According to some reports these messages make up "
"the bulk of all email traffic on the Internet."
msgstr ""
"E-posta'da bugünün en büyük sorunlarından biri İstenmeyen Yığın Postası "
"(UBE). Ayrıca SPAM olarakta bilinir. Çoğu iletiler virüs ve kötü amaçlı "
"yazılım taşıyabilir. Bazı raporlara bu iletileri kayıt etme Internetteki e-"
"posta trafiğinin yığılmasına sebep olur."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1241(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application>, "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, and "
"<application>ClamAV</application> with the "
"<application>Postfix</application> Mail Transport Agent (MTA). "
"<application>Postfix</application> can also check email validity by passing "
"it through external content filters. These filters can sometimes determine "
"if a message is spam without needing to process it with more resource "
"intensive applications. Two common filters are "
"<application>opendkim</application> and <application>python-policyd-"
"spf</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1251(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> is a wrapper program that can call "
"any number of content filtering programs for spam detection, antivirus, etc."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application>, paket sargı programıdır. Spam bulma, "
"antivürüs, vb. için içerik filtreleme programların herhangi sayıda "
"çağırabilir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1257(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application> uses a variety of mechanisms to "
"filter email based on the message content."
msgstr ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, ileti içeriklerini filtrelemek için "
"bir çeşit mekanizma kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1262(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is an open source antivirus application."
msgstr ""
"<application>ClamAV</application>, bir açık kaynak antivirüs uygulamasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1267(para)
msgid ""
"<application>opendkim</application> implements a Sendmail Mail Filter "
"(Milter) for the DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) standard."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1273(para)
msgid ""
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> enables Sender Policy "
"Framework (SPF) checking with <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application>, Gönderici Kural Yapısı (SPF) "
"kontrolünü <application>Postfix</application> ile etkinleştirir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1278(para)
msgid "This is how the pieces fit together:"
msgstr "Bu, parçaları birlikte nasıl uydurulacağıdır:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1283(para)
msgid "An email message is accepted by <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr ""
"Bir e-posta iletisi <application>Postfix</application> tarafından alındı."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1288(para)
msgid ""
"The message is passed through any external filters "
"<application>opendkim</application> and <application>python-policyd-"
"spf</application> in this case."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1294(para)
msgid "<application>Amavisd-new</application> then processes the message."
msgstr "Sonra <application>Amavisd-new</application> iletiyi işler."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1299(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is used to scan the message. If the "
"message contains a virus <application>Postfix</application> will reject the "
"message."
msgstr ""
"<application>ClamAV</application>, iletiyi taramak için kullanılır. Eğer "
"ileti bir virüs içeriyorsa <application>Postfix</application>, iletiyi "
"reddedecek."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1305(para)
msgid ""
"Clean messages will then be analyzed by "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> to find out if the message is spam. "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> will then add X-Header lines "
"allowing <application>Amavisd-new</application> to further manipulate the "
"message."
msgstr ""
"Sonra temiz iletiler, spam olup olmadığını kontrol etmek için "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> tarafından analiz edilir. Sonra "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, iletileri daha iyi ayıklamak için X-"
"Header satırını, <application>Amavisd-new</application>'i de sağlayacak "
"şekilde ekleyecek."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1312(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if a message has a Spam score of over fifty the message could "
"be automatically dropped from the queue without the recipient ever having to "
"be bothered. Another, way to handle flagged messages is to deliver them to "
"the Mail User Agent (MUA) allowing the user to deal with the message as they "
"see fit."
msgstr ""
"Örneğin, eğer bir iletide Spam varsa, ellinin üzerindeki iletiler, alıcı "
"istemeksizin, otomatik olarak kuyruktan bırakılır. Diğer işaretli iletiler "
"oraya gönderilir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/> for instructions on installing and "
"configuring Postfix."
msgstr ""
"Postfix yükleme ve yapılandırma yönergeleri için <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1322(para)
msgid ""
"To install the rest of the applications enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr "Geri kalan uygulamaları yüklemek için terminale aşağıdakileri girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1326(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1327(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install opendkim postfix-policyd-spf-python"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"There are some optional packages that integrate with "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> for better spam detection:"
msgstr ""
"Daha iyi spam bulma için <application>Spamassassin</application> ile "
"ilişkili birkaç isteğe bağlı paket vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1333(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1335(para)
msgid ""
"Along with the main filtering applications compression utilities are needed "
"to process some email attachments:"
msgstr ""
"Temel filtre sıkıştırma uygulamaları bazı ek e-posta işlemi gerektirir:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1339(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"
msgstr ""
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1342(para)
msgid ""
"If some packages are not found, check that the "
"<emphasis>multiverse</emphasis> repository is enabled in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bazı paketler bulunmazsa, "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>'deki "
"<emphasis>multiverse</emphasis> deposunun işaretli olduğunu denetleyin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1343(para)
msgid ""
"If you make changes to the file, be sure to run <command>sudo apt-get "
"update</command> before trying to install again."
msgstr ""
"Eğer dosyada değişiklik yapmışsan, tekrar yükleme yapmadan önce "
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>'in çalıştığından emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1348(para)
msgid "Now configure everything to work together and filter email."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi birlikte çalışması ve e-posta filtrelemesi için her şeyi yapılandırın"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1352(title)
msgid "ClamAV"
msgstr "ClamAV"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1353(para)
msgid ""
"The default behaviour of <application>ClamAV</application> will fit our "
"needs. For more ClamAV configuration options, check the configuration files "
"in <filename>/etc/clamav</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>ClamAV</application>'nin mevcut durumu bizim ihtiyaçlarımızı "
"karşılayacak. Daha fazla ClamAV yapılandırma seçenekleri için "
"<filename>/etc/clamav</filename>'daki yapılandırma dosyalarını kontrol edin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1358(para)
msgid ""
"Add the <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> user to the <emphasis>amavis</emphasis> "
"group in order for <application>Amavisd-new</application> to have the "
"appropriate access to scan files:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Clamav</emphasis> kullanıcısını, <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application>'in dosya taramasını uygun olarak yapabilmesi için "
"<emphasis>amavis</emphasis> grubuna ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1363(command)
msgid "sudo adduser clamav amavis"
msgstr "sudo adduser clamav amavis"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1364(command)
msgid "sudo adduser amavis clamav"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1368(title)
msgid "Spamassassin"
msgstr "Spamassassin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1369(para)
msgid ""
"Spamassassin automatically detects optional components and will use them if "
"they are present. This means that there is no need to configure "
"<application>pyzor</application> and <application>razor</application>."
msgstr ""
"Spamassassin, seçime bağlı bileşenleri otomatik olarak bulur ve eğer varsa "
"onları kullanır. Bu demek oluyor ki, <application>pyzor</application> ve "
"<application>razor</application>'u yapılandırmak gerekmez."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1373(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> to activate the "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> daemon. Change "
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> to:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application> uygulamasını etkinleştirmek için "
"<filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename>'i düzenleyin. "
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis>'ı şöyle değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1377(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ENABLED=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ENABLED=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1380(para)
msgid "Now start the daemon:"
msgstr "Şimdi uygulamayı başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1443(command)
msgid "sudo service spamassassin start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1388(title)
msgid "Amavisd-new"
msgstr "Amavisd-new"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1389(para)
msgid ""
"First activate spam and antivirus detection in <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> by editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-"
"content_filter_mode</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-content_filter_mode</filename>'u "
"düzenleyerek <application>Amavisd-new</application>'deki spam ve antivürüs "
"bulmayı etkinleştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1393(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"use strict;\n"
"\n"
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"1;  # insure a defined return\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"use strict;\n"
"\n"
"# SPAM kontrolünün spamassassin tarafından tekrar etkinleştirilmesi ve\n"
"# antivirüs kontrolünün tekrar etkinleştirilmesi için bu dosyayı "
"düzenleyebilirsiniz.\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Mevcut antivirüs kontrol modu\n"
"# Onu etkinleştirmek için aşağıdaki iki satırı boş bırakın\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Mevcut SPAM kontrol modu\n"
"# Onu etkinleştirmek için aşağıdaki iki satırı boş bırakın\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"1;  # tanımlı geri dönüşüm olduğundan emin olun\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1419(para)
msgid ""
"Bouncing spam can be a bad idea as the return address is often faked. The "
"default behaviour is to instead discard. This is configured in "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/21-debian_defaults</filename> where "
"<emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> is set to D_DISCARD rather than "
"D_BOUNCE."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1425(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, you may want to adjust the following options to flag more "
"messages as spam:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca spam olarak daha fazla iletiyi işaretlemek için aşağıdaki seçimleri "
"ayarlamayı isterseniz, şöyle yapın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1429(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # add spam info headers if at, or above that "
"level\n"
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # add 'spam detected' headers at that level\n"
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # triggers spam evasive actions\n"
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam level beyond which a DSN is not sent\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # eğer başlık bilgileri spamda veya yukarıda ise "
"spamı ekle\n"
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # 'spam bulundu' başlıkları seviyesinde ise "
"ekle\n"
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # spam kaçma eylemlerini başlatır\n"
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam seviyesi DNS gönderilmedinin ötesindeyse\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1436(para)
msgid ""
"If the server's <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> is different from the domain's "
"MX record you may need to manually set the <emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> "
"option. Also, if the server receives mail for multiple domains the "
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> option will need to be customized. "
"Edit the <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer sunucunun <emphasis>makinesi</emphasis> MX sunucusundan farklı ise "
"<emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> seçeneğini elle kayıt etmelisin. Ayrıca, "
"sunucu çoklu alanlar için posta alırsa, "
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> seçeneği düzenlenmelidir. "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename> dosyasını düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1443(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"If you want to cover multiple domains you can use the following in "
"the<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1451(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"@local_domains_acl = qw(.);\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1455(para)
msgid ""
"After configuration <application>Amavisd-new</application> needs to be "
"restarted:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> yapılandırmasından sonra yeniden "
"başlatılmalıdır:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1517(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1564(command)
msgid "sudo service amavis restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1462(title)
msgid "DKIM Whitelist"
msgstr "DKIM Beyaz Listesi"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1464(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> can be configured to automatically "
"<emphasis>Whitelist</emphasis> addresses from domains with valid Domain "
"Keys. There are some pre-configured domains in the "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-policy_banks</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application>, Alan Anahtarlarına sahip alanlar "
"tarafından <emphasis>Beyaz liste</emphasis> adreslerine otomatik olarak "
"yapılandırılabilir.<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-"
"policy_banks</filename>'da birkaç önyapılı alan vardır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1470(para)
msgid "There are multiple ways to configure the Whitelist for a domain:"
msgstr ""
"Bir alan için Beyaz liste (Whitelist) yapılandırmanın birkaç yolu vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1476(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from the \"example.com\" domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: example.com'daki "
"herhangi bir adresi beyaz listeye alacak."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1481(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from any <emphasis>subdomains</emphasis> of \"example.com\" that "
"have a valid signature."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>:  \"example.com\"un "
"herhangi bir <emphasis>alt alanları</emphasis>ndaki herhangi bir adresi "
"beyaz listeye alacak."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1487(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will "
"whitelist subdomains of \"example.com\" that use the signature of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> the parent domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> ana alanının imzasını "
"kullanan \"example.com\"un  alt alanlarını beyaz listeye alacak."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1493(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'./@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: adds addresses "
"that have a valid signature from \"example.com\". This is usually used for "
"discussion groups that sign their messages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1500(para)
msgid ""
"A domain can also have multiple Whitelist configurations. After editing the "
"file, restart <application>amavisd-new</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1510(para)
msgid ""
"In this context, once a domain has been added to the Whitelist the message "
"will not receive any anti-virus or spam filtering. This may or may not be "
"the intended behavior you wish for a domain."
msgstr ""
"Bu içerikte, Beyaz listeye bir alan eklendikten sonra, ileti herhangi bir "
"antivirüs veya spam almayacaktır. Bu, bir alan için istediğin veya "
"istemediğin bir durum olabilir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1520(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, enter the following from "
"a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> tamamlaması için, aşağıdakileri terminale "
"girin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1524(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1526(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> and add the following "
"to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>'yi düzenleyin ve dosyanın "
"sonuna aşağıdakileri ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1587(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp-amavis     unix    -       -       -       -       2       smtp\n"
"        -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
"        -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
"        -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
"        -o max_use=20\n"
"\n"
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet    n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
"        -o content_filter=\n"
"        -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
"        -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
"        -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
"        -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
"        -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
"        -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
"        -o "
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks,no"
"_milters\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1556(para)
msgid ""
"Also add the following two lines immediately below the "
"<emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> transport service:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca şu iki satırı <emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> ulaşım servisi "
"(transport services)nin hemen altına ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1559(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"         -o content_filter=\n"
"         -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"         -o content_filter=\n"
"         -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1563(para)
msgid ""
"This will prevent messages that are generated to report on spam from being "
"classified as spam."
msgstr "Bu, spam olarak sınıflandırılan iletileri engelleyecek"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1566(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>Postfix</application>:"
msgstr "Şimdi <application>Postfix</application>'i yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1572(para)
msgid "Content filtering with spam and virus detection is now enabled."
msgstr "Şimdi spam ve virüs içeriği bulma filtresi etkinleştirildi."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1578(title)
msgid "Amavisd-new and Spamassassin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1580(para)
msgid ""
"When integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application> with "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, if you choose to disable the bayes "
"filtering by editing <filename>/etc/spamassassin/local.cf</filename> and use "
"<application>cron</application> to update the nightly rules, the result can "
"cause a situation where a large amount of error messages are sent to the "
"<emphasis>amavis</emphasis> user via the amavisd-new "
"<application>cron</application> job."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1587(para)
msgid "There are several ways to handle this situation:"
msgstr "Bu durumun üstesinden gelmek için birkaç yol mevcut:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1593(para)
msgid "Configure your MDA to filter messages you do not wish to see."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1598(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>/usr/sbin/amavisd-new-cronjob</filename> to check for "
"<emphasis>use_bayes 0</emphasis>. For example, edit "
"<filename>/usr/sbin/amavisd-new-cronjob</filename> and add the following to "
"the top before the <emphasis>test</emphasis> statements:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1602(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"egrep -q \"^[ \\t]*use_bayes[ \\t]*0\" /etc/spamassassin/local.cf &amp;&amp; "
"exit 0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"egrep -q \"^[ \\t]*use_bayes[ \\t]*0\" /etc/spamassassin/local.cf &amp;&amp; "
"exit 0\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1612(para)
msgid ""
"First, test that the <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP is "
"listening:"
msgstr ""
"Önce, <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP'ın listelendiğini sına:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1615(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
"^]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
"27.0.0.1...deneniyor\n"
"Localhost'a bağlandı.\n"
"Kaçık karakteri '^]' dir.\n"
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new servisi hazır\n"
"^]\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1623(para)
msgid ""
"In the Header of messages that go through the content filter you should see:"
msgstr "İletilerin başlığındaki içerik filtresini şöyle görebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1626(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
"BAYES_00\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
"BAYES_00\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1633(para)
msgid ""
"Your output will vary, but the important thing is that there are <emphasis>X-"
"Virus-Scanned</emphasis> and <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis> entries."
msgstr ""
"Senin çıktın değişik olabilir. Fakat önemli olan <emphasis>X-Virus-"
"Scanned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis> girişlerinin "
"olmasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1641(para)
msgid ""
"The best way to figure out why something is going wrong is to check the log "
"files."
msgstr ""
"Bazı şeylerin niçin ters gittiğini anlamanın en iyi yolu kayıt dosyalarını "
"kontrol etmektir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1646(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on <application>Postfix</application> logging see the <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/> section."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> kayıtındaki yönergeler için <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/> bölümüne bakın."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1652(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> uses "
"<application>Syslog</application> to send messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. The amount of detail can be "
"increased by adding the <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> option to "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, and setting the value from "
"1 to 5."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application>,  "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>'a ileti göndermek için "
"<application>Syslog</application>'u kullanır. Ayrıntıların miktarı "
"<emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> seçeneğini <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-"
"user</filename>'a ekleyerek ve değeri 1'den 5'e ayarlayarak arttırılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1657(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$log_level = 2;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$log_level = 2;\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1661(para)
msgid ""
"When the <application>Amavisd-new</application> log output is increased "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> log output is also increased."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application>'in kayıt çıktısı arttırıldığında "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>'in kayıt çıktısı da arttırılır."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1668(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ClamAV</application> log level can be increased by editing "
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> and setting the following option:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ClamAV</application>'nin kayıt seviyesi "
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> düzenlenerek ve aşağıdaki seçim "
"ayarlanarak arttırabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1672(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"LogVerbose true\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"LogVerbose true\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1675(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>ClamAV</application> will send log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Normal olarak <application>ClamAV</application>, kayıt iletilerini "
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>'a gönderir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1681(para)
msgid ""
"After changing an applications log settings remember to restart the service "
"for the new settings to take affect. Also, once the issue you are "
"troubleshooting is resolved it is a good idea to change the log settings "
"back to normal."
msgstr ""
"Bir uygulamanın kayıt ayarlarını değiştirdikten sonra, yeni ayarların "
"etkinleşmesi için servisi yeniden başlatmayı unutmayın. Ayrıca, karşılaşılan "
"sorunu çözmek için kayıt ayarlarını normal durumuna geri getirmek iyi bir "
"fikirdir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1689(para)
msgid "For more information on filtering mail see the following links:"
msgstr ""
"Posta filtreleme hakkında daha fazla bilgi için aşağıdaki bağlantılara "
"bakınız:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1695(ulink)
msgid "Amavisd-new Documentation"
msgstr "Amavisd-new Belgelendirme"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.net/doc/latest/html/\">ClamAV "
"Documentation</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1706(ulink)
msgid "Spamassassin Wiki"
msgstr "Spamassassin Wiki"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1711(ulink)
msgid "Pyzor Homepage"
msgstr "Pyzor Ana Sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1716(ulink)
msgid "Razor Homepage"
msgstr "Razor Ana Sayfası"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1721(ulink)
msgid "DKIM.org"
msgstr "DKIM.org"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1726(ulink)
msgid "Postfix Amavis New"
msgstr "Postfix Amavis New"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1730(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to ask questions in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"IRC channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>'deki "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC kanalına çekinmeden soru "
"sorabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:11(title)
msgid "LAMP Applications"
msgstr "LAMP Uygulamaları"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"LAMP installations (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP/Perl/Python) are a popular "
"setup for Ubuntu servers. There is a plethora of Open Source applications "
"written using the LAMP application stack. Some popular LAMP applications are "
"Wiki's, Content Management Systems, and Management Software such as "
"phpMyAdmin."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"One advantage of LAMP is the substantial flexibility for different database, "
"web server, and scripting languages. Popular substitutes for MySQL include "
"PostgreSQL and SQLite. Python, Perl, and Ruby are also frequently used "
"instead of PHP. While Nginx, Cherokee and Lighttpd can replace Apache."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"The fastest way to get started is to install LAMP using "
"<application>tasksel</application>. Tasksel is a Debian/Ubuntu tool that "
"installs multiple related packages as a co-ordinated \"task\" onto your "
"system. To install a LAMP server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:41(command)
msgid "sudo tasksel install lamp-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"After installing it you'll be able to install most <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> "
"applications in this way:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:52(para)
msgid "Download an archive containing the application source files."
msgstr "Uygulama kaynak dosyalarını içeren bir arşiv indirmektir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"Unpack the archive, usually in a directory accessible to a web server."
msgstr ""
"Arşiv paketi aç, genellikle web sunucusuna bir dizin erişebilirliğinde."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on where the source was extracted, configure a web server to serve "
"the files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:67(para)
msgid "Configure the application to connect to the database."
msgstr "Veritabanına bağlanmak için uygulamayı yapılandır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"Run a script, or browse to a page of the application, to install the "
"database needed by the application."
msgstr ""
"Uygulama tarafından gereken veritabanını yüklemek için bir betik çalıştır "
"veya uygulamanın bir sayfasını aç."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"Once the steps above, or similar steps, are completed you are ready to begin "
"using the application."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki veya benzer bir adım attıktan sonra, uygulamayı kullanarak "
"başlamaya hazırsın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"A disadvantage of using this approach is that the application files are not "
"placed in the file system in a standard way, which can cause confusion as to "
"where the application is installed. Another larger disadvantage is updating "
"the application. When a new version is released, the same process used to "
"install the application is needed to apply updates."
msgstr ""
"Bu yaklaşımı kullanmanın bir dezavantajı, standart bir yolda, uygulama "
"dosyalarının dosya sisteminde bulunmamasıdır. Bu uygulamanın nereye "
"yüklendiğini bilmeme gibi bir karışıklığa sebep olabilir. Diğer büyük bir "
"dezavantaj uygulama güncellemesidir. Yeni bir sürüm duyurulduğunda, "
"uygulamayı yüklemek için kullanılan aynı işlem, güncellemeleri uygulamak "
"için de gereklidir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, a number of <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications are already "
"packaged for Ubuntu, and are available for installation in the same way as "
"non-LAMP applications. Depending on the application some extra configuration "
"and setup steps may be needed, however."
msgstr ""
"Neyse ki <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> uygulamalarının sayısı zaten Ubuntu'da "
"paketlenmiştir ve LAMP uygulamaları gibi olmayan aynı yolla yükleme için "
"kullanılabilir. Bununla birlikte, uygulamadaki bazı ek yapılandırmaya ve "
"kurulum adımlarına bağlı olarak gerekebilir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers how to install some <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> "
"applications."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:102(title)
msgid "Moin Moin"
msgstr "Moin Moin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"MoinMoin is a Wiki engine implemented in Python, based on the PikiPiki Wiki "
"engine, and licensed under the GNU GPL."
msgstr ""
"Moinmoin, Phyton'da yapılan bir Wiki yapısıdır. PikiPiki Wiki yapısının "
"temelini oluşturur ve GNU GPL lisansı altına alınmıştır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MoinMoin</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>MoinMoin</application>'i yüklemek için komut satırında "
"aşağıdakini çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:118(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:121(para)
msgid ""
"You should also install <application>apache2</application> web server. For "
"installing <application>apache2</application> web server, please refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/> section."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <application>apache2</application> web sunucusunu da "
"yüklemelisin.<application>Apache2</application> web sunucusunu yüklemek için "
"lütfen <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> bölümündeki <xref linkend=\"http-"
"installation\"/> alt bölümüne bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:132(para)
msgid ""
"For configuring your first Wiki application, please run the following set of "
"commands. Let us assume that you are creating a Wiki named "
"<emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"İlk Wiki uyuglamanı yapılandırmak için aşağıdaki komut ayarlarını "
"çalıştırın. <emphasis>vikim</emphasis> adında bir wiki oluşturacağını "
"varsayalım:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:139(command)
msgid "cd /usr/share/moin"
msgstr "cd /usr/share/moin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:140(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir mywiki"
msgstr "sudo mkdir vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:141(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R data mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp -R data vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:142(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp -R underlay vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:143(command)
msgid "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp server/moin.cgi vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:144(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:145(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"
msgstr "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:146(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"
msgstr "sudo chmod -R o-rwx vikim"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"Now you should configure <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"new Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. To configure "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, open "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and change the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi yeni Wiki'n olan <emphasis>vikim</emphasis>'i bulması için "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>'i yapılandırın. "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>'i yapılandırmak için, "
"<filename>/etc/moin/vikim.py</filename> dosyasını açın ve aşağıdaki satırı "
"değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:157(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"
msgstr "data_dir = '/org/vikim/data'"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:159(para)
msgid "to"
msgstr "nereye"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:163(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"
msgstr "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/vikim/data'"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"Also, below the <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> option add the "
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, aşağıdaki <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> seçeneği "
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis> ekler:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:169(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/vikim/underlay'\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"If the <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file does not exists, you "
"should copy <filename>/usr/share/moin/config/wikifarm/mywiki.py</filename> "
"file to <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and do the above "
"mentioned change."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:182(para)
msgid ""
"If you have named your Wiki as <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis> you should "
"insert a line <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> in "
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> file after the line "
"<quote>(\"mywiki\", r\".*\")</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Eğer Wiki'ni <emphasis>vikimin_adı</emphasis> olarak adlandırdıysan "
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> dosyasına  <quote>(\"vikim\", "
"r\".*\")</quote> satırından sonra <quote>(\"vikimin_adı\", r\".*\")</quote> "
"şeklinde bir satır yerleştirmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:190(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"first Wiki application <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>, you should configure "
"<application>apache2</application> and make it ready for your Wiki "
"application."
msgstr ""
"<application>MoinMoin</application>'i yapılandırdıktan sonra ilk Wiki "
"uygulaman olan <emphasis>vikim</emphasis>'i bulmak için, "
"<application>apache2</application>'yi yapılandırmalı ve onu Wiki uygulaması "
"için hazır hale getirmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:197(para)
msgid ""
"You should add the following lines in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/000-default.conf</filename> file inside the <quote>&lt;VirtualHost "
"*&gt;</quote> tag:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:203(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"### moin\n"
"  ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
"  alias /moin_static193 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
"  &lt;Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs&gt;\n"
"  Order allow,deny\n"
"  allow from all\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"### end moin\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Once you configure the <application>apache2</application> web server and "
"make it ready for your Wiki application, you should restart it. You can run "
"the following command to restart the <application>apache2</application> web "
"server:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Apache2</application> web sunucusunu yapılandırdıktan ve Wiki'n "
"için hazır halde getirdikten sonra, onu yeniden başlatın. "
"<application>Apache2</application> web sunucusunu yeniden başlatmak için "
"aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:227(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1242(title)
msgid "Verification"
msgstr "Doğrulama"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:229(para)
msgid ""
"You can verify the Wiki application and see if it works by pointing your web "
"browser to the following URL:"
msgstr ""
"Wiki uygulamanı doğrulayabilir ve çalıştığını görmek için aşağıdaki URL'yi "
"Web tarayıcınıza yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:233(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/vikim\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla ayrıntı için, lütfen <ulink "
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> web sitesine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:248(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin "
"Wiki</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin "
"Wiki</ulink>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:253(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MoinMoin\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"MoinMoin</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MoinMoin\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki MoinMoin</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:262(title)
msgid "MediaWiki"
msgstr "MediaWiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:264(para)
msgid ""
"MediaWiki is an web based Wiki software written in the PHP language. It can "
"either use <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> Database Management System."
msgstr ""
"MediaWiki, PHP dilinde yazılan web tabanlı bir Wiki yazılımıdır. Hem "
"<application>MySQL</application> hem de "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> Veritabanı Yönetim Sistemi'ni kullanır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>MediaWiki</application> you should also "
"install <application>Apache2</application>, the "
"<application>PHP5</application> scripting language and a Database Management "
"System. <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> are the most common, choose one "
"depending on your need. Please refer to those sections in this manual for "
"installation instructions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MediaWiki</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>MediaWiki</application>'yi yüklemek için terminalde aşağıdaki "
"komutu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:288(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"For additional <application>MediaWiki</application> functionality see the "
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Ek <application>MediaWiki</application> fonksiyonu için "
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application> paketine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"The Apache configuration file <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> for "
"<application>MediaWiki</application> is installed in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf-available/</filename> directory. To access "
"<application>MediaWiki</application>, uncomment the following line in the "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:309(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>MediaWiki</application> configuration also needs to be "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:316(command)
msgid "sudo a2enconf mediawiki.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:319(para)
msgid "Restart Apache server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"Access <application>MediaWiki</application> by visiting <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost/mediawiki/mw-"
"config/index.php\">http://localhost/mediawiki/mw-config/index.php</ulink>. "
"(Or <ulink url=\"http://NAME_OF_YOUR_VIRTUAL_HOST/mediawiki/mw-"
"config/index.php\">http://NAME_OF_YOUR_VIRTUAL_HOST/mediawiki/mw-"
"config/index.php</ulink> if your server has no GUI.)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"Please read the <quote>Environmental checks</quote> section of the "
"configuration page. You should be able to fix many issues by carefully "
"reading this section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, you should copy the "
"<filename>LocalSettings.php</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki</filename> directory:"
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma tamamlandıktan sonra, <filename>LocalSettings.php</filename> "
"dosyasını <filename>/etc/mediawiki</filename> dizinine kopyalamalısın:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:337(command)
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"
msgstr "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to edit "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename> in order to set the "
"memory limit (disabled by default):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:352(title)
msgid "Extensions"
msgstr "Uzantılar"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"The extensions add new features and enhancements for the MediaWiki "
"application. The extensions give wiki administrators and end users the "
"ability to customize MediaWiki to their requirements."
msgstr ""
"Uzantılar, MediaWiki uygulaması için yeni özellikleri ve geliştirmeleri "
"ekler. Uzantılar, wiki yöneticilerine ve son kullanıcılara, MediaWiki'yi "
"kendi isteklerine göre düzenleme imkanı verir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"You can download MediaWiki extensions as an archive file or checkout from "
"the Subversion repository. You should copy it to "
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename> directory. You should "
"also add the following line at the end of file: "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename>."
msgstr ""
"MediaWiki uzantılarını, bir arşiv dosyası veya hata ayıklama gibi Bozulma "
"(Subversion) depolarından indirebilirsin. Onu "
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename> dizinine kopyalamalısın. "
"Ayrıca <filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename> dosyasının "
"sonuna aşağıdaki satırı eklemelisin:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:367(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla ayrıntı için, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> web sitesine bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:394(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
"Administrators' Tutorial Guide</ulink> contains a wealth of information for "
"new MediaWiki administrators."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MediaWiki\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki MediaWiki</ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MediaWiki\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki MediaWiki</ulink> sayfası iyi bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:399(title)
msgid "phpMyAdmin"
msgstr "phpMyAdmin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> is a LAMP application specifically "
"written for administering <application>MySQL</application> servers. Written "
"in <application>PHP</application>, and accessed through a web browser, "
"phpMyAdmin provides a graphical interface for database administration tasks."
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>, özellikle "
"<application>MySQL</application> sunucularının yöneticiliği için yazılan bir "
"LAMP uygulamasıdır.<application>PHP</application>'de yazılmıştır ve bir web "
"tarayıcıdan erişilir. phpMyAdmin, veritaban yönetim görevleri için grafiksel "
"bir arayüz sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>phpMyAdmin</application> you will need access "
"to a <application>MySQL</application> database either on the same host as "
"that phpMyAdmin is installed on, or on a host accessible over the network. "
"For more information see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>. From a terminal prompt "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>'i yüklemeden önce bir "
"<application>MySQL</application> veritabanına, hem phpMyAdmin'in yüklendiği "
"gibi aynı yönetimde hem de ağdan yönetim erişebilirliğine sahip olmak "
"zorundasın. Daha fazla bilgi için <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>'e bakın. "
"Terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:417(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:420(para)
msgid ""
"At the prompt choose which web server to be configured for "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>. The rest of this section will use "
"<application>Apache2</application> for the web server."
msgstr ""
"Girişte <application>phpMyAdmin</application> için hangi web sunucunun "
"yapılandırılacağını seçin. Bu bölümün geri kalanı web sunucu için "
"<application>Apache2</application> kullanacak."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"In a browser go to <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis>, "
"replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">servername</emphasis> with the server's "
"actual hostname. At the login, page enter <emphasis>root</emphasis> for the "
"<emphasis>username</emphasis>, or another <application>MySQL</application> "
"user, if you have any setup, and enter the <application>MySQL</application> "
"user's password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Once logged in you can reset the <emphasis>root</emphasis> password if "
"needed, create users, create/destroy databases and tables, etc."
msgstr ""
"Girdikten sonra, eğer gerekiyorsa, <emphasis>root</emphasis> şifresini "
"sıfırlayabilir, kullanıcı oluşturabilir, veritabanı ve tablolar "
"oluşturabilir/iptal edebilirsin, vb."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:440(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files for <application>phpMyAdmin</application> are "
"located in <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. The main configuration file "
"is <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. This file contains "
"configuration options that apply globally to "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> için yapılandırma dosyası "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>'de bulunur.  Ana yapılandırma dosyası "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>'dir. Bu dosya, "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>'e evrensel olarak uygulanan "
"yapılandırma seçeneklerini içerir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>phpMyAdmin</application> to administer a MySQL database "
"hosted on another server, adjust the following in "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>'i bir MySQL veritabanı, diğer "
"sunucularda yönetecek şekilde kullanmak için "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>'deki şunları ayarlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:451(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> with the actual "
"remote database server name or IP address. Also, be sure that the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> host has permissions to access the "
"remote database."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> yerine etkin uzak veritabanı "
"sunucu adı veya IP adresi yazın. Ayrıca "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> makinesinin uzak veritabanına erişim "
"izinlerinin olduğundan emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:462(para)
msgid ""
"Once configured, log out of <application>phpMyAdmin</application> and back "
"in, and you should be accessing the new server."
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırdıktan sonra <application>phpMyAdmin</application>'den çıkın ve "
"geri gelin. Ardından yeni sunucuya erişebileceksin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:466(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> and "
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> files are used to add a HTML "
"header and footer to <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""
"<filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> ve "
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> dosyaları, "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>'e bir HTML başlığı ve alt bilgisi "
"eklemek için kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Another important configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>, this file is symlinked to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, and is used to "
"configure <application>Apache2</application> to serve the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> site. The file contains directives for "
"loading <application>PHP</application>, directory permissions, etc. For more "
"information on configuring <application>Apache2</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Diğer önemli yapılandırma dosyası "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>'dir. Bu dosya "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>'e sembolik "
"bağlantılıdır ve <application>Apache2</application>'yi "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> sitesine bağlanacak şekilde "
"yapılandırmak için kullanılır. Dosya, <application>PHP</application> "
"yükleme, dizin izinleri, vb gibi yönergeler içerir. "
"<application>Apache2</application> yapılandırma hakkında daha fazla bilgi "
"için <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>phpMyAdmin</application> documentation comes installed with "
"the package and can be accessed from the <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
"Documentation</emphasis> link (a question mark with a box around it) under "
"the phpMyAdmin logo. The official docs can also be access on the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> belgelendirmesi paketle yüklü olarak "
"gelir ve  phpMyAdmin logosunun altındaki <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
"Belgelendirme</emphasis> bağlantısından erişilebilir (kutunun etrafında bir "
"soru işareti). Resmi belgelere de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink> "
"sitesinden erişilebilir."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
"Also, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink> is a great resource."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink>, harika bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:497(para)
msgid ""
"A third resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/phpMyAdmin\">phpMyAdmin Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Üçüncü bir kaynak <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/phpMyAdmin\">phpMyAdmin Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasıdır."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:517(title)
msgid "WordPress"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:518(para)
msgid ""
"Wordpress is a blog tool, publishing platform and CMS implemented in PHP and "
"licensed under the GNU GPLv2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>WordPress</application>, run the following comand in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:529(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install wordpress"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"You should also install <application>apache2</application> web server and "
"<application>mysql</application> server. For installing "
"<application>apache2</application> web server, please refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"http-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> "
"section. For installing <application>mysql</application> server, please "
"refer to <xref linkend=\"mysql-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref "
"linkend=\"mysql\"/> section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:546(para)
msgid ""
"For configuring your first <application>WordPress</application> application, "
"configure an apache site. Open <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/wordpress.conf</filename> and write the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:553(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        Alias /blog /usr/share/wordpress\n"
"        &lt;Directory /usr/share/wordpress&gt;\n"
"            Options FollowSymLinks\n"
"            AllowOverride Limit Options FileInfo\n"
"            DirectoryIndex index.php\n"
"            Order allow,deny\n"
"            Allow from all\n"
"        &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Directory /usr/share/wordpress/wp-content&gt;\n"
"            Options FollowSymLinks\n"
"            Order allow,deny\n"
"            Allow from all\n"
"        &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"           "
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:569(para)
msgid "Enable this new <application>WordPress</application> site"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:572(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite wordpress"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"Once you configure the <application>apache2</application> web server and "
"make it ready for your <application>WordPress</application> application, you "
"should restart it. You can run the following command to restart the "
"<application>apache2</application> web server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:587(para)
msgid ""
"To facilitate multiple <application>WordPress</application> installations, "
"the name of this configuration file is based on the Host header of the HTTP "
"request. This means that you can have a configuration per VirtualHost by "
"simply matching the hostname portion of this configuration with your Apache "
"Virtual Host. e.g. /etc/wordpress/config-10.211.55.50.php, "
"/etc/wordpress/config-hostalias1.php, etc. These instructions assume you can "
"access Apache via the localhost hostname (perhaps by using an ssh tunnel) if "
"not, replace /etc/wordpress/config-localhost.php with /etc/wordpress/config-"
"NAME_OF_YOUR_VIRTUAL_HOST.php."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"Once the configuration file is written, it is up to you to choose a "
"convention for username and password to mysql for each "
"<application>WordPress</application> database instance. This documentation "
"shows only one, localhost, example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"Now configure <application>WordPress</application> to use a mysql database. "
"Open <filename>/etc/wordpress/config-localhost.php</filename> file and write "
"the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:611(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"define('DB_NAME', 'wordpress');\n"
"define('DB_USER', 'wordpress');\n"
"define('DB_PASSWORD', 'yourpasswordhere');\n"
"define('DB_HOST', 'localhost');\n"
"define('WP_CONTENT_DIR', '/usr/share/wordpress/wp-content');\n"
"?&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:620(para)
msgid ""
"Now create this mysql database. Open a temporary file with mysql commands "
"<filename>wordpress.sql</filename> and write the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:623(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"CREATE DATABASE wordpress;\n"
"GRANT SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,ALTER\n"
"ON wordpress.*\n"
"TO wordpress@localhost\n"
"IDENTIFIED BY 'yourpasswordhere';\n"
"FLUSH PRIVILEGES;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:631(para)
msgid "Execute these commands."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:633(command)
msgid ""
"cat wordpress.sql | sudo mysql --defaults-extra-file=/etc/mysql/debian.cnf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:635(para)
msgid ""
"Your new <application>WordPress</application> can now be configured by "
"visiting <ulink url=\"http://localhost/blog/wp-"
"admin/install.php\">http://localhost/blog/wp-admin/install.php</ulink>. (Or "
"<ulink url=\"http://NAME_OF_YOUR_VIRTUAL_HOST/blog/wp-"
"admin/install.php\">http://NAME_OF_YOUR_VIRTUAL_HOST/blog/wp-"
"admin/install.php</ulink> if your server has no GUI and you are completing "
"<application>WordPress</application> configuration via a web browser running "
"on another computer.) Fill out the Site Title, username, password, and E-"
"mail and click Install WordPress."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:642(para)
msgid ""
"Note the generated password (if applicable) and click the login password. "
"Your <application>WordPress</application> is now ready for use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:652(ulink)
msgid "WordPress.org Codex"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:657(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki WordPress"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:12(para)
msgid "Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>!"
msgstr "<emphasis>Ubuntu Sunucu Kılavuz</emphasis>'una Hoş Geldiniz!"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"Here you can find information on how to install and configure various server "
"applications. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented guide for configuring and "
"customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"Burada, çeşitli sunucu uygulamalarının nasıl yüklenip yapılandırılacağı "
"hakkında bilgi bulabilirsiniz. Bu, sistemini yapılandırma ve düzenleme için "
"adım adım, görev odaklı bir rehberdir."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"This guide assumes you have a basic understanding of your Ubuntu system. "
"Some installation details are covered in <xref linkend=\"installation\"/>, "
"but if you need detailed instructions installing Ubuntu please refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Bu kılavuz Ubuntu sisteminizi temel olarak anladığınızı varsaymaktadır. Bazı "
"kurulum ayrıntıları <xref linkend=\"installation\"/> içerisinde "
"anlatılmıştır. Ancak Ubuntu kurulumu hakkında ayrıntılı talimatlara ihtiyaç "
"duyarsanız lütfen <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-"
"guide/\">Ubuntu Kurulum Kılavuzu</ulink>'na bakın."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"A HTML version of the manual is available online at <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com\">the Ubuntu Documentation website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Kılavuzun HTML sürümü <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu "
"Belgelendirme web sitesi</ulink>'nde yer almaktadır."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:29(title)
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Destek"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:31(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is "
"supported, commercial support and community support. The main commercial "
"support (and development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They "
"supply reasonably priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server "
"basis. For more information see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu Sunucu Sürümü'nün desteklediği birkaç farklı yol vardır. Bunlar; "
"ticari destek ve topluluk desteğidir. Ana ticari destek (ve geliştirme "
"sermayesi) Canonical Şirketinden sağlanır. Bunlar herbir masaüstleri ve "
"sunucular için az bir ücret karşılığında destek sağlarlar. Daha fazla bilgi "
"için <ulink url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical "
"Services</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:38(para)
msgid ""
"Community support is also provided by dedicated individuals, and companies, "
"that wish to make Ubuntu the best distribution possible. Support is provided "
"through multiple mailing lists, IRC channels, forums, blogs, wikis, etc. The "
"large amount of information available can be overwhelming, but a good search "
"engine query can usually provide an answer to your questions. See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink> page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Topluluk desteği de, Ubuntu'yu en iyi dağıtım yapmak için gönüllü kişiler ve "
"şirketler tarafından sağlanır. Destek, çoklu postalama listeleri, IRC "
"kanalları, forumlar, bloglar, wikiler, vb. tarafından sağlanır. Aşırı bilgi "
"fazlalığı bunaltıcı olmakla beraber, iyi bir arama sorgusu genellikle "
"sorularına cevap olabilir. Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu-tr.org/destek\">Ubuntu Türkiye destek</ulink> "
"sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides a quick overview of installing Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Server "
"Edition. For more detailed instructions, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Sunucu Sürümü'nün kurulumu hakkında hızlı bir "
"bilgi verir. Ayrıntılı talimatlar için lütfen <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu Kurulum "
"Rehberi</ulink>'ne bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:17(title)
msgid "Preparing to Install"
msgstr "Yüklemeyi Hazırlama"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains various aspects to consider before starting the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm, yüklemeye başlamadan önce göz önünde bulundurulacak çeşitli "
"görüşleri açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:22(title)
msgid "System Requirements"
msgstr "Sistem Gereksinimleri"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Server Edition supports three (3) major architectures: "
"Intel x86, AMD64 and ARM. The table below lists recommended hardware "
"specifications. Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than "
"this. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these "
"suggestions."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Sunucu sürümü üç (3) önemli mimariyi destekler: Intel x86, "
"AMD64 ve ARM. Aşağıdaki tablo önerilen donanım nitelikleridir. İsteklerinize "
"göre bu özelliklerden daha düşük donanımınız da olabilir. Ancak çoğu "
"kullanıcı bu önerileri dikkate almayarak sorunlar yaşayabilirler."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:26(title)
msgid "Recommended Minimum Requirements"
msgstr "Tavsiye Edilen En Küçük Şartlar"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:35(para)
msgid "Install Type"
msgstr "Yükleme Türü"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1186(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1248(para) serverguide/C/installation.xml:36(para)
msgid "CPU"
msgstr "İşlemci"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:37(para)
msgid "RAM"
msgstr "RAM"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:38(para)
msgid "Hard Drive Space"
msgstr "Sabit Sürücü Alanı"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:41(para)
msgid "Base System"
msgstr "Temel Sistem"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:42(para)
msgid "All Tasks Installed"
msgstr "Tüm Görevler Yüklendi"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:47(para)
msgid "Server (Standard)"
msgstr "Sunucu (Standart)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:48(para)
msgid "1 gigahertz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:49(para)
msgid "512 megabytes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:51(para)
msgid "1 gigabyte"
msgstr "1 gigabayt"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:51(para)
msgid "1.75 gigabytes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:54(para)
msgid "Server (Minimal)"
msgstr "Sunucu (En düşük)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:48(para)
msgid "300 megahertz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:56(para)
msgid "192 megabytes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:57(para)
msgid "700 megabytes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:58(para)
msgid "1.4 gigabytes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:56(para)
msgid ""
"The Server Edition provides a common base for all sorts of server "
"applications. It is a minimalist design providing a platform for the desired "
"services, such as file/print services, web hosting, email hosting, etc."
msgstr ""
"Server Edition, sunucu uygulamalarının tüm türleri için yaygın bir taban "
"sağlar. Bu, dosya/yazdırma servisleri, web sunucuları, e-posta sunucuları, "
"vb. gibi istenen sunucular için en küçük platformdur."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:70(title)
msgid "Server and Desktop Differences"
msgstr "Sunucu ve Masaüstü Farkları"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:71(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few differences between the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server "
"Edition</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop Edition</emphasis>. It "
"should be noted that both editions use the same "
"<application>apt</application> repositories, making it just as easy to "
"install a <emphasis role=\"italic\">server</emphasis> application on the "
"Desktop Edition as it is on the Server Edition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"The differences between the two editions are the lack of an X window "
"environment in the Server Edition and the installation process."
msgstr ""
"İki sürümdeki fark, Sunucu Sürümünde ve kurulum sırasında X pencere "
"ortamının bulunmayışıdır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:84(title)
msgid "Kernel Differences:"
msgstr "Çekirdek Farklılıkları:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu version 10.10 and prior, actually had different kernels for the "
"server and desktop editions. Ubuntu no longer has separate -server and -"
"generic kernel flavors. These have been merged into a single -generic kernel "
"flavor to help reduce the maintenance burden over the life of the release."
msgstr ""
"Aslında Ubuntu sürüm 10.10 ve öncesi, masaüstü ve sunucu sürümleri arasında "
"farklı çekirdeklere sahipti. Artık Ubuntu ayrı ayrı -server ve -generic "
"çekirdek farklılıkları içermiyor. Bunlar, sürümün yaşam süresi boyunca bakım "
"yükünü azaltmak için tek bir -generic çekirdek sürümünde birleştirildi."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"When running a 64-bit version of Ubuntu on 64-bit processors you are not "
"limited by memory addressing space."
msgstr ""
"64 bitlik işlemcilerde Ubuntu 64 bitlik sürümü çalışırken, bellek adresleme "
"alanı tarafından sınırlandırılmazsın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"To see all kernel configuration options you can look through "
"<filename>/boot/config-3.13.0-server</filename>. Also, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> is a "
"great resource on the options available."
msgstr ""
"Tüm çekirdek yapılandırma seçeneklerini görmek için <filename>/boot/config-"
"3.13.0-server</filename> dosyasına bakabilirsiniz. Ayrıca <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> de "
"kullanılabilen seçenekler için mükemmel bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:104(title)
msgid "Backing Up"
msgstr "Yedek Almak"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> you "
"should make sure all data on the system is backed up. See <xref "
"linkend=\"backups\"/> for backup options."
msgstr ""
"<application>Ubuntu Sunucu Sürümü</application>'nü yüklemeden önce, "
"sistemdeki tüm verilerin yedeklendiğinden emin olun. Yedek seçenekleri için "
"<xref linkend=\"backups\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"If this is not the first time an operating system has been installed on your "
"computer, it is likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room "
"for Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Eğer bu, sistemine yüklenen ilk işletim sistemi değilse, Ubuntu'ya bölüm "
"oluşturmak, diskini yeniden bölümlendiriyormuş gibi işlem yapmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"Any time you partition your disk, you should be prepared to lose everything "
"on the disk should you make a mistake or something goes wrong during "
"partitioning. The programs used in installation are quite reliable, most "
"have seen years of use, but they also perform destructive actions."
msgstr ""
"Diskinizi bölümlediğiniz herhangi bir zaman hatalı bir işlem yaparsanız veya "
"bazı şeyler yanlış giderse, diskinizde bulunan her şeyi kaybedeceğinizi "
"bilmelisiniz. Yüklemede kullanılan programlar oldukça güvenilirdir. Çoğu "
"yıllardır kullanılıyor, fakat bozucu eylemler de uygularlar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:127(title)
msgid "Installing from CD"
msgstr "CD'den Yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"The basic steps to install Ubuntu Server Edition from CD are the same as "
"those for installing any operating system from CD. Unlike the "
"<emphasis>Desktop Edition</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Server "
"Edition</emphasis> does not include a graphical installation program. The "
"Server Edition uses a console menu based process instead."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"First, download and burn the appropriate ISO file from the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/download/server/download\"> Ubuntu web "
"site</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:141(para)
msgid "Boot the system from the CD-ROM drive."
msgstr "Sistemi CD-ROM sürücüden önyükleme yapın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:146(para)
msgid "At the boot prompt you will be asked to select a language."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"From the main boot menu there are some additional options to install Ubuntu "
"Server Edition. You can install a basic Ubuntu Server, check the CD-ROM for "
"defects, check the system's RAM, boot from first hard disk, or rescue a "
"broken system. The rest of this section will cover the basic Ubuntu Server "
"install."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"The installer asks for which language it should use. Afterwards, you are "
"asked to select your location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"Next, the installation process begins by asking for your keyboard layout. "
"You can ask the installer to attempt auto-detecting it, or you can select it "
"manually from a list."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"The installer then discovers your hardware configuration, and configures the "
"network settings using DHCP. If you do not wish to use DHCP at the next "
"screen choose \"Go Back\", and you have the option to \"Configure the "
"network manually\"."
msgstr ""
"ardından yükleyici, donanım yapılandırmanı bulup, DHCP'yi kullanarak ağ "
"ayarlarını yapılandırır. Eğer DHCP'yi kullanmak istemezsen, sonraki ekranda "
"\"Geri Git\"i seç, ardından \"Ağı elle yapılandır\" seçeneğini uygula."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:179(para)
msgid "Next, the installer asks for the system's hostname."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"A new user is set up; this user will have <emphasis>root</emphasis> access "
"through the <application>sudo</application> utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"After the user settings have been completed, you will be asked to encrypt "
"your <filename role=\"directory\">home</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:196(para)
msgid "Next, the installer asks for the system's Time Zone."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:182(para)
msgid ""
"You can then choose from several options to configure the hard drive layout. "
"Afterwards you are asked for which disk to install to. You may get "
"confirmation prompts before rewriting the partition table or setting up LVM "
"depending on disk layout. If you choose LVM, you will be asked for the size "
"of the root logical volume. For advanced disk options see <xref "
"linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:190(para)
msgid "The Ubuntu base system is then installed."
msgstr "Ardından Ubuntu tabanlı sistem yüklenir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"The next step in the installation process is to decide how you want to "
"update the system. There are three options:"
msgstr ""
"Yükleme işlemdeki sonraki adım, sistemini nasıl güncellemek istediğine karar "
"vermektir. Üç seçenek vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>No automatic updates</emphasis>: this requires an administrator to "
"log into the machine and manually install updates."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Otomatik güncelleME</emphasis>: bu, makineye giriş için bir "
"yönetici gerektirir ve güncellemeleri elle yükler."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Install security updates automatically</emphasis>: this will "
"install the <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package, which "
"will install security updates without the intervention of an administrator. "
"For more details see <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manage the system with Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape is a paid "
"service provided by Canonical to help manage your Ubuntu machines. See the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> "
"site for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Sistemi Landscape ile yönet</emphasis>: Landscape, Ubuntu "
"makinelerini yönetmeye yardımcı olan ve Canonical tarafından sağlanan "
"ücretli bir servistir. Ayrıntılar için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> "
"sitesine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"You now have the option to install, or not install, several package tasks. "
"See <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/> for details. Also, there is an option "
"to launch <application>aptitude</application> to choose specific packages to "
"install. For more information see <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi birkaç paket görevlerini yükleyip, yüklememek arasında seçim yapın. "
"Ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/>'a bakın. Ayrıca, yüklemek "
"istediğin özel paketleri seçmeni sağlayan "
"<application>aptitude</application>'yi başlatmak için bir seçim vardır. Daha "
"fazla bilgi için <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:243(para)
msgid "Finally, the last step before rebooting is to set the clock to UTC."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, yeniden önyükleme yapmadan önceki son adım, UTC saatini "
"ayarlamaktır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"If at any point during installation you are not satisfied by the default "
"setting, use the \"Go Back\" function at any prompt to be brought to a "
"detailed installation menu that will allow you to modify the default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Eğer yükleme esnasındaki herhangi bir noktada, mevcut ayardan hoşlanmazsan, "
"herhangi bir girişte, mevcut ayarları düzenlemeni sağlayan ayrıntılı yükleme "
"menüsünü göstermesi için \"Geri Git\" fonksiyonunu kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"At some point during the installation process you may want to read the help "
"screen provided by the installation system. To do this, press F1."
msgstr ""
"Yükleme işlemi esnasındaki bazı noktalarda, yükleme sistemi tarafından "
"sağlanan yardım ekranını okuyabilirsin. Bunun için F1'e basın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, for detailed instructions see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/14.04/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:265(title)
msgid "Package Tasks"
msgstr "Paket Görevleri"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"During the Server Edition installation you have the option of installing "
"additional packages from the CD. The packages are grouped by the type of "
"service they provide."
msgstr ""
"Server Edition yükleme esnasında, CD'deki ek paketleri yükleme seçeneğin "
"vardır. Paketler, sağlanan servis türü tarafından gruplandırılır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:272(para)
msgid "DNS server: Selects the BIND DNS server and its documentation."
msgstr "DNS sunucu: BIND DNS sunucuyu ve onun belgelendirmelerini seçer."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:277(para)
msgid "LAMP server: Selects a ready-made Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server."
msgstr ""
"LAMP sunucu: Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP sunucunun bir hazır yapımını seçer."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Mail server: This task selects a variety of packages useful for a general "
"purpose mail server system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:287(para)
msgid "OpenSSH server: Selects packages needed for an OpenSSH server."
msgstr "OpenSSH sunucu: OpenSSH sunucu için gerekli paketleri seçer."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"PostgreSQL database: This task selects client and server packages for the "
"PostgreSQL database."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL veritabanı: Bu görev PostgreSQL veritabanı için istemci ve sunucu "
"paketlerinin seçer."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:297(para)
msgid "Print server: This task sets up your system to be a print server."
msgstr "Yazdırma sunucusu: Bu görev, sistemini yazdırma sunucu olarak kurar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:302(para)
msgid ""
"Samba File server: This task sets up your system to be a Samba file server, "
"which is especially suitable in networks with both Windows and Linux systems."
msgstr ""
"Samba Dosya sunucu: Bu görev, sistemini, hem Windows hem de Linux için "
"özellikle ağla uyumlu olan Samba dosya sunucu olarak kurar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:308(para)
msgid "Tomcat Java server: Installs Apache Tomcat and needed dependencies."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine host: Includes packages needed to run KVM virtual machines."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"Manually select packages: Executes <application>aptitude</application> "
"allowing you to individually select packages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"Installing the package groups is accomplished using the "
"<application>tasksel</application> utility. One of the important differences "
"between Ubuntu (or Debian) and other GNU/Linux distribution is that, when "
"installed, a package is also configured to reasonable defaults, eventually "
"prompting you for additional required information. Likewise, when installing "
"a task, the packages are not only installed, but also configured to provided "
"a fully integrated service."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation process has finished you can view a list of available "
"tasks by entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Yükleme işlemi bittikten sonra, terminale aşağıdaki komutu girerek "
"kullanılabilir görevlerin bir listesini görebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:335(command)
msgid "tasksel --list-tasks"
msgstr "tasksel --list-tasks"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"The output will list tasks from other Ubuntu based distributions such as "
"Kubuntu and Edubuntu. Note that you can also invoke the "
"<command>tasksel</command> command by itself, which will bring up a menu of "
"the different tasks available."
msgstr ""
"Çıktı, Kubuntu ve Edubuntu gibi Ubuntu tabanlı diğer dağıtımlardaki "
"görevleri listeler. Kullanılabilir farklı görevlerin bir menüsünü gösteren "
"<command>tasksel</command> komutunu kendi kendine başlatacağını da unutma."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"You can view a list of which packages are installed with each task using the "
"<emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis> option. For example, to list the "
"packages installed with the <emphasis>DNS Server</emphasis> task enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis>  seçeneği kullanılarak yüklene her "
"görevin paketlerinin bir listesini görebilirsin. Örneğin, <emphasis>DNS "
"Sunucu</emphasis> görevi ile yüklü paketleri listelemek için aşağıdakileri "
"girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:349(command)
msgid "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"
msgstr "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:351(para)
msgid "The output of the command should list:"
msgstr "Komutun çıktısı şöyledir:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:354(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind9-doc \n"
"bind9utils \n"
"bind9\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bind9-doc \n"
"bind9utils \n"
"bind9\n"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"If you did not install one of the tasks during the installation process, but "
"for example you decide to make your new LAMP server a DNS server as well, "
"simply insert the installation CD and from a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:364(command)
msgid "sudo tasksel install dns-server"
msgstr "sudo tasksel install dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:369(title)
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr "Yükseltme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to upgrade from one Ubuntu release to another. This "
"section gives an overview of the recommended upgrade method."
msgstr ""
"Sistemini bir Ubuntu sürümünden diğerine yükseltmenin birkaç yolu vardır. Bu "
"bölüm tavsiye edilen yükseltme yöntemlerinin bir önizlemesini içerir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:374(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:389(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"The recommended way to upgrade a Server Edition installation is to use the "
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application> utility. Part of the "
"<emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis> package, it does not have any "
"graphical dependencies and is installed by default."
msgstr ""
"Server Edition yükleme yükseltmesinin tavsiye edilen yolu <application>do-"
"release-upgrade</application> uygulamasını kullanmaktır. <emphasis>update-"
"manager-core</emphasis> paketinin parçasında herhangi grafiksel arayüz "
"yoktur ve öntanımlı olarak yüklenir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:380(para)
msgid ""
"Debian based systems can also be upgraded by using <command>apt-get dist-"
"upgrade</command>. However, using <application>do-release-"
"upgrade</application> is recommended because it has the ability to handle "
"system configuration changes sometimes needed between releases."
msgstr ""
"Debian tabanlı sistemler de <command>apt-get dist-upgrade</command> "
"kullanılarak yükseltilebilir. Bununla beraber iki sürüm arasında gerekli "
"bazı değişiklikleri yapılandırmaya uygun olan <application>do-release-"
"upgrade</application> kullanma tavsiye edilir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:385(para)
msgid "To upgrade to a newer release, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Yeni sürüme yükseltmek için terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use <application>do-release-upgrade</application> to "
"upgrade to a development version of Ubuntu. To accomplish this use the "
"<emphasis>-d</emphasis> switch:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca Ubuntu'nun bir geliştirme sürümünü yükseltmek için <application>do-"
"release-upgrade</application> de kullanılabilir. Bunu yapmak için <emphasis>-"
"d</emphasis> anahtarını kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:396(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade -d"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade -d"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"Upgrading to a development release is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended "
"for production environments."
msgstr ""
"Geliştirme sürümüne yükseltme ürün ortamları için tavsiye "
"<emphasis>edilmez</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:406(title)
msgid "Advanced Installation"
msgstr "Gelişmiş Yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:409(title)
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Yazılımsal RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"Redundant Array of Independent Disks \"RAID\" is a method of using multiple "
"disks to provide different balances of increasing data reliability and/or "
"increasing input/output performance, depending on the RAID level being used. "
"RAID is implemented in either software (where the operating system knows "
"about both drives and actively maintains both of them) or hardware (where a "
"special controller makes the OS think there's only one drive and maintains "
"the drives 'invisibly')."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
"The RAID software included with current versions of Linux (and Ubuntu) is "
"based on the <application>'mdadm'</application> driver and works very well, "
"better even than many so-called 'hardware' RAID controllers. This section "
"will guide you through installing Ubuntu Server Edition using two RAID1 "
"partitions on two physical hard drives, one for <emphasis>/</emphasis> and "
"another for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Linux'un (ve Ubuntu) mevcut sürümlerini içeren RAID yazılımı, "
"<application>'mdadm'</application> sürücü tabanlıdır ve 'donanım-RAID' "
"konrolcüleri olarak adlandırılan çoğu donanımdan daha iyi çalışır. Bu bölüm, "
"biri <emphasis>/</emphasis> ve diğeri de <emphasis>swap</emphasis> olan iki "
"fiziksel sürücüdeki iki RAID1 bölümü kullanarak Ubuntu Server Edition "
"yüklemeyi sana gösterecek."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:716(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:427(title)
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Bölümleme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:429(para) serverguide/C/installation.xml:951(para)
msgid ""
"Follow the installation steps until you get to the <emphasis>Partition "
"disks</emphasis> step, then:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Diskleri bölümleme</emphasis> adımına ulaşana kadar yükleme "
"adımlarını takip edin. Sonra:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:436(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>Manual</emphasis> as the partition method."
msgstr "Bölümleme yöntemi olarak <emphasis>Elle</emphasis>'yi seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:443(para)
msgid ""
"Select the first hard drive, and agree to <emphasis>\"Create a new empty "
"partition table on this device?\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"İlk sabit sürücüyü seçin ve <emphasis>\"Bu aygıtta yeni boş bölüm tablosu "
"oluşturulsun mu?\"</emphasis>yu onaylayın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:447(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat this step for each drive you wish to be part of the RAID array."
msgstr ""
"RAID dizisinin bir bölümü olmasını istediğin her sürücü için bu adımı "
"tekrarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"FREE SPACE\"</emphasis> on the first drive then "
"select <emphasis>\"Create a new partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"İlk sürücüdeki <emphasis>\"BOŞ ALAN\"</emphasis>ı ardından da "
"<emphasis>\"Yeni bölüm oluştur\"</emphasis>u seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:461(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select the <emphasis>Size</emphasis> of the partition. This partition "
"will be the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition, and a general rule for swap "
"size is twice that of RAM. Enter the partition size, then choose "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Beginning</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sonra bölümün <emphasis>Boyut</emphasis>unu seçin. Bu bölüm "
"<emphasis>swap</emphasis> bölümü olacak ve swap boyutu için genel kuralı "
"RAM'in iki katıdır. Bölüm boyutunu girin, sonra "
"<emphasis>Birincil</emphasis>, ardından <emphasis>Başlangıç</emphasis>ı "
"seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"A swap partition size of twice the available RAM capacity may not always be "
"desirable, especially on systems with large amounts of RAM. Calculating the "
"swap partition size for servers is highly dependent on how the system is "
"going to be used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line at the top. By default this "
"is <emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Ext4 journaling file system\"</emphasis>, "
"change that to <emphasis>\"physical volume for RAID\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Üstteki <emphasis>\"Kullan:\"</emphasis> satırını seç. Normalde bu, "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Ext4 journaling dosya sistemi\"</emphasis>ni "
"<emphasis>\"RAID için fiziksel birim\"</emphasis>e değiştirin, ardından "
"<emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı tamamla\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition once again select <emphasis>\"Free "
"Space\"</emphasis> on the first drive then <emphasis>\"Create a new "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/</emphasis> bölümü için tekrar, ilk sürücüdeki <emphasis>\"Boş "
"Alan\"</emphasis>ı seçin, sonra <emphasis>\"Yeni bölüm oluştur\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"Use the rest of the free space on the drive and choose "
"<emphasis>Continue</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Primary</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sürücünün geri kalan boş alanını kullanın ve <emphasis>Devam</emphasis>ı "
"ardından <emphasis>Birincil</emphasis>'i seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"As with the swap partition, select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line "
"at the top, changing it to <emphasis>\"physical volume for "
"RAID\"</emphasis>. Also select the <emphasis>\"Bootable flag:\"</emphasis> "
"line to change the value to <emphasis>\"on\"</emphasis>. Then choose "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Swap bölümünde olduğu gibi üstteki satırdan "
"<emphasis>\"Kullan:\"</emphasis>ı seçin, onu <emphasis>\"RAID için fiziksel "
"birim\"</emphasis>e değiştirin. Ayrıca <emphasis>\"Önyüklenebilir "
"işaret:\"</emphasis> satırını <emphasis>\"açık\"</emphasis> olarak "
"değiştirin. Ardından <emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı tamamla\"</emphasis>yı "
"seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:511(para)
msgid "Repeat steps three through eight for the other disk and partitions."
msgstr ""
"Diğer disk ve bölümler için üçten sekize kadar olan adımları tekrarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:520(title)
msgid "RAID Configuration"
msgstr "RAID Yapılandırma"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:522(para)
msgid "With the partitions setup the arrays are ready to be configured:"
msgstr "Bölüm kurulumu ile diziler yapılandırmaya hazırdır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"Back in the main \"Partition Disks\" page, select <emphasis>\"Configure "
"Software RAID\"</emphasis> at the top."
msgstr ""
"Geri \"Diskleri Bölümle\" ana sayfasına gidin, üstteki "
"<emphasis>\"Yazılımsal RAID'i Yapılandır\"</emphasis>ı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:536(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>\"yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"Değişikliklerin diske yazılması için <emphasis>\"evet\"</emphasis>i seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:543(para)
msgid "Choose <emphasis>\"Create MD device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr "<emphasis>\"MD aygıtı oluştur\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:550(para)
msgid ""
"For this example, select <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, but if you are "
"using a different setup choose the appropriate type (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5)."
msgstr ""
"Bu örnek için <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>i seçin, fakat eğer farklı bir "
"kurulum kullanıyorsan uygun türü seçin (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 gibi)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:556(para)
msgid ""
"In order to use <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis> you need at least "
"<emphasis>three</emphasis> drives. Using RAID0 or RAID1 only "
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> drives are required."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID5</emphasis>'i kullanmak için en az <emphasis>üç</emphasis> "
"sürücü gerekir. RAID0 veya RAID1'de sadece <emphasis>iki</emphasis> sürücü "
"gereklidir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the number of active devices <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, or the amount "
"of hard drives you have, for the array. Then select "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Aktif aygıtların sayısını <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis> olarak veya elindeki "
"sabit sürücü miktarına göre girin. Ardından <emphasis>\"Devam\"</emphasis>ı "
"seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"Next, enter the number of spare devices <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> by "
"default, then choose <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sonra, yedek aygıtların sayısını girin, normalde "
"<emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis>'dır, ardından <emphasis>\"Devam\"</emphasis>ı "
"seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"Choose which partitions to use. Generally they will be sda1, sdb1, sdc1, "
"etc. The numbers will usually match and the different letters correspond to "
"different hard drives."
msgstr ""
"Kullanılacak bölümü seçin. Genellikle sda1, sdb1, sdc1, vb. olurlar. Sayılar "
"genellikle eşleşecek ve farklı harfler farklı sabit sürücülere denk gelir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:585(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition choose <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>. Select <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis> to "
"go to the next step."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Swap</emphasis> bölümü için <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>'i seçin. Sonraki adıma geçmek için "
"<emphasis>\"Devam\"</emphasis>ı tıklayın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:593(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat steps <emphasis>three</emphasis> through <emphasis>seven</emphasis> "
"for the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition choosing <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/</emphasis> bölümü için, <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>'yi seçerek <emphasis>üç</emphasis>ten "
"<emphasis>yedi</emphasis>ye kadar olan adımları tekrarlayın ."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:601(para)
msgid "Once done select <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis>."
msgstr "<emphasis>\"Son\"</emphasis>u seçerek bitirin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:611(title)
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr "Biçimlendirme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a list of hard drives and RAID devices. The next step is "
"to format and set the mount point for the RAID devices. Treat the RAID "
"device as a local hard drive, format and mount accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi sabit sürücü ve RAID aygıtların bir listesi bulunuyor. Sonraki adım "
"RAID aygıtları biçimlendirme ve bağlama noktasını ayarlamadır. RAID "
"aygıtlar, biçimlendirme ve bağlamada bir yerel sabit sürücü gibi davranır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:621(para)
msgid ""
"Select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#0\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"RAID1 aygıtı #0\"</emphasis> bölümü altındaki "
"<emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis>'i seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"swap "
"area\"</emphasis>, then <emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"Kullan:\"</emphasis>ı seçin. Ardından <emphasis>\"swap "
"alanı\"</emphasis>, sonra da <emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı "
"tamamla\"</emphasis>yı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#1\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <emphasis>\"RAID1 aygıt #1\"</emphasis> bölümü altındaki "
"<emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis>'i seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:643(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"Ext4 "
"journaling file system\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"Kullan:\"</emphasis>ı, sonra da <emphasis>\"Ext4 journaling "
"dosya sistemi\"</emphasis>ni seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:650(para)
msgid ""
"Then select the <emphasis>\"Mount point\"</emphasis> and choose "
"<emphasis>\"/ - the root file system\"</emphasis>. Change any of the other "
"options as appropriate, then select <emphasis>\"Done setting up "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Ardından <emphasis>\"Birleştirme noktası\"</emphasis>nı ve <emphasis>\"/ - "
"kök dosya sistemi\"</emphasis>ni seçin. Diğer seçenekleri uygun olacak "
"şekilde değiştirin, sonra <emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı "
"tamamla\"</emphasis>yı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:658(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak <emphasis>\"Bölümlendirmeyi tamamla ve değişiklikleri diske "
"yaz\"</emphasis>ı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:665(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to place the root partition on a RAID array, the installer "
"will then ask if you would like to boot in a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> "
"state. See <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/> for further details."
msgstr ""
"Eğer RAID dizisinde yerleştirmek için kök bölümünü seçersen, yükleyici "
"<emphasis>indirilmiş</emphasis> durumda başlatmak isteyip, istemediğini "
"soracak. Daha fazla ayrıntı için <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:670(para)
msgid "The installation process will then continue normally."
msgstr "Sonra bu yükleme işlemi normal olarak devam edecek."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:676(title)
msgid "Degraded RAID"
msgstr "İndirilmiş RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"At some point in the life of the computer a disk failure event may occur. "
"When this happens, using Software RAID, the operating system will place the "
"array into what is known as a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> state."
msgstr ""
"Bilgisayar ömrünün bazı noktalarında disk hatası meydana gelebilir. "
"Yazılımsal RAID kullanırken bu olduğunda, işletim sistemi diziyi "
"<emphasis>indirilmiş</emphasis> olarak bilinen durum içine yerleştirecek."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:683(para)
msgid ""
"If the array has become degraded, due to the chance of data corruption, by "
"default Ubuntu Server Edition will boot to <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis> "
"after thirty seconds. Once the initramfs has booted there is a fifteen "
"second prompt giving you the option to go ahead and boot the system, or "
"attempt manual recover. Booting to the initramfs prompt may or may not be "
"the desired behavior, especially if the machine is in a remote location. "
"Booting to a degraded array can be configured several ways:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer dizi veri bozulmasından dolayı indirilirse, normalde Ubuntu Server "
"Edition üç saniye sonra <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis>'ye başlatacak. "
"initramfs başladıktan onbeş saniye sonra devam etmek için bir seçenek "
"gelecek ve sistem başlayacak veya elle düzeltilecek. initramfs başlaması "
"istenen durum olabilir de olmayada bilir, özellikle makine uzak konumda ise. "
"İndirilmiş dizide başlatma birkaç yolla yapılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:694(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> utility can be used to "
"configure the default behavior, and during the process you will be queried "
"about additional settings related to the array. Such as monitoring, email "
"alerts, etc. To reconfigure <application>mdadm</application> enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> uygulaması normal durumu "
"yapılandırmak için kullanılabilir ve işlem esnasında, gösterim, e-posta "
"olayları, vb gibi dizi için ek ayarlar sorulacak. "
"<application>mdadm</application>'i yeniden yapılandırmak için şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:701(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:707(para)
msgid ""
"The <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> process will change the "
"<filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename> configuration file. "
"The file has the advantage of being able to pre-configure the system's "
"behavior, and can also be manually edited:"
msgstr ""
"<command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> işlemi <filename>/etc/initramfs-"
"tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename> yapılandırma dosyasını değiştirecek. Sistemin "
"durumunu ön yapılandırabilen gelişmiş seçeneğe sahiptir ve elle "
"düzenlenebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:713(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:718(para)
msgid "The configuration file can be overridden by using a Kernel argument."
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma dosyasının üzerine Çekirdek argümanı kullanılarak yazılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:726(para)
msgid ""
"Using a Kernel argument will allow the system to boot to a degraded array as "
"well:"
msgstr ""
"Çekirdek argümanı kullanma sistemi indirgenmiş olarak başlanmayı sağlar:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:732(para)
msgid ""
"When the server is booting press <keycap>Shift</keycap> to open the "
"<application>Grub</application> menu."
msgstr ""
"Sunucu başlarken, <application>Grub</application> menüsünü açmak için "
"<keycap>Shift</keycap>'e basın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:737(para)
msgid "Press <keycap>e</keycap> to edit your kernel command options."
msgstr ""
"Çekirdeğinizin komut seçeneklerini düzenlemek için <keycap>e</keycap>'ye "
"basın"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:742(para)
msgid "Press the <keycap>down</keycap> arrow to highlight the kernel line."
msgstr ""
"Çekirdek satırını seçmek için <keycap>aşağı</keycap> yön tuşuna basın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"Add <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (without the quotes) to the "
"end of the line."
msgstr ""
"Satırın sonuna <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (tırnak işareti "
"olmadan) ekleyin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:752(para)
msgid ""
"Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>x</keycap></keycombo> to boot "
"the system."
msgstr ""
"Sistemi başlatmak için "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>x</keycap></keycombo>'e basın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:761(para)
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted you can either repair the array see <xref "
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/> for details, or copy important data to "
"another machine due to major hardware failure."
msgstr ""
"Sistem başladıktan sonra diziyi (ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"raid-"
"maintenance\"/> bakın) düzenleyebilir ya da önemli verileri büyük donanım "
"hatasından dolayı başka makineye taşıyabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:768(title)
msgid "RAID Maintenance"
msgstr "RAID Bakımı"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mdadm</application> utility can be used to view the status "
"of an array, add disks to an array, remove disks, etc:"
msgstr ""
"<application>mdadm</application> uygulaması herhangi bir dizinin durumunu "
"görmek, diziye diskler eklemek, diskleri kaldırmak, vb için kullanılabilir:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:777(para)
msgid "To view the status of an array, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Dizinin durumunu görmek için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:781(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:784(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-D</emphasis> tells <application>mdadm</application> to "
"display <emphasis>detailed</emphasis> information about the "
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename> device. Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> "
"with the appropriate RAID device."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-D</emphasis>, <filename>/dev/md0</filename> aygıtı hakkında  "
"<emphasis>ayrıntılı</emphasis> bilgi göstermesini "
"<application>mdadm</application>'e söyler. <filename>/dev/md0</filename> "
"yerine uygun RAID aygıtı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:790(para)
msgid "To view the status of a disk in an array:"
msgstr "Dizideki bir diskin durumunu göstermek için:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:794(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:796(para)
msgid ""
"The output if very similar to the <command>mdadm -D</command> command, "
"adjust <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> for each disk."
msgstr ""
"Çıktı eğer <command>mdadm -D</command> komutuna çok benziyorsa, her disk "
"için <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>'i ayarlayın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:801(para)
msgid "If a disk fails and needs to be removed from an array enter:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bir disk hatalı ve diziden kaldırılması gerekiyorsa, şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:805(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:807(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>/dev/md0</filename> and <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> to "
"the appropriate RAID device and disk."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename> ve <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>'i uygun RAID "
"aygıt ve diski ile değiştirin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:812(para)
msgid "Similarly, to add a new disk:"
msgstr "Benzer şekilde yeni disk eklemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:816(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"Sometimes a disk can change to a <emphasis>faulty</emphasis> state even "
"though there is nothing physically wrong with the drive. It is usually "
"worthwhile to remove the drive from the array then re-add it. This will "
"cause the drive to re-sync with the array. If the drive will not sync with "
"the array, it is a good indication of hardware failure."
msgstr ""
"Bazen bir disk, sürücüde fiziksel bir yanlışlık olmazsa bile "
"<emphasis>hatalı</emphasis> durumuna değiştirilebilir. Bu durum, sürücüyü "
"diziden kaldırıp, tekrar eklemekten genellikle daha iyi bir seçimdir. Bu, "
"sürücüyü dizi ile tekrar senkronize olmasına sebep olur. Eğer sürücü dizi "
"ile senkronize olmazsa, bu donanım hatasının iyi bir işaretidir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> file also contains useful information "
"about the system's RAID devices:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> dosyası da sistemdeki RAID aygıtları "
"hakkında kullanışlı bilgi içerir:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:832(command)
msgid "cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:833(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"unused devices: &lt;none&gt;"
msgstr ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"kullanılmayan aygıtlar: &lt;none&gt;"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:840(para)
msgid ""
"The following command is great for watching the status of a syncing drive:"
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki komut senkronize olan sürücünün durumunu seyretmek için harikadır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:845(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:848(para)
msgid ""
"Press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> to stop the "
"<application>watch</application> command."
msgstr ""
"<application>watch</application> (seyretme) komutunu durdurmak için "
"<emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>'ye basın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:852(para)
msgid ""
"If you do need to replace a faulty drive, after the drive has been replaced "
"and synced, <application>grub</application> will need to be installed. To "
"install <application>grub</application> on the new drive, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer hatalı bir sürücüyü değiştirmeye ihtiyacın varsa, sürücü "
"değiştirildikten ve senkronize edildikten sonra, "
"<application>grub</application>'un yüklenmesi gerekir. Yeni sürücüye "
"<application>grub</application>u yüklemek için aşağıdakini girin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:858(command)
msgid "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:861(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> with the appropriate array device name."
msgstr "<filename>/dev/md0</filename> yerine uygun dizi aygıt adı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:869(para)
msgid ""
"The topic of RAID arrays is a complex one due to the plethora of ways RAID "
"can be configured. Please see the following links for more information:"
msgstr ""
"RAID dizilerinin konusu, yapılandırılabilir RAID'in gereğinden fazla yöntemi "
"olduğundan dolayı karmaşıktır. Daha fazla bilgi için lütfen aşağıdaki "
"bağlantılara bakın:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#raid\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Articles on RAID</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#raid\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Articles on RAID</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:882(ulink)
msgid "Software RAID HOWTO"
msgstr "Yazılımsal RAID NASIL"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:887(ulink)
msgid "Managing RAID on Linux"
msgstr "Linux'de RAID Yönetme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:894(title)
msgid "Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Mantıksal Birim Yönetimi (LVM)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:896(para)
msgid ""
"Logical Volume Manger, or <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, allows administrators to "
"create <emphasis>logical</emphasis> volumes out of one or multiple physical "
"hard disks. LVM volumes can be created on both software RAID partitions and "
"standard partitions residing on a single disk. Volumes can also be extended, "
"giving greater flexibility to systems as requirements change."
msgstr ""
"Mantıksal Birim Yönetimi veya <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, bir veya daha fazla "
"fiziksel sabit disk olmaksızın, yöneticilerin <emphasis>mantıksal</emphasis> "
"birim oluşturmasını sağlar. LVM birimleri tek bir diskte, hem yazılımsal "
"RAID bölümlerde hem de standart bölümlerde bulunur. Birimler de "
"genişletilebilir ve sistemdeki gerekli değişikliklere daha esnek davranırlar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:905(para)
msgid ""
"A side effect of LVM's power and flexibility is a greater degree of "
"complication. Before diving into the LVM installation process, it is best to "
"get familiar with some terms."
msgstr ""
"LVM'nin güç ve esneklik büyük oranda etkiye sahiptir. LVM yükleme işlemine "
"girişmeden önce, bazı terimleri bilmek çok iyi bir başlangıç olacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:912(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Physical Volume (PV):</emphasis> physical hard disk, disk "
"partition or software RAID partition formatted as LVM PV."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:918(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Volume Group (VG):</emphasis> is made from one or more physical "
"volumes. A VG can can be extended by adding more PVs. A VG is like a virtual "
"disk drive, from which one or more logical volumes are carved."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:924(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Logical Volume (LV):</emphasis> is similar to a partition in a non-"
"LVM system. A LV is formatted with the desired file system (EXT3, XFS, JFS, "
"etc), it is then available for mounting and data storage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:935(para)
msgid ""
"As an example this section covers installing Ubuntu Server Edition with "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> mounted on a LVM volume. During "
"the initial install only one Physical Volume (PV) will be part of the Volume "
"Group (VG). Another PV will be added after install to demonstrate how a VG "
"can be extended."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümdeki örnek gibi, Ubuntu Server Edition'u bir LVM birime bağlı "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> ile yüklemeyi kapsar. İlk "
"yükleme esnasında sadece bir Fiziksel Birim (PV), Birim Grubu (VG)'nun bir "
"parçası olacak. Diğer PV, bir VG'nin nasıl genişletilebileceğini göstermesi "
"için yüklemeden sonra eklenecek."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:941(para)
msgid ""
"There are several installation options for LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use the "
"entire disk and setup LVM\"</emphasis> which will also allow you to assign a "
"portion of the available space to LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use entire and "
"setup encrypted LVM\"</emphasis>, or <emphasis>Manually</emphasis> setup the "
"partitions and configure LVM. At this time the only way to configure a "
"system with both LVM and standard partitions, during installation, is to use "
"the Manual approach."
msgstr ""
"LVM için birkaç yükleme seçeneği vardır, <emphasis>\"Rehberli - tüm diski "
"kullan ve LVM'yi kur\"</emphasis> kullanılabilir alanın bir kısmını LVM'ye "
"ayırmanı sağlar, <emphasis>\"Rehberli - tümünü kullan ve şifreli LVM "
"kur\"</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Elle</emphasis> bölümleri kur ve LVM'yi "
"yapılandır. Bu aşamada yükleme esnasındaki tek yol sistemi hem LVM hem de "
"standart bölümlemeler ile yapılandırmak, Kılavuz yaklaşımını kullanmaktır."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:958(para)
msgid ""
"At the <emphasis>\"Partition Disks</emphasis> screen choose "
"<emphasis>\"Manual\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"Diskleri Bölümleme</emphasis> ekranında "
"<emphasis>\"Kılavız\"</emphasis>u seç."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:965(para)
msgid ""
"Select the hard disk and on the next screen choose \"yes\" to "
"<emphasis>\"Create a new empty partition table on this device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sabit diski seç ve sonraki ekrandan <emphasis>\"Bu aygıtta yeni boş bölüm "
"tablosu oluştur\"</emphasis>mak için \"evet\"i."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:972(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create standard <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, <emphasis>swap</emphasis>, "
"and <emphasis>/</emphasis> partitions with whichever filesystem you prefer."
msgstr ""
"Sonra, standart <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, <emphasis>swap</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>/</emphasis> bölümlerini istediğin herhangi bir dosya sistemi ile "
"oluştur."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:980(para)
msgid ""
"For the LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, create a new "
"<emphasis>Logical</emphasis> partition. Then change <emphasis>\"Use "
"as\"</emphasis> to <emphasis>\"physical volume for LVM\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> için, yeni bir <emphasis>Mantıksal</emphasis> "
"bölüm oluştur. Sonra <emphasis>\"Kullan\"</emphasis>ı <emphasis>\"LVM için "
"fiziksel birim\"</emphasis>e değiştir ardından <emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı "
"tamamla\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:988(para)
msgid ""
"Now select <emphasis>\"Configure the Logical Volume Manager\"</emphasis> at "
"the top, and choose <emphasis>\"Yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to "
"disk."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi, üstten <emphasis>\"Mantıksal Birim Yöneticisini "
"Yapılandır\"</emphasis>ı ardından da değişikliklerin diske yazılması için "
"<emphasis>\"Evet\"</emphasis>i seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> on the next "
"screen, choose <emphasis>\"Create volume group\"</emphasis>. Enter a name "
"for the VG such as <emphasis>vg01</emphasis>, or something more descriptive. "
"After entering a name, select the partition configured for LVM, and choose "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sonraki ekrandaki <emphasis>\"LVM yapılandırma eylemi\"</emphasis> için, "
"<emphasis>\"Birim grubu oluştur\"</emphasis>u seçin. "
"<emphasis>vg01</emphasis> veya daha açıklamalı bir ad girin. Ad girdikten "
"sonra, LVM için yapılı bölümü ardından <emphasis>\"Devam\"</emphasis>ı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1005(para)
msgid ""
"Back at the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> screen, select "
"<emphasis>\"Create logical volume\"</emphasis>. Select the newly created "
"volume group, and enter a name for the new LV, for example "
"<emphasis>srv</emphasis> since that is the intended mount point. Then choose "
"a size, which may be the full partition because it can always be extended "
"later. Choose <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis> and you should be back at the "
"main <emphasis>\"Partition Disks\"</emphasis> screen."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"LVM yapılandırma eylemi\"</emphasis> ekranına geri git, "
"<emphasis>\"Mantıksal birim oluştur\"</emphasis>u seç. Yeni oluşturulan "
"birim grubunu seçin ve yeni LV için gir ad girin, örneğin bağlama noktasına "
"kastıyla <emphasis>srv</emphasis>. Sonra tüm bölümün bulunacağı bir boyut "
"seçin. Çünkü daha sonra genişletilmiş olabilir. "
"<emphasis>\"Son\"</emphasis>u seçerek ana <emphasis>\"Diskler "
"Bölümleme\"</emphasis> ekranına göneceksin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a filesystem to the new LVM. Select the partition under "
"<emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis>, or whatever name you have "
"chosen, the choose <emphasis>Use as</emphasis>. Setup a file system as "
"normal selecting <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> as the mount point. Once done, "
"select <emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi yeni LVM'ye bir dosya sistemi ekle. <emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV "
"srv\"</emphasis> veya buna benzer seçtiğin bir adın altındaki bölümü, "
"ardından da <emphasis>Kullan</emphasis>ı seç. Bağlama noktası olacak şekilde "
"normal <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> seçimi gibi bir dosya sistemi kur. "
"Bittikten sonra, <emphasis>\"Bölüm oluşturmayı tamamla\"</emphasis>yı seçin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1024(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>. Then confirm the changes and continue with the rest of "
"the installation."
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, <emphasis>\"Biçimlendirmeyi bitir ve değişiklikleri diske "
"yaz\"</emphasis>ı seçin. Ardından değişiklikleri onaylayın ve yüklemenin "
"geri kalan kısmına devam edin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1032(para)
msgid "There are some useful utilities to view information about LVM:"
msgstr ""
"LVM hakkındaki bilgiyi göstermesi için kullanışlı birkaç uygulama vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1037(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Physical Volumes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1038(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Volume Groups."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> Birim Grupları hakkındaki bilgiyi gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1039(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Logical Volumes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1044(title)
msgid "Extending Volume Groups"
msgstr "Birim Gruplarını Genişletme"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1046(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing with <emphasis>srv</emphasis> as an LVM volume example, this "
"section covers adding a second hard disk, creating a Physical Volume (PV), "
"adding it to the volume group (VG), extending the logical volume <filename "
"role=\"directory\">srv</filename> and finally extending the filesystem. This "
"example assumes a second hard disk has been added to the system. In this "
"example, this hard disk will be named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> and we "
"will use the entire disk as a physical volume (you could choose to create "
"partitions and use them as different physical volumes)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1054(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure you don't already have an existing <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> "
"before issuing the commands below. You could lose some data if you issue "
"those commands on a non-empty disk."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1062(para)
msgid "First, create the physical volume, in a terminal execute:"
msgstr "Önce, fiziksel birim oluşturmak için terminalde şunu çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1067(command)
msgid "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1073(para)
msgid "Now extend the Volume Group (VG):"
msgstr "Şimdi Birim Grubunu (VG) genişletin:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1078(command)
msgid "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1084(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>vgdisplay</application> to find out the free physical "
"extents - Free PE / size (the size you can allocate). We will assume a free "
"size of 511 PE (equivalent to 2GB with a PE size of 4MB) and we will use the "
"whole free space available. Use your own PE and/or free space."
msgstr ""
"Boş fiziksel genişleme bulmak için <application>vgdisplay</application>i "
"kullanın - Boş PE / boyut (ayırabileceğin boyut). Boş boyutun 511 PE ( 2GB'a "
"eşittir. 1 PE = 4MB) olduğunu ve tüm kullanılabilir boş alanı "
"kullanacağımızı varsayıyoruz. Kendi PE ve/veya boş alanını kullan."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1090(para)
msgid ""
"The Logical Volume (LV) can now be extended by different methods, we will "
"only see how to use the PE to extend the LV:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi Mantıksal Birim (LV) farklı metotlarda genişletilebilir. Biz LV'yi "
"genişletmek için sadece PE'nin nasıl kullanılacağını göreceğiz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1095(command)
msgid "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"
msgstr "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1098(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-l</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using PE. "
"The <emphasis>-L</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using Meg, "
"Gig, Tera, etc bytes."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-l</emphasis> seçeneği LV'nin PE kullanılarak genişlemesini "
"sağlar. <emphasis>-L</emphasis> seçeneği LV'nin Mega, Giga, Tera, vb. "
"baytları kullanarak genişlemesini sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1106(para)
msgid ""
"Even though you are supposed to be able to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> an "
"ext3 or ext4 filesystem without unmounting it first, it may be a good "
"practice to unmount it anyway and check the filesystem, so that you don't "
"mess up the day you want to reduce a logical volume (in that case unmounting "
"first is compulsory)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1112(para)
msgid ""
"The following commands are for an <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>EXT4</emphasis> filesystem. If you are using another filesystem "
"there may be other utilities available."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki komutlar <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> veya <emphasis>EXT4</emphasis> "
"dosya sistemi içindir. Eğer başka bir dosya sistemi kullanıyorsan diğer "
"uygulamalar da olabilir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1119(command)
msgid "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1122(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-f</emphasis> option of <application>e2fsck</application> "
"forces checking even if the system seems clean."
msgstr ""
"<application>e2fsck</application>'nın <emphasis>-f</emphasis> seçeneği dosya "
"sistemi temiz olsa bile kontrol etmeyi gerçekleştirir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1129(para)
msgid "Finally, resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "Son olarak, dosya sistemini yeniden boyutlandır:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1134(command)
msgid "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1140(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition and check its size."
msgstr "Şimdi bölümü birleştirin ve boyutunu kontrol edin."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1145(command)
msgid "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"
msgstr "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1157(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#lvm\">Ubuntu Wiki LVM "
"Articles</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#lvm\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki LVM Articles</ulink>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1162(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM "
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-"
"HOWTO/index.html\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>ya bakın."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1167(para)
msgid ""
"Another good article is <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> on O'Reilly's "
"linuxdevcenter.com site."
msgstr ""
"Diğer güzel rehber O'Reilly'in linuxdevcenter.com sitesindeki <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink>'dir."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1181(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk"
" man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1185(title)
msgid "Kernel Crash Dump"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1192(para)
msgid "Kernel Panic"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1193(para)
msgid "Non Maskable Interrupts (NMI)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1194(para)
msgid "Machine Check Exceptions (MCE)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1195(para)
msgid "Hardware failure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1196(para)
msgid "Manual intervention"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1188(para)
msgid ""
"A Kernel Crash Dump refers to a portion of the contents of volatile memory "
"(RAM) that is copied to disk whenever the execution of the kernel is "
"disrupted. The following events can cause a kernel disruption : <placeholder-"
"1/> For some of those events (panic, NMI) the kernel will react "
"automatically and trigger the crash dump mechanism through "
"<emphasis>kexec</emphasis>. In other situations a manual intervention is "
"required in order to capture the memory. Whenever one of the above events "
"occurs, it is important to find out the root cause in order to prevent it "
"from happening again. The cause can be determined by inspecting the copied "
"memory contents."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1205(title)
msgid "Kernel Crash Dump Mechanism"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1207(para)
msgid ""
"When a kernel panic occurs, the kernel relies on the "
"<emphasis>kexec</emphasis> mechanism to quickly reboot a new instance of the "
"kernel in a pre-reserved section of memory that had been allocated when the "
"system booted (see below). This permits the existing memory area to remain "
"untouched in order to safely copy its contents to storage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1216(para)
msgid ""
"The kernel crash dump utility is installed with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1221(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install linux-crashdump"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1230(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"USE_KDUMP=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1228(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/default/kdump-tool</filename> by including the following "
"line: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1235(para)
msgid "A reboot is then needed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1244(para)
msgid ""
"To confirm that the kernel dump mechanism is enabled, there are a few things "
"to verify. First, confirm that the <emphasis>crashkernel</emphasis> boot "
"parameter is present (note: The following line has been split into two to "
"fit the format of this document:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1251(command)
msgid "cat /proc/cmdline"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1252(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-3.2.0-17-server root=/dev/mapper/PreciseS-root ro\n"
" crashkernel=384M-2G:64M,2G-:128M\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1260(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"crashkernel=&lt;range1&gt;:&lt;size1&gt;[,&lt;range2&gt;:&lt;size2&gt;,...][@"
"offset]\n"
"    range=start-[end] 'start' is inclusive and 'end' is exclusive.\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1258(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>crashkernel</emphasis> parameter has the following syntax: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1268(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"crashkernel=384M-2G:64M,2G-:128M\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1266(para)
msgid ""
"So for the crashkernel parameter found in <filename>/proc/cmdline</filename> "
"we would have : <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1273(para)
msgid "The above value means:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"if the RAM is smaller than 384M, then don't reserve anything (this is the "
"\"rescue\" case)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1277(para)
msgid "if the RAM size is between 386M and 2G (exclusive), then reserve 64M"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1278(para)
msgid "if the RAM size is larger than 2G, then reserve 128M"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1281(para)
msgid ""
"Second, verify that the kernel has reserved the requested memory area for "
"the kdump kernel by doing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1286(command)
msgid "dmesg | grep -i crash"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1287(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"...\n"
"[    0.000000] Reserving 64MB of memory at 800MB for crashkernel (System "
"RAM: 1023MB)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1296(title)
msgid "Testing the Crash Dump Mechanism"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1299(para)
msgid ""
"Testing the Crash Dump Mechanism will cause <emphasis>a system "
"reboot.</emphasis> In certain situations, this can cause data loss if the "
"system is under heavy load. If you want to test the mechanism, make sure "
"that the system is idle or under very light load."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1306(para)
msgid ""
"Verify that the <emphasis>SysRQ</emphasis> mechanism is enabled by looking "
"at the value of the <filename>/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq</filename> kernel "
"parameter :"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1312(command)
msgid "cat /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1315(para)
msgid ""
"If a value of <emphasis>0</emphasis> is returned the feature is disabled. "
"Enable it with the following command :"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1320(command)
msgid "sudo sysctl -w kernel.sysrq=1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1323(para)
msgid ""
"Once this is done, you must become root, as just using "
"<command>sudo</command> will not be sufficient. As the "
"<emphasis>root</emphasis> user, you will have to issue the command "
"<command>echo c &gt; /proc/sysrq-trigger</command>. If you are using a "
"network connection, you will lose contact with the system. This is why it is "
"better to do the test while being connected to the system console. This has "
"the advantage of making the kernel dump process visible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1330(para)
msgid "A typical test output should look like the following :"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1335(command)
msgid "sudo -s"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1337(command)
msgid "echo c &gt; /proc/sysrq-trigger"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1334(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"[sudo] password for ubuntu: \n"
"# <placeholder-2/>\n"
"[   31.659002] SysRq : Trigger a crash\n"
"[   31.659749] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at      "
"     (null)\n"
"[   31.662668] IP: [&lt;ffffffff8139f166&gt;] sysrq_handle_crash+0x16/0x20\n"
"[   31.662668] PGD 3bfb9067 PUD 368a7067 PMD 0 \n"
"[   31.662668] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP \n"
"[   31.662668] CPU 1 \n"
"....\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1347(para)
msgid ""
"The rest of the output is truncated, but you should see the system rebooting "
"and somewhere in the log, you will see the following line : <screen>Begin: "
"Saving vmcore from kernel crash ...</screen> Once completed, the system will "
"reboot to its normal operational mode. You will then find Kernel Crash Dump "
"file in the <filename>/var/crash</filename> directory :"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1354(command)
msgid "ls /var/crash"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1353(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"linux-image-3.0.0-12-server.0.crash\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1363(para)
msgid ""
"Kernel Crash Dump is a vast topic that requires good knowledge of the linux "
"kernel. You can find more information on the topic here :"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1369(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt\">Kdump "
"kernel documentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1375(ulink)
msgid "The crash tool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.dedoimedo.com/computers/crash-"
"analyze.html\">Analyzing Linux Kernel Crash</ulink> (Based on Fedora, it "
"still gives a good walkthrough of kernel dump analysis)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:11(title)
msgid "File Servers"
msgstr "Dosya Sunucuları"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"If you have more than one computer on a single network. At some point you "
"will probably need to share files between them. In this section we cover "
"installing and configuring FTP, NFS, and CUPS."
msgstr ""
"Eğer tek bir ağda birden fazla bilgisayarın varsa, bazen muhtemelen onlar "
"arasında dosya paylaşmak isteyeceksin. Bu bölümde FTP, NFS ve CUPS "
"yapılandırma ve yüklemeyi inceleyeceğiz."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:20(title)
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr "FTP Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a TCP protocol for downloading files between "
"computers. In the past, it has also been used for uploading but, as that "
"method does not use encryption, user credentials as well as data transferred "
"in the clear and are easily intercepted. So if you are here looking for a "
"way to upload and download files securely, see the section on "
"<application>OpenSSH</application> in <xref linkend=\"remote-"
"administration\"/> instead."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:31(para)
msgid ""
"FTP works on a client/server model. The server component is called an "
"<emphasis>FTP daemon</emphasis>. It continuously listens for FTP requests "
"from remote clients. When a request is received, it manages the login and "
"sets up the connection. For the duration of the session it executes any of "
"commands sent by the FTP client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:40(para)
msgid "Access to an FTP server can be managed in two ways:"
msgstr "Bir FTP sunucuya erişme iki yolla yönetilebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:44(para)
msgid "Anonymous"
msgstr "Anonim"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:47(para)
msgid "Authenticated"
msgstr "Yetkilendirilmiş"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"In the Anonymous mode, remote clients can access the FTP server by using the "
"default user account called \"anonymous\" or \"ftp\" and sending an email "
"address as the password. In the Authenticated mode a user must have an "
"account and a password. This latter choice is very insecure and should not "
"be used except in special circumstances. If you are looking to transfer "
"files securely see SFTP in the section on OpenSSH-Server. User access to the "
"FTP server directories and files is dependent on the permissions defined for "
"the account used at login. As a general rule, the FTP daemon will hide the "
"root directory of the FTP server and change it to the FTP Home directory. "
"This hides the rest of the file system from remote sessions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:68(title)
msgid "vsftpd - FTP Server Installation"
msgstr "vsftpd - FTP Sunucu Yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:70(para)
msgid ""
"<application>vsftpd</application> is an FTP daemon available in Ubuntu. It "
"is easy to install, set up, and maintain. To install "
"<application>vsftpd</application> you can run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:78(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:84(title)
msgid "Anonymous FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Anonim FTP Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>vsftpd</application> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"configured to allow anonymous download. If you wish to enable anonymous "
"download edit <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> by changing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:91(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"anonymous_enable=Yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"During installation a <emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user is created with a home "
"directory of <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>. This is the default FTP "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to change this location, to <filename>/srv/files/ftp</filename> "
"for example, simply create a directory in another location and change the "
"<emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user's home directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:107(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /srv/files/ftp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:108(command)
msgid "sudo usermod -d /srv/files/ftp ftp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:111(para)
msgid "After making the change restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Değişiklikleri yaptıktan sonra <application>vsftpd</application>'yi yeniden "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:116(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:144(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:209(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:258(command)
msgid "sudo restart vsftpd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy any files and directories you would like to make available "
"through anonymous FTP to <filename>/srv/files/ftp</filename>, or "
"<filename>/srv/ftp</filename> if you wish to use the default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:127(title)
msgid "User Authenticated FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Kullanıcı Yetkili FTP Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>vsftpd</application> is configured to authenticate "
"system users and allow them to download files. If you want users to be able "
"to upload files, edit <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:135(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"write_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:139(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr "Şimdi <application>vsftpd</application> 'iyi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"Now when system users login to FTP they will start in their "
"<emphasis>home</emphasis> directories where they can download, upload, "
"create directories, etc."
msgstr ""
"şimdi sistem kullanıcıları FTP'ye giriş yaptıkları zaman, indirdiklerinde, "
"yüklediklerinde, dizin oluşturduklarında, vb. işlemlerde kendi "
"<emphasis>ev</emphasis> dizinlerinde başlayacaklar."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, by default, anonymous users are not allowed to upload files to "
"FTP server. To change this setting, you should uncomment the following line, "
"and restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:160(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"Enabling anonymous FTP upload can be an extreme security risk. It is best to "
"not enable anonymous upload on servers accessed directly from the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Anonim FTP yüklemesini etkinleştirme aşırı şekilde güvenlik riski "
"oluşturabilir. En iyisi, sunuculardaki anonim yüklemelerin doğrudan "
"Internetten erişimini etkinleştirmemektir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration file consists of many configuration parameters. The "
"information about each parameter is available in the configuration file. "
"Alternatively, you can refer to the man page, <command>man 5 "
"vsftpd.conf</command> for details of each parameter."
msgstr ""
"Bu yapılandırma dosyayı birçok yapılandırma parametresi içerir. Her bir "
"parametrenin kullanımı hakkındaki bilgi bu yapılandırma dosyasında vardır. "
"Ek olarak, her bir parametre hakkında ayrıntı için <command>man 5 "
"vsftpd.conf</command> ana sayfaya bakabilirsiniz"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:182(title)
msgid "Securing FTP"
msgstr "FTP Güvenliği"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"There are options in <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> to help make "
"<application>vsftpd</application> more secure. For example users can be "
"limited to their home directories by uncommenting:"
msgstr ""
"<application>vsftpd</application>'yi daha güvenli yapmak için "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>'de birkaç seçenek vardır. Örneğin "
"kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine yazması sınırlandırılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:190(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"You can also limit a specific list of users to just their home directories:"
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca istenilen kullanıcıların kendi ev dizinlerine sınırlama getirilebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:198(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above options, create a "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> containing a list of users one "
"per line. Then restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki seçenekler yazıldıktan sonra, her bir satırda bir kullanıcı "
"olacak şekilde listeyi içeren bir "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> oluştur. Sonra "
"<application>vsftpd</application>'yi yeniden başlat:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> file is a list of users that "
"are <emphasis>disallowed</emphasis> FTP access. The default list includes "
"root, daemon, nobody, etc. To disable FTP access for additional users simply "
"add them to the list."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> dosyasında FTP erişimi "
"<emphasis>sağlanmayan</emphasis> kullanıcı listesi vardır. Mevcut liste kök, "
"program, hiçkimse, vb içerir. Ek kullanıcılar için FTP erişimini "
"pasifleştirmek için sadece onları listeye ekleyin."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"FTP can also be encrypted using <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>. Different from "
"<emphasis>SFTP</emphasis>, <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> is FTP over Secure "
"Socket Layer (SSL). <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis> is a FTP like session over an "
"encrypted <emphasis>SSH</emphasis> connection. A major difference is that "
"users of SFTP need to have a <emphasis>shell</emphasis> account on the "
"system, instead of a <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell. Providing all users "
"with a shell may not be ideal for some environments, such as a shared web "
"host. However, it is possible to restrict such accounts to only SFTP and "
"disable shell interaction. See the section on OpenSSH-Server for more."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:229(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> and at the bottom add:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>'yi yapılandırmak için "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>'i düzenleyin ve altına şunu ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:233(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:237(para)
msgid "Also, notice the certificate and key related options:"
msgstr "Ayrıca, sertifika ve anahtar güncelleme seçeneklerini not edin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:241(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:246(para)
msgid ""
"By default these options are set to the certificate and key provided by the "
"<application>ssl-cert</application> package. In a production environment "
"these should be replaced with a certificate and key generated for the "
"specific host. For more information on certificates see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>, and non-anonymous users will "
"be forced to use <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <application>vsftpd</application>'yi başlatın ve anonim olmayan "
"kullanıcılar <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>'yi kullanmaya teşebbüs edecek:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:261(para)
msgid ""
"To allow users with a shell of <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> access "
"to FTP, but have no shell access, edit <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
"adding the <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> erişiminin shelli ile FTP'ye "
"kullanıcı sağlamak için, fakat shell erişimi yoksa "
"<emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell ekleyerek "
"<filename>/etc/shells</filename>'i düzenle:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:266(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
"/bin/csh\n"
"/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/bin/es\n"
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
"/bin/ksh\n"
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
"/bin/tcsh\n"
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
"/bin/dash\n"
"/bin/bash\n"
"/bin/rbash\n"
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
"/bin/csh\n"
"/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/bin/es\n"
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
"/bin/ksh\n"
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
"/bin/tcsh\n"
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
"/bin/dash\n"
"/bin/bash\n"
"/bin/rbash\n"
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:284(para)
msgid ""
"This is necessary because, by default <application>vsftpd</application> uses "
"PAM for authentication, and the <filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> "
"configuration file contains:"
msgstr ""
"Bu gereklidir. Çünkü normalde <application>vsftpd</application> kimlik "
"doğrulama için PAM kullanır ve <filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> "
"yapılandırma dosyasını kapsar:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:289(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth    required        pam_shells.so\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auth    required        pam_shells.so\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>shells</emphasis> PAM module restricts access to shells listed "
"in the <filename>/etc/shells</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Shells</emphasis> PAM modülü, <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
"dosyasında listelenen shell erişimini sınırlar."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"Most popular FTP clients can be configured to connect using FTPS. The "
"<application>lftp</application> command line FTP client has the ability to "
"use FTPS as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd "
"website</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd websitesine</ulink> "
"bakın."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:314(para)
msgid ""
"For detailed <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html\""
">vsftpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:325(title)
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemi (NFS)"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"NFS allows a system to share directories and files with others over a "
"network. By using NFS, users and programs can access files on remote systems "
"almost as if they were local files."
msgstr ""
"NFS, dizin ve dosyaları ağ üzerinden diğer kişilere paylaşmayı sağlayan bir "
"sistemdir. NFS'yi kullanarak, kullanıcı ve programlar uzak sistemdeki "
"dosyalara, sanki yerel dosyalarmış gibi erişebilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:332(para)
msgid "Some of the most notable benefits that NFS can provide are:"
msgstr "NFS'nin sağladığı en kazançlı faydalardan bazıları:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"Local workstations use less disk space because commonly used data can be "
"stored on a single machine and still remain accessible to others over the "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Yerel çalışma istasyonları daha az disk alanı kullanır. Çünkü yaygın olarak "
"kullanılan veri tek bir makinede depolanır ve ağdaki diğer kişiler "
"tarafından erişilebilirler."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need for users to have separate home directories on every "
"network machine. Home directories could be set up on the NFS server and made "
"available throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"Her ağ makinesindeki kullanıcılar için ayrı ayrı ev dizinlerinin olmasına "
"gerek yoktur. Ev dizinleri NFS sunucuda kurulur ve ağda kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"Storage devices such as floppy disks, CDROM drives, and USB Thumb drives can "
"be used by other machines on the network. This may reduce the number of "
"removable media drives throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"Disket, CDROM sürücüleri ve USB sürücüler gibi depolama aygıtları, ağdaki "
"diğer makineler tarafından kullanılabilir. Bu, ağda kaldırılabilir medya "
"sürücülerin sayısını azaltabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt enter the following command to install the NFS Server:"
msgstr "NFS Sunucuyu yüklemek için aşağıdaki komutu terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:365(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"You can configure the directories to be exported by adding them to the "
"<filename>/etc/exports</filename> file. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Dizinleri dışarı aktarmak için onlara <filename>/etc/exports</filename> "
"dosyası eklenerek yapılandırılabilir. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:376(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/ubuntu  *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
"/home    *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/ubuntu  *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
"/home    *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"You can replace * with one of the hostname formats. Make the hostname "
"declaration as specific as possible so unwanted systems cannot access the "
"NFS mount."
msgstr ""
"Ana makine biçimlerinden birini * ile değiştirebilirsin. İstenmeyen "
"sistemlerin NFS bağına erişememesi için mümkün olduğunca ana makine "
"bildirimi yap."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"To start the NFS server, you can run the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"NFS sunucuyu başlatmak için, terminaleden aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:393(command)
msgid "sudo service nfs-kernel-server start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:398(title)
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "NFS İstemci Yapılandırması"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>mount</application> command to mount a shared NFS "
"directory from another machine, by typing a command line similar to the "
"following at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Diğer makinelerdeki paylaşılan NFS dizinini bağlamak için "
"<application>mount</application> (bağlama) komutunu kullanın. Bunun için, "
"aşağıdakine benzer bir komut satırını terminale yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:405(command)
msgid "sudo mount example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"
msgstr "sudo mount example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:409(para)
msgid ""
"The mount point directory <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> must exist. "
"There should be no files or subdirectories in the "
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Bağlama noktası dizini <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> olmalıdır. "
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> dizininde hiç dosya veya alt dizin "
"olmayabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"An alternate way to mount an NFS share from another machine is to add a line "
"to the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file. The line must state the "
"hostname of the NFS server, the directory on the server being exported, and "
"the directory on the local machine where the NFS share is to be mounted."
msgstr ""
"Diğer makinelerde paylaşılan bir NFS'ye bağlamanın alternatif yolu "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> dosyasına bir satır eklemektir. Bu satır "
"NFS'nin ana makine adı durumunda olmalı, sunucudaki dizin dışa aktarılır ve "
"NFS'nin yerel makinesindeki dizin paylaşımı bağlanmalı."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"The general syntax for the line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file is "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> dosyasındaki satır için genel söz dizimi "
"şöyledir:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:430(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:434(para)
msgid ""
"If you have trouble mounting an NFS share, make sure the <application>nfs-"
"common</application> package is installed on your client. To install "
"<application>nfs-common</application> enter the following command at the "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Eğer bir NFs paylaşımı bağlama ile ilgili endişen varsa, istemcine "
"<application>nfs-common</application> paketinin yüklü olduğundan emin olun. "
"<application>nfs-common</application>'ı yüklemek için terminale aşağıdaki "
"komutu girin: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:447(ulink)
msgid "Linux NFS faq"
msgstr "Linux NFS sss"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:449(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki NFS Howto"
msgstr "Ubuntu Wiki NFS Nasıl"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:455(title)
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:457(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>iSCSI</emphasis> (Internet Small Computer System Interface) is a "
"protocol that allows SCSI commands to be transmitted over a network. "
"Typically iSCSI is implemented in a SAN (Storage Area Network) to allow "
"servers to access a large store of hard drive space. The iSCSI protocol "
"refers to clients as <emphasis>initiators</emphasis> and iSCSI servers as "
"<emphasis>targets</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:462(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu Server can be configured as both an iSCSI initiator and a target. "
"This guide provides commands and configuration options to setup an iSCSI "
"initiator. It is assumed that you already have an iSCSI target on your local "
"network and have the appropriate rights to connect to it. The instructions "
"for setting up a target vary greatly between hardware providers, so consult "
"your vendor documentation to configure your specific iSCSI target."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:471(title)
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Install"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:473(para)
msgid ""
"To configure Ubuntu Server as an iSCSI initiator install the "
"<application>open-iscsi</application> package. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:478(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install open-iscsi"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:483(title)
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"Once the <application>open-iscsi</application> package is installed, edit "
"<filename>/etc/iscsi/iscsid.conf</filename> changing the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:489(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"node.startup = automatic\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"You can check which targets are available by using the "
"<application>iscsiadm</application> utility. Enter the following in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:498(command)
msgid "sudo iscsiadm -m discovery -t st -p 192.168.0.10"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:502(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-m:</emphasis> determines the mode that iscsiadm executes in."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:503(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> specifies the type of discovery."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:504(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> option indicates the target IP address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:508(para)
msgid ""
"Change example <emphasis>192.168.0.10</emphasis> to the target IP address on "
"your network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:513(para)
msgid ""
"If the target is available you should see output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:518(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.10:3260,1 iqn.1992-05.com.emc:sl7b92030000520000-2\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>iqn</emphasis> number and IP address above will vary depending "
"on your hardware."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to connect to the iSCSI target, and depending on your "
"target setup you may have to enter user credentials. Login to the iSCSI node:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:535(command)
msgid "sudo iscsiadm -m node --login"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:538(para)
msgid ""
"Check to make sure that the new disk has been detected using "
"<application>dmesg</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:543(command)
msgid "dmesg | grep sd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:544(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[    4.322384] sd 2:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 0\n"
"[    4.322797] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] 41943040 512-byte logical blocks: (21.4 "
"GB/20.0 GiB)\n"
"[    4.322843] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Write Protect is off\n"
"[    4.322846] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Mode Sense: 03 00 00 00\n"
"[    4.322896] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Cache data unavailable\n"
"[    4.322899] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
"[    4.323230] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Cache data unavailable\n"
"[    4.323233] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
"[    4.325312]  sda: sda1 sda2 &lt; sda5 &gt;\n"
"[    4.325729] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Cache data unavailable\n"
"[    4.325732] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
"[    4.325735] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk\n"
"[ 2486.941805] sd 4:0:0:3: Attached scsi generic sg3 type 0\n"
"[ 2486.952093] sd 4:0:0:3: [sdb] 1126400000 512-byte logical blocks: (576 "
"GB/537 GiB)\n"
"[ 2486.954195] sd 4:0:0:3: [sdb] Write Protect is off\n"
"[ 2486.954200] sd 4:0:0:3: [sdb] Mode Sense: 8f 00 00 08\n"
"[ 2486.954692] sd 4:0:0:3: [sdb] Write cache: disabled, read cache: enabled, "
"doesn't\n"
" support DPO or FUA\n"
"[ 2486.960577]  sdb: sdb1\n"
"[ 2486.964862] sd 4:0:0:3: [sdb] Attached SCSI disk\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:568(para)
msgid ""
"In the output above <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> is the new iSCSI disk. Remember "
"this is just an example; the output you see on your screen will vary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a partition, format the file system, and mount the new iSCSI "
"disk. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:578(command)
msgid "sudo fdisk /dev/sdb"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:579(command)
msgid "n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:580(command)
msgid "p"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:581(command)
msgid "enter"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:582(command)
msgid "w"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:586(para)
msgid ""
"The above commands are from inside the <application>fdisk</application> "
"utility; see <command>man fdisk</command> for more detailed instructions. "
"Also, the <application>cfdisk</application> utility is sometimes more user "
"friendly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:592(para)
msgid ""
"Now format the file system and mount it to <filename>/srv</filename> as an "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:597(command)
msgid "sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sdb1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:598(command)
msgid "sudo mount /dev/sdb1 /srv"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, add an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount the iSCSI "
"drive during boot:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:606(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /srv        ext4    defaults,auto,_netdev 0 0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to make sure everything is working as expected by "
"rebooting the server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:619(ulink)
msgid "Open-iSCSI Website"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:622(ulink) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:808(ulink)
msgid "Debian Open-iSCSI page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:629(title)
msgid "CUPS - Print Server"
msgstr "CUPS - Yazdırma Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:630(para)
msgid ""
"The primary mechanism for Ubuntu printing and print services is the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). This "
"printing system is a freely available, portable printing layer which has "
"become the new standard for printing in most Linux distributions."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu yazdırma servisleri için birincil işlev <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ortak "
"UNIX Yazdırma Sistemi</emphasis> (CUPS)dir.  Yazdırma sistemi serbest olarak "
"kullanılabilir. Çoğu UNIX dağıtımlarında yazdırma için yeni standart "
"taşınabilir yazdırma katmanı oldu."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS manages print jobs and queues and provides network printing using the "
"standard Internet Printing Protocol (IPP), while offering support for a very "
"large range of printers, from dot-matrix to laser and many in between. CUPS "
"also supports PostScript Printer Description (PPD) and auto-detection of "
"network printers, and features a simple web-based configuration and "
"administration tool."
msgstr ""
"CPUS, yazdırma işleri ve sıralamalarını yönetir ve standart Internet "
"Yazdırma İletişim Kuralı (IPP)nı kullanarak ağ yazdırmasını sağlarken nokta "
"vuruşludan lazere vb. kadar yazıcıların çoğu için destek sağlar. CUPS ayrıca "
"Dipnot Yazıcı Tanımı (PPD), ağ yazıcılarını otomatik bulma ve web tabanlı "
"yapılandırma ve yönetim araçları gibi basit özellikleri de destekler."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"To install CUPS on your Ubuntu computer, simply use "
"<application>sudo</application> with the <application>apt-get</application> "
"command and give the packages to install as the first parameter. A complete "
"CUPS install has many package dependencies, but they may all be specified on "
"the same command line. Enter the following at a terminal prompt to install "
"CUPS:"
msgstr ""
"CUPS'u Ubuntu bilgisayarına yüklemek için <application>sudo</application>'yu "
"<application>apt-get</application> komutu ile kullanın ve ilk parametre "
"olarak yüklemek istediğin paketleri belirtin. Tam bir CUPS yüklemenin birçok "
"paket bağımlılığı vardır. Fakat aynı komut satırında aynı anda "
"belirtilebilirler. CUPS'u yüklemek için aşağıdakini terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:652(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install cups"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install cups"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:655(para)
msgid ""
"Upon authenticating with your user password, the packages should be "
"downloaded and installed without error. Upon the conclusion of installation, "
"the CUPS server will be started automatically."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı şifresi ile kimlik doğrulama şartıyla, paketler hatasız olarak "
"indirilir ve yüklenir. Yüklemenin tamamlanması şartıyla, CUPS sunucu "
"otomatik olarak başlar."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:660(para)
msgid ""
"For troubleshooting purposes, you can access CUPS server errors via the "
"error log file at: <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>. If the "
"error log does not show enough information to troubleshoot any problems you "
"encounter, the verbosity of the CUPS log can be increased by changing the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> directive in the configuration "
"file (discussed below) to \"debug\" or even \"debug2\", which logs "
"everything, from the default of \"info\". If you make this change, remember "
"to change it back once you've solved your problem, to prevent the log file "
"from becoming overly large."
msgstr ""
"Sorun gidermek için, <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>'daki hata "
"kayıt dosyasıyla CUPS sunucu hatalarına erişebilirsin. Eğer hata kaydı "
"karşılaşılan sorunu gidermek için yeteri kadar bilgi göstermezse, yukarıda "
"bahsedilen yapılandırma dosyasındaki <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> yönergesini, mevcut \"info\" bilgisindeki "
"tüm kayıtları tutan \"debug\" veya \"debug2\" şeklinde değiştirerek gereksiz "
"CUPS kaydını azaltabilirsin. Eğer bu değişikliği yaparsan, kayıt dosyasının "
"taşmasını önlemek için, problemini çözdükten sonra onu tekrar eski haline "
"döndürmeyi unutma."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:673(para)
msgid ""
"The Common UNIX Printing System server's behavior is configured through the "
"directives contained in the file <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. "
"The CUPS configuration file follows the same syntax as the primary "
"configuration file for the Apache HTTP server, so users familiar with "
"editing Apache's configuration file should feel at ease when editing the "
"CUPS configuration file. Some examples of settings you may wish to change "
"initially will be presented here."
msgstr ""
"Ortak UNIX Yazdırma Sistemi sunucusunun durumu, "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> dosyasındaki yönergelerle "
"yapılandırılır. CUPS yapılandırma dosyası, Apache HTTP sunucu için, aynen "
"birincil yapılandırma dosyasındaki söz dizimi gibdir. Bu yüzden, kullanıcı "
"Apache yapılandırma dosyasını düzenleme konusunda yabancılık çekmez. "
"Dolayısıyla CUPS yapılandırma dosyasını düzenlerken rahat ol. İlk olarak "
"değiştirmek isteyeceğin bazı örnek ayarlar burada bahsedilecektir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:683(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing, so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Önceki düzenlenen yapılandırma dosyasının özgün bir kopyasını alın ve onu "
"yazarak koruyun. Böylece özgün ayarların bulunduğu ve gerektiğinde "
"kullanabileceğin bir referansa sahip olursun."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:687(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> dosyasını kopyalayın ve onu "
"aşağıdaki komutu terminale yazarak dosyayı koruyun:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:693(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:694(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:699(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: To configure the email "
"address of the designated administrator of the CUPS server, simply edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> configuration file with your "
"preferred text editor, and add or modify the <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> line accordingly. For example, if "
"you are the Administrator for the CUPS server, and your e-mail address is "
"'bjoy@somebigco.com', then you would modify the ServerAdmin line to appear "
"as such:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: CUPS sunucunun atanmış "
"yöneticisinin e-posta adresini yapılandırmak için, "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> yapılandırma dosyasını, istediğin "
"metin düzenleyicisi ile düzenleyerek ve <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> satırını uygun şekilde ekleyerek "
"yapılandırın. Örneğin, eğer CUPS sunucunu yöneticisi isen, e-posta adresin "
"'bjoy@somebigco.com' dur. Sonra ServerAdmin satırını şu şekilde düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:710(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:716(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis>: By default on Ubuntu, the CUPS "
"server installation listens only on the loopback interface at IP address "
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. In order to instruct the CUPS server to "
"listen on an actual network adapter's IP address, you must specify either a "
"hostname, the IP address, or optionally, an IP address/port pairing via the "
"addition of a Listen directive. For example, if your CUPS server resides on "
"a local network at the IP address <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> and you'd like to make it "
"accessible to the other systems on this subnetwork, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> and add a Listen directive, as "
"such:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dinle</emphasis>: Ubuntu'da normalde, CUPS sunucu "
"yükleme sadece, geridöngü arayüzünde <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> IP "
"adresindekini dinler.  CUPS sunucunun etkin bir ağ adaptörlerinin IP "
"adresinde dinlemesini sağlamak için, ya bir ana makine adı ya da IP adresi "
"belirtmelisin. Veya istersen Dinleme yönergesi ekleme yoluyla bir IP "
"adres/yuva çiftini de belirtebilirsin. Örneğin, eğer CUPS sunucun <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> IP adresindeki bir yerel ağda "
"bulunursa ve onu bu alt ağdaki diğer sistemler tarafından erişilebilir "
"yapmak istersen, <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>'i düzenlemeli şu "
"şekilde Dinleme yönergesi eklemelisin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:730(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631           # existing loopback Listen\n"
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # existing socket Listen\n"
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631      # Listen on the LAN interface, Port 631 "
"(IPP)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631           # bulunan geri döngü Dinleme\n"
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # bulunan soket Dinleme\n"
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631      # LAN arayüzünde dinle, Port 631 (IPP)\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:736(para)
msgid ""
"In the example above, you may comment out or remove the reference to the "
"Loopback address (127.0.0.1) if you do not wish <application>cupsd "
"</application> to listen on that interface, but would rather have it only "
"listen on the Ethernet interfaces of the Local Area Network (LAN). To enable "
"listening for all network interfaces for which a certain hostname is bound, "
"including the Loopback, you could create a Listen entry for the hostname "
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis> as such:"
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki örnekte, Geri döngü adresi (127.0.0.1)'e eğer <application>cupsd "
"</application>'un dinlemesini istemiyorsan, açıklama ekleyebilir yada "
"kaldırabilirsin. Fakat, sadece Yerel Alan ağı (LAN)'nın Ethernet "
"arayüzlerinde dinleme yapması daha iyidir. Tüm ağ arayüzleri için, Geri "
"döngü dahil belli ana makine sınırlandığında, dinlemeyi etkinleştirmek için, "
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis> ana makinesinde bir Dinleme girişini şu "
"şekilde oluşturabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:746(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen socrates:631  # Listen on all interfaces for the hostname 'socrates'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Listen socrates:631  # 'Socrates' ana makinesi için tüm arayüzleri dinle.\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"or by omitting the Listen directive and using <emphasis>Port</emphasis> "
"instead, as in:"
msgstr ""
"veya Listen yönergesini çıkartarak. Bunun için aşağıdakinin yerine "
"<emphasis>Port</emphasis> kullanın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:752(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Port 631  # Listen on port 631 on all interfaces\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Port 631  # 631. tüm arayüzlerdeki portta dinle\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:759(para)
msgid ""
"For more examples of configuration directives in the CUPS server "
"configuration file, view the associated system manual page by entering the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"CUPS sunucu yapılandırma dosyasındaki tüm yapılandırma yönergeleri hakkında "
"daha fazla örnek için, terminale aşağıdaki komutu girerek, ilgili sistemin "
"kullanım sayfasına bakın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:766(command)
msgid "man cupsd.conf"
msgstr "man cupsd.conf"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever you make changes to the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> "
"configuration file, you'll need to restart the CUPS server by typing the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> yapılandırma dosyasına değişiklik "
"yaptığında, terminale aşağıdaki komutu girerek CUPS sunucuyu yeniden "
"başlatmalısın:"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:775(command)
msgid "sudo service cups restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:782(title)
msgid "Web Interface"
msgstr "Web Arayüzü"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:784(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS can be configured and monitored using a web interface, which by default "
"is available at <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. The "
"web interface can be used to perform all printer management tasks."
msgstr ""
"CUPS, bir  web arayüzü kullanılarak yapılandırılıp, gösterilebilir. Bu "
"normalde <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>'de "
"bulunabilir. Web arayüzü, tüm yazıcı yönetim görevlerini yürütmek için "
"kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:788(para)
msgid ""
"In order to perform administrative tasks via the web interface, you must "
"either have the root account enabled on your server, or authenticate as a "
"user in the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group. For security "
"reasons, CUPS won't authenticate a user that doesn't have a password."
msgstr ""
"Yönetimsel görevleri web arayüzüyle yürütmek için, ya sunucunda etkin bir "
"yönetim hesabına ya da <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> "
"grubundaki bir kullanıcı gibi kimlik doğrulamaya sahip olmalısın. Güvenlik "
"sebeplerinden dolayı, CUPS, şifresi olmayan kullanıcıya kimlik doğrulaması "
"yapmaz."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:791(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user to the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group, run "
"at the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> grubuna kullanıcı eklemek için, "
"terminalde şunu çalıştırın: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:797(para)
msgid ""
"Further documentation is available in the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Help</emphasis> tab of the web interface."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla belge web arayüzünün <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Help</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunabilir."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:805(ulink)
msgid "CUPS Website"
msgstr "CUPS Websitesi"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:11(title)
msgid "Domain Name Service (DNS)"
msgstr "Alan Adı Servisi (DNS)"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"Domain Name Service (DNS) is an Internet service that maps IP addresses and "
"fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to one another. In this way, DNS "
"alleviates the need to remember IP addresses. Computers that run DNS are "
"called <emphasis>name servers</emphasis>. Ubuntu ships with "
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), the most "
"common program used for maintaining a name server on Linux."
msgstr ""
"Alan Adı Servisi (DNS), IP adreslerini eşleştiren Internet servisleri ve tam "
"nitelikli alan adlarını (FQDN)dır. DNS, IP adreslerini tutarak ihtiyacı "
"azaltır. DNS çalıştıran bilgisayarlar <emphasis>ad sunucuları</emphasis> "
"olarak adlandırılır. Ubuntu, <application>BIND</application> (Berkley "
"Internet Naming Daemon) ile sevk eder, en temel program, Linux'de bir ad "
"sunucu yürütmek için kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dns</application>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Dns</application>'yi yüklemek için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:26(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bind9"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bind9"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"A very useful package for testing and troubleshooting DNS issues is the "
"dnsutils package. Very often these tools will be installed already, but to "
"check and/or install <application>dnsutils</application> enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:33(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:38(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to configure <application>BIND9</application>. Some of "
"the most common configurations are a caching nameserver, primary master, and "
"as a secondary master."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a caching nameserver BIND9 will find the answer to name "
"queries and remember the answer when the domain is queried again."
msgstr ""
"BIND9 ön bellekli sunucu adı olarak yapılandırıldığında, sorguları "
"adlandırmak için bulur ve alan tekrar sorgulandığında cevabı hatırlar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"As a primary master server BIND9 reads the data for a zone from a file on "
"it's host and is authoritative for that zone."
msgstr ""
"Birincil master sunucu gibi BIND9 ana makinesindeki dosyadan bir bölge için "
"veriyi okur ve bölge için kimlik doğrular."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"In a secondary master configuration BIND9 gets the zone data from another "
"nameserver authoritative for the zone."
msgstr ""
"İkincil master yapılandırmasında BIND9 , bölge için diğer sunucu adındaki "
"veriyi alır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"The DNS configuration files are stored in the <filename>/etc/bind</filename> "
"directory. The primary configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"DNS yapılandırma dosyası <filename>/etc/bind</filename> dizininde depolanır. "
"Birincil yapılandırma dosyası <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>'dir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:70(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>include</emphasis> line specifies the filename which contains "
"the DNS options. The <emphasis>directory</emphasis> line in the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> file tells DNS where to "
"look for files. All files BIND uses will be relative to this directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>İçindeki</emphasis> satır, DNS seçeneklerini içeren dosya adını "
"belirtir. <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> dosyasındaki "
"<emphasis>directory</emphasis> (dizin) satırı, dosyaları nerede arayacağını "
"DNS söyler. BIND'in kullandığı tüm dosyalar bu dizinde görülür."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:78(para)
msgid ""
"The file named <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> describes the root "
"nameservers in the world. The servers change over time, so the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> file must be maintained now and then. "
"This is usually done as updates to the <application>bind9</application> "
"package. The <emphasis>zone</emphasis> section defines a master server, and "
"it is stored in a file mentioned in the <emphasis>file</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> adındaki dosya, dünyadaki yönetici "
"sunucu adlarını açıklar. Sunucular zamanla değişir. Böylece "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> dosyası şimdi ve sonra yürütülür. Bu "
"genellikle <application>bind9</application> paketi güncellenirken yapılır. "
"<emphasis>zone</emphasis> (bölge) bölümü master sunucu tanımlar ve "
"<emphasis>file</emphasis> (dosya) seçiminde belirtilen bir dosyada depolanır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure the same server to be a caching name server, "
"primary master, and secondary master. A server can be the Start of Authority "
"(SOA) for one zone, while providing secondary service for another zone. All "
"the while providing caching services for hosts on the local LAN."
msgstr ""
"Aynı sunucuyu, ön bellekli ad sunucusu, birincil master ve ikincil master "
"olacak şekilde yapılandırmak mümkündür. Sunucu, bir bölge için Yetkinin "
"Başlangıcı (SOA) olabirken, ikincil servis diğer bölgeyi sağlar. Hepsi yerel "
"LAN'daki makineler için ön bellekleme servislerini sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:96(title)
msgid "Caching Nameserver"
msgstr "Ön Bellekleme Ad Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"The default configuration is setup to act as a caching server. All that is "
"required is simply adding the IP Addresses of your ISP's DNS servers. Simply "
"uncomment and edit the following in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Mevcut yapılandırma, ön bellekleme sunucusu gibi bir eylem kurmaktır. Tek "
"yapmak gereken ISP'nin DNS sunucularının IP Adreslerini eklemektir. Bunun "
"için aşağıdakini <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>'a yazıp, "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:101(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> and <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> with "
"the IP Adresses of actual nameservers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> ve <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> yerine etkin ad "
"sunucularının IP Adreslerini yazın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the DNS server, to enable the new configuration. From a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni yapılandırmanın etkinleşmesi için şimdi DNS sunucuyu yeniden başlatın. "
"Terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:116(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:195(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:253(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:289(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:317(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:594(command)
msgid "sudo service bind9 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> for information on testing a caching "
"DNS server."
msgstr ""
"Ön belleklemeli bir DNS sunucu sınama hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:123(title)
msgid "Primary Master"
msgstr "Birincil Master"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"In this section <application>BIND9</application> will be configured as the "
"Primary Master for the domain <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Simply "
"replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> with your FQDN "
"(Fully Qualified Domain Name)."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümde, <application>BIND9</application>, "
"<emphasis>example.com</emphasis> alanı için Birincil Master olarak "
"yapılandırılacak. <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> yerine "
"kendi FQDN (Tam Nitelikli Alan Adı)nızı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:130(title)
msgid "Forward Zone File"
msgstr "Sonraki Bölge Dosyası"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"To add a DNS zone to BIND9, turning BIND9 into a Primary Master server, the "
"first step is to edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Bir DNS bölgesini BIND9'a eklemek için, BIND9'u Birincil Master sunucu içine "
"koyun. İlk adım <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>'i "
"düzenlemektir:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:135(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"(Note, if bind will be receiving automatic updates to the file as with DDNS, "
"then use <filename>/var/lib/bind/db.example.com</filename> rather than "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> both here and in the copy "
"command below.)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"Now use an existing zone file as a template to create the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi mevcut bir bölge dosyasını şablon dosyası gibi kullanarak "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> dosyasını oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:145(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new zone file <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> change "
"<emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> to the FQDN of your server, leaving the "
"additional \".\" at the end. Change <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> to the "
"nameserver's IP Address and <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> to a valid "
"email address, but with a \".\" instead of the usual \"@\" symbol, again "
"leaving the \".\" at the end. Change the comment to indicate the domain that "
"this file is for."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"Create an <emphasis>A record</emphasis> for the base domain, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>. Also, create an <emphasis>A "
"record</emphasis> for <emphasis role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>, "
"the name server in this example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:159(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND data file for example.com\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
"        IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.example.com.\n"
"@       IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"
"@       IN      AAAA    ::1\n"
"ns      IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"You must increment the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> every time you "
"make changes to the zone file. If you make multiple changes before "
"restarting BIND9, simply increment the Serial once."
msgstr ""
"Bölge dosyasına yaptığın her değişiklikten sonra <emphasis>Seri "
"Numarası</emphasis>nı arttırmalısın. Eğer BIND9'u tekrar başlatmadan önce "
"birçok kez değişiklik yaptıysan, Seriyi arttırın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"Now, you can add DNS records to the bottom of the zone file. See <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi bölge dosyasının altına DNS kayıtlarını ekleyebilirsin. Ayrıntılar "
"için <xref linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"Many admins like to use the last date edited as the serial of a zone, such "
"as <emphasis>2012010100</emphasis> which is yyyymmddss (where "
"<emphasis>ss</emphasis> is the Serial Number)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:190(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have made changes to the zone file <application>BIND9</application> "
"needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:199(title)
msgid "Reverse Zone File"
msgstr "Ters Bölge Dosyası"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the zone is setup and resolving names to IP Adresses a "
"<emphasis>Reverse zone</emphasis> is also required. A Reverse zone allows "
"DNS to resolve an address to a name."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi bölge kuruldu ve çözümleme, IP Adreslerini gerekli <emphasis>Ters "
"bölge</emphasis> ile adlandırı. Bir Ters bölge, adresi bir ad olarak "
"çözümlemesi için DNS'ye imkan verir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:204(para)
msgid "Edit /etc/bind/named.conf.local and add the following:"
msgstr "/etc/bind/named.conf.local'i düzenleyin ve aşağıdakileri ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:207(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> with the first three octets of "
"whatever network you are using. Also, name the zone file "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> appropriately. It should match the "
"first octet of your network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis>^deki ilk üç rakam (192) yerine kullandığın "
"ağınkileri yazın. Ayrıca <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> yerine de "
"uygun bölge dosyasının adını yazın. İlk üç rakamı senin ağınkisi ile "
"eşleştirir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:219(para)
msgid "Now create the <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> file:"
msgstr "Şimdi <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> dosyasını oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:223(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> changing the basically the "
"same options as <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> gibi aynı seçenekleri "
"değiştirerek <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>'u düzenleyin."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:229(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND reverse data file for local 192.168.1.XXX net\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.\n"
"10      IN      PTR     ns.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> in the Reverse zone needs to be "
"incremented on each change as well. For each <emphasis>A record</emphasis> "
"you configure in <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>, that is for "
"a different address, you need to create a <emphasis>PTR record</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"After creating the reverse zone file restart "
"<application>BIND9</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ters bölgeyi oluşturduktan sonra <application>BIND9</application>'u yeniden "
"başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:258(title)
msgid "Secondary Master"
msgstr "İkincil Master"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"Once a <emphasis>Primary Master</emphasis> has been configured a "
"<emphasis>Secondary Master</emphasis> is needed in order to maintain the "
"availability of the domain should the Primary become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Birincil Master</emphasis> yapılandırıldıktan sonra, Birincil'in "
"kullanılamadığı durumlarda onun yerine geçebilecek <emphasis>İkincil "
"Master</emphasis> gereklidir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"First, on the Primary Master server, the zone transfer needs to be allowed. "
"Add the <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> option to the example Forward "
"and Reverse zone definitions in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce, Birincil Master sunucuda, bölge taşınmasının sağlanması "
"gereklidir. <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> seçimini, "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>'deki örnek İleri ve Ters "
"bölge tanımlamalarına ekle:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:267(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:281(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Secondary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> yerine İkincil ad sunucusunun IP Adresini "
"yazın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:285(para)
msgid "Restart <application>BIND9</application> on the Primary Master:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on the Secondary Master, install the <application>bind9</application> "
"package the same way as on the Primary. Then edit the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add the following "
"declarations for the Forward and Reverse zones:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, aynen Birincil'de olduğu gibi İkincil Master'da da "
"<application>bind9</application> paketini yükleyin. Ardından "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>'i düzenleyin ve aşağıdaki "
"bildirimleri İleri ve Ters bölgeler için ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:295(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"db.example.com\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};        \n"
"      \n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"db.192\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Primary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> yerine Birincil ad sunucusunun IP Adresini "
"yazın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:313(para)
msgid "Restart <application>BIND9</application> on the Secondary Master:"
msgstr ""
"İkincil Master'da <application>BIND9</application>'u yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:319(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> you should see something similar to "
"(some lines have been split to fit the format of this document):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:322(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"client 192.168.1.10#39448: received notify for zone '1.168.192.in-"
"addr.arpa'\n"
"zone 1.168.192.in-addr.arpa/IN: Transfer started.\n"
"transfer of '100.18.172.in-addr.arpa/IN' from 192.168.1.10#53:\n"
" connected using 192.168.1.11#37531\n"
"zone 1.168.192.in-addr.arpa/IN: transferred serial 5\n"
"transfer of '100.18.172.in-addr.arpa/IN' from 192.168.1.10#53:\n"
" Transfer completed: 1 messages, \n"
"6 records, 212 bytes, 0.002 secs (106000 bytes/sec)\n"
"zone 1.168.192.in-addr.arpa/IN: sending notifies (serial 5)\n"
"\n"
"client 192.168.1.10#20329: received notify for zone 'example.com'\n"
"zone example.com/IN: Transfer started.\n"
"transfer of 'example.com/IN' from 192.168.1.10#53: connected using "
"192.168.1.11#38577\n"
"zone example.com/IN: transferred serial 5\n"
"transfer of 'example.com/IN' from 192.168.1.10#53: Transfer completed: 1 "
"messages, \n"
"8 records, 225 bytes, 0.002 secs (112500 bytes/sec)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"Note: A zone is only transferred if the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> "
"on the Primary is larger than the one on the Secondary. If you want to have "
"your Primary Master DNS notifying Secondary DNS Servers of zone changes, you "
"can add <emphasis>also-notify { ipaddress; };</emphasis> in to "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> as shown in the example "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"\talso-notify { 192.168.1.11; }; \n"
"\t};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"\talso-notify { 192.168.1.11; }; \n"
"\t};\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"The default directory for non-authoritative zone files is "
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. This directory is also configured in "
"<application>AppArmor</application> to allow the "
"<application>named</application> daemon to write to it. For more information "
"on AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers ways to help determine the cause when problems happen "
"with DNS and <application>BIND9</application>."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm, DNS ve <application>BIND9</application> ile ilgili problemleri "
"tanımlamak için gerekli yolları gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:378(title)
msgid "resolv.conf"
msgstr "resolv.conf"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in testing <application>BIND9</application> is to add the "
"nameserver's IP Address to a hosts resolver. The Primary nameserver should "
"be configured as well as another host to double check things. Refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-client-configuration\"/> for details on adding nameserver "
"addresses to your network clients, and afterwards check that the file "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> contains (for this example):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:384(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:393(para)
msgid ""
"Nameservers that listen at 127.* are responsible for adding their own IP "
"addresses to resolv.conf (using resolvconf). This is done via the file "
"<filename>/etc/default/bind9</filename> by changing the line RESOLVCONF=no "
"to RESOLVCONF=yes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"You should also add the IP Address of the Secondary nameserver in case the "
"Primary becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Birincil'in kullanılamaz olduğu durumlarda onun yerine geçmesi için "
"İkincil'in ad sunucusunun IP Adresini de eklemelisiniz."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:395(title)
msgid "dig"
msgstr "dig"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:396(para)
msgid ""
"If you installed the <application>dnsutils</application> package you can "
"test your setup using the DNS lookup utility <application>dig</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer <application>dnsutils</application> paketini yüklediysen, DNS arama "
"uygulaması <application>dig</application>'i kullanarak kurulumunu test "
"edebilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:402(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>BIND9</application> use "
"<application>dig</application> against the loopback interface to make sure "
"it is listening on port 53. From a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>BIND9</application> yükledikten sonra, geri döngü arayüzününün "
"yuva 53'de dinlendiğinden emin olmak için <application>dig</application> "
"karşıtını kullanmak için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:407(command)
msgid "dig -x 127.0.0.1"
msgstr "dig -x 127.0.0.1"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:409(para)
msgid "You should see lines similar to the following in the command output:"
msgstr "Komut çıktısında şuna benzer satırlar göreceksiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:412(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"If you have configured <application>BIND9</application> as a "
"<emphasis>Caching</emphasis> nameserver \"dig\" an outside domain to check "
"the query time:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer <application>BIND9</application>'u bir <emphasis>Ön "
"Bellekleme</emphasis> ad sunucusu olarak yapılandırdıysan \"dig\", alanın "
"dışındaki sorgu zamanını kontrol eder:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:423(command)
msgid "dig ubuntu.com"
msgstr "dig ubuntu.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:425(para)
msgid "Note the query time toward the end of the command output:"
msgstr "Sorgu zamanı komut çıktısının sonuna doğrudur."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:428(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:431(para)
msgid "After a second dig there should be improvement:"
msgstr "Bir saniye sonra dig gelişebilir:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:434(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:441(title)
msgid "ping"
msgstr "ping"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:443(para)
msgid ""
"Now to demonstrate how applications make use of DNS to resolve a host name "
"use the <application>ping</application> utility to send an ICMP echo "
"request. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi, DNS'nin bir ana makine adını çözümleyerek uygulamaları nasıl "
"kullandığını görmek için, ICMP eko isteğini göndererek "
"<application>ping</application> uygulamasını kullanın. Bunun için "
"terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:449(command)
msgid "ping example.com"
msgstr "ping example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:451(para)
msgid ""
"This tests if the nameserver can resolve the name "
"<emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> to an IP Address. The command output "
"should resemble:"
msgstr ""
"Bu, ad sunucusu <emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis>'un bir IP Adresi olarak "
"çözümleyip/ çözümleyemeyeceğini sınar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:455(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:462(title)
msgid "named-checkzone"
msgstr "named-checkzone"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"A great way to test your zone files is by using the <application>named-"
"checkzone</application> utility installed with the "
"<application>bind9</application> package. This utility allows you to make "
"sure the configuration is correct before restarting "
"<application>BIND9</application> and making the changes live."
msgstr ""
"Bölge dosyanı sınamanın harika bir yolu <application>bind9</application> "
"paketiyle yüklü <application>named-checkzone</application> uygulaması "
"kullanmaktır. Bu uygulama, <application>BIND9</application>'u tekrar "
"başlatmadan önce yapılandırmanın doğru olduğunundan emin olmanı sağlar ve "
"değişiklikleri başlatır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:470(para)
msgid ""
"To test our example Forward zone file enter the following from a command "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Bizim örneğimiz olan İleri bölge dosyasını sınamak için aşağıdakileri "
"uçbirime girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:474(command)
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"If everything is configured correctly you should see output similar to:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer her şey doğru olarak yapılandırıldıysa, şuna benzer çıktı göreceksiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:479(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"Tamam\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:485(para)
msgid "Similarly, to test the Reverse zone file enter the following:"
msgstr "Benzer şekilde, Ters bölge dosyasını sınamak için şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:489(command)
msgid "named-checkzone 1.168.192.in-addr.arpa /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:491(para)
msgid "The output should be similar to:"
msgstr "Çıktı şuna benzeyecektir:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:494(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone 1.168.192.in-addr.arpa/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> of your zone file will probably be "
"different."
msgstr ""
"Bölge dosyanın <emphasis>Seri Numarası</emphasis> muhtemelen farklı "
"olacaktır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:509(para)
msgid ""
"<application>BIND9</application> has a wide variety of logging configuration "
"options available. There are two main options. The "
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> option configures where logs go, and the "
"<emphasis>category</emphasis> option determines what information to log."
msgstr ""
"<application>BIND9</application> çok çeşit günlük raporu yapılandırma "
"seçeneklerine sahiptir. İki ana seçenek vardır. <emphasis>Kanal</emphasis> "
"seçeneği, kayıtların nereye gideceğini yapılandırır ve "
"<emphasis>kategori</emphasis> seçeneği de hangi bilginin kayıt edileceğini "
"tanımlar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:513(para)
msgid "If no logging option is configured the default option is:"
msgstr "Eğer yapılandırılımış kayıt seçeneği yoksa öntanımlı seçenek şudur:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:516(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:522(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring <application>BIND9</application> to send "
"<emphasis>debug</emphasis> messages related to DNS queries to a separate "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm <application>BIND9</application>'u, <emphasis>debug</emphasis> "
"iletisini DNS sorgularına ayrı bir dosya ile göndererek yapılandırlımasını "
"kapsar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"First, we need to configure a channel to specify which file to send the "
"messages to. Edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Öncelikle, hangi dosyanın iletileri göndereceğini belirtmesi için bir kanal "
"yapılandırmamız gerekir. <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>'i "
"düzenleyin ve aşağıdakileri ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:531(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:541(para)
msgid "Next, configure a category to send all DNS queries to the query file:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, tüm DNS sorgularını sorgu dosyasına göndermek için bir kategori "
"yapılandırın:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:544(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:556(para)
msgid ""
"Note: the <emphasis>debug</emphasis> option can be set from 1 to 3. If a "
"level isn't specified level 1 is the default."
msgstr ""
"Not: the <emphasis>debug</emphasis> seçeneği 1'den 3'e kadar ayarlanabilir. "
"Eğer özel bir seviye belirlenmemişse seviye 1öntanımlıdır."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:562(para)
msgid ""
"Since the <emphasis>named daemon</emphasis> runs as the "
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> user the <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> "
"file must be created and the ownership changed:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>named programı</emphasis>, <emphasis>bind</emphasis> kullanıcısı "
"olarak çalıştığında <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> dosyası "
"oluşturulmalı ve sahiplik değiştirilmelidir:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:567(command)
msgid "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:568(command)
msgid "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:572(para)
msgid ""
"Before <application>named</application> daemon can write to the new log file "
"the <application>AppArmor</application> profile must be updated. First, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> and add:"
msgstr ""
"<application>named</application> programı yeni kayıt dosyasına yazılmadan "
"önce <application>AppArmor</application> profili güncellenmelidir. İlk önce "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename>'i düzenleyin ve şunu "
"ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:576(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:579(para)
msgid "Next, reload the profile:"
msgstr "Sonra, profili tekrar yükleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:583(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:585(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>AppArmor</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> hakkında daha fazlası için <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>BIND9</application> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Değişikliklerin etkin olması için şimdi <application>BIND9</application>'u "
"yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"You should see the file <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> fill with "
"query information. This is a simple example of the "
"<application>BIND9</application> logging options. For coverage of advanced "
"options see <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Sorgu bilgileri ile dolu <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> dosyasını "
"göreceksin. Bu <application>BIND9</application> kayıt seçenekleri ile ilgili "
"basit bir örnektir. Gelişmiş seçenekler için <xref linkend=\"dns-more-"
"info\"/>'ya bakın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:607(title)
msgid "Common Record Types"
msgstr "Temel Kayıt Türleri"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:608(para)
msgid "This section covers some of the most common DNS record types."
msgstr "Bu bölüm, en temel DNS kayıt türlerini kapsar."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>A</emphasis> record: This record maps an IP Address to a hostname."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bir</emphasis> kayıt: Bu kayıt, ana makineye bir IP Adres eşler."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:616(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:621(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> record: Used to create an alias to an existing A "
"record. You cannot create a CNAME record pointing to another CNAME record."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> kayıt: Varolan Bir kaydına rumuz oluşturmak için "
"kullanılırd. Zaten bir CNAME kaydı işaretliyken CNAME kaydı oluşturamazsın."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:624(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:629(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> record: Used to define where email should be sent "
"to. Must point to an A record, not a CNAME."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> kayıt: E-postanın nereye gönderileceğini tanımlaması "
"için kullanılır. Çoğu Bir kaydını işaretler, CNAME'yi değil."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:632(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.example.com.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.example.com.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> record: Used to define which servers serve copies of "
"a zone. It must point to an A record, not a CNAME. This is where Primary and "
"Secondary servers are defined."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> kayıt: Hangi sunucuların bölgeyi kopyalayacağını "
"tanımlamak için kullanılır. Bir Bir kaydı işaretlenmelidir, bir CNAME değil. "
"Bu, Birincil ve İkincil sunucuların tanımlandığı yerdir."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    NS     ns.example.com.\n"
"        IN    NS     ns2.example.com.\n"
"ns      IN    A      192.168.1.10\n"
"ns2     IN    A      192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2018(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:652(title)
msgid "More Information"
msgstr "Daha Fazla Bilgi"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:664(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BIND9ServerHowto\">BIND9 "
"Server HOWTO</ulink> in the Ubuntu Wiki has a lot of useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:669(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
"HOWTO</ulink> at The Linux Documentation Project also has lots of "
"information about configuring BIND9."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:674(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink> has links to a large "
"collection of DNS and <application>BIND9</application> resources."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:679(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596100575.do\">DNS and "
"BIND</ulink> is a popular book now in it's fifth edition. There is now also "
"a <ulink url=\"http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920020158.do\">DNS and "
"BIND on IPv6</ulink> book."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:670(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>BIND9</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<application>BIND9</application> yardımı almak için <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>'in <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC kanalında Ubuntu Server topluluğuna başvurabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:22(title)
msgid "DM-Multipath"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:25(title)
msgid "Device Mapper Multipathing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Device mapper multipathing (DM-Multipath) allows you to configure multiple "
"I/O paths between server nodes and storage arrays into a single device. "
"These I/O paths are physical SAN connections that can include separate "
"cables, switches, and controllers. Multipathing aggregates the I/O paths, "
"creating a new device that consists of the aggregated paths. This chapter "
"provides a summary of the features of DM-Multipath that are new for the "
"initial release of Ubuntu Server 12.04. Following that, this chapter "
"provides a high-level overview of DM Multipath and its components, as well "
"as an overview of DM-Multipath setup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:38(title)
msgid "New and Changed Features for Ubuntu Server 12.04"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:40(para)
msgid "Migrated from multipath-0.4.8 to multipath-0.4.9"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:43(title)
msgid "Migration from 0.4.8"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:45(para)
msgid ""
"The priority checkers are no longer run as standalone binaries, but as "
"shared libraries. The key value name for this feature has also slightly "
"changed. Copy the attribute named <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">prio_callout</emphasis> to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">prio</emphasis>, also modify the argument the name of the "
"priority checker, a system path is no longer necessary. Example "
"conversion:<screen>device {\n"
"        vendor \"NEC\"\n"
"        product \"DISK ARRAY\"\n"
"        prio_callout mpath_prio_alua /dev/%n\n"
"        prio    alua\n"
"}</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:58(para)
msgid ""
"See Table <xref endterm=\"checker-conversion-table\" linkend=\"priority-"
"checker-conversion-table\"/> for a complete listing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:62(title)
msgid "Priority Checker Conversion"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:71(entry)
msgid "v0.4.8"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:73(entry)
msgid "v0.4.9"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:79(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_emc /dev/%n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:82(emphasis)
msgid "prio emc"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:86(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_alua /dev/%n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:89(emphasis)
msgid "prio alua"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:93(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_netapp /dev/%n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:96(emphasis)
msgid "prio netapp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:100(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_rdac /dev/%n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:103(emphasis)
msgid "prio rdac"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:107(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_hp_sw /dev/%n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:110(emphasis)
msgid "prio hp_sw"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:114(emphasis)
msgid "prio_callout mpath_prio_hds_modular %b"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:117(emphasis)
msgid "prio hds"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:123(para)
msgid ""
"Since the multipath config file parser essentially parses all key/value "
"pairs it finds and then makes use of them, it is safe for both <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">prio_callout</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">prio</emphasis> to coexist and is recommended that the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">prio</emphasis> attribute be inserted before "
"beginning migration. After which you can safely delete the legacy <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">prio_calliout</emphasis> attribute without interrupting "
"service."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:137(para)
msgid "DM-Multipath can be used to provide:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> Redundancy </emphasis> DM-Multipath can provide failover in an "
"active/passive configuration. In an active/passive configuration, only half "
"the paths are used at any time for I/O. If any element of an I/O path (the "
"cable, switch, or controller) fails, DM-Multipath switches to an alternate "
"path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> Improved Performance </emphasis> Performance DM-Multipath can be "
"configured in active/active mode, where I/O is spread over the paths in a "
"round-robin fashion. In some configurations, DM-Multipath can detect loading "
"on the I/O paths and dynamically re-balance the load."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:159(title)
msgid "Storage Array Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:161(para)
msgid ""
"By default, DM-Multipath includes support for the most common storage arrays "
"that support DM-Multipath. The supported devices can be found in the "
"multipath.conf.defaults file. If your storage array supports DM-Multipath "
"and is not configured by default in this file, you may need to add them to "
"the DM-Multipath configuration file, multipath.conf. For information on the "
"DM-Multipath configuration file, see Section, <link linkend=\"multipath-dm-"
"multipath-config-file\">The DM-Multipath Configuration File</link>. Some "
"storage arrays require special handling of I/O errors and path switching. "
"These require separate hardware handler kernel modules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:174(title)
msgid "DM-Multipath components"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"Table <link linkend=\"multipath-components-table\">DM-Multipath "
"Components</link> describes the components of the DM-Multipath package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:184(title)
msgid "DM-Multipath Setup Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"Install the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath-tools</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath-tools-boot</emphasis> packages"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:197(para)
msgid ""
"Create an empty config file, <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename>, that "
"re-defines the <link linkend=\"multipath-skel-config\">following</link>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"If necessary, edit the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath.conf</emphasis> "
"configuration file to modify default values and save the updated file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:209(para)
msgid "Start the multipath daemon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:213(para)
msgid "Update initial ramdisk"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"DM-Multipath includes compiled-in default settings that are suitable for "
"common multipath configurations. Setting up DM-multipath is often a simple "
"procedure. The basic procedure for configuring your system with DM-Multipath "
"is as follows: <placeholder-1/> For detailed setup instructions for "
"multipath configuration see Section, <link linkend=\"multipath-setup-"
"overview\">Setting Up DM-Multipath</link>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:223(title)
msgid "Multipath Devices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Without DM-Multipath, each path from a server node to a storage controller "
"is treated by the system as a separate device, even when the I/O path "
"connects the same server node to the same storage controller. DM-Multipath "
"provides a way of organizing the I/O paths logically, by creating a single "
"multipath device on top of the underlying devices."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:233(title)
msgid "Multipath Device Identifiers"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:261(para)
msgid ""
"The devices in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/dev/mapper</emphasis> are created "
"early in the boot process. Use these devices to access the multipathed "
"devices, for example when creating logical volumes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"Any devices of the form <emphasis role=\"bold\">/dev/dm-n</emphasis> are for "
"internal use only and should never be used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"Each multipath device has a World Wide Identifier (WWID), which is "
"guaranteed to be globally unique and unchanging. By default, the name of a "
"multipath device is set to its WWID. Alternately, you can set the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"attribute-"
"user_friendly_names\">user_friendly_names</link></emphasis>option in the "
"multipath configuration file, which causes DM-Multipath to use a node-unique "
"alias of the form <emphasis role=\"bold\">mpathn</emphasis> as the name. For "
"example, a node with two HBAs attached to a storage controller with two "
"ports via a single unzoned FC switch sees four devices: <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/sda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/sdb</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/sdc</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/sdd</emphasis>. DM-Multipath creates a single device with "
"a unique WWID that reroutes I/O to those four underlying devices according "
"to the multipath configuration. When the <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link "
"linkend=\"attribute-"
"user_friendly_names\">user_friendly_names</link></emphasis> configuration "
"option is set to <emphasis role=\"bold\">yes</emphasis>, the name of the "
"multipath device is set to <emphasis role=\"bold\">mpathn</emphasis>. When "
"new devices are brought under the control of DM-Multipath, the new devices "
"may be seen in two different places under the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev</emphasis> directory: <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/mapper/mpathn</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/dm-n</emphasis>. <placeholder-1/>For information on the "
"multipath configuration defaults, including the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"attribute-"
"user_friendly_names\">user_friendly_names</link></emphasis> configuration "
"option, see Section , <link linkend=\"multipath-config-"
"defaults\">Configuration File Defaults</link>. You can also set the name of "
"a multipath device to a name of your choosing by using the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"attribute-alias\">alias</link></emphasis> "
"option in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the "
"multipath configuration file. For information on the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the multipath configuration "
"file, see Section, <link linkend=\"multipath-config-multipath\">Multipaths "
"Device Configuration Attributes</link>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:289(title)
msgid "Consistent Multipath Device Names in a Cluster"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"When the <emphasis role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> "
"configuration option is set to yes, the name of the multipath device is "
"unique to a node, but it is not guaranteed to be the same on all nodes using "
"the multipath device. Similarly, if you set the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">alias</emphasis> option for a device in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> configuration file, the name is not "
"automatically consistent across all nodes in the cluster. This should not "
"cause any difficulties if you use LVM to create logical devices from the "
"multipath device, but if you require that your multipath device names be "
"consistent in every node it is recommended that you leave the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> option set to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">no</emphasis> and that you not configure aliases for the "
"devices. By default, if you do not set <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> to yes or configure an alias "
"for a device, a device name will be the WWID for the device, which is always "
"the same. If you want the system-defined user-friendly names to be "
"consistent across all nodes in the cluster, however, you can follow this "
"procedure:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:313(para)
msgid "Set up all of the multipath devices on one machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:317(para) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:354(para)
msgid ""
"Disable all of your multipath devices on your other machines by running the "
"following commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:320(screen) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:357(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# service multipath-tools stop\n"
"# multipath -F\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/multipath/bindings</filename> file from the first "
"machine to all the other machines in the cluster."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:332(para) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"Re-enable the multipathd daemon on all the other machines in the cluster by "
"running the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:335(screen) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:371(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# service multipath-tools start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:339(para)
msgid "If you add a new device, you will need to repeat this process."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:342(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, if you configure an alias for a device that you would like to be "
"consistent across the nodes in the cluster, you should ensure that the "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file is the same for each node in "
"the cluster by following the same procedure:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"Configure the aliases for the multipath devices in the in the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> file on one machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>multipath.conf</filename> file from the first machine to "
"all the other machines in the cluster."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:375(para)
msgid "When you add a new device you will need to repeat this process."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:380(title)
msgid "Multipath Device attributes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">alias</emphasis> options, a multipath device has "
"numerous attributes. You can modify these attributes for a specific "
"multipath device by creating an entry for that device in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath</emphasis> configuration file. For information on "
"the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the multipath "
"configuration file, see Section, \"<link endterm=\"config-multipath-title\" "
"linkend=\"multipath-config-multipath\"/>\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:395(title)
msgid "Multipath Devices in Logical Volumes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"After creating multipath devices, you can use the multipath device names "
"just as you would use a physical device name when creating an LVM physical "
"volume. For example, if /dev/mapper/mpatha is the name of a multipath "
"device, the following command will mark /dev/mapper/mpatha as a physical "
"volume. <screen># pvcreate /dev/mapper/mpatha</screen> You can use the "
"resulting LVM physical device when you create an LVM volume group just as "
"you would use any other LVM physical device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"If you attempt to create an LVM physical volume on a whole device on which "
"you have configured partitions, the pvcreate command will fail."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"Every time either <filename>/etc/lvm.conf</filename> or "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> is updated, the initrd should be "
"rebuilt to reflect these changes. This is imperative when blacklists and "
"filters are necessary to maintain a stable storage configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"When you create an LVM logical volume that uses active/passive multipath "
"arrays as the underlying physical devices, you should include filters in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lvm.conf</emphasis> to exclude the disks that "
"underlie the multipath devices. This is because if the array automatically "
"changes the active path to the passive path when it receives I/O, multipath "
"will failover and failback whenever LVM scans the passive path if these "
"devices are not filtered. For active/passive arrays that require a command "
"to make the passive path active, LVM prints a warning message when this "
"occurs. To filter all SCSI devices in the LVM configuration file (lvm.conf), "
"include the following filter in the devices section of the file. "
"<screen>filter = [ \"r/block/\", \"r/disk/\", \"r/sd.*/\", \"a/.*/\" "
"]</screen>After updating <filename>/etc/lvm.conf</filename>, it's necessary "
"to update the <emphasis role=\"bold\">initrd</emphasis> so that this file "
"will be copied there, where the filter matters the most, during boot. "
"Perform:<screen>update-initramfs -u -k all</screen><placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:436(title)
msgid "Setting up DM-Multipath Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:438(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides step-by-step example procedures for configuring DM-"
"Multipath. It includes the following procedures:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:443(para)
msgid "Basic DM-Multipath setup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:447(para)
msgid "Ignoring local disks"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:451(para)
msgid "Adding more devices to the configuration file"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:456(title)
msgid "Setting Up DM-Multipath"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"Before setting up DM-Multipath on your system, ensure that your system has "
"been updated and includes the <emphasis role=\"bold\"><application>multipath-"
"tools</application></emphasis> package. If boot from SAN is desired, then "
"the <emphasis role=\"bold\"><application>multipath-tools-"
"boot</application></emphasis> package is also required."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"To work around a quirk in multipathd, when an "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> doesn't exist, the previous command "
"will return nothing, as it is the result of a <emphasis>merge</emphasis> "
"between the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> and the database in "
"memory. To remedy this, either define an empty "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename>, by using <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">touch</emphasis>, or create one that redefines a default value "
"like:<screen>defaults {\n"
"        user_friendly_names no\n"
"}\n"
"</screen>and restart multipathd:<screen># service multipath-tools "
"restart</screen>Now the \"show config\" command will return the live "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:465(para)
msgid ""
"A basic <emphasis role=\"bold\">/etc/multipath.conf </emphasis> need not "
"even exist, when <emphasis role=\"bold\">multpath</emphasis> is run without "
"an accompanying <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename>, it draws from it's "
"internal database to find a suitable configuration, it also draws from it's "
"internal blacklist. If after running <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath -"
"ll</emphasis> without a config file, no multipaths are discovered. One must "
"proceed to increase the verbosity to discover why a multipath was not "
"created. Consider referencing the SAN vendor's documentation, the multipath "
"example config files found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/multipath-"
"tools/examples</filename>, and the live multipathd database:<screen "
"id=\"multipath-skel-config\"># echo 'show config' | multipathd -k &gt; "
"multipath.conf-live</screen><placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:493(title)
msgid "Installing with Multipath Support"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:495(para)
msgid ""
"To enable <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/MultipathSupport\">multipath "
"support during installation</ulink> use<screen>install disk-"
"detect/multipath/enable=true</screen>at the installer prompt. If multipath "
"devices are found these will show up as <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/mapper/mpath&lt;X&gt;</emphasis> during installation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:504(title)
msgid "Ignoring Local Disks When Generating Multipath Devices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"Some machines have local SCSI cards for their internal disks. DM-Multipath "
"is not recommended for these devices. The following procedure shows how to "
"modify the multipath configuration file to ignore the local disks when "
"configuring multipath."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"Determine which disks are the internal disks and mark them as the ones to "
"blacklist. In this example, <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><filename>/dev/sda</filename></emphasis> is the internal disk. "
"Note that as originally configured in the default multipath configuration "
"file, executing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath -v2</emphasis> shows "
"the local disk, <emphasis role=\"bold\">/dev/sda</emphasis>, in the "
"multipath map. For further information on the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath</emphasis> command output, see Section <link "
"linkend=\"multipath-command-output\">Multipath Command Output</link>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:525(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# multipath -v2\n"
"create: SIBM-ESXSST336732LC____F3ET0EP0Q000072428BX1 undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=33 GB features=\"0\" hwhandler=\"0\" wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 0:0:0:0 sda 8:0  [--------- \n"
"\n"
"device-mapper ioctl cmd 9 failed: Invalid argument\n"
"device-mapper ioctl cmd 14 failed: No such device or address\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327d80000006d43621677 undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:0 sdb 8:16  undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:0 sdf 8:80 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327510000009a436215ec undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:1 sdc 8:32 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:1 sdg 8:96 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327d800000070436216b3 undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:2 sdd 8:48 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:2 sdg 8:112 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327510000009b4362163e undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:3 sdd 8:64 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:3 sdg 8:128 undef ready  running\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:561(para)
msgid ""
"In order to prevent the device mapper from mapping <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/dev/sda</emphasis> in its multipath maps, edit the blacklist "
"section of the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file to include this "
"device. Although you could blacklist the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">sda</emphasis> device using a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devnode</emphasis> type, that would not be safe procedure "
"since <emphasis role=\"bold\">/dev/sda</emphasis> is not guaranteed to be "
"the same on reboot. To blacklist individual devices, you can blacklist using "
"the WWID of that device. Note that in the output to the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath -v2</emphasis> command, the WWID of the "
"<filename>/dev/sda</filename> device is SIBM-"
"ESXSST336732LC____F3ET0EP0Q000072428BX1. To blacklist this device, include "
"the following in the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:576(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"      wwid SIBM-ESXSST336732LC____F3ET0EP0Q000072428BX1\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:584(para)
msgid ""
"After you have updated the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file, "
"you must manually tell the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipathd</emphasis> "
"daemon to reload the file. The following command reloads the updated "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:589(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# service multipath-tools reload"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:593(para)
msgid "Run the following command to remove the multipath device:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:596(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# multipath -f SIBM-ESXSST336732LC____F3ET0EP0Q000072428BX1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:601(para)
msgid ""
"To check whether the device removal worked, you can run the "
"<command>multipath -ll</command> command to display the current multipath "
"configuration. For information on the <command>multipath -ll</command> "
"command, see Section <link linkend=\"multipath-queries-and-"
"commands\">Multipath Queries with multipath Command</link>. To check that "
"the blacklisted device was not added back, you can run the multipath "
"command, as in the following example. The multipath command defaults to a "
"verbosity level of <emphasis role=\"bold\">v2</emphasis> if you do not "
"specify a <emphasis role=\"bold\">-v</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:613(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# multipath\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327d80000006d43621677 undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:0 sdb 8:16  undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:0 sdf 8:80 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327510000009a436215ec undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:1 sdc 8:32 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:1 sdg 8:96 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327d800000070436216b3 undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:2 sdd 8:48 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:2 sdg 8:112 undef ready  running\n"
"\n"
"create: 3600a0b80001327510000009b4362163e undef WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"size=12G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=undef\n"
"`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=undef\n"
"  |- 2:0:0:3 sdd 8:64 undef ready  running\n"
"    `- 3:0:0:3 sdg 8:128 undef ready  running\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:645(title)
msgid "Configuring Storage Devices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"By default, DM-Multipath includes support for the most common storage arrays "
"that support DM-Multipath. The default configuration values, including "
"supported devices, can be found in the "
"<filename>multipath.conf.defaults</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:652(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to add a storage device that is not supported by default as a "
"known multipath device, edit the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> "
"file and insert the appropriate device information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:656(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to add information about the HP Open-V series the entry looks "
"like this, where <emphasis role=\"bold\">%n</emphasis> is the device name:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:660(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"devices {\n"
"     device {\n"
"            vendor \"HP\"\n"
"            product \"OPEN-V.\"\n"
"            getuid_callout \"/lib/udev/scsi_id --whitelisted --"
"device=/dev/%n\"\n"
"     }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:669(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on the devices section of the configuration file, see "
"Section <xref endterm=\"config-device-title\" linkend=\"multipath-config-"
"device\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:676(title)
msgid "The DM-Multipath Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"By default, DM-Multipath provides configuration values for the most common "
"uses of multipathing. In addition, DM-Multipath includes support for the "
"most common storage arrays that support DM-Multipath. The default "
"configuration values and the supported devices can be found in the "
"<filename>multipath.conf.defaults</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"You can override the default configuration values for DM-Multipath by "
"editing the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> configuration file. If "
"necessary, you can also add a storage array that is not supported by default "
"to the configuration file. This chapter provides information on parsing and "
"modifying the <filename>multipath.conf</filename> file. It contains sections "
"on the following topics: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:716(para)
msgid ""
"In the multipath configuration file, you need to specify only the sections "
"that you need for your configuration, or that you wish to change from the "
"default values specified in the <filename>multipath.conf.defaults</filename> "
"file. If there are sections of the file that are not relevant to your "
"environment or for which you do not need to override the default values, you "
"can leave them commented out, as they are in the initial file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:724(para)
msgid "The configuration file allows regular expression description syntax."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:727(para)
msgid ""
"An annotated version of the configuration file can be found in "
"<filename><filename>/usr/share/doc/multipath-"
"tools/examples/multipath.conf.annotated.gz</filename></filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:731(title)
msgid "Configuration File Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:733(para)
msgid ""
"The multipath configuration file is divided into the following sections:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:738(emphasis)
msgid "blacklist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:741(para)
msgid ""
"Listing of specific devices that will not be considered for multipath."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:747(emphasis)
msgid "blacklist_exceptions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:750(para)
msgid ""
"Listing of multipath candidates that would otherwise be blacklisted "
"according to the parameters of the blacklist section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:757(emphasis)
msgid "defaults"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:760(para)
msgid "General default settings for DM-Multipath."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"Settings for the characteristics of individual multipath devices. These "
"values overwrite what is specified in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devices</emphasis> sections of the configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:777(emphasis)
msgid "devices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:780(para)
msgid ""
"Settings for the individual storage controllers. These values overwrite what "
"is specified in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section of "
"the configuration file. If you are using a storage array that is not "
"supported by default, you may need to create a devices subsection for your "
"array."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:789(para)
msgid ""
"When the system determines the attributes of a multipath device, first it "
"checks the multipath settings, then the per devices settings, then the "
"multipath system defaults."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:795(title)
msgid "Configuration File Blacklist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:797(para)
msgid ""
"The blacklist section of the multipath configuration file specifies the "
"devices that will not be used when the system configures multipath devices. "
"Devices that are blacklisted will not be grouped into a multipath device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"If you do need to blacklist devices, you can do so according to the "
"following criteria:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:809(para)
msgid ""
"By WWID, as described <xref endterm=\"config-blacklist-by-wwid-title\" "
"linkend=\"multipath-config-blacklist-by-wwid\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:815(para)
msgid ""
"By device name, as described in <xref endterm=\"config-blacklist-by-device-"
"name-title\" linkend=\"multipath-config-blacklist-by-device-name\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"By device type, as described in <xref endterm=\"config-blacklist-by-device-"
"type-title\" linkend=\"multipath-config-blacklist-by-device-type\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"By default, a variety of device types are blacklisted, even after you "
"comment out the initial blacklist section of the configuration file. For "
"information, see <xref endterm=\"config-blacklist-by-device-name-title\" "
"linkend=\"multipath-config-blacklist-by-device-name\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:836(title)
msgid "Blacklisting By WWID"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:839(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify individual devices to blacklist by their World-Wide "
"IDentification with a <emphasis role=\"bold\">wwid</emphasis> entry in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">blacklist</emphasis> section of the configuration "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:844(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the lines in the configuration file that would "
"blacklist a device with a WWID of 26353900f02796769."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:847(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"       wwid 26353900f02796769\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:855(title)
msgid "Blacklisting By Device Name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"You can blacklist device types by device name so that they will not be "
"grouped into a multipath device by specifying a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devnode</emphasis> entry in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">blacklist</emphasis> section of the configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:864(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the lines in the configuration file that would "
"blacklist all SCSI devices, since it blacklists all sd* devices. <screen>\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"       devnode \"^sd[a-z]\"\n"
"}</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:871(para)
msgid ""
"You can use a <emphasis role=\"bold\">devnode</emphasis> entry in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">blacklist</emphasis> section of the configuration "
"file to specify individual devices to blacklist rather than all devices of a "
"specific type. This is not recommended, however, since unless it is "
"statically mapped by udev rules, there is no guarantee that a specific "
"device will have the same name on reboot. For example, a device name could "
"change from <filename>/dev/sda</filename> to <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> "
"on reboot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:881(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the following <emphasis role=\"bold\">devnode</emphasis> entries "
"are compiled in the default blacklist; the devices that these entries "
"blacklist do not generally support DM-Multipath. To enable multipathing on "
"any of these devices, you would need to specify them in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">blacklist_exceptions</emphasis> section of the configuration "
"file, as described in <xref endterm=\"config-blacklist-exceptions-title\" "
"linkend=\"multipath-config-blacklist-exceptions\"/><screen>\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"       devnode \"^(ram|raw|loop|fd|md|dm-|sr|scd|st)[0-9]*\"\n"
"       devnode \"^hd[a-z]\"\n"
"}\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:898(title)
msgid "Blacklisting By Device Type"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:901(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify specific device types in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">blacklist</emphasis> section of the configuration file with a "
"device section. The following example blacklists all IBM DS4200 and HP "
"devices. <screen>\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"       device {\n"
"               vendor  \"IBM\"\n"
"               product \"3S42\"       #DS4200 Product 10\n"
"       }\n"
"       device {\n"
"               vendor  \"HP\"\n"
"               product \"*\"\n"
"       }\n"
"}\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:919(title)
msgid "Blacklist Exceptions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:922(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">blacklist_exceptions</emphasis> "
"section of the configuration file to enable multipathing on devices that "
"have been blacklisted by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:927(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you have a large number of devices and want to multipath "
"only one of them (with the WWID of 3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757803), "
"instead of individually blacklisting each of the devices except the one you "
"want, you could instead blacklist all of them, and then allow only the one "
"you want by adding the following lines to the "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file. <screen>\n"
"blacklist {\n"
"        wwid \"*\"\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"blacklist_exceptions {\n"
"        wwid \"3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757803\"\n"
"}\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:942(para)
msgid ""
"When specifying devices in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">blacklist_exceptions</emphasis> section of the configuration "
"file, you must specify the exceptions in the same way they were specified in "
"the <emphasis role=\"bold\">blacklist</emphasis>. For example, a WWID "
"exception will not apply to devices specified by a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devnode</emphasis> blacklist entry, even if the blacklisted "
"device is associated with that WWID. Similarly, devnode exceptions apply "
"only to devnode entries, and device exceptions apply only to device entries."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:955(title)
msgid "Configuration File Defaults"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:957(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> configuration file includes a "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section that sets the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> parameter to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">yes</emphasis>, as follows."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:962(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"defaults {\n"
"        user_friendly_names yes\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"This overwrites the default value of the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">user_friendly_names</emphasis> parameter."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:971(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration file includes a template of configuration defaults. This "
"section is commented out, as follows."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:974(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#defaults {\n"
"#       udev_dir                /dev\n"
"#       polling_interval        5\n"
"#       selector                \"round-robin 0\"\n"
"#       path_grouping_policy    failover\n"
"#       getuid_callout          \"/lib/dev/scsi_id --whitelisted --"
"device=/dev/%n\"\n"
"#\tprio\t\t\tconst\n"
"#\tpath_checker\t\tdirectio\n"
"#\trr_min_io\t\t1000\n"
"#\trr_weight\t\tuniform\n"
"#\tfailback\t\tmanual\n"
"#\tno_path_retry\t\tfail\n"
"#\tuser_friendly_names\tno\n"
"#}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:991(para)
msgid ""
"To overwrite the default value for any of the configuration parameters, you "
"can copy the relevant line from this template into the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section and uncomment it. For example, to "
"overwrite the <emphasis role=\"bold\">path_grouping_policy</emphasis> "
"parameter so that it is <emphasis role=\"bold\">multibus</emphasis> rather "
"than the default value of <emphasis role=\"bold\">failover</emphasis>, copy "
"the appropriate line from the template to the initial <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section of the configuration file, and "
"uncomment it, as follows."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1002(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"defaults {\n"
"        user_friendly_names     yes\n"
"        path_grouping_policy    multibus\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1009(para)
msgid ""
"Table <xref endterm=\"config-defaults-table-title\" linkend=\"multipath-"
"config-defaults-table\"/> describes the attributes that are set in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> configuration file. These values are "
"used by DM-Multipath unless they are overwritten by the attributes specified "
"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">devices</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> sections of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1023(title)
msgid "Configuration File Multipath Attributes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1026(para)
msgid ""
"Table <xref endterm=\"attributes-table-title\" linkend=\"multipath-"
"attributes-table\"/> shows the attributes that you can set in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> configuration file for each specific "
"multipath device. These attributes apply only to the one specified "
"multipath. These defaults are used by DM-Multipath and override attributes "
"set in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devices</emphasis> sections of the multipath.conf file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1039(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, the following parameters may be overridden in this <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath</emphasis> section"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1088(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows multipath attributes specified in the "
"configuration file for two specific multipath devices. The first device has "
"a WWID of 3600508b4000156d70001200000b0000 and a symbolic name of yellow."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1092(para)
msgid ""
"The second multipath device in the example has a WWID of "
"1DEC_____321816758474 and a symbolic name of red. In this example, the <link "
"linkend=\"attribute-rr_weight\" role=\"bold\">rr_weight</link> attributes "
"are set to priorities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1098(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"multipaths {\n"
"       multipath {\n"
"              wwid                  3600508b4000156d70001200000b0000\n"
"              alias                 yellow\n"
"              path_grouping_policy  multibus\n"
"              path_selector         \"round-robin 0\"\n"
"              failback              manual\n"
"              rr_weight             priorities\n"
"              no_path_retry         5\n"
"       }\n"
"       multipath {\n"
"              wwid                  1DEC_____321816758474\n"
"              alias                 red\n"
"              rr_weight             priorities\n"
"        }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1119(title)
msgid "Configuration File Devices"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1121(para)
msgid ""
"Table <xref endterm=\"device-attributes-table-title\" linkend=\"multipath-"
"device-attributes-table\"/> shows the attributes that you can set for each "
"individual storage device in the devices section of the multipath.conf "
"configuration file. These attributes are used by DM-Multipath unless they "
"are overwritten by the attributes specified in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipaths</emphasis> section of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> file for paths that contain the device. "
"These attributes override the attributes set in the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section of the "
"<filename>multipath.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"Many devices that support multipathing are included by default in a "
"multipath configuration. The values for the devices that are supported by "
"default are listed in the <filename>multipath.conf.defaults</filename> file. "
"You probably will not need to modify the values for these devices, but if "
"you do you can overwrite the default values by including an entry in the "
"configuration file for the device that overwrites those values. You can copy "
"the device configuration defaults from the "
"<filename>multipath.conf.annotated.gz</filename> or if you wish to have a "
"brief config file, <filename>multipath.conf.synthetic</filename> file for "
"the device and override the values that you want to change."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1144(para)
msgid ""
"To add a device to this section of the configuration file that is not "
"configured automatically by default, you must set the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">vendor</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">product</emphasis> parameters. You can find these values by "
"looking at <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/sys/block/device_name/device/vendor</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">/sys/block/device_name/device/model</emphasis> where "
"device_name is the device to be multipathed, as in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1154(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# cat /sys/block/sda/device/vendor\n"
"WINSYS  \n"
"# cat /sys/block/sda/device/model\n"
"SF2372\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1161(para)
msgid ""
"The additional parameters to specify depend on your specific device. If the "
"device is active/active, you will usually not need to set additional "
"parameters. You may want to set <link linkend=\"attribute-"
"path_grouping_policy\">path_grouping_policy</link> to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multibus</emphasis>. Other parameters you may need to set are "
"<link linkend=\"attribute-no_path_retry\">no_path_retry</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"attribute-rr_min_io\">rr_min_io</link>, as described in Table "
"<xref endterm=\"attributes-table-title\" linkend=\"multipath-attributes-"
"table\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1171(para)
msgid ""
"If the device is active/passive, but it automatically switches paths with "
"I/O to the passive path, you need to change the checker function to one that "
"does not send I/O to the path to test if it is working (otherwise, your "
"device will keep failing over). This almost always means that you set the "
"<link linkend=\"attribute-path_checker\">path_checker</link> to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">tur</emphasis>; this works for all SCSI devices that support "
"the Test Unit Ready command, which most do."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1180(para)
msgid ""
"If the device needs a special command to switch paths, then configuring this "
"device for multipath requires a hardware handler kernel module. The current "
"available hardware handler is emc. If this is not sufficient for your "
"device, you may not be able to configure the device for multipath."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1189(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, the following parameters may be overridden in this <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">device</emphasis> section"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever a hardware_handler is specified, it is your responsibility to "
"ensure that the appropriate kernel module is loaded to support the specified "
"interface. These modules can be found in <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><filename>/lib/modules/`uname -"
"r`/kernel/drivers/scsi/device_handler/ </filename></emphasis>. The requisite "
"module should be integrated into the initrd to ensure the necessary "
"discovery and failover-failback capacity is available during boot time. "
"Example,<screen># echo scsi_dh_alua &gt;&gt; /etc/initramfs-tools/modules  "
"## append module to file\n"
"# update-initramfs -u -k all</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows a device entry in the multipath configuration "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1278(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#devices {\n"
"#\tdevice {\n"
"#\t\tvendor\t\t\t\"COMPAQ  \"\n"
"#\t\tproduct\t\t\t\"MSA1000         \"\n"
"#\t\tpath_grouping_policy\tmultibus\n"
"#\t\tpath_checker\t\ttur\n"
"#\t\trr_weight\t\tpriorities\n"
"#\t}\n"
"#}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1290(para)
msgid ""
"The spacing reserved in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">vendor</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">product</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">revision</emphasis> fields are significant as multipath is "
"performing a direct match against these attributes, whose format is defined "
"by the SCSI specification, specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SCSI_Inquiry_Command\">Standard "
"INQUIRY</ulink> command. When quotes are used, the vendor, product, and "
"revision fields will be interpreted strictly according to the spec. Regular "
"expressions may be integrated into the quoted strings. Should a field be "
"defined without the requisite spacing, multipath will copy the string into "
"the properly sized buffer and pad with the appropriate number of spaces. The "
"specification expects the entire field to be populated by printable "
"characters or spaces, as seen in the example above"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1307(para)
msgid "vendor: 8 characters"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1311(para)
msgid "product: 16 characters"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1315(para)
msgid "revision: 4 characters"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"To create a more robust configuration file, regular expressions can also be "
"used. Operators include <emphasis role=\"bold\">^ $ [ ] . * ? +</emphasis>. "
"Examples of functional regular expressions can be found by examining the "
"live multipath database and <filename>multipath.conf </filename>example "
"files found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/multipath-tools/examples:</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1326(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# echo 'show config' | multipathd -k"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1331(title)
msgid "DM-Multipath Administration and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1334(title)
msgid "Resizing an Online Multipath Device"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1336(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to resize an online multipath device, use the following procedure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1341(para)
msgid "Resize your physical device. This is storage platform specific."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1346(para)
msgid "Use the following command to find the paths to the LUN:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1348(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# multipath -l"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1352(para)
msgid ""
"Resize your paths. For SCSI devices, writing 1 to the "
"<filename>rescan</filename> file for the device causes the SCSI driver to "
"rescan, as in the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1356(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# echo 1 &gt; /sys/block/device_name/device/rescan"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1360(para)
msgid ""
"Resize your multipath device by running the multipathd resize command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1363(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# multipathd -k 'resize map mpatha'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1367(para)
msgid "Resize the file system (assuming no LVM or DOS partitions are used):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1370(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# resize2fs /dev/mapper/mpatha"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1376(title)
msgid ""
"Moving root File Systems from a Single Path Device to a Multipath Device"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"This is dramatically simplified by the use of UUIDs to identify devices as "
"an intrinsic label. Simply install <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath-tools-"
"boot</emphasis> and reboot. This will rebuild the initial ramdisk and afford "
"multipath the opportunity to build it's paths before the root file system is "
"mounted by UUID."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1386(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever <filename>multipath.conf</filename> is updated, so should the "
"initrd by executing <command>update-initramfs -u -k all</command>. The "
"reason being is <filename>multipath.conf</filename> is copied to the ramdisk "
"and is integral to determining the available devices for grouping via it's "
"blacklist and device sections."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1395(title)
msgid ""
"Moving swap File Systems from a Single Path Device to a Multipath Device"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1398(para)
msgid ""
"The procedure is exactly the same as illustrated in the previous section "
"called <link linkend=\"multipath-moving-rootfs-from-single-path-to-multipath-"
"device\">Moving root File Systems from a Single Path to a Multipath "
"Device</link>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1406(title)
msgid "The Multipath Daemon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1408(para)
msgid ""
"If you find you have trouble implementing a multipath configuration, you "
"should ensure the multipath daemon is running as described in <link "
"linkend=\"multipath-setting-up-dm-multipath\">\"Setting up DM-"
"Multipath\"</link>. The <command>multipathd</command> daemon must be running "
"in order to use multipathd devices. Also see section <link "
"linkend=\"multipath-interacting-with-multipathd\">Troubleshooting with the "
"multipathd interactive console</link> concerning interacting with "
"<command>multipathd</command> as a debugging aid."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1448(title)
msgid "Issues with queue_if_no_path"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1450(para)
msgid ""
"If <emphasis role=\"bold\">features \"1 queue_if_no_path\"</emphasis> is "
"specified in the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file, then any "
"process that uses I/O will hang until one or more paths are restored. To "
"avoid this, set the <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"attribute-"
"no_path_retry\">no_path_retry</link> N</emphasis> parameter in the "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1457(para)
msgid ""
"When you set the <emphasis role=\"bold\">no_path_retry</emphasis> parameter, "
"remove the <emphasis role=\"bold\">features \"1 "
"queue_if_no_path\"</emphasis> option from the "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file as well. If, however, you are "
"using a multipathed device for which the <option>features \"1 "
"queue_if_no_path\"</option> option is set as a compiled in default, as it is "
"for many SAN devices, you must add <option>features \"0\"</option> to "
"override this default. You can do this by copying the existing <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">devices</emphasis> section, and just that section (not the "
"entire file), from <filename>/usr/share/doc/multipath-"
"tools/examples/multipath.conf.annotated.gz</filename> into "
"<filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> and editing to suit your needs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1471(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to use the <option>features \"1 queue_if_no_path\"</option> "
"option and you experience the issue noted here, use the "
"<command>dmsetup</command> command to edit the policy at runtime for a "
"particular LUN (that is, for which all the paths are unavailable). For "
"example, if you want to change the policy on the multipath device "
"<filename>mpathc</filename> from <option>\"queue_if_no_path\"</option> to "
"<option> \"fail_if_no_path\"</option>, execute the following command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1480(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dmsetup message mpathc 0 \"fail_if_no_path\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1483(para)
msgid ""
"You must specify the <filename>mpathN</filename> alias rather than the path"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1489(title)
msgid "Multipath Command Output"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1491(para)
msgid ""
"When you create, modify, or list a multipath device, you get a printout of "
"the current device setup. The format is as follows. For each multipath "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1495(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   action_if_any: alias (wwid_if_different_from_alias) "
"dm_device_name_if_known vendor,product\n"
"   size=size features='features' hwhandler='hardware_handler' "
"wp=write_permission_if_known"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1498(para)
msgid "For each path group:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1500(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  -+- policy='scheduling_policy' prio=prio_if_known\n"
"  status=path_group_status_if_known"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1503(para)
msgid "For each path:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1505(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   `- host:channel:id:lun devnode major:minor dm_status_if_known "
"path_status\n"
"  online_status"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1508(para)
msgid ""
"For example, the output of a multipath command might appear as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1511(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757800 dm-1 WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"  size=269G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=rw\n"
"  |-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=active\n"
"  | `- 6:0:0:0 sdb 8:16  active ready  running\n"
"  `-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=enabled\n"
"    `- 7:0:0:0 sdf 8:80  active ready  running"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1518(para)
msgid ""
"If the path is up and ready for I/O, the status of the path is <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">ready</emphasis> or <emphasis "
"role=\"emphasis\">ghost</emphasis>. If the path is down, the status is "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">faulty</emphasis> or <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">shaky</emphasis>. The path status is updated periodically by "
"the <command>multipathd</command> daemon based on the polling interval "
"defined in the <filename>/etc/multipath.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1526(para)
msgid ""
"The dm status is similar to the path status, but from the kernel's point of "
"view. The dm status has two states: <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">failed</emphasis>, which is analogous to <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">faulty</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">active</emphasis> which covers all other path states. "
"Occasionally, the path state and the dm state of a device will temporarily "
"not agree."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1534(para)
msgid ""
"The possible values for <emphasis role=\"bold\">online_status</emphasis> are "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">running</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">offline</emphasis>. A status of <emphasis "
"role=\"emphasis\">offline</emphasis> means that the SCSI device has been "
"disabled."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1542(para)
msgid ""
"When a multipath device is being created or modified , the path group "
"status, the dm device name, the write permissions, and the dm status are not "
"known. Also, the features are not always correct"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1549(title)
msgid "Multipath Queries with multipath Command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1551(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">-l </emphasis>and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">-ll</emphasis> options of the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath</emphasis> command to display the current multipath "
"configuration. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">-l</emphasis> option displays "
"multipath topology gathered from information in sysfs and the device mapper. "
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">-ll</emphasis> option displays the information "
"the <emphasis role=\"bold\">-l</emphasis> displays in addition to all other "
"available components of the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1560(para)
msgid ""
"When displaying the multipath configuration, there are three verbosity "
"levels you can specify with the <emphasis role=\"bold\">-v</emphasis> option "
"of the multipath command. Specifying <emphasis role=\"bold\">-v0</emphasis> "
"yields no output. Specifying<emphasis role=\"bold\"> -v1</emphasis> outputs "
"the created or updated multipath names only, which you can then feed to "
"other tools such as kpartx. Specifying <emphasis role=\"bold\">-"
"v2</emphasis> prints all detected paths, multipaths, and device maps."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1570(para)
msgid ""
"The default <emphasis role=\"bold\">verbosity</emphasis> level of multipath "
"is <emphasis role=\"bold\">2</emphasis> and can be globally modified by "
"defining the <link linkend=\"attribute-verbosity\">verbosity "
"attribute</link> in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">defaults</emphasis> section "
"of <filename>multipath.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1577(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the output of a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath -l</emphasis> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1580(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# multipath -l\n"
"  3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757800 dm-1 WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"  size=269G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=rw\n"
"  |-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=active\n"
"  | `- 6:0:0:0 sdb 8:16  active ready  running\n"
"  `-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=enabled\n"
"    `- 7:0:0:0 sdf 8:80  active ready  running"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1588(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the output of a <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipath -ll</emphasis> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1591(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# multipath -ll\n"
"  3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757801 dm-10 WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"  size=269G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=rw\n"
"  |-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=enabled\n"
"  | `- 19:0:0:1 sdc 8:32  active ready  running\n"
"  `-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=enabled\n"
"    `- 18:0:0:1 sdh 8:112 active ready  running\n"
"    3600d0230000000000e13955cc3757803 dm-2 WINSYS,SF2372\n"
"    size=125G features='0' hwhandler='0' wp=rw\n"
"    `-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=1 status=active\n"
"      |- 19:0:0:3 sde 8:64  active ready  running\n"
"        `- 18:0:0:3 sdj 8:144 active ready  running"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1606(title)
msgid "Multipath Command Options"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1608(para)
msgid ""
"Table <xref endterm=\"useful-multipath-command-options-title\" "
"linkend=\"useful-multipath-command-options\"/> describes some options of the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">multipath</emphasis> command that you might find "
"useful."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1614(title)
msgid "Useful multipath Command Options"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1623(entry)
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1630(emphasis)
msgid "-l"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1632(emphasis) serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1639(emphasis)
msgid "sysfs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1631(entry)
msgid ""
"Display the current multipath configuration gathered from <placeholder-1/> "
"and the device mapper."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1637(emphasis)
msgid "-ll"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1638(entry)
msgid ""
"Display the current multipath configuration gathered from <placeholder-1/>, "
"the device mapper, and all other available components on the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1644(emphasis)
msgid "-f device"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1645(entry)
msgid "Remove the named multipath device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1649(emphasis)
msgid "-F"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1650(entry)
msgid "Remove all unused multipath devices."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1658(title)
msgid "Determining Device Mapper Entries with dmsetup Command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1660(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmsetup</emphasis> command to find "
"out which device mapper entries match the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">multipathed</emphasis> devices."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1664(para)
msgid ""
"The following command displays all the device mapper devices and their major "
"and minor numbers. The minor numbers determine the name of the dm device. "
"For example, a minor number of <emphasis role=\"bold\">3</emphasis> "
"corresponds to the multipathed device <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"><filename>/dev/dm-3</filename></emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1670(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# dmsetup ls\n"
"mpathd  (253, 4)\n"
"mpathep1        (253, 12)\n"
"mpathfp1        (253, 11)\n"
"mpathb  (253, 3)\n"
"mpathgp1        (253, 14)\n"
"mpathhp1        (253, 13)\n"
"mpatha  (253, 2)\n"
"mpathh  (253, 9)\n"
"mpathg  (253, 8)\n"
"VolGroup00-LogVol01     (253, 1)\n"
"mpathf  (253, 7)\n"
"VolGroup00-LogVol00     (253, 0)\n"
"mpathe  (253, 6)\n"
"mpathbp1        (253, 10)\n"
"mpathd  (253, 5)\n"
"  "
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1691(title)
msgid "Troubleshooting with the multipathd interactive console"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1693(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipathd -k</emphasis> command is an "
"interactive interface to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">multipathd</emphasis> "
"daemon. Entering this command brings up an interactive multipath console. "
"After entering this command, you can enter help to get a list of available "
"commands, you can enter a interactive command, or you can enter <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">CTRL-D</emphasis> to quit."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1700(para)
msgid ""
"The multipathd interactive console can be used to troubleshoot problems you "
"may be having with your system. For example, the following command sequence "
"displays the multipath configuration, including the defaults, before exiting "
"the console. See the IBM article <ulink url=\"http://www-"
"01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=isg3T1011985\">\"Tricks with "
"Multipathd\"</ulink> for more examples."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1707(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# multipathd -k\n"
"  &gt; &gt; show config\n"
"  &gt; &gt; CTRL-D"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1711(para)
msgid ""
"The following command sequence ensures that multipath has picked up any "
"changes to the multipath.conf,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1714(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# multipathd -k\n"
"&gt; &gt; reconfigure\n"
"&gt; &gt; CTRL-D\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1720(para)
msgid ""
"Use the following command sequence to ensure that the path checker is "
"working properly."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1723(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# multipathd -k\n"
"&gt; &gt; show paths\n"
"&gt; &gt; CTRL-D\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dm-multipath.xml:1729(para)
msgid ""
"Commands can also be streamed into multipathd using stdin like so:<screen># "
"echo 'show config' | multipathd -k</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:11(title)
msgid "Databases"
msgstr "Veritabanları"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:12(para)
msgid "Ubuntu provides two popular database servers. They are:"
msgstr "Ubuntu iki meşhur veritabanı sunucusu sağlar: Bunlar:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:832(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:17(trademark) serverguide/C/databases.xml:29(title)
msgid "MySQL"
msgstr "MySQL"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:20(application) serverguide/C/databases.xml:300(title)
msgid "PostgreSQL"
msgstr "PostgreSQL"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"They are available in the main repository. This section explains how to "
"install and configure these database servers."
msgstr ""
"Bunlar ana depoda bulunur. Bu bölüm, bu veritabanı sunucularının nasıl "
"yüklenip, yapılandırılacağını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"<application>MySQL</application> is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and "
"robust SQL database server. It is intended for mission-critical, heavy-load "
"production systems as well as for embedding into mass-deployed software."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:38(para)
msgid "To install MySQL, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "MySQL'i yüklemek için aşağıdaki komutu terminalden çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2215(command) serverguide/C/databases.xml:42(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:51(para)
msgid ""
"During the installation process you will be prompted to enter a password for "
"the MySQL root user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, the MySQL server should be started "
"automatically. You can run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"check whether the MySQL server is running:"
msgstr ""
"Yükleme tamamlandıktan sonra, MySQL sunucu otomatik olarak başlayacak. "
"MySQL'in çalışıp/ çalışmadığını kontrol etmek için aşağıdaki komutu "
"terminalde çalıştırabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:62(command)
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"
msgstr "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:477(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"When you run this command, you should see the following line or something "
"similar:"
msgstr "Bu komutu çalıştırdığında şu veya ona benzer satır göreceksin:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:69(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 localhost:mysql         *:*                LISTEN      "
"2556/mysqld\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"If the server is not running correctly, you can type the following command "
"to start it:"
msgstr ""
"Eğer sunucu doğru olark çalışmıyorsa, onu başlatmak için aşağıdaki komutu "
"yazabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:76(command) serverguide/C/databases.xml:100(command)
msgid "sudo service mysql restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"You can edit the <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> file to configure "
"the basic settings -- log file, port number, etc. For example, to configure "
"MySQL to listen for connections from network hosts, change the "
"<emphasis>bind-address</emphasis> directive to the server's IP address:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:87(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind-address            = 192.168.0.5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bind-address            = 192.168.0.5\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:91(para)
msgid "Replace 192.168.0.5 with the appropriate address."
msgstr "192.168.0.5 yerine uygun adres yazın."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"After making a change to <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> the MySQL "
"daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to change the MySQL <emphasis>root</emphasis> password, in "
"a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:107(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.5"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"The MySQL daemon will be stopped, and you will be prompted to enter a new "
"password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:114(title)
msgid "Database Engines"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"Whilst the default configuration of MySQL provided by the Ubuntu packages is "
"perfectly functional and performs well there are things you may wish to "
"consider before you proceed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"MySQL is designed to allow data to be stored in different ways. These "
"methods are referred to as either database or storage engines. There are two "
"main engines that you'll be interested in: InnoDB and MyISAM. Storage "
"engines are transparent to the end user. MySQL will handle things "
"differently under the surface, but regardless of which storage engine is in "
"use, you will interact with the database in the same way."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:126(para)
msgid "Each engine has its own advantages and disadvantages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"While it is possible, and may be advantageous to mix and match database "
"engines on a table level, doing so reduces the effectiveness of the "
"performance tuning you can do as you'll be splitting the resources between "
"two engines instead of dedicating them to one."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"MyISAM is the older of the two. It can be faster than InnoDB under certain "
"circumstances and favours a read only workload. Some web applications have "
"been tuned around MyISAM (though that's not to imply that they will slow "
"under InnoDB). MyISAM also supports the FULLTEXT data type, which allows "
"very fast searches of large quantities of text data. However MyISAM is only "
"capable of locking an entire table for writing. This means only one process "
"can update a table at a time. As any application that uses the table scales "
"this may prove to be a hindrance. It also lacks journaling, which makes it "
"harder for data to be recovered after a crash. The following link provides "
"some points for consideration about using <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mysqlperformanceblog.com/2006/06/17/using-myisam-in-"
"production/\">MyISAM on a production database</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"InnoDB is a more modern database engine, designed to be <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ACID\">ACID compliant</ulink> which "
"guarantees database transactions are processed reliably. Write locking can "
"occur on a row level basis within a table. That means multiple updates can "
"occur on a single table simultaneously. Data caching is also handled in "
"memory within the database engine, allowing caching on a more efficient row "
"level basis rather than file block. To meet ACID compliance all transactions "
"are journaled independently of the main tables. This allows for much more "
"reliable data recovery as data consistency can be checked."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"As of MySQL 5.5 InnoDB is the default engine, and is highly recommended over "
"MyISAM unless you have specific need for features unique to the engine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:170(title)
msgid "Creating a tuned my.cnf file"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"There are a number of parameters that can be adjusted within MySQL's "
"configuration file that will allow you to improve the performance of the "
"server over time. For initial set-up you may find <ulink "
"url=\"http://tools.percona.com/members/wizard\">Percona's my.cnf generating "
"tool</ulink> useful. This tool will help generate a my.cnf file that will be "
"much more optimised for your specific server capabilities and your "
"requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Do not</emphasis> replace your existing my.cnf file with Percona's "
"one if you have already loaded data into the database. Some of the changes "
"that will be in the file will be incompatible as they alter how data is "
"stored on the hard disk and you'll be unable to start MySQL. If you do wish "
"to use it and you have existing data, you will need to carry out a mysqldump "
"and reload: <screen>\n"
"mysqldump --all-databases --routines -u root -p &gt; ~/fulldump.sql\n"
"</screen> This will then prompt you for the root password before creating a "
"copy of the data. It is advisable to make sure there are no other users or "
"processes using the database whilst this takes place. Depending on how much "
"data you've got in your database, this may take a while. You won't see "
"anything on the screen during this process."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Once the dump has been completed, shut down MySQL: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo service mysql stop</command>\n"
"</screen> Now backup the original my.cnf file and replace with the new one: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo cp /etc/mysql/my.cnf /etc/mysql/my.cnf.backup</command>\n"
"<command>sudo cp /path/to/new/my.cnf /etc/mysql/my.cnf</command>\n"
"</screen> Then delete and re-initialise the database space and make sure "
"ownership is correct before restarting MySQL: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo rm -rf /var/lib/mysql/*</command>\n"
"<command>sudo mysql_install_db</command>\n"
"<command>sudo chown -R mysql: /var/lib/mysql</command>\n"
"<command>sudo service mysql start</command>\n"
"</screen> Finally all that's left is to re-import your data. To give us an "
"idea of how far the import process has got you may find the 'Pipe Viewer' "
"utility, pv, useful. The following shows how to install and use pv for this "
"case, but if you'd rather not use it just replace pv with cat in the "
"following command. Ignore any ETA times produced by pv, they're based on the "
"average time taken to handle each row of the file, but the speed of "
"inserting can vary wildly from row to row with mysqldumps: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install pv</command>\n"
"<command>pv ~/fulldump.sql | mysql</command>\n"
"</screen> Once that is complete all is good to go!"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"This is not necessary for all my.cnf changes. Most of the variables you may "
"wish to change to improve performance are adjustable even whilst the server "
"is running. As with anything, make sure to have a good backup copy of config "
"files and data before making changes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:222(title)
msgid "MySQL Tuner"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"<application>MySQL Tuner</application> is a useful tool that will connect to "
"a running MySQL instance and offer suggestions for how it can be best "
"configured for your workload. The longer the server has been running for, "
"the better the advice mysqltuner can provide. In a production environment, "
"consider waiting for at least 24 hours before running the tool. You can get "
"install mysqltuner from the Ubuntu repositories: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install mysqltuner</command>\n"
"</screen> Then once its been installed, run it: <screen>\n"
"<command>mysqltuner</command>\n"
"</screen> and wait for its final report. The top section provides general "
"information about the database server, and the bottom section provides "
"tuning suggestions to alter in your my.cnf. Most of these can be altered "
"live on the server without restarting, look through the official MySQL "
"documentation (link in Resources section) for the relevant variables to "
"change in production. The following is part of an example report from a "
"production database which shows there may be some benefit from increasing "
"the amount of query cache: <screen>\n"
"-------- Recommendations ----------------------------------------------------"
"-\n"
"General recommendations:\n"
"    Run OPTIMIZE TABLE to defragment tables for better performance\n"
"    Increase table_cache gradually to avoid file descriptor limits\n"
"Variables to adjust:\n"
"    key_buffer_size (&gt; 1.4G)\n"
"    query_cache_size (&gt; 32M)\n"
"    table_cache (&gt; 64)\n"
"    innodb_buffer_pool_size (&gt;= 22G)\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:257(para)
msgid ""
"One final comment on tuning databases: Whilst we can broadly say that "
"certain settings are the best, performance can vary from application to "
"application. For example, what works best for Wordpress might not be the "
"best for Drupal, Joomla or proprietary applications. Performance is "
"dependent on the types of queries, use of indexes, how efficient the "
"database design is and so on. You may find it useful to spend some time "
"searching for database tuning tips based on what applications you're using "
"it for. Once you get past a certain point any adjustments you make will only "
"result in minor improvements, and you'll be better off either improving the "
"application, or looking at scaling up your database environment through "
"either using more powerful hardware or by adding slave servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL Home Page</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL Home "
"Page</ulink>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:279(para)
msgid ""
"Full documentation is available in both online and offline formats from the "
"<ulink url=\"http://dev.mysql.com/doc/\"> MySQL Developers portal</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"For general SQL information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\"> Using "
"SQL Special Edition</ulink> by Rafe Colburn."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache "
"MySQL PHP Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has useful information."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL "
"PHP Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfasında da faydalı bilgi bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> is an object-relational database "
"system that has the features of traditional commercial database systems with "
"enhancements to be found in next-generation DBMS systems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>PostgreSQL</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:314(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postgresql"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:310(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, you should configure the "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> server based on your needs, although "
"the default configuration is viable."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> supports multiple client "
"authentication methods. IDENT authentication method is used for "
"<application>postgres</application> and local users, unless otherwise "
"configured. Please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/admin.html\"> PostgreSQL "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> if you would like to configure alternatives "
"like Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The following discussion assumes that you wish to enable TCP/IP connections "
"and use the MD5 method for client authentication. "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>configuration files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/&lt;version&gt;/main</filename> directory. For "
"example, if you install <application>PostgreSQL 9.1</application>, the "
"configuration files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/9.1/main</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>ident</emphasis> authentication, add entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/9.1/main/pg_ident.conf</filename> file. There are "
"detailed comments in the file to guide you."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"To enable other computers to connect to your "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> server, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/9.1/main/postgresql.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:346(para)
msgid ""
"Locate the line <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> and "
"change it to:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> satırını bulun ve onu "
"şu şeklide değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:342(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"listen_addresses = '*'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:346(para)
msgid "To allow both IPv4 and IPv6 connections replace 'localhost' with '::'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"You may also edit all other parameters, if you know what you are doing! For "
"details, refer to the configuration file or to the "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"Now that we can connect to our <application>PostgreSQL</application> server, "
"the next step is to set a password for the <emphasis>postgres</emphasis> "
"user. Run the following command at a terminal prompt to connect to the "
"default <application>PostgreSQL</application> template database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:370(command)
msgid "sudo -u postgres psql template1"
msgstr "sudo -u postgres psql şablon1"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:364(para)
msgid ""
"The above command connects to <application>PostgreSQL</application> database "
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> as user <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Once "
"you connect to the <application>PostgreSQL</application> server, you will be "
"at a SQL prompt. You can run the following SQL command at the "
"<application>psql</application> prompt to configure the password for the "
"user <emphasis role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:380(command)
msgid "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'your_password';"
msgstr "Kriptolanmış şifre 'your_password' KULLANICI DEĞİŞTİRME postgres ;"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the password, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/9.1/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> to use "
"<emphasis>MD5</emphasis> authentication with the "
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis> user:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:388(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local   all         postgres                          md5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"local   all         postgres                          md5\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, you should restart the <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
"service to initialize the new configuration. From a terminal prompt enter "
"the following to restart <application>PostgreSQL</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, yeni yapılandırmanın başlaması için "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> servisini yeniden başlatın. "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>'i yeniden başlatmak için terminale "
"şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:390(command)
msgid "sudo service postgresql restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:393(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration is not complete by any means. Please refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/admin.html\"> "
"PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</ulink> to configure more parameters."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"You can test server connections from other machines by using the "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:403(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql-client"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:404(command)
msgid "psql -h postgres.example.com -U postgres -W"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:407(para)
msgid "Replace the domain name with your actual server domain name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:11(title)
msgid "Backups"
msgstr "Yedekler"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> databases should be backed up "
"regularly. Refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/backup.html\">PostgreSQL "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> for different approaches."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:422(para)
msgid ""
"As mentioned above the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/admin.html\">PostgreSQL "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> is an excellent resource. The guide is also "
"available in the <application>postgresql-doc-9.1</application> package. "
"Execute the following in a terminal to install the package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:428(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-9.1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"To view the guide enter <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-doc-"
"9.1/html/index.html</command> into the address bar of your browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"For general SQL information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
"Special Edition</ulink> by Rafe Colburn."
msgstr ""
"Genel SQL bilgisi için Rafe Colburn'un yazdığı <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
"Special Edition</ulink>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PostgreSQL\">PostgreSQL Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla bilgi için ayrıca <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PostgreSQL\">PostgreSQL Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:11(title)
msgid "Clustering"
msgstr "Kümeleme"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:14(title)
msgid "DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"Distributed Replicated Block Device (DRBD) mirrors block devices between "
"multiple hosts. The replication is transparent to other applications on the "
"host systems. Any block device hard disks, partitions, RAID devices, logical "
"volumes, etc can be mirrored."
msgstr ""
"Dağıtılmış Tekrarlı Blok Aygıtı (DRBD), çoklu ana makineler arasındaki "
"aygıtları yansıtır. Çoğalma, ana sistemlerdeki diğer uygulamalarda "
"şeffaftır. Her hangi blok aygıtları, sabit diskler, bölümlemeler, RAID "
"aygıtları, mantıksal birimler, vb. yansıtılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"To get started using <application>drbd</application>, first install the "
"necessary packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>drbd</application> kullanarak başlamak için, öncelikle gerekli "
"paketleri yükleyin. Bunun için terminalden şunu girin:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:27(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:31(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using the <emphasis>virtual kernel</emphasis> as part of a "
"virtual machine you will need to manually compile the "
"<application>drbd</application> module. It may be easier to install the "
"<application>linux-server</application> package inside the virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"Sanal makinenin bir parçası olarak eğer <emphasis>sanal çekirdek</emphasis> "
"(virtual kernel) kullanıyorsan <application>drbd</application> modülünü elle "
"derlemek zorundasın. Sanal makineyi yüklemektense <application>linux-"
"server</application> paketini yüklemekten daha kolay olabilir."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:38(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers setting up a <application>drbd</application> to "
"replicate a separate <filename>/srv</filename> partition, with an "
"<application>ext3</application> filesystem between two hosts. The partition "
"size is not particularly relevant, but both partitions need to be the same "
"size."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm, farklı bir <filename>/srv</filename> bölümünü "
"<application>ext3</application> ile çoğaltmak için iki ana sistem arasında "
"<application>drbd</application>'yi kurmayı kapsar. Bölüm boyutu çokta önemli "
"değildir. Fakat her iki bölüm de aynı boyutta olmalıdır."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"The two hosts in this example will be called <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. They will need to have name resolution "
"configured either through DNS or the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. "
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Bu örnekteki iki ana makine <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> olarak adlandırılacak. Bunlar ya DNS ya da "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> dosyası tarafından kararlı yapıda ada sahip "
"olmalıdır. Ayrıntılar için <xref linkend=\"dns\"/>'ye bakın."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>drbd</application>, on the first host edit "
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>drbd</application>'yi yapılandırmak için, ilk ana makinede "
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>'i düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:59(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
"resource r0 {\n"
"        protocol C;\n"
"        startup {\n"
"                wfc-timeout  15;\n"
"                degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
"        }\n"
"        net {\n"
"                cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
"                shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd01 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd02 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
"resource r0 {\n"
"        protocol C;\n"
"        startup {\n"
"                wfc-timeout  15;\n"
"                degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
"        }\n"
"        net {\n"
"                cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
"                shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd01 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd02 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"} \n"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"There are many other options in <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>, but for "
"this example their default values are fine."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>'de daha çok seçenek vardır. Fakat bu "
"örnek için onların öntanımlı değerleri iyidir."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:96(para)
msgid "Now copy <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> to the second host:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>'i ikinci ana makineye kopyalayın:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:101(command)
msgid "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"
msgstr "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"And, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> move the file to "
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ve <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>'deki dosyayı <filename>/etc</filename>'ye "
"taşı:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:112(command)
msgid "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"
msgstr "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"Now using the <application>drbdadm</application> utility initialize the meta "
"data storage. On each server execute:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <application>drbdadm</application> uygulamasını kullanarak meta veri "
"depolamayı başlatın. Her sunucuda çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:124(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on both hosts, start the <application>drbd</application> daemon:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, her iki ana makinede <application>drbd</application> programı başlat:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:135(command)
msgid "sudo service drbd start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"On the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, or whichever host you wish to be the "
"primary, enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>'de veya birincil olmasını istediğin herhangi "
"makinede, aşağıdakileri girin:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:146(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:152(para)
msgid ""
"After executing the above command, the data will start syncing with the "
"secondary host. To watch the progress, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> enter "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:158(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:161(para)
msgid "To stop watching the output press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Çıktıyı seyretmeyi durdurmak için <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>'ye bas."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, add a filesystem to <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> and mount it:"
msgstr ""
"Son olarak, <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename>'a bir dosya sistemi ekle ve "
"bağla:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:173(command)
msgid "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"
msgstr "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:174(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:222(command)
msgid "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"To test that the data is actually syncing between the hosts copy some files "
"on the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, the primary, to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Verinin makineler arasında senkronize olduğunu sınamak için "
"<emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>'deki bazı dosyaları <filename>/srv</filename>'ye "
"kopyalayın:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:193(para)
msgid "Next, unmount <filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr "Sonra, <filename>/srv</filename>'yi ayırın:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Demote</emphasis> the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> server to the "
"<emphasis>secondary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Birincil</emphasis> sunucuyu <emphasis>ikincil</emphasis> konuma "
"<emphasis>indirin</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:206(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"Now on the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis> server "
"<emphasis>promote</emphasis> it to the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <emphasis>ikincil</emphasis> sunucuyu <emphasis>birincil</emphasis> "
"konuma <emphasis>yükseltin</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:214(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm primary r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm primary r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:217(para)
msgid "Lastly, mount the partition:"
msgstr "Son olarak, bölümü bağlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Using <emphasis>ls</emphasis> you should see "
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> copied from the former "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> host <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"emphasis>ls</emphasis>'yi kullanarak <emphasis>birincil</emphasis> makine "
"formundaki <filename>/srv/default</filename> kopyasını "
"<emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>'de görebilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>DRBD</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">DRBD web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<application>DRBD</application> hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url=\\"
"\"http://www.drbd.org/\\\">DRBD web site</ulink> sine bakın."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\">d"
"rbd.conf man page</ulink> contains details on the options not covered in "
"this guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:247(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/trusty/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">drb"
"dadm man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DRBD\">DRBD Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more information."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DRBD\">DRBD Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasında da daha fazlası bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:11(title)
msgid "Chat Applications"
msgstr "Chat Uygulamaları"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will discuss how to install and configure a IRC server, "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>. We will also discuss how to install "
"and configure Jabber, an instance messaging server."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölümde, bir IRC sunucusu olan <application>ircd-irc2</application>'nin "
"nasıl yüklenip, yapılandırılacağını göreceğiz. Ayrıca Jabber, ve ani "
"mesajlaşma sunucu nasıl yüklenip, yapılandırılacağını da göreceğiz."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:26(title)
msgid "IRC Server"
msgstr "IRC Sunucu"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu repository has many Internet Relay Chat servers. This section "
"explains how to install and configure the original IRC server "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu deposunda birçok Internet Relay Chat (IRC) sunucu vardır. Bu bölüm "
"özgün IRC sunucu olan <application>ircd-irc2</application>'nin nasıl "
"yüklenip yapılandırılacağını açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:37(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>ircd-irc2</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>'yi yüklemek için, aşağıdaki komutu "
"çalıştırın:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:43(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files are stored in <filename>/etc/ircd</filename> "
"directory. The documents are available in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
"irc2</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma dosyaları <filename>/etc/ircd</filename> dizininde depolanır. "
"Belgeler <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2</filename> dizininde bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC settings can be done in the configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. You can set the IRC host name in "
"this file by editing the following line:"
msgstr ""
"IRC ayarları <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename> yapılandırma "
"dosyasında yapılabilir. Bu dosyadaki IRC makine adını aşağıdaki satırı "
"düzenleyerek ayarlayabilirsin:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:62(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd öntanımlı yapılandırma::000A\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"Please make sure you add DNS aliases for the IRC host name. For instance, if "
"you set irc.livecipher.com as IRC host name, please make sure "
"irc.livecipher.com is resolvable in your Domain Name Server. The IRC host "
"name should not be same as the host name."
msgstr ""
"IRC makine adı için DNS takma adlarını eklediğinden emin olun. Örneğin, eğer "
"IRC makine adı olarak irc.livecipher.com'u ayarladıysan, Alan Adı Sunucunda "
"irc.livecipher.com'un çözümlenebilir olduğundan emin olun. IRC makine adı "
"makine adı ile aynı olmamalıdır."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC admin details can be configured by editing the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:78(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon &lt;ircd@example.irc.org&gt;:Client "
"Server::IRCnet:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"A:Organizasyon, IRC dept.:Daemon &lt;ircd@example.irc.org&gt;:İstemci "
"Sunucu::IRCnet:\\n\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"You should add specific lines to configure the list of IRC ports to listen "
"on, to configure Operator credentials, to configure client authentication, "
"etc. For details, please refer to the example configuration file "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Dinlemeyi sağlayacak IRC yuvalarının listesini yapılandırmak için Operatör "
"yetkilerini yapılandırmak, istemci kimlik doğrulamasını yapılandırmak, vb. "
"için belirli satırları ekleyebilirsin. Ayrıntılar için şablon yapılandırma "
"dosyası <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
"irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>'ye bakınız."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC banner to be displayed in the IRC client, when the user connects to "
"the server can be set in <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"IRC engelleyici, <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename> dosyasında "
"ayarlanabilen sunucuya kullanıcı bağlandığında IRC istemcisinde görüntülenir."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"After making necessary changes to the configuration file, you can restart "
"the IRC server using following command:"
msgstr ""
"Yapılandırma dosyasındaki gerekli değişiklikleri yaptıktan sonra, aşağıdaki "
"komutu kullanarak IRC sunucuyu başlatabilirsiniz:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:99(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo service ircd-irc2 restart\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"You may also be interested to take a look at other IRC servers available in "
"Ubuntu Repository. It includes, <application>ircd-ircu</application> and "
"<application>ircd-hybrid</application>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu depolarında başka IRC sunuculara da bakmak istersen. Bunlar; "
"<application>ircd-ircu</application> ve <application>ircd-"
"hybrid</application>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"Refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">IRCD "
"FAQ</ulink> for more details about the IRC Server."
msgstr ""
"IRC sunucu hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı için <ulink url=\\"
"\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\\\">IRCDFAQ</ulink> "
"bakabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:125(title)
msgid "Jabber Instant Messaging Server"
msgstr "Jabber Ani Mesajlaşma Sunucusu"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis> a popular instant message protocol is based on "
"XMPP, an open standard for instant messaging, and used by many popular "
"applications. This section covers setting up a <emphasis>Jabberd "
"2</emphasis> server on a local LAN. This configuration can also be adapted "
"to providing messaging services to users over the Internet."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis>, XMPP tabanlı, meşhur, ani mesajlaşma iletişim "
"kuralıdır. Ani mesajlaşma için açık standarttır ve en yaygın bilinen "
"uygulamalar tarafından kullanılır. Bu bölüm yerel bir LAN'da "
"<emphasis>Jabberd 2</emphasis> kurulumunu içerir. Bu yapılandırma Internet "
"üzerinde kullanılan mesajlaşma servisleriyle de uyumludur."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:136(para)
msgid "To install <application>jabberd2</application>, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Jabberd2</application>'yi yüklemek için terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:141(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:148(para)
msgid ""
"A couple of XML configuration files will be used to configure "
"<application>jabberd2</application> for <emphasis>Berkeley DB</emphasis> "
"user authentication. This is a very simple form of authentication. However, "
"<application>jabberd2</application> can be configured to use LDAP, MySQL, "
"PostgreSQL, etc for for user authentication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:155(para)
msgid "First, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"İlk önce <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> değişimini düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:159(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname, or other "
"id, of your server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> yerine sunucunuzun makine adını veya "
"diğer kimliğini yazın."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:169(para)
msgid "Now in the &lt;storage&gt; section change the &lt;driver&gt; to:"
msgstr "Şimdi &lt;depolama&gt; bölümündeki &lt;driver&gt;ı şöyle değiştirin:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:173(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   &lt;driver&gt;db&lt;/driver&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   &lt;driver&gt;db&lt;/driver&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:177(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> in the "
"<emphasis>&lt;local&gt;</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, <emphasis>&lt;yerel&gt;</emphasis> bölümündeki "
"<filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:181(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"And in the &lt;authreg&gt; section adjust the &lt;module&gt; section to:"
msgstr "Ve &lt;authreg&gt; bölümündeki &lt;module&gt; bölümünü ayarlayın:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:189(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;module&gt;db&lt;/module&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    &lt;module&gt;db&lt;/module&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:193(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart <application>jabberd2</application> to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""
"Yeni ayarların etkinleşmesi için son olarak "
"<application>jabberd2</application>'yi yeniden başlatın:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:198(command)
msgid "sudo service jabberd2 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to connect to the server using a Jabber client like "
"<application>Pidgin</application> for example."
msgstr ""
"Şu an Jabber kullanarak aynen <application>Pidgin</application>'de olduğu "
"gibi sunucuya bağlanabilirsin."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:206(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using Berkeley DB for user data is that after being "
"configured no additional maintenance is required. If you need more control "
"over user accounts and credentials another authentication method is "
"recommended."
msgstr ""
"Kullanıcı verisi için Berkeley DB'yi kullanmanın avantajı, "
"yapılandırıldıktan sonra ek ayar gerekmemesidir. Eğer kullanıcı hesaplarında "
"ve izinlerde daha fazla kontrol  istersen başka bir kimlik doğrulama metodu "
"tavsiye edilir."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:218(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Jabberd2 Web "
"Site</ulink> contains more details on configuring "
"<application>Jabberd2</application>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Jabberd2 Web "
"Site</ulink>sinde <application>Jabberd2</application> yapılandırması "
"hakkında daha fazla ayrıntı vardır."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:224(para)
msgid ""
"For more authentication options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.jabberdoc.org/\">Jabberd2 Install Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:229(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SettingUpJabberServer\">Setting Up "
"Jabber Server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SettingUpJabberServer\">Setting Up "
"Jabber Server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> sayfasında daha fazla bilgi bulunur."

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:13(para)
msgid ""
"Control groups (cgroups) are a kernel mechanism for grouping, tracking, and "
"limiting the resource usage of tasks. The kernel-provided administration "
"interface is through a virtual filesystem. Higher level cgroup "
"administration tools have been developed, including libcgroup and lmctfy. "
"Additionally, there is guidance at freedesktop.org for how applications can "
"best cooperate using the cgroup filesystem interface (see Resources)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"As of Ubuntu 14.04, the cgroup manager (cgmanager) is available as another "
"cgroup administion interface. It's goal is to respond to dbus requests from "
"any user, allowing him to administer only those cgroups which have been "
"delegated to him."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"cgroups-overview\"/> will describe cgroups in more detail. "
"<xref linkend=\"cgroups-fs\"/> will describe the long-standing cgroups "
"filesystem interface. <xref linkend=\"cgroups-manager\"/> will describe the "
"cgroup manager."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"Cgroups are the generalized feature for grouping tasks. The actual resource "
"tracking and limits are implemented by subsystems. A hierarchy is a set of "
"subsystems mounted together. For instance, if the memory and devices "
"subsystems are mounted together under /sys/fs/cgroups/set1, then any task "
"which is in \"/child1\" will be subject to the corresponding limits of both "
"subsystems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"Each set of mounted subsystems consittutes a 'hierarchy'. With exceptions, "
"cgroups which are children of \"/child1\" will be subject to all limits "
"placed on \"/child1\", and their resource usage will be accounted to "
"\"/child1\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:56(para)
msgid "The existing subsystems include:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:61(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>cpusets</emphasis>: fascilitate assigning a set of CPUS and memory "
"nodes to cgroups. Tasks in a cpuset cgroup may only be scheduled on CPUS "
"assigned to that cpuset."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:65(para)
msgid "<emphasis> blkio </emphasis>: limits per-cgroup block io."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> cpuacct </emphasis>: provides per-cgroup cpu usage accounting."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:67(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> devices </emphasis>: controls the ability of tasks to create or "
"use devices nodes using either a blacklist or whitelist."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> freezer </emphasis>: provides a way to 'freeze' and 'thaw' whole "
"cgroups. Tasks in the cgroup will not be scheduled while they are frozen."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> hugetlb </emphasis>: fascilitates limiting hugetlb usage per "
"cgroup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> memory </emphasis>: allows memory, kernel memory, and swap usage "
"to be tracked and limited."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> net_cls </emphasis>: provides an interface for tagging packets "
"based on the sender cgroup. These tags can then be used by tc (traffic "
"controller) to assign priorities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> net_prio </emphasis>: allows setting network traffic priority on "
"a per-cgroup basis."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> cpu </emphasis>: enables setting of scheduling preferences on per-"
"cgroup basis."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> perf_event </emphasis>: enables per-cpu mode to monitor only "
"threads in certain cgroups."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, named cgroups can be created with no bound subsystems for the "
"sake of process tracking. As an example, systemd does this to track services "
"and user sessions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:93(title)
msgid "Filesystem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"A hierarchy is created by mounting an instance of the cgroup filesystem with "
"each of the desired subsystems listed as a mount option. For instance,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:100(command)
msgid "mount -t cgroup -o devices,memory,freezer cgroup /cgroup1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"would instantiate a hierarchy with the devices and memory cgroups comounted. "
"A child cgroup \"child1\" can be created using 'mkdir'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:109(command)
msgid "mkdir /cgroup1/child1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"and tasks can be moved into the new child cgroup by writing their process "
"ids into the 'tasks' or 'cgroup.procs' file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:118(command)
msgid "sleep 100 echo $! &gt; /cgroup1/child1/cgroup.procs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:123(para)
msgid ""
"Other administration is done through files in the cgroup directories. For "
"instance, to freeze all tasks in child1,"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:128(command)
msgid "echo FROZEN &gt; /cgroup1/child1/freezer.state"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:132(para)
msgid ""
"A great deal of information about cgroups and its subsystems can be found "
"under the cgroups documentation directory in the kernel source tree (see "
"Resources)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:141(title)
msgid "Delegation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"Cgroup files and directories can be owned by non-root users, enabling "
"delegation of cgroup administration. In general, the kernel enforces the "
"hierarchical constraints on limits, so that for instance if devices cgroup "
"<filename>/child1</filename> cannot access a disk drive, then "
"<filename>/child1/child2</filename> cannot give itself those rights."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"As of Ubuntu 14.04, users are automatically placed in a set of cgroups which "
"they own, safely allowing them to contrain their own jobs using child "
"cgroups. This feature is relied upon, for instance, for unprivileged "
"container creation in lxc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:161(title)
msgid "Manager"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"The cgroup manager (cgmanager) provides a D-Bus service allowing programs "
"and users to administer cgroups without needing direct knowledge of or "
"access to the cgroup filesystem. For requests from tasks in the same "
"namespaces as the manager, the manager can directly perform the needed "
"security checks to ensure that requests are legitimate. For other requests - "
"such as those from a task in a container - enhanced D-Bus requests must be "
"made, where process-, user- and group-ids are passed as SCM_CREDENTIALS, so "
"that the kernel maps the identifiers to their global host values."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"To fascilitate the use of simple D-Bus calls from all users, a 'cgroup "
"manager proxy' (cgproxy) is automatically started when in a container. The "
"proxy accepts standard D-Bus requests from tasks in the same namespaces as "
"itself, and converts them to SCM-enhanced D-Bus requests which it passes on "
"to the cgmanager."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"A simple example of creating a new cgroup in which to run a cpu-intensive "
"compile would look like:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:188(command)
msgid ""
"cgm create cpuset build1 cgm movepid cpuset build1 $$ cgm setvalue cpuset "
"build1 cpuset.cpus 1 make"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:204(ulink)
msgid "cgm"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:205(ulink)
msgid "cgconfig.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:206(ulink)
msgid "cgmanager"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:207(ulink)
msgid "cgproxy"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"The upstream cgmanager project is hosted at <ulink "
"url=\"http://cgmanager.linuxcontainers.org\">linuxcontainers.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:217(para)
msgid ""
"The upstream kernel documentation page on cgroups can be seen <ulink "
"url=\"https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Do"
"cumentation/cgroups\">here </ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/cgroups.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"The freedesktop.org control group usage guidelines can be seen <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups/\">he"
"re</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:12(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to backup an Ubuntu installation. The most important "
"thing about backups is to develop a <emphasis>backup plan</emphasis> "
"consisting of what to backup, where to back it up to, and how to restore it."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu yüklemesini yedeklemenin birçok yolu vardır. Yedekleme hakkında en "
"önemli şey, ne yedekleyeceğini, nereye yedekleyeceğini, onu nasıl "
"düzenleyeceğini içeren bir <emphasis>yedekleme planı</emphasis> "
"geliştirmektir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"The following sections discuss various ways of accomplishing these tasks."
msgstr "Aşağıdaki bölümler bunu yapabilecek çeşitli yolları gösterir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:20(title)
msgid "Shell Scripts"
msgstr "Shell Betikleri"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:21(para)
msgid ""
"One of the simplest ways to backup a system is using a <emphasis>shell "
"script</emphasis>. For example, a script can be used to configure which "
"directories to backup, and pass those directories as arguments to the "
"<application>tar</application> utility, which creates an archive file. The "
"archive file can then be moved or copied to another location. The archive "
"can also be created on a remote file system such as an "
"<emphasis>NFS</emphasis> mount."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tar</application> utility creates one archive file out of "
"many files or directories. <application>tar</application> can also filter "
"the files through compression utilities, thus reducing the size of the "
"archive file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:33(title)
msgid "Simple Shell Script"
msgstr "Basit Shell Betiği"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"The following shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create an "
"archive file on a remotely mounted NFS file system. The archive filename is "
"determined using additional command line utilities."
msgstr ""
"Aşağıdaki shell betiği, uzaktan bağlantılı bir NFS dosya sisteminde bir "
"arşiv oluşturmak için <application>tar</application> kullanır. Arşiv dosya "
"adı, ek komut satırı uygulamaları kullanarak tanımlanır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:38(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# NFS bağlama betiğine yedekle.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Hangi yedek. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Yedeğin alınacağı yer.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Arşiv dosya adı oluştur.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"\n"
"# Başlama durum mesajlarını yaz.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# tar kullanarak dosyaları yedekle.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Son durum mesajlarını yaz.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Yedekleme bitti\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Dosya boyutunu kontrol etmek için $dest'deki dosyaların listesi uzun.\n"
"ls -lh $dest\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> a variable listing which directories you "
"would like to backup. The list should be customized to fit your needs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> hangi dizinlerin yedeğini almak "
"istediğini belirten değişken listesi. Liste, ihtiyaçlarına göre "
"ayarlanabilir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$day:</emphasis> a variable holding the day of the week (Monday, "
"Tuesday, Wednesday, etc). This is used to create an archive file for each "
"day of the week, giving a backup history of seven days. There are other ways "
"to accomplish this including using the <application>date</application> "
"utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> variable containing the "
"<emphasis>short</emphasis> hostname of the system. Using the hostname in the "
"archive filename gives you the option of placing daily archive files from "
"multiple systems in the same directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> değişkeni, sistemin "
"<emphasis>kısa</emphasis> makine adını içerir. Arşiv dosya adında hostname "
"kullanmak, aynı dizindeki çoklu sistemlerde günlük arşiv dosyalarını "
"yerleştirme seçeneği sunar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:95(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> the full archive filename."
msgstr "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> tam arşiv dosya adı."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$dest:</emphasis> destination of the archive file. The directory "
"needs to be created and in this case <emphasis>mounted</emphasis> before "
"executing the backup script. See <xref linkend=\"network-file-system\"/> for "
"details of using <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>status messages:</emphasis> optional messages printed to the "
"console using the <application>echo</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>durum mesajları:</emphasis> <application>echo</application> "
"uygulaması kullanarak konsola isteğe bağlı mesajlar yazar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> the "
"<application>tar</application> command used to create the archive file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> arşiv "
"dosyası oluşturmak için <application>tar</application> komutu kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:119(para)
msgid "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> creates an archive."
msgstr "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> bir arşiv oluşturur."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> filter the archive through the "
"<application>gzip</application> utility compressing the archive."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> arşivi <application>gzip</application> uygulaması "
"ile sıkıştırarak filtreler."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>f:</emphasis> output to an archive file. Otherwise the "
"<application>tar</application> output will be sent to STDOUT."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> optional statement prints a <emphasis>-"
"l</emphasis> long listing in <emphasis>-h</emphasis> human readable format "
"of the destination directory. This is useful for a quick file size check of "
"the archive file. This check should not replace testing the archive file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> isteğe bağlı ifadedir. Hedef dizinin "
"<emphasis>-h</emphasis> insan okuyabilir biçimdeki uzun listesini <emphasis>-"
"l</emphasis> ile yazdırır. Bu, hızlı dosya boyutu kontrol etmek için "
"kullanışlıdır. Bu kontrol arşiv dosya sınamasını yer değiştirmez."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"This is a simple example of a backup shell script; however there are many "
"options that can be included in such a script. See <xref linkend=\"backup-"
"shellscript-references\"/> for links to resources providing more in-depth "
"shell scripting information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:150(title)
msgid "Executing the Script"
msgstr "Betiği Çalıştırma"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:152(title)
msgid "Executing from a Terminal"
msgstr "Terminalden çalıştırma"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way of executing the above backup script is to copy and paste "
"the contents into a file. <filename>backup.sh</filename> for example. Then "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki yedekleme betiğini çalıştırmanın en basit yolu bir içerikleri "
"kopyalayıp bir dosyaya yapıştırmaktır. Örneğin "
"<filename>backup.sh</filename>. Sonra terminalden:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:158(command)
msgid "sudo bash backup.sh"
msgstr "sudo bash backup.sh"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:160(para)
msgid ""
"This is a great way to test the script to make sure everything works as "
"expected."
msgstr ""
"Bu, her şeyin istenilen şekilde çalıştığından emin olmak için, betiği "
"sınamanın harika bir yoludur."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:165(title)
msgid "Executing with cron"
msgstr "cron ile çalıştırma"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:166(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>cron</application> utility can be used to automate the "
"script execution. The <application>cron</application> daemon allows the "
"execution of scripts, or commands, at a specified time and date."
msgstr ""
"<application>cron</application> uygulaması, betiği otomatik çalıştırmak için "
"kullanılır. <application>cron</application> programı, istenilen bir zaman ve "
"tarihte betiklerin veya komutların çalıştırılmasını sağlar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"<application>cron</application> is configured through entries in a "
"<filename>crontab</filename> file. <filename>crontab</filename> files are "
"separated into fields:"
msgstr ""
"<application>cron</application> <filename>crontab</filename> dosyasındaki "
"girişlerle yapılandırılır. <filename>crontab</filename> dosyası iki alana "
"ayrılır:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:174(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>m:</emphasis> minute the command executes on, between 0 and 59."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>h:</emphasis> hour the command executes on, between 0 and 23."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:189(para)
msgid "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> day of month the command executes on."
msgstr "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> komutun çalıştıracağı gün."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mon:</emphasis> the month the command executes on, between 1 and "
"12."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> the day of the week the command executes on, "
"between 0 and 7. Sunday may be specified by using 0 or 7, both values are "
"valid."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:204(para)
msgid "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> the command to execute."
msgstr "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> çalıştırılacak komut."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"To add or change entries in a <filename>crontab</filename> file the "
"<application>crontab -e</application> command should be used. Also, the "
"contents of a <filename>crontab</filename> file can be viewed using the "
"<application>crontab -l</application> command."
msgstr ""
"<filename>crontab</filename> dosyasındaki girişleri değiştirmek veya dosyaya "
"giriş eklemek için <application>crontab -e</application> komutu "
"kullanılabilir. Ayrıca <filename>crontab</filename> dosyasının içerikleri, "
"<application>crontab -l</application> komutu kullanılarak görüntülenebilir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"To execute the <application>backup.sh</application> script listed above "
"using <application>cron</application>. Enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"<application>cron</application> kullanarak yukarıda listelenen "
"<application>backup.sh</application> betiğini çalıştırmak için, terminale "
"aşağıdakini girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:218(command)
msgid "sudo crontab -e"
msgstr "sudo crontab -e"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>sudo</application> with the <application>crontab -"
"e</application> command edits the <emphasis>root</emphasis> user's crontab. "
"This is necessary if you are backing up directories only the root user has "
"access to."
msgstr ""
"<application>sudo</application>'yu <application>crontab -e</application> "
"komutu ile beraber kullanma, <emphasis>yönetim</emphasis> (root) "
"kullanıcısının crontab'ını düzenler. Bu, eğer dizinleri sadece yönetim "
"kullanıcısının erişebileceği şekilde yedeklerken gereklidir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:226(para)
msgid "Add the following entry to the <filename>crontab</filename> file:"
msgstr "Aşağıdaki girişi <filename>crontab</filename> dosyasına ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:229(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:233(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will now be executed every "
"day at 12:00 am."
msgstr ""
"Şimdi <application>backup.sh</application> betiği hergün saat 12:00'de (öö) "
"çalıştırılacak."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will need to be copied to "
"the <filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename> directory in order for this entry "
"to execute properly. The script can reside anywhere on the file system, "
"simply change the script path appropriately."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"For more in-depth <application>crontab</application> options see <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:248(title)
msgid "Restoring from the Archive"
msgstr "Arşivden Geri Yükleme"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"Once an archive has been created it is important to test the archive. The "
"archive can be tested by listing the files it contains, but the best test is "
"to <emphasis>restore</emphasis> a file from the archive."
msgstr ""
"Arşiv oluşturulduktan sonra, onun sınanması önemlidir. Bunun için arşivin "
"içindeki dosyalar listelenerek sınanabilir. Fakat en iyi sınama, arşivdeki "
"bir dosyayı <emphasis>düzenlemektir</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:255(para)
msgid ""
"To see a listing of the archive contents. From a terminal prompt type:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:259(command)
msgid "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:263(para)
msgid "To restore a file from the archive to a different directory enter:"
msgstr ""
"Arşivdeki bir dosyayı farklı bir dizine yerleştirerek düzenlemek için, girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:267(command)
msgid "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-C</emphasis> option to <application>tar</application> "
"redirects the extracted files to the specified directory. The above example "
"will extract the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> "
"recreates the directory structure that it contains."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-C</emphasis> seçeneği, çıkartılan dosyaları belirlenen dizine "
"<application>tar</application> ile yönlendirir. Yukarıdaki örnek "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> dosyasını "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>'a çıkartacak. "
"<application>tar</application>, dizin yapısını içerikleri ile tekrar "
"oluşturur."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"Also, notice the leading <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> is left off the path of "
"the file to restore."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> başlığı, düzenlenen dosyanın konumunu "
"sonlandırır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:279(para)
msgid "To restore all files in the archive enter the following:"
msgstr "Arşivdeki tüm dosyaları düzenlemek için aşağıdakini girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:283(command)
msgid "cd /"
msgstr "cd /"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:284(command)
msgid "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:289(para)
msgid "This will overwrite the files currently on the file system."
msgstr "Bu, sistemdeki dosyaların üzerine yazar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on shell scripting see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Shell betiği hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting "
"Guide</ulink>'a bakın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"The book <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> is available online and a "
"great resource for shell scripting."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach Yourself "
"Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> kitabı, çevrimiçi olarak "
"kullanılabilir ve shell betikleme için harika bir kaynaktır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto "
"Wiki Page</ulink> contains details on advanced "
"<application>cron</application> options."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto Wiki "
"Page</ulink> gelişmiş <application>cron</application> seçeneklerini içerir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU "
"tar Manual</ulink> for more <application>tar</application> options."
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla <application>tar</application> seçeneği için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU tar "
"Manual</ulink>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
"Scheme</ulink> article contains information on other backup rotation schemes."
msgstr ""
"Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
"Scheme</ulink> maddesi diğer yedekleme dönüşüm şeması hakkında bilgi içerir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create the archive, "
"but there many other command line utilities that can be used. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Shell betiği arşiv oluşturmak için <application>tar</application> kullanır. "
"Fakat kullanılabilir daha başka komut satır uygulamaları da vardır. Örneğin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: used to copy "
"files to and from archives."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: arşivdeki "
"dosyaları kopyalamak için kullanılır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink>: part of "
"the <application>coreutils</application> package. A low level utility that "
"can copy data from one format to another."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink>: a file system "
"snapshot utility used to create copies of an entire file system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:351(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/ftp/rsync/rsync.html\">rsync</ulink>: a "
"flexible utility used to create incremental copies of files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:362(title)
msgid "Archive Rotation"
msgstr "Arşiv Döndürme"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script in <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> only allows for "
"seven different archives. For a server whose data doesn't change often, this "
"may be enough. If the server has a large amount of data, a more complex "
"rotation scheme should be used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:369(title)
msgid "Rotating NFS Archives"
msgstr "NFS Arşivlerini Döndürme"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, the shell script will be slightly modified to implement a "
"grandfather-father-son rotation scheme (monthly-weekly-daily):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:376(para)
msgid ""
"The rotation will do a <emphasis>daily</emphasis> backup Sunday through "
"Friday."
msgstr ""
"Döndürme, Pazar'dan Cuma'ya kadar bir <emphasis>günlük</emphasis> yedekleme "
"yapar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:381(para)
msgid ""
"On Saturday a <emphasis>weekly</emphasis> backup is done giving you four "
"weekly backups a month."
msgstr ""
"Aydaki dört haftalık yedeklemeyi Cumartesi günü bir "
"<emphasis>haftalık</emphasis> yedekleme olarak yapar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>monthly</emphasis> backup is done on the first of the month "
"rotating two monthly backups based on if the month is odd or even."
msgstr ""
"İlk ayda <emphasis>aylık</emphasis> yedekleme yapılır. Eğer ay tek veya "
"çiftse döndürme iki aylık olur."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:392(para)
msgid "Here is the new script:"
msgstr "Burası yeni betiktir:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:395(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script with\n"
"# grandfather-father-son rotation.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Setup variables for the archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"\n"
"# Find which week of the month 1-4 it is.\n"
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
"if (( $day_num &lt;= 7 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 7 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 14 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 14 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 21 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 21 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt; 32 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Find if the Month is odd or even.\n"
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
"else\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
"        archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"else \n"
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest/\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# NFS bağlama betiğine\n"
"# dede-baba-oğul döndürme ile yedekle.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Ne yedeklenecek. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Nereye yedeklenecek.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Arşiv dosya adı için değişkenleri kur.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"\n"
"# Ayın hangi haftası olduğunu bul (1-4 arası).\n"
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
"if (( $day_num &lt;= 7 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 7 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 14 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 14 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 21 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 21 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt; 32 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Ayın tek veya çift olduğunu bul.\n"
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
"else\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Arşiv dosya adı oluştur.\n"
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
"        archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"else \n"
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Başlangıç durum mesajını yaz.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# tar kullanarak dosyaları yedekle.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Son durum mesajını yaz.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Yedekleme bitti\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Dosya boyutlarını gösterecek $dest'deki dosyaların listesi uzun.\n"
"ls -lh $dest/\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:460(para)
msgid ""
"The script can be executed using the same methods as in <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>'deki gibi aynı metodlar "
"kullanılarak betik çalıştırılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"It is good practice to take backup media off-site in case of a disaster. In "
"the shell script example the backup media is another server providing an NFS "
"share. In all likelihood taking the NFS server to another location would not "
"be practical. Depending upon connection speeds it may be an option to copy "
"the archive file over a WAN link to a server in another location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"Another option is to copy the archive file to an external hard drive which "
"can then be taken off-site. Since the price of external hard drives continue "
"to decrease, it may be cost-effective to use two drives for each archive "
"level. This would allow you to have one external drive attached to the "
"backup server and one in another location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:476(title)
msgid "Tape Drives"
msgstr "Teyp Sürücüler"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"A tape drive attached to the server can be used instead of an NFS share. "
"Using a tape drive simplifies archive rotation, and makes taking the media "
"off-site easier as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:481(para)
msgid ""
"When using a tape drive, the filename portions of the script aren't needed "
"because the data is sent directly to the tape device. Some commands to "
"manipulate the tape are needed. This is accomplished using "
"<application>mt</application>, a magnetic tape control utility part of the "
"<application>cpio</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:486(para)
msgid "Here is the shell script modified to use a tape drive:"
msgstr "Burada, teyp sürücü kullanmak için shell betiği düzenlendi:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:489(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to tape drive script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Make sure the tape is rewound.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Rewind and eject the tape.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Teyp sürücü betiğine yedekle.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Ne yedeklenecek. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Nereye yedeklenecek.\n"
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
"\n"
"# Başlangıç durum mesajını yaz.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Teypin tekrar sarıldığından emin olun.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
"\n"
"# tar kullanarak dosyaları yedekle.\n"
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Teypi geri sar ve çıkart.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
"\n"
"# Son durum mesajını yaz.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Yedekleme bitti\"\n"
"date\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:523(para)
msgid ""
"The default device name for a SCSI tape drive is "
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Use the appropriate device path for your "
"system."
msgstr ""
"SCSI teyp sürücü için mevcut aygıt adı <filename>/dev/st0</filename>'dır. "
"Sistemin için uygun aygıt konumunu kullanın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:528(para)
msgid ""
"Restoring from a tape drive is basically the same as restoring from a file. "
"Simply rewind the tape and use the device path instead of a file path. For "
"example to restore the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Teyp sürücüsünü düzenlemek, temel olarak bir dosyayı düzenlemeğe benzer. "
"Teypi geri sarın ve dosya konumu yerine aygıt yolunu kullanın. Örneğin "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> dosyasını "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename> olarak düzenlemek için:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:533(command)
msgid "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"
msgstr "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:534(command)
msgid "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:539(title)
msgid "Bacula"
msgstr "Bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:540(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is a backup program enabling you to "
"backup, restore, and verify data across your network. There are Bacula "
"clients for Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X - making it a cross-platform "
"network wide solution."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:546(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is made up of several components and "
"services used to manage which files to backup and backup locations:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:551(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Director:</application> a service that controls all "
"backup, restore, verify, and archive operations."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Yöneticisi:</application> tüm yedekleme, düzenleme, "
"doğrulama ve arşiv işlemlerini kontrol eden bir servistir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:556(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Console:</application> an application allowing "
"communication with the Director. There are three versions of the Console:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Konsolu:</application> Yönetici ile iletişimi sağlayan "
"bir uygulamadır. Konsolun üç sürümü vardır:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:561(para)
msgid "Text based command line version."
msgstr "Yazım tabanlı komut satır sürümü."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:562(para)
msgid "Gnome based GTK+ Graphical User Interface (GUI) interface."
msgstr "Gnome tabanlı GTK+ Grafiksel Kullanıcı Arayüzü (GUI) arayüzü."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:563(para)
msgid "wxWidgets GUI interface."
msgstr "wxWidgets GUI arayüzü."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:567(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula File:</application> also known as the "
"<application>Bacula Client</application> program. This application is "
"installed on machines to be backed up, and is responsible for the data "
"requested by the Director."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Dosyası:</application> <application>Bacula "
"İstemci</application> programı oarak ta bilinir. Bu uygulama, yedeklenecek "
"makinelere yüklenir ve Yönetici tarafından istenen verilerde sorumludur."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Storage:</application> the programs that perform the "
"storage and recovery of data to the physical media."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Depolama:</application> fiziksel medyadaki verileri "
"depolamayı ve kurtarmayı sağlayan programlardır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:578(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Catalog:</application> is responsible for maintaining "
"the file indexes and volume databases for all files backed up, enabling "
"quick location and restoration of archived files. The Catalog supports three "
"different databases MySQL, PostgreSQL, and SQLite."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Kataloğu:</application> yedeklenen tüm dosyaların "
"içeriklerini ve birimlerini sağlama, hızlı erişim yapma ve arşiv dosyalarını "
"düzenleme ile sorumludur. Katalog üç farklı veritabanını destekler: MySQL, "
"PostgreSQL ve SQLite."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:584(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Monitor:</application> allows the monitoring of the "
"Director, File daemons, and Storage daemons. Currently the Monitor is only "
"available as a GTK+ GUI application."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Monitör:</application> Yöneticinin gösterimini, Dosya "
"uygulamalarını ve Depolama uygulamalarını sağlar. Monitör şu an sadece, GTK+ "
"GUI uygulaması olarak kullanılabilir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"These services and applications can be run on multiple servers and clients, "
"or they can be installed on one machine if backing up a single disk or "
"volume."
msgstr ""
"Bu servis ve uygulamalar, çoklu sunucu ve istemcilerde çalıştırılabilir veya "
"eğer yedekleme tek bir disk veya birimdeki makinede ise, bunlar yüklenebilir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"If using MySQL or PostgreSQL as your database, you should already have the "
"services available. <application>Bacula</application> will not install them "
"for you."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:603(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple packages containing the different "
"<application>Bacula</application> components. To install Bacula, from a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Farklı <application>Bacula</application> bileşenlerini içeren çoklu paketler "
"vardır. Bacula'yı yüklemek için, terminalden girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:608(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bacula"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"By default installing the <application>bacula</application> package will use "
"a <application>MySQL</application> database for the Catalog. If you want to "
"use SQLite or PostgreSQL, for the Catalog, install <application>bacula-"
"director-sqlite3</application> or <application>bacula-director-"
"pgsql</application> respectively."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula</application> paketinin mevcut yüklenmesi Katalog için "
"bir <application>MySQL</application> veritabanı kullanır. Eğer Katalog için "
"SQLite veya PostgreSQL kullanmak istersen, <application>bacula-director-"
"sqlite3</application> veya <application>bacula-director-pgsql</application> "
"ayrı ayrı yükle."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:616(para)
msgid ""
"During the install process you will be asked to supply credentials for the "
"database <emphasis>administrator</emphasis> and the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> database <emphasis>owner</emphasis>. The "
"database administrator will need to have the appropriate rights to create a "
"database, see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Yükleme esnasında, veritabanı <emphasis>yöneticisi</emphasis> ve "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> veritaban <emphasis>sahipliği</emphasis> için "
"gerekli izinler istenecektir. Veritabanı yöneticisi, veritabanı oluşturmak "
"için uygun izinlere ihtiyaç duyar. Daha fazla bilgi için <xref "
"linkend=\"mysql\"/>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:626(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> configuration files are formatted based on "
"<emphasis>resources</emphasis> comprising of <emphasis>directives</emphasis> "
"surrounded by <quote>{}</quote> braces. Each Bacula component has an "
"individual file in the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula</application> yapılandırma dosyaları,  <quote>{}</quote> "
"parantezleri ile çevrili <emphasis>yönergeler</emphasis>i kapsayan "
"<emphasis>kaynaklar</emphasis>da biçimlendirilir. Her Bacula bileşeni "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename> dizininde özel dosyaya "
"sahiptir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:631(para)
msgid ""
"The various <application>Bacula</application> components must authorize "
"themselves to each other. This is accomplished using the "
"<emphasis>password</emphasis> directive. For example, the "
"<emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource password in the "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> file must match the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> resource password in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Çeşitli <application>Bacula</application> bileşenleri kendi aralarında "
"kimlik doğrulaması yapmalıdır. Bu, <emphasis>şifre</emphasis> (password) "
"yönergesi kullanılarak yapılır. Örneğin <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-"
"dir.conf</filename> dosyasındaki <emphasis>Depolama</emphasis> kaynak "
"şifresi, <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>'deki "
"<emphasis>Yönetici</emphasis> kaynak şifresi ile eşleşmelidir ."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"By default the backup job named <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> is configured "
"to archive the <application>Bacula</application> Catalog. If you plan on "
"using the server to backup more than one client you should change the name "
"of this job to something more descriptive. To change the name edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Öntanımlı olarak, <application>Bacula</application> Katalog arşivindeki "
"yedekleme işi <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> olarak yapılandırılır. Eğer "
"sunucuyu, birden çok istemciyi yedeklemede kullanmayı planlıyorsan, bu işin "
"adını daha belirgin olacak şekilde değiştirmelisin. Adı değiştirmek için "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>'i düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Define the main nightly save backup job\n"
"#   By default, this job will back up to disk in \n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Yedekleme işini her gece kaydetmeyi tanımla\n"
"#   Öntanımlı olarak, bu iş şu diske yedeklenir \n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"The example above changes the job name to <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis> "
"matching the machine's host name. Replace <quote>BackupServer</quote> with "
"your appropriate hostname, or other descriptive name."
msgstr ""
"Yukarıdaki örnekte iş adı <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis>'i makinenin adı "
"ile eşleştirin.  <quote>BackupServer</quote> yerine uygun ana makine adı "
"veya belirgin adı yazın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:658(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Console</emphasis> can be used to query the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> about jobs, but to use the Console with a "
"<emphasis>non-root</emphasis> user, the user needs to be in the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> group. To add a user to the bacula group enter "
"the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Konsol</emphasis>, <emphasis>Yönetici</emphasis> hakkındaki işleri "
"sorgulamak için kullanılabilir. Fakat Konsolu <emphasis>yönetici "
"olmayan</emphasis> kullanıcı ile kullanmak için, kullanıcının "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> grubunda olması gerekir. Kullanıcıyı bacula "
"grubuna eklemek için aşağıdakini terminale girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:664(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $username bacula"
msgstr "sudo adduser $kullanıcı_adı bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>$username</emphasis> with the actual username. Also, if "
"you are adding the current user to the group you should log out and back in "
"for the new permissions to take effect."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$kullanıcı_adı</emphasis> yerine aktif kullanıcının adını yazın. "
"Ayrıca aktif kullanıcıyı gruba eklersen, yeni izinlerin etkinleşmesi için, "
"çıkıp, girmelisin."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:674(title)
msgid "Localhost Backup"
msgstr "Localhost Yedekleme"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes how to backup specified directories on a single host "
"to a local tape drive."
msgstr ""
"Bu bölüm, tekli makinedeki özel dizinleri yerel teyp sürücüsüne nasıl "
"yedekleneceğini açıklar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"First, the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> device needs to be configured. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> add:"
msgstr ""
"Önce <emphasis>Depolama</emphasis> aygıtının yapılandırılması gerekir. "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>'i şunları ekleyerek "
"düzenleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:683(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device {\n"
"  Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Device Type = tape\n"
"  Media Type = DDS-4\n"
"  Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
"  Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
"  AutomaticMount = yes;               # when device opened, read it\n"
"  AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
"  RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
"  RandomAccess = no;\n"
"  Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Device {\n"
"  Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Device Type = tape\n"
"  Media Type = DDS-4\n"
"  Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
"  Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
"  AutomaticMount = yes;               # aygıt açıldığında, onu oku\n"
"  AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
"  RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
"  RandomAccess = no;\n"
"  Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:697(para)
msgid ""
"The example is for a <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis> tape drive. Adjust the "
"<quote>Media Type</quote> and <quote>Archive Device</quote> to match your "
"hardware."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:700(para)
msgid "You could also uncomment one of the other examples in the file."
msgstr "Diğer örneklerden birini de dosyaya yazabilirsiniz."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> the "
"<application>Storage</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>'i düzenledikten sonra "
"<application>Depolama</application> programının yeniden başlatılması gerekir:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:710(command)
msgid "sudo service bacula-sd restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:714(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> to use the new Device:"
msgstr ""
"Şimdi, yeni Aygıtı kullanmak için bir <emphasis>Depolama</emphasis> "
"kaynağını <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>' ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:717(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Definition of \"Tape Drive\" storage device\n"
"Storage {\n"
"  Name = TapeDrive\n"
"  # Do not use \"localhost\" here    \n"
"  Address = backupserver               # N.B. Use a fully qualified name "
"here\n"
"  SDPort = 9103\n"
"  Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyjc\"\n"
"  Device = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Media Type = tape\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Address</emphasis> directive needs to be the Fully Qualified "
"Domain Name (FQDN) of the server. Change <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> "
"to the actual host name."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Address</emphasis> yönergesi, sunucunun Tam Nitelikli Alan Adı "
"(FQDN) olmalıdır. <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> yerine etkin makine "
"adını yazın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:733(para)
msgid ""
"Also, make sure the <emphasis>Password</emphasis> directive matches the "
"password string in <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca, <emphasis>Password</emphasis> (Şifre) yönergesinin "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>'deki şifreyle eşleşdiğinden "
"emin olun."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:739(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis>, which will determine what "
"directories to backup, by adding:"
msgstr ""
"Hangi dizinlerin yedekleneceğini tanımlayan yeni bir "
"<emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> oluşturmak için şunu ekleyin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:742(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
"FileSet {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Include {\n"
"    Options {\n"
"      signature = MD5\n"
"      compression=GZIP\n"
"    }\n"
"    File = /etc\n"
"    File = /home\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
"FileSet {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Include {\n"
"    Options {\n"
"      signature = MD5\n"
"      compression=GZIP\n"
"    }\n"
"    File = /etc\n"
"    File = /home\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:756(para)
msgid ""
"This <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> will backup the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> and <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> directories. The "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> resource directives configure the FileSet to "
"create an MD5 signature for each file backed up, and to compress the files "
"using GZIP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:763(para)
msgid "Next, create a new <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> for the backup job:"
msgstr ""
"Sonra, yedekleme işi için bir <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> (Tarife) "
"oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:766(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
"Schedule {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
"Schedule {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:773(para)
msgid ""
"The job will run every day at 00:01 or 12:01 am. There are many other "
"scheduling options available."
msgstr ""
"İş, hergün saat 00:01 veya 12:01'de (öö) çalışır. Daha birçok tarife "
"seçenekleri vardır."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:778(para)
msgid "Finally create the <emphasis>Job</emphasis>:"
msgstr "Son olarak <emphasis>Job</emphasis> (İş) oluşturun:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:781(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Localhost backup.\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Enabled = yes\n"
"  Level = Full\n"
"  FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Storage = TapeDrive\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
"}  \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Localhost backup.\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Enabled = yes\n"
"  Level = Full\n"
"  FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Storage = TapeDrive\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
"}  \n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:794(para)
msgid ""
"The job will do a <emphasis>Full</emphasis> backup every day to the tape "
"drive."
msgstr ""
"İş, teyp sürücüsüne hergün <emphasis>Full</emphasis> (Tam) bir yedekleme "
"yapar."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:799(para)
msgid ""
"Each tape used will need to have a <emphasis>Label</emphasis>. If the "
"current tape does not have a label <application>Bacula</application> will "
"send an email letting you know. To label a tape using the "
"<application>Console</application> enter the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Kullanılan her teybin bir <emphasis>Etiket</emphasis>i olmalıdır. Eğer "
"mevcut teyp bir etikete sahip değilse, <application>Bacula</application> "
"sana bildirim e-postası gönderir. <application>Konsol</application>u "
"kullanarak bir teybi etiketlemek için terminale aşağıdakini yazın:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:805(command)
msgid "bconsole"
msgstr "bconsole"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:809(para)
msgid "At the Bacula Console prompt enter:"
msgstr "Bacula Konsolunda girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:813(command)
msgid "label"
msgstr "etiket"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:817(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource:"
msgstr "Sonra <emphasis>Depolama</emphasis> kaynağı istenir:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:827(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:821(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
"     1: File\n"
"     2: TapeDrive\n"
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
"     1: File\n"
"     2: TapeDrive\n"
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:832(para)
msgid "Enter the new <emphasis>Volume</emphasis> name:"
msgstr "Yeni <emphasis>Birim</emphasis> adını girin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:837(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "Pazar"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:836(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Defined Pools:\n"
"     1: Default\n"
"     2: Scratch"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Yeni Birim adını girin: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Defined Pools:\n"
"     1: Default\n"
"     2: Scratch"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:842(para)
msgid "Replace <emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> with the desired label."
msgstr "<emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> (Pazar) yerine istenen etiket yazın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:847(para)
msgid "Now, select the <emphasis>Pool</emphasis>:"
msgstr "Şimdi <emphasis>Pool</emphasis> (Havuz) seçin:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:851(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Havuzu seçin (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Depolama programına bağlanıyor TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
"Birim için etiket komutu gönderiliyor \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have now configured <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> to "
"backup the localhost to an attached tape drive."
msgstr ""
"Tebrikler! şu an localhost'u, eklenen teyp sürücüsünü yedekleyemek için "
"yapılandırdın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:867(para)
msgid ""
"For more <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> configuration options refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Bacula User's "
"Manual</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Daha fazla <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> yapılandırma seçenekleri için <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Bacula User's "
"Manual</ulink>'e bakın."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:873(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula Home Page</ulink> contains "
"the latest Bacula news and developments."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula Home Page</ulink>, son Bacula "
"haberleri ve geliştirmeler hakkında bilgi içerir."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:878(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Bacula\">Bacula "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Ayrıca <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Bacula\">Bacula Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> sayfasına bakın."

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
"  Cagri Emer https://launchpad.net/~cagriemer\n"
"  Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n"
"  Matthew East https://launchpad.net/~mdke\n"
"  Volkan Gezer https://launchpad.net/~volkangezer"

#~ msgid "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
#~ msgstr "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more detailed instructions on using cryptography see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
#~ "Certificates HOWTO</ulink> by tlpd.org"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Şifreleme ile ilgili daha ayrıntılı yönergeler için tipd.org'daki <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
#~ "Certificates HOWTO</ulink>'ya bakınız."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">eCryptfs "
#~ "Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">eCryptfs Ubuntu "
#~ "Wiki</ulink> sayfasında da ayrıntılı biligi vardır.."

#~ msgid "ssh-keygen -t dsa"
#~ msgstr "ssh-keygen -t dsa"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default the <emphasis>public</emphasis> key is saved in the file "
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename>, while "
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> is the <emphasis>private</emphasis> key. "
#~ "Now copy the <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> file to the remote host and "
#~ "append it to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> by entering:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalde <filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> <emphasis>özel</emphasis> "
#~ "anahtarken <emphasis>genel</emphasis> anahtar "
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename> dosyasına kaydedilir. Şimdi "
#~ "<filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> dosyasını uzak sisteme kopyala ve onu "
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> sonuna şunu girerek ekleyin:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<application>etckeeper</application> allows the contents of <filename "
#~ "role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> be easily stored in Version Control "
#~ "System (VCS) repository. It hooks into <application>apt</application> to "
#~ "automatically commit changes to <filename>/etc</filename> when packages are "
#~ "installed or upgraded. Placing <filename>/etc</filename> under version "
#~ "control is considered an industry best practice, and the goal of "
#~ "<application>etckeeper</application> is to make this process as painless as "
#~ "possible."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<application>etckeeper</application>, <filename "
#~ "role=\"directory\">/etc</filename>'nin içindekileri Sürüm Kontrol Sistemi "
#~ "(VCS) deposunda kolayca depolamayı sağlar. Bu, paketler yüklendiğinde veya "
#~ "güncellendiğinde <application>apt</application> içindeki değişiklikleri "
#~ "otomatik olarak <filename>/etc</filename>'ye koyar. "
#~ "<filename>/etc</filename> altındaki sürüm en iyisi için bir kontrol dikkate "
#~ "alır ve <application>etckeeper</application>'ın amacı bu işlemi mümkün "
#~ "olduğunca zahmetsiz yapmaktır."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The main configuration file, "
#~ "<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, is fairly simple. The "
#~ "main option is which VCS to use. By default "
#~ "<application>etckeeper</application> is configured to use "
#~ "<application>bzr</application> for version control. The repository is "
#~ "automatically initialized (and committed for the first time) during package "
#~ "installation. It is possible to undo this by entering the following command:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Temel yapılandırma dosyası "
#~ "<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename> oldukça basittir. Ana "
#~ "seçim VCS kullanmaktır. Normalde <application>etckeeper</application> sürüm "
#~ "kontrolünde <application>bzr</application>'ı kullanmak için yapılandırılır. "
#~ "Paket yükleme esnasında depo otomatik olarak başlatılır ve ilk kullanıma "
#~ "hazırlanır. Şu komutu girerek bu işlem geri alınınabilir:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Using the VCS commands you can view log information about files in "
#~ "<filename>/etc</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<filename>/etc</filename>'deki dosyalar hakkındaki kayıt bilgisi için VCS "
#~ "komutlarını kullanarak kayıt bilgisini görebilirsin:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To demonstrate the integration with the package management system, install "
#~ "<application>postfix</application>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Paket yönetim sistemiyle olan birleşmeyi kanıtlamak için "
#~ "<application>postfix</application> yükleyin:"

#~ msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""
#~ msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"yeni ana sistem\""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is "
#~ "<application>screen</application>. It allows the execution of multiple "
#~ "shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced "
#~ "<application>screen</application> features more user friendly, and provide "
#~ "some useful information about the system, the "
#~ "<application>byobu</application> package was created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Herhangi bir sistem yöneticisi için en kullanışlı uygulamalardan biri "
#~ "<application>ekran</application>'dır. Bir terminalde çoklu katman yürütmeye "
#~ "olanak verir. Daha çok kullanıcı dostu olan gelişmiş "
#~ "<application>ekran</application> özelliklerinin bazılarını yapmak ve sistem "
#~ "hakkında kullanışlı bilgi almak için <application>byobu</application> paketi "
#~ "oluşturuldu."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When executing <application>byobu</application> pressing the "
#~ "<emphasis>F9</emphasis> key will bring up the "
#~ "<application>Configuration</application> menu. This menu will allow you to:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<application>byobu</application> çalışırken <emphasis>F9</emphasis> tuşuna "
#~ "basma <application>Yapılandırma</application> menüsünü ortaya çıkarır. Bu "
#~ "menü şunları yapmanı sağlar:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are <emphasis role=\"italic\">sample</emphasis> templates in the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename> directory. Copy or rename the "
#~ "<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> file to "
#~ "<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename> dizininde <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italic\">örnek</emphasis> şablonları vardır. "
#~ "<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename>'yi "
#~ "<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>'ye kopyalayın "
#~ "veya yeniden adlandırın:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Bouncing spam can be a bad idea as the return address is often faked. "
#~ "Consider editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename> "
#~ "to set <emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> to D_DISCARD rather than "
#~ "D_BOUNCE, as follows:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spam fırlatmak, sıksık aldatılmış geri dönüşüm adresi gibi kötü fikir "
#~ "olabilir. <emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis>'yi D_BOUNCE yerine "
#~ "D_DISCARD olarak ayarlamayı göz önünde bulundurarak "
#~ "<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename>'u aşağıdaki gibi "
#~ "düzenleyin:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "$final_spam_destiny       = D_DISCARD;\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "$final_spam_destiny       = D_DISCARD;\n"

#~ msgid "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"
#~ msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data vikim"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Apache configuration file <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> for "
#~ "MediaWiki is installed in <filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename> "
#~ "directory. You should uncomment the following line in this file to access "
#~ "MediaWiki application."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "MediaWiki için Apache yapılandırma dosyası "
#~ "<filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename> dizinine yüklenir. Bu dosyadaki "
#~ "aşağıdaki satırı boş bırakarak MediaWiki uygulamasına erişebilirsiniz."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After you uncomment the above line, restart Apache server and access "
#~ "MediaWiki using the following url:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Yukarıdaki satırı boş bıraktıktan sonra Apache sunucuyu yeniden başlatın ve "
#~ "aşağıdaki url'yi kullanarak MediaWiki'ye erişin:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please read the <quote>Checking environment...</quote> section in this page. "
#~ "You should be able to fix many issues by carefully reading this section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lütfen bu sayfadaki <quote>Ortam kontrolü...</quote> bölümünü okuyun. Bu "
#~ "bölümü okuyarak birçok sorunu düzeltebilirsin."